1

200 PROFITABLE BUSINESS IDEAS IN KENYA 2025

You want to start a business? Having that entrepreneurial drive is only half the battle:
To begin your journey, you'll need a business idea that's practical and in-demand, but also
unique enough to stand out among the millions of others.

Here in this eBook are 200 business profitable business ideas to get the wheels moving,
along with real-life successful businesses to inspire you.

But remember;

The best way to get a winning business idea is to not think of any. Instead, you should
be looking at which problems you can solve.

2
 About the Writers

Dear friend, brother, sister, father or mother, this is Timothy

Angwenyi and Justine Nyachieo. We are Businessmen,
Business Consultants, Business Mentors and Business Writers
who love entrepreneurship so much.

After spending almost all of our adult life in the business

world, we can't stop being ANGRY that we live in a generation
where school prepares everyone to be an employee.

Apart from being businessmen, we have a mission in our life. To

train one million Kenyans how to be successful business
owners. We think it is STUPID of us as adults, at this terrible
time, to continue teaching our children and youths how to be
employees.

Our goal is to liberate Kenyans and Africans from poverty. But

we alone cannot do it. We need you to be part of this vision.

Timothy Angwenyi
Business Consultant
+254742849098/+254701711058

Justine Nyachieo
Business Man & Mentor
+254750507591/+254754839228

3
 INTRODUCTION

Hope you’re good today? We want to share with you some lucrative businesses Ideas in Kenya
you can venture into.

Let me start with a warning.

You see, there is this great misconception by people who are just planning to be business
owners or who are new in the business world.

They tend to see business as if some businesses are gold while others are stone. They tend to
think, “If only I can get the gold, I will be rich in a short time”, that is, if I can discover that
profitable business idea, I will make it fast.

This is ignorance!

The Real Truth about Lucrative or Profitable Business ideas in Kenya

No business idea is gold and no business idea is stone, at least to a good extent.

Selling cars in Kenya, we could assume is a very lucrative business, right? Yet, many people who
are selling bottled water in Kenya are richer than car sellers.

If my above analogy didn’t seem to make much sense, think about this one;

I was with a business partner of mine who is into poultry business and as we were talking, he
told me about some of his middlemen (or you call them middlewomen because they are
women) who usually buy like 50 trays of eggs from him and other poultry farmers every day.

4
According to him, these women make as much as Ksh.5,000 every day just by being eggs
distributors. Ksh.5,000 in 25 working days (not to talk about some of them who work every day)
means Ksh.125,000.

My friend confessed to me, “Even we who are working tirelessly on the poultry farm are not
making as much as they are making”.

Get me right!

This is not to say that poultry business is not profitable. This is to show you that business
profitability is not really what people think it is.

It pains my heart sometimes when I look at some great business ignorance in our day, but I
know the cause.

The reason why so many people assume that there are certain magical business ideas that are
so much profitable and could make them millions in a short time is because so many people
never for once consider or prepare to be an entrepreneur.

Entrepreneurship, for most people, is just a burden being placed on them by the lack of jobs.

If you have prepared for the business world, you should have learned this immutable truth;
Businesses are NOT profitable; entrepreneurs make them so.

Instead of concentrating on searching for some magical lucrative businesses in Kenya, I will
soon tell you what you should focus your attention on, but for now, let me make it very clear to
you that business ideas are NOT like gold.

No business is naturally profitable. It’s smart business owners that make their businesses
profitable.

5
 But, how can you claim no business is naturally profitable?

You take some time to look at any industry and you will see rich businesses and very poor
businesses, in the same industry.

Start from the richest industries in Kenya. Think about banking industry. There are very rich
banks in Kenya and there are struggling banks too (don’t let me mention names), in the same
industry, doing the same business.

You think about petroleum industry in Kenya. Is every company and business there rich and
successful? No.

There are very rich players and there are very poor, bankrupt businesses, in the Kenyan
petroleum industry.

Which other industry can I use as an example in Kenya?

Remind me please. Okay, telecommunication industry. By far, the telecom industry is one of the
richest industries in the world. But is this a very profitable industry?

Is telecom business lucrative?

Yes and no.

It could be profitable for smart business owners and it can never be for the weak or ignorant
entrepreneurs.

Think about Orange, YU mobile and other failed telecom businesses who had millions, invested
it and lost it in the Kenya telecommunication business.

6
If you think about the great success of Google and the fact that Google has virtually become the
king of the internet with their more than 100 products (Gmail, Youtube, and many complex
ones you may not understand), you will be tempted to think that search engine is a very
lucrative business.

But that will be a very wrong conclusion because there are hundreds of people who ventured
into search engine business and failed.

In fact, I have a friend who started a search engine business and probably never made a dollar
from his venture.

Why?

Because businesses are NOT naturally profitable. Businesses only become profitable when the
owner (you) is smart and got “business education” that requires to run a successful business.

If you truly want to discover lucrative business ideas in Kenya, you have to understand this
hidden business truth I am revealing to you!

Let’s move forward.

After I have made it clear to you that businesses are not naturally lucrative and shown you
some very good examples, what else should I tell you?

Learn How to Make a Business Profitable in Kenya.

Yes, stop looking for a profitable business in Kenya! Start learning how to make a business
profitable.

7
This is the business truth I discovered over 7 years ago and I can bet my life on it that you will
find it unquestionably true anywhere in the world that profitable businesses are made, not
found.

If this is the case, what am I advocating?

Really, not a very easy thing, especially for Kenyans. So many Kenyans hate learning or reading.
I cry in my heart because of this.

Business is a very complex profession and that is the reason why so many people prefer to work
for someone else than to run their own business but now that every sane person already knows
that job security is a myth, everyone wants to start a business.

I salute your courage. But I challenge you to really take the bull by the horn. Be willing to do all
it takes to really succeed in the business world.

The first thing it takes is NOT to discover a profitable business in Kenya. All you can do is to
learn how to make your business profitable.

How Exactly Can I Learn How to Make My Business Profitable?

By taking some time out to study some good business books about how to start, run and make
money from a business. These books will teach you business strategies, tactics and techniques
to win competitors, sell many products and win the market.

You can argue with me if you have talent for argument but I will tell you the truth… business is
NOT what most people think it is. It’s deeper, tougher and contains so many things that most
people never know.

If business is easy, why do people love jobs? The truth is, people love jobs mainly because it’s
very difficult to make a business profitable.

8
 Why is it difficult to make a business profitable?

Because business is like a war. Business is tough. Business is not ABC. It’s sometimes BYH and
sometimes KPX, so it’s sometimes confusing for anyone who is not prepared.

Go out to the nearby book store and buy some good books about business, marketing,
negotiation, leadership and human relationship. These are the titles that will give you the skills
to make your business profitable.

I know nobody else is telling you this. I know you might have read a few blogs on the internet
and all they do is to list some businesses you can start to make money.

I bet none of them will tell you this truth I am telling you because none of them (as at the time
of writing this book) knows how to own a profitable business.

I mean it!

You will see them telling you that if you could go into fishery business, nailery business,
importation business, soap making business, travel agency business, poultry business,
transportation business, dry cleaning business, private primary/secondary school business,
blogging business, online retailing business, etc. you will make a lot of money.

They are ignorant and by saying this I don’t mean to be abusive. If you want to know that these
people don’t know anything about business, you take a survey on the number of people who
have gone into any of the above-listed businesses and ran into loss.

Anybody could tell you that poultry farming business is very lucrative, but ask them, “How
many people are making much money from poultry business?”

The honest answer could be 2 out of 100 people who start poultry business.

9
Why can’t everyone who goes into soap making business become a millionaire like makers of
Menengai, White Wash etc?

It’s not about the products you sell; it’s about HOW you sell it and what you know about
making business successful.

Go and equip yourself with business skills. Go and learn how to run a business and how to sell
profitably.

Just as I have been emphasizing since the introduction of this eBook, no business is naturally
profitable. It is business owners who learn and master the art and science of making their
businesses lucrative.

You can start any business of your interest and make it profitable if you know how to, if you can
take time to learn how to.

Any of the below 200 business ideas can make you some money and some of them can make
you millions, if you know how to run a business like an entrepreneur.

NOTE: We haven't arranged these ideas from the most profitable to the least profitable idea.
No! We have presented them randomly. So, it is up to you to read all the 200 business ideas to
identify the most suitable for you.

Let's get started...

10
*1. SOMETIMES TAKING CALCULATED RISKS IS ALL YOU NEED TO SUCCEED IN BUSINESS*

Are you ready to take the plunge today, hoping to reap the rewards in future?

Take John (not his real name). He was a casual worker in Nairobi when he got his share of the
family land.

He would usually trek to Industrial Area to look for odd jobs, barely making ends meet.

One day, an idea hit him: Why not sell a portion of his ancestral land in rural Kenya and buy a
plot in Nairobi?

He would then develop the plot and start earning rent – as a newly-minted landlord.

Oh, yes! Why not? After all, that was his land.

Some members of his family sneered and jeered at him. They reproached him. Others warned
him he would remain cursed forever, an outcast.

What sensible man sells his inheritance and risks the resultant fortune?

They wondered aloud. Would John be a repeat of the Biblical fable of the Prodigal Son who sold
off his entire inheritance and fled home to seek worldly pleasures that ultimately consumed all
his newfound riches?

Undeterred, John forged on.

You should have seen the steely determination on his face! No matter what, he would not
budge.

11
You should have then seen the broad smile that illuminated his face when the buyer paid cash
for the five acres.

An overjoyed John returned to Nairobi and bought his plot.

He built 20 neat rooms, dug a borehole in the compound and started raking in a monthly rent
of Ksh.5,000 per room from happy tenants. That was a cool Ksh.100,000 per month! A fortune!

The former casual worker quit Industrial Area and devoted his time to keeping his beloved plot
sparkling clean. He took good care of it – really gave it tender loving care. The rent kept flowing
in every month (and still does).

What do you think happened next?

You may not believe this. After four years, the man who had bought John’s ancestral land
decided to sell it. He wanted to relocate to another part of Kenya.

John heard this and offered to buy back that land. He bought it together with the house the
previous owner had built there.

In four short years, his fortunes had changed. He had regained his ancestral land and owned a
20-room house in Nairobi.

You can imagine how embarrassed his family members were. They shut their mouths.

John was now a landlord. He was also the proud owner of the 10 acres he had inherited – all
intact. Talk of a man having his cake and eating it too, and you would be referring to John.

Was he lucky? Maybe.

Was he a risk-taker? Definitely!

One person who would probably applaud John’s approach is Facebook founder Mark
Zuckerberg. The American entrepreneur, visionary and philanthropist made a profound
statement on risk-taking when still in his 20s.

He said: “The biggest risk is not taking any risk.” And added: “In a world that’s changing really

12
quickly, the only strategy that is guaranteed to fail is not taking risks.”

John took a risk. And the risk paid off handsomely.

More than half-a-century ago, American president John F. Kennedy noted: “There are risks and
costs to action. But they are far less than the long-range risks of comfortable inaction.”

Note that last word: inaction.

Yet another American leader, George S. Patton, a general of the United States Army, gave
similar advice: “Take calculated risks. That is quite different from being rash.”

Investing in real estate, just like John did, involves taking calculated risks in pursuit of great
benefits.

Risks are a part of everyday life. In fact, everything you do is a risk in one way or another. For
example when you go to school you risk failing in your exams. When you marry you risk divorce.

When you are alive you risk dying. When you go to sleep, you risk not waking up the next
morning to go to work.

So, appreciate the fact that you have to take risks if you want to succeed in life… and start
taking risks.

There is a quote that goes: “A person who risks nothing does nothing, has nothing and dies with
nothing” – Leo F.

Remember, nothing good comes in a comfort zone. Get out there and take calculated risks.

13
*2. WITH SH.300,000 YOU CAN START A MINERAL WATER DISTRIBUTION BUSINESS AND
MAKE OVER KSH.20,000 WEEKLY*

With an estimated 50,000 graduates that Kenyan universities produce every year not to
mention other graduates from vocational training institutions, unemployment is becoming a
real disaster.

It follows therefore that there is need for business ideas that can help, especially the youth to
get engaged in and make a living and the bottled water distribution business is one.

In Kenya, bottled water market continues to thrive with sales estimated at Sh.12 billion per year
and over 100 brands available can provide a niche market for distributors.

Being one of the essential commodities in every society, water actually falls under fast-moving
consumer goods (FMCG) that sales quickly and at a relatively low cost.

With Sh.300,000 you can venture in the distribution of bottled mineral water and be sure of
making cool cash on a weekly basis.

First, you can start by buying some two second hand motorcycles which are relatively cheaper
as compared to tuktuks or band new ones.

There are several online sites in Kenya where you can find people selling secondhand
motorcycles at between Sh.35,000 and Sh.55,000.

For instance, a Tornado of 125cc and still in high performance can be found at Sh.35,000 on
pigiame.co.ke while a Boxer Bajaj of 150cc goes at Sh.40,000 on the same site.

Let us assume you settle on two that costs Sh.40,000 each of which you can operate one as you
employ another person to help you with the other, you will still remain with Sh.220,000 that
can enable you to go for some bottles of water.

14
At Sh.15 each (wholesale price), you can actually buy 14,666 bottles of 300ml which you can
distribute at Sh.17 per bottle and make an extra Sh.2 per bottle.

This will arrive you at Sh.249,322 translating to Sh.29,322 gross profit a week.

If you minus about Sh.9,000, your operation costs which include fuel, labor and other expenses
weekly, you will remain with Sh.20,000 in a single week, Sh.80,000 net income in a month.

You can make more than this if you can stock and distribute more bottles in a month.

However, this will depend on the effort put to realize daily goals as with business you need to
be timely and consistent to match or even outdo your competitors.

Even if the wholesale price of the 300ml mineral water bottles can be increased to Sh.25 from
Sh.15 given the fluctuation nature of the Kenyan market, you can still make some profit just at a
distribution rate of 2 bob per bottle.

In business, it is that small margin that will make your service be sought-after by your clients
and hence have an edge over your competitors.

Remember, in every business there are risks but it takes a leap of faith to invest in ideas which
are well calculated, planned and implemented to realize good returns.

In fact, this idea can also apply well with Coca-Cola, Pepsi and other soft drinks which are in the
category of FMCGs.

*Finally*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

Nothing good comes on a silver platter.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

Start small and dream big.

15
*3. HAVE YOU EVER THOUGHT OF START A PICK-UP TRANSPORT BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

Kenya and many other African countries face huge problems of transport not only because of
bad roads but due to limited means of transport.

This situation presents to your business opportunities in the transport sector.

You can make an entry to this transport sector by starting a pick-up transport business. This
business involves carrying goods for others from one place to another at a fee.

*Pick-up Truck*

Your main requirement for this business will be a reliable pick-up truck.

There are many types of pickups in the market to choose from. Toyota (Hilux), Nissan, (Datsun,
Sahara, Hardbody), Isuzu (Tougher, D-Max), Mitsubishi and to some extent Mazda are some of
the most reliable pickups in Kenya at the moment.

Peugeot 504 is cheaper but not very reliable.

You will be safer buying your own pick-up for this business.

For a start, go for a used pick-up to keep your costs low, but don’t fall for a junk which will
cripple your business with breakdowns every now and then.

A good pick-up truck, used but in a good condition that will meet your needs as you start your
transport business, will cost you between Ksh.500,000 — Ksh.1,000,000.

The price will largely depend on the condition, make and the year of manufacture.

Some may even cost much higher but when deciding which one to buy, your budget should
dictate how high you can go.

16
This will, therefore, be your major cost item in this business and it will be the heart of the
business.

When you settle for the pick-up truck you want to buy, two things are very important; confirm
true ownership by doing a search at the registrar of motor vehicles and also confirm true
condition by having a trusted and experienced mechanic thoroughly inspect the body and the
engine and do a road test.

By doing this, you will get real value for your money and you will also avoid being conned.

*Insurance*

By law, you must insure your pick-up to get it on the road.

Look for a reputable insurance company and apply for insurance.

Many companies will charge you about 4% of the insured value of the vehicle when insured
comprehensively.

If your pick-up is too old, most companies will only accept third-party insurance, costing about
Ksh.6,000 — Ksh.8,000 per year.

You are required to display a valid insurance sticker on your windscreen at all times, therefore,
ensure this is done.

*Inspection*

The law requires that all commercial vehicles undergo annual inspection at the Motor Vehicle
Inspection Unit.

Since your pick-up is a commercial vehicle, you are required to take it for inspection and display
a valid inspection sticker on the windscreen.

The vehicle must be in good condition to pass and be issued with a valid inspection sticker.

Things like brakes, both foot and hand brake, lights, windows, engine and the general body
must be in good condition to pass the test.

*Location*

This pick-up transport business requires some location to operate from.

This is the place where your clients will meet you and hire you for transport service.

17
The ideal locations include outside or next to a busy mall or supermarket, outside large and
busy hardware shops, around major construction sites, near a big market or shopping center or
just around the residential estates.

People in these areas will need some form of transportation as they shop for bulky and heavy
things such as mattresses, beds, sofa sets, fridges, cookers, hardware and building materials
while others may need to transport household goods from one place to another.

Position your vehicle in a clear and visible place where people can see you. You may display a
sign to show that you offer transport services and include your contact details.

Alternatively or in addition to carrying items around, you can also go to places out of town and
buy foodstuff such as cereals, vegetables, and potatoes from farmers and bring to towns to sell
at a higher price to increase your income.

This will require wide networks with farmers and sellers in markets in and around town.

The competition will be tight in many locations. Just be sure to offer good service and keep
your vehicle in good condition and keep contacts with clients who may need your services.

*Income*

A good way of estimating how much to charge for your services is to have a rough idea of your
vehicle’s fuel consumption per kilometer.

With this in mind and the distance you have to cover, you can work out a good amount to
charge.

Clients will always bargain meaning it is best to always add a premium to the ideal estimate.

Standard charges range from Ksh.1,000 to ksh.5,000 depending on the route and distance to be
covered.

Many pick-up transporters collect between Ksh.3,500 — ksh.6,000 net per day.

If you have a driver, you will part with anything between Ksh.500 — Ksh.1,500 per day.

Some days may be dry and you may end up with nothing or less than Ksh.1,000 net at the end
of the day.

*Challenges*

Keeping your pick-up in good condition will be a challenge in this business.

18
With roads in many areas in bad condition, servicing the vehicle will be very important.

Follow the service schedule strictly to avoid unnecessary breakdowns.

Your clients will be very inconvenienced in case the vehicle breaks down when you have been
hired.

Traffic police have some unexplained affinity towards pickups and you have to be ready for
this.

They will never fail to stop the vehicle whenever they see it or get the slightest opportunity.

The best way out of this is to keep your pick-up clean and in good condition all the time.

Of special importance is to ensure your tires are in good condition, the brake lights and other
lights are working well, inspection and insurance stickers are valid and displayed, your driving
license is valid and available on the spot, you do not overload, do not carry goods protruding
from the pick-up among others.

If you do this, chances are that they will still stop you but you may always be spared.

Mechanics can also give you serious challenges in this business, especially roadside mechanics.

Maintain a reliable and trusted mechanic who will always be the one to service or repair your
pick-up when the time comes.

Do not just call up any mechanic you see when you have a problem unless it is an absolute
emergency.

This will keep your vehicle in good condition and you will have a good maintenance history.

If you drive the pick-up yourself, you will avoid the headache of having a driver but if you have
no time to do that, you will need a driver.

Drivers can be a big problem because many of them may want to make some extra money on
the side as they work for you.

This challenge can be controlled or reduced by installing tracker on the vehicle and setting a
daily target amount that he must bring in.

Agree on a target amount with the driver and make it reasonable and achievable.

*Final Word*

19
As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*4. THE KIWI FRUIT FARMING BUSINESS IDEA THAT MIGHT MAKE YOU CONSIDER EARLY
RETIREMENT*

There are very few markets where demand exceeds supply. One such market is for Kiwi fruits
which, despite being a relatively new idea in Kenya, has taken the market by storm.

There are very few farmers who have gotten wind of its valued benefits and you can take
advantage of this loophole to make a timely investment.

Here is a step-by-step guide on how to go about it.

*Kiwi Fruit Farming In Kenya*

*Step 1: Acquire or Lease a Piece Of Land*

Kiwi vines grow well in areas with adequate rainfall and well drained soil. Think about areas
that are neither too wet nor too dry and preferably with red soil which tends to be well drained
(unlike black cotton soil).

For example Uasin Gishu, Nakuru, Western Kenya, some parts of Kajiado, warmer parts of
Central and Nairobi areas.

You can start out on a 1/8 th piece of land which can be leased at Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.20,000 per
year or bought for Ksh.500,000.

20
Preparing the land will cost you an extra Ksh.10,000.

*Step 2: Obtain Seedlings*

Seedlings are quite rare to find but with a bit of searching you can always find them. Local
nurseries as well as online classified sites like jiji.co.ke are good platforms to start your search.

There is also the option of liaising with seed companies or The Kenya Agricultural Research
Institution (KARI) for further assistance.

Currently, Kiwi Vines that are ready for transplanting are retailing at an average of Ksh.300 per
piece.

A 1/8 th piece of land will require about 50 vines amounting to Ksh.15,000 in total.

*Step 3: Plant & Care for the Vines*

Plant the vines at around the month of March to take advantage of long-rains.

Note that Kiwi Vines are very vulnerable to strong winds and you may need to invest a bit more
infrastructure-wise to protect them (e.g. by building a temporary fence or planting some trees
around the farm).

Also you will need to invest in a compost manure and some little amounts of fertilizer (D.A.P
and C.A.N) to provide the crop with adequate nutrients.

Kiwi plants are susceptible to a bacterial infection known as Psa and so you may need to invest
in biochemicals that are usually used on fruits like oranges and grapes.

*Step 4: Your First Harvest*

The average kiwi vine takes 2 to 3 years to mature and starts producing fruits. The first few
harvests may however not be as productive but this tends to improve throughout the plants
mature life.

You can still commercialize your farm at this time by selling the few fruits that come out of it
and healthy vines that you may choose to propagate (Remember, each vine goes for Ksh.300 on

21
average, usually bought by new farmers).

*Step 5: Take It To The Market*

The local market is currently under-served as there are very few farmers who have taken up
this idea. You can sell to roadside traders or even approach the big supermarkets.

There is even greater market potential in exporting to neighboring countries.

*How much to invest*

For 1/8 acre piece of land you will require a minimum of Ksh.50,000 and a maximum of
Ksh.100,000 to start.

Cost may however rise if you are leasing or buying the piece of land for the first time.

*How much to expect*

A 1/8 acre piece of land with 50 vines can produce 5,000 fruits per year (about 400 Kgs) on a
bad season.

A bumper harvest can reach up to 10,000 fruits (about 800 Kgs).

Each Kiwi fruit currently retails at an average of Ksh.100. In other words, there’s potential for
sales revenues of up to Ksh.1,000,000 per year on such a small piece of land.

Note that, a single vine farm can produce healthy fruits for up to 15 years of maturity.

*Final Word*

There are many benefits of Kiwifruit farming in Kenya, including the fact that this is a relatively
passive activity.

However, there are potential challenges in that the idea is still new in the market and treading
through uncharted territory isn’t always that easy.

You should see this as a medium to long-term investment opportunity.

22
*5. HOW TO START A BIKE RENTAL BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The bike rental business is becoming a new trend in Kenya. Riding is a hobby for many people.
Many bikers want to avoid the cost of buying one, hence opting to hire one.

The bicycle hiring business is a new trend in universities and along the coastal regions and
especially the beach.

Starting a bike rental business is a profitable venture. You can also train people how to ride a
bike at a fee.

While other university students keep pressuring their parents with rent, school fees and pocket
money, some students from different campuses have recently started up a bicycle hiring
business to help raise their personal upkeep money and school fees.

Arry Ochieng’- Moi University, Collins Oduor- Moi University, Ian Ogenga- JKUAT and Kevin
Ochieng Kisumu Polytechnic who have been friends since their primary school days used their
personal savings to raise the business capital that was around Sh.130,000 which was used to
purchase the first 13 bicycle each going for Sh.10,000.

Their target market being Maseno University students, the quartet is receiving customers both
from the University and the neighboring community where apparently they all grew up in.

Just like any other business, the bike business has its peak season and the low season.

“As much as we spent a lot to start the business I feel it’s catching up and the returns are so
good. Unlike the weekends where we get around Sh.6,000 daily income, weekdays are a bit
tricky because the students are busy with classes but we still make around Sh.2,000 to
Sh.3,000,” said Arry.

The bikes that go for Sh.2 per minute are hired by students for various reasons. Some to just
have fun riding, some for exercise purposes while some get the bicycles in order to rush to
classes.

23
In this article, we are going to show you how to start a bike rental business in Kenya.

*Write Bike Rental Business Plan*

Before starting a bike rental business in Kenya, it is important that you first write a business
plan. A business plan helps you plan ahead and prepare before launching your business.

Some of the things you need to capture in your bicycle rental business plan include:

*Startup costs

*Business location

*Competitor analysis of other bike rental companies

*Where to source bicycles at lower prices

*Bicycle prices in Kenya

…And much more.

*Identify a Good Location for a Bike Rental Business*

The bike rental business thrives well in areas with a young population. Some of the best places
to start the bike rental business include near universities, colleges and near recreational areas
like beaches.

You can also start one in public places like near hotels or social places like gardens where
people come to take a rest.

*Cost of Starting a Bicycle Hiring Business in Kenya*

The cost of starting a bike hiring business depends on the number of bikes you wish to start
with. Bikes are not expensive to buy and maintain.

A good mountain bike goes for around Ksh.15,000. You can start with two bicycles and buy
more as the demand increases. This means you can start with two bike for Ksh.30,000.

You may want also to budget for the cost of maintaining the bikes. Bike repairs are very cheap
and it would cost you less than Ksh.2,000 for each bike a month.

*Is Bike Rental Business Profitable in Kenya?*

24
The bike rental business is fairly a new business and its market is not saturated. It means when
you start the business, you won’t face much competition. It means that you can set prices
depending on the demand for bike services.

On average, it costs Ksh.100 to rent a bike per hour. If you have two bikes and each gets hired
for 5 hours in a day, you will have made Ksh.1,000. It is a good business that you can combine
with other businesses.

You can also offer other services like training services at a fee. This will help you boost your
revenues and get more customers.

*Challenges in the Bike Rental Business*

The bike rental business is a lucrative venture, but it also has its challenges. Some of the
challenges include the risk of losing your bikes to thieves. You need to come up with measures
to mitigate such risks.

One of the ways to avoid such risks is to ensure that those who come to rent your bikes present
an ID card. Cross-check that the person renting the bike is the person on the ID. Retain the ID
card while they ride and return it to them when they return your bicycle.

*Finally*

The bike rental business is a great way to make an extra income if you have a bike you are not
using. You can also team up with a friend to launch a large bike rental business.

To generate significant revenues from this business, you need to have a good number of bikes
and mainly target the young population in densely populated areas.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

25
*6. HOW TO START A MILK BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Milk is one of the essential products in a family. Many people use it to prepare tea while others
take it raw. The demand for milk makes the milk business a profitable venture to start in Kenya.
To succeed in it, it is best that you start it in areas where milk supply is scarce.

In this article, I will take you through how you can start a milk business in Kenya.

*Write a Milk Distributorship Business Plan*

To ensure that your milk business starts and runs in the right direction, it is crucial to develop a
detailed business plan however small the business is. This business plan act as a guideline and
reference for the future of your business.

Your business plan will answer questions like how many litres you will sell per day, where you
will sell your milk, and how much money you will need to start and run the business.

Including your finances and cash flow in your business plan will help you set a fair selling price
for your product.

*Find Milk Business Location*

A strategic location for your milk business will play a critical role in the success of your
business.

It is best to start your milk business in shopping centers or major towns where there is a high
population.

A milk business premises should be well lit and ventilated, and have a steady water supply.

You can make more profits by selling milk in areas where it is not readily available. You can start
a milk business in Kisumu, Nairobi, North Eastern, Nakuru, Ukambani and Mombasa where milk
is not readily available and there is a big population.

26
*Identify a Reliable Milk Supplier*

Finding a reliable milk supplier is important to ensure that you have enough to sell and meet
your expenses.

You can find large scale dairy farmers who can be supplying you with milk. Make sure that the
milk is fresh and not mixed with water, they are reliable and have favorable prices.

Finding a milk supplier who sells milk at low prices will help you set fair prices and leave you
with significant profit margin.

*Secure a Milk Business Licenses*

You must have a business licenses and permits to operate a business in Kenya. Among the
requirements for a milk business include:

*Single Business Permit:* It can obtained from county offices. The cost depends on the size of
your business and the county in which you want to operate. In Nairobi, for example, you can
get the license from City Hall and it will cost between Ksh.7,000 and Ksh.15,000 depending on
your business size.

*Public Health Certificate:* It ensures that the business adheres to cleanliness and standards of
hygiene especially if you are handling foodstuffs. A county official will visit your business
premises to inspect and if he is satisfied, he will issue you the certificate.

*Kenya Dairy Board (KBD) Permit:* The license will cost about Ksh.5,000.

*Cost of Starting a Milk Distributorship Business in Kenya*

Capital is one of the main things to consider before launching any business. The startup costs
will depend with the size of your business and the customers you intend to serve. You need
between Ksh.350,000 and Ksh.400,000 to start a wholesale milk business.

You can start a small milk distribution business with Ksh.50,000 and expand it with time. The
following is the startup cost breakdown for a medium milk business:

*Business rent – Ksh.15,000

*Business Licensing – Ksh.20,000

*Renovation and branding – Ksh.10,000

*Milk pasteurizer machine – Ksh.250,000

27
*Stock – Ksh.15,000

*Marketing – Ksh.20,000

*Branding*

After identifying an ideal business location and a business premise, you will need to renovate
the room by installing shelves and counters. Branding your business premises will help make it
visible to potential customers.

*Launch your Milk Business*

When everything is in place, you can start your milk business. It is important to maintain high
standards of hygiene to avoid milk contamination.

Offering exceptional customer service will help to retain your customers and bring more
customers to your business.

*Marketing your Milk Business*

After dealing with the basics of starting a milk business, it is time to market the business. You
can never make profits if people do not know that your business exists. You can distribute
flyers, pamphlets, and brochures to passersby or stick them in public places.

Alternatively, you can market your business on social media or create a website. This way, you
will reach many people at the same time.

Another perfect way to market your business is by offering exceptional customer service. Your
customers will definitely recommend your milk to their friends and family.

Also think big, talk to small retail businesses and ask if you can distribute them with milk for
resell at a wholesale price. Also talk to schools and educational institutes and request to supply
them with pasteurized milk.

Think also of installing milk ATMs at various places in your town or area for milk vending.

*Is the Milk Distributorship Business Profitable in Kenya?*

Yes. Surveys show that the average profit you can make per day from a milk business is
between Ksh.5,000 and Ksh.10,000.

For example, unpasteurized milk costs Ksh.35 per litre. You can then pasteurize the milk and
sell it at Ksh.90 per litre.

28
If you buy and sell 200 litres of milk per day, you will make sales of Ksh.18,000. This makes a
profit of ksh.9,000 per day. You will make more money as you increase the number of litres
your business can sell in a day.

On the other hand, you can decide to buy pasteurized milk for Ksh.50 per litre. If you buy 200
litres in a day and sell each litre at Ksh.90, you will make Ksh.18,000. This generates a profit of
Ksh.8,000 per day.

The milk business is a profitable venture.

*Final Word*

Although the milk business is naturally lucrative, you will need to go the extra mile. Offer
excellent customer service and always ensure that you maintain high standards of cleanliness
and hygiene.

Employing smart marketing strategies will keep you on top of the competition.

*7. START A SCAFFOLDING RENTALS BUSINESS AND BE PART OF KENYA’S FASTEST GROWING
SECTOR*

Are you aware that the construction sector is the fastest growing industry in Kenya currently?

According to the recently released data from the Kenya National Bureau of Statistics,
construction industry grew at 13.6% faster than the financial and agriculture sectors which
grew at 8.7% and 5.6% respectively.

You don’t need rocket science to know where the big money is. Going by the recent trends, an
investment in this massive industry would certainly be timely as well as rewarding especially
due to factors such as devolution, discovery of oil and a growing middle class.

29
But sorry for boring you with heavy jargon and numbers, I was just trying to help you see the
opportunities that exist around you and what the future holds. Talking about opportunities, one
incredible business idea from the construction industry is scaffolding rentals.

My research has shown that Kenya has a serious shortage of scaffolds. Not many people have
realized that it is possible to set up a small scaffolding rentals business with a small amount of
capital. In my opinion, this is a ripe opportunity that is still under-exploited.

*What Is Scaffolding Rentals Business All About*

A scaffold is a temporary structure on the outside of a building that is being constructed. This
structure can be used by workers to climb as they perform specialized tasks such as paint-work,
building repairs or construction.

Another job of a scaffold is to hold concrete together in order to allow for formation of slab and
pillars of a house under construction. Most constructors prefer to rent scaffolds as opposed to
buying them as a way to save on cost and minimize liability.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

If you are planning to start on a small budget then its far much easier to start with wooden
trappers and then you can advance to steel scaffolds as your business expands.

So step one will be to find good quality pine/eucalyptus wood from the local timber yards.

Kitengela would be a good place to begin your search although you can always expand your
search to other parts of the region in order to get cheaper prices.

Tip: Ask for high quality 8 by 1 or 9 by 1 wood. Also ask for props.

*Step 2: Look For A Yard*

A yard is basically an empty plot of land where you can keep your wood and props as you await
customers to come rent them. This doesn’t have to be anything fancy.

Just a central area from where you will be running your operations from.

So if you have an idle piece of land near a growing town center then this could be a brilliant way
to put it to good use. Alternatively you can lease one.

Tip: Look for a minimum 20x30ft piece of land that is accessible by motorized transport.

*Step 3: Plan For Transport*

30
Because scaffolds are heavy items, it is important to plan on how you are going to be picking
and delivering them to your clients. If you have a pick-up truck or a small lorry then you will
have a slight advantage.

However, if you are just a small investor looking to start from scratch, then you will need to talk
to transporters in your area and negotiate prices in advance.

Tip: Typically it costs about Ksh.2,000 to hire a pickup truck for about 2 hour.

*Step 4: Print Brochures and Business Cards*

Now that you have everything catered for, you can boldly start approaching prospective
customers and handing them your business cards and price list. Your customers will mostly be
foremen, commercial and residential property developers and so forth.

Tip: Your price list should be based on the duration of rental period. For instance, a popular
price tag on the Kenyan market is Ksh.100 for each wooden scaffold rented for 40 days.

*Important Facts*

*Consistent marketing and good service are important ingredients for reaching a wider market.

*For short distance deliveries you can use a cart (mkokoteni) to deliver. A new mkokoteni will
costs you Ksh.20,000 to acquire.

*Consider charging delivery/pickup fees to boost your revenue. Alternatively, consider

providing free transport to woo new customers if there is competition.

*As you advance you can switch to steel scaffolds which have longer life than wooden ones.
Each unit will cost you about Ksh.1,000 to acquire although the price varies depending on the
international price of steel.

*You can expect to lose about 10% of wooden scaffolds due to wear and tear during each rental
period. Essentially that means you can re-use a load of wooden scaffolds for a maximum of 10
times before they get worn out completely.

*Steel scaffolds can be re-used for a much longer time and they are preferred where unique
building shapes are required (e.g. dome shaped buildings).

*The average rental price for wooden scaffolds is Ksh.100, steel scaffolds Ksh.150 and props
Ksh.25 so you can think out your pricing on that basis.

*Apart from scaffolds other items that you can add to your rentals list include: bucket hoists,
concrete mixers, shovels, vibrators, ladders and wheelbarrows.

31
*Consider insuring your equipment to avoid unexpected loses.

*Demand for scaffoldings rental is available throughout the country particularly due to the
effects of devolution. Some prime areas include: Nairobi Metro region, Mombasa, Kisumu,
Nakuru and Meru.

*The only mandatory license required is the county single business permit which will cost you
about Ksh.10,000 per year at most.

*How Much To Invest*

Minimum Estimates For Wooden Scaffolds

200 Pieces of Eucalyptus Timber – Ksh.50,000 (Ksh.250 per piece)

200 Pieces of Eucalyptus Props – Ksh.16,000 (Ksh.80 per piece)

Transport To Your Yard – Ksh.10,000

Others (Marketing, Miscellaneous) – Ksh.24,000

TOTAL BUDGET = Ksh.100,000

*How Much To Expect*

You can make a decent Ksh.1 Million per year on a small yard.

*Final Word*

The good thing about this business is that you don’t have to be involved in its day to day
running. That means you can continue doing what you do best even as you leave this business
to run in the background (provided there’s good marketing involved).

Best of all, there is room for growth. The construction sector is a multi-billion venture and the
future looks bright. So don’t hesitate, if you feel this is the kind of business that would resonate
with your needs and passion, go ahead and give it a try.

32
*8. START CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT LEASING BUSINESS*

Construction sites are on the rise in Kenya, both in towns and the suburbs. Starting a
construction equipment leasing business is a profitable venture that can fetch you high profits.

Among the equipment you need are a concrete vibrator, mixer, and a concrete hoist machine.

With many people constructing houses, the demand for these types of equipment is high in the
market. If you are thinking of starting a construction equipment leasing business, this is what
you need to know.

*Carry out a Feasibility Study*

Before purchasing the equipment so that you can get started with the business, it is important
that you first study the market.

This will help you to determine the viability of the business and also identify a good business
location.

Talk to people in the construction industry and get to understand the equipment that are in
demand.

*Write Construction Equipment Leasing Business Plan*

A business plan is a road map for any business. If you have done a feasibility study, it is easy to
write a business plan.

The business plan should state the equipment you need, their prices, their demand, market
segmentation, business strengths and risks.

A business plan will help you to maneuver in the business and overcome business risks. It will
also help you to project business revenues and determine if the business is profitable before
venturing into it.

33
You can hire an expert to guide you write a business plan.

*Acquire Business Licenses and Permits*

You need to acquire business licenses to operate a legal business in Kenya. You can obtain
business licenses from the county government offices or the county council offices.

The cost of business licenses varies with the type of business and County.

For a construction equipment leasing business, the price ranges between Ksh.5,000 and
Ksh.10,000.

You may also need to insure your business equipment. When you lease this equipment, you
have limited control over how it is used. As such, they are likely to get damaged more often.

Also, your business equipment is at risk of getting stolen. You can insure them against theft.

*Cost of Starting Construction Equipment for Hire Business*

The cost of starting the construction equipment for a leasing business depends on the size of
your business and the type of equipment you want to lease. As rule of thumb, it is best to start
small and grow your business over time.

To start a small venture, you need at least a concrete mixer and a vibrator which will cost you
Ksh.250,000 and from there you can grow your business gradually.

*Items for Starting Construction Equipment Leasing Business*

To start construction equipment for hire business, the items you need depend on the size of
your business. These are some of the equipment you need and their prices in Kenya.

*A concrete mixer (400 liters) – Ksh.180,000

*Concrete vibrator with shaft (Honda) – Ksh.60,000

*Concrete hoist machine – Ksh.400,000

*Trappers – Ksh.100,000

*Wheelbarrows (5 in number) – Ksh.25,000

*Is Construction Equipment for Hire Business Profitable?*

34
Yes. There are a high number of Kenyans constructing houses both commercial and residential.
This creates a demand for construction equipment. The following are construction equipment
hire rates in Kenya.

*A concrete mixer (400 liters) – Ksh.4,000 per day

*Concrete vibrator – Ksh.1,500 per day

*Concrete hoist machine – Ksh.4,000 per day

*Trappers – Ksh.100 each for 21 days

*Wheelbarrow – Ksh.100 per day

If you have all this equipment, your daily revenues are at least Ksh.9,000. If you are located in
areas with lots of construction activities, you can be leasing your equipment for at least 20 days
a month.

Essentially, it means you will be making roughly Ksh.180,000 in a month. If you deduct your
expenses, you will be left with roughly Ksh.100,000.

*Where to Buy Construction Equipment in Kenya*

There are many shops that sell equipment in Kenya. You can visit the Industrial area in Nairobi
and you will find many retailers selling them.

To get better service, it is better you buy new equipment for longer service.

You will also get a warranty so that you can get a free repair in case of a breakdown within the
warranty period.

*How to Market Construction Equipment Business*

One of the best ways to get customers is through working with people in the construction
industry.

For instance, reach out to constructors and masons and let them know that you lease such
equipment. Agree with them how much you can pay them a commission for every successful
referral.

This is a great way to get your business off the ground when it is new. Build a name in the
industry and with time, you will not need customer referrals to get jobs.

*Final Word*

35
The good thing about this business is that you don’t have to be involved in its day to day
running.

That means you can continue doing what you do best even as you leave this business to run in
the background (provided there’s good marketing involved).

Best of all, there is room for growth. The construction sector is a multi-billion venture and the
future looks bright.

So don’t hesitate, if you feel this is the kind of business that would resonate with your needs
and passion, go ahead and give it a try.

*9. HOW TO START SUPPLYING BUILDING MATERIALS IN KENYA*

Dear entrepreneurs, with real estate sector, now thriving, building materials such as sand,
ballast, and building stones are in great demand.

Everywhere buildings are coming up as people build their homes and housing companies build
estates.

You can start supplying stones, sand, and ballast to these projects and be part of this real estate
boom.

The model is simple, it involves buying and transporting these materials in order to those
building houses.

I will mainly concentrate on those around Nairobi and environs and on the sand, building stones
and ballast, though there are many other materials you can supply.

*Equipment*

36
The only equipment needed for this business is a well-maintained lorry of good capacity. Many
banks such as NIC Bank specialize in asset finance and can advance you some money towards
the purchase of a lorry for this business.

Other banks can also advance you loans as long as you meet their terms and conditions. At the
moment, Kenya Commercial Bank has a deal with Tata trucks where they can finance within
certain terms and conditions.

This business requires a big capacity lorry such as 7,000 tonnes and above. It also requires a
well maintained or new lorry. Makes such as Isuzu are good but will cost more. Tata and
Mitsubishi are equally good but mostly when new.

With over Ksh.1 Million, you may get a good lorry which can start you off. A new Tata may go
for Ksh.3 Million to Ksh.5 Million depending on capacity.

There are dealers who can give you a truck on down payment of anything from 50% then the
rest is paid monthly for a period of 12 months, 24 months or more plus other conditions
depending on the agreement.

As usual, if you opt to go for a used truck, be ready to have a reliable mechanic thoroughly
check and test the engine before committing. In any case, don’t even think of going for a very
old truck, you may never have peace of mind.

*Stones*

Quarry stones are available in Lukenya, Tala, and other quarries while machine cut stones are
available mostly in Juja.

Many other quarries sell machine cut stones but those from Juja have been known to be more
durable.

Stones have various grades, quality, and sizes. You must choose the right stones depending on
your customer requirements.

*Ballast*

Ballast (kokoto) is available from quarries in Mlolongo, Kitengela, and others. There are various
sizes depending on the work to be done.

*Sand*

Unlike stones and ballast, and is not from quarries. Many dealers mine sand from river beds in
Ukambani, Kajiado, Ngong, Mai Mahiu and many other places.

37
The buying cost of sand will depend on where it is mined from. Some dealers collect free after
paying local brokers or authorities.

*Sales*

In this business, good networking is very important. You may never get any business without
relying on contacts. You need to develop good contacts among fundis, contractors, quarry
owners, colleagues, other dealers, brokers, relatives and friends.

It is through these people that you will get business.

Your costing will mostly be based on transportation costs to locations where the materials are
to be delivered. You need to know the most cost effective location to get the materials from,
bearing in mind the quality too.

For example, delivery of machine cut stones to places such as Syokimau, Mlolongo, Rongai,
Town Centre, Westlands, Industrial Area may cost between Ksh.50 — Ksh.55 per piece
depending on quantity.

Normal quarry stones are sold in terms of running feet. 600ft or 800ft may sell for between
Ksh.25,000 to Ksh.45,000 depending again on the quarry, quality, size and location where they
are to be delivered and mode of transport.

Ballast is mostly sold for approximately Ksh.1,000 or Ksh.1,200 per tonne at the quarry. You will
charge your clients inclusive of transport depending on where they are located and tonnage of
your lorry.

Equally, sand is sold inclusive of transport therefore, make good estimates depending on the
tonnage of your lorry and fuel consumption. A 20 tonne lorry can deliver with Ksh.35,000 to
areas such as Kayole or Embakasi.

*Returns*

The returns in this business will depend on several factors. Since the business income is mostly
based on transport, the consumption of your lorry will play a major role.

Old vehicles consume more fuel than new vehicles of the same engine capacity under the same
load, therefore, if your lorry in much older and in poor mechanical condition, you will lose some
income on fuel consumption.

With good contacts and connections, you can make between Ksh.30,000 and Ksh.100,000 per
day on average, after paying the driver, turn-boy, county government levies, and after fueling
for the next day.

38
If you get a contract where an estate or gated community is being built, then you will literally
be laughing all the way to the bank, everyday.

Avoid trouble with the police by having your lorry in good condition, with valid inspection
sticker and insurance cover.

If it is on loan, some banks will insist that you install a tracking device at your cost.

In addition, ensure that you have made arrangements for a secure place where your lorry will
be parked overnight, not far away from your area of operation.

The initial investment in this business is high, but with good connections, returns are also high,
and since several financial institutions have packages that can help you acquire a lorry, why not
start researching on this business now?

Your research should include the location of quarries, prices of materials, lorry types and
capacities, weigh bridges, financing options, contacts and other aspects of this business.

When Joseph Kamau Kiminda decided to start a business specializing in construction material,
his friends and relatives — including his parents — discouraged him, saying he was too young.

In 2010, aged just 22, Kamau decided to invest the little money he had saved while still a
university student to start May Quarry Mines which supplies building materials in Kiambu and
Nairobi.

In the beginning, he had no problems delivering the small orders.

However, when he landed the occasional big orders, he would take the materials from the
quarry on credit and would pay after the client had paid for the deliveries. This, he said, earned
him the trust of his suppliers.

Before he went into the business – a gender development studies graduate – Kamau used to
write proposals from Non-Governmental Organisations at a fee. Initially, he never had any
interest in business, because with a degree he expected to be employed. He however changed
his mind after one of his friends invited him to visit his firm, which also supplied building
materials.

This, he says, inspired him to borrow a leaf from his friend and he does not regret venturing
into the business.

“When I left the university, I had saved about Sh.500,000 and when I decided to go into the
construction materials business, my parents and friends said I wasn’t mature enough. They
thought it would never work for me and they kept telling me I should quit and get employed,”
Kamau said.

39
He refused to bow to the discouragement and as time went by, his business grew forcing his
parents to support it.

He started supplying materials to individuals but today, his main customers are real estate
companies based in Kiambu where the housing business has boomed in recent years.

“I have supplied materials to Migaa estate and also to Eden Ville,” Kamau said.

His company deals with all building materials, ranging from sand, building stones to ballast and
ventilations blocks which are moulded at his company’s marketing site along Kiambu Road.

He also supplies mazeras stones, pavement blocks and other building accessories.

In future, he said he wants to be one of the recognized suppliers, saying there are no impossible
mountains in business and the only requirement is determination, hard work and patience.

However, like other businesses, he is still facing major challenges but what baffles him the most
is when potential clients deny him tenders due to his age.

“Big companies have on several occasions denied me orders claiming they do not trust me
because I am too young,” he said.

Despite his challenges, he urges young people not to stay at home and wait for white collar
jobs.

*10. MAKING SH.750,000 FROM AN ACRE OF CAPE GOOSEBERRY IN 12 - 14 WEEKS*

Leave alone the wild gooseberries that are self-propagating commonly found in farms after
harvesting maize, farmers in Kenya can now access a high yielding variety of the fruit which is
well known as the Cape gooseberry.

40
The new variety of Cape gooseberry, Netherlands Gold, produces bigger fruits in size. It also
turns golden in colour when ripe and it is sweet, unlike the wild fruits which are somehow
bitter.

In addition, Netherlands Gold has a firm, waxy, gold skin giving it longer shelf life.

The wonder fruit (scientifically known as Physalis peruviana) which was traditionally left as food
for the birds and hunters in forests has now been improved and is now a money miter for keen
agro-entrepreneurs who would like to venture into a unique type of fruit production.

The fruit’s wide applications in the food industry and its health benefits makes it a darling
among the rising health-conscious consumers in the country.

According to researchers, Cape gooseberries are an excellent source of vitamins A, B, and C and
rich in protein and phosphorus making it anti-inflammatory, and which could help in the
management of cancer, leukaemia, diabetes and hepatitis among other lifestyle diseases.

In addition, the leaves of the gooseberry are utilized as medicinal teas.

More value-added products such as gooseberry crumb cake, gooseberry cake, juice, jam and
wine are other sources of income for the farmer.

Luckily for farmers, the fruit is the next big thing after it was selected by the government among
the 100 crops for commercialization in the Big 4 Agenda.

In the Kenyan local dialects, the fruit is called differently, the Luo know it as Nyamtonglo, the
Nandi people call it Mboniik, the Kisii call it Chinsobosobo, Kikuyus call it Nathi, the Kipsigis
refer to it as Chelolo while the Kamba call it Ngondu.

*High yielding*

The new variety-Netherlands Gold which matures in 12 - 14 weeks has a yielding capability of
5000 - 8000 kilos per acre and the seeds are planted in the nursery before transplanting
seedbeds.

For a quarter of an acre, you can plant 10 grams of seeds worth Sh.1,900, a half an acre takes
10 kilos of seeds going at Sh.2,800 while an acre needs 40 grams of seeds which can be bought
at Sh.4,800.

41
The average yield observed in Kenya is 5 to 8 tonnes per acre but under optimal management,
this crop can yield up to 10 tonnes per acre.

*Commercial potential*

You can start farming the fruits, and park them for the market, or make juice or even jam.

A single plant can yield an average of 200 fruits which is about five grams per plant. This equals
1000g or 1kg fruits per season translating to 2kg per plant per year given the crop has two
flowering seasons a year.

Since an acre can accommodate 2500 plants, this will give 25000 × 1 = 2500kg of fruits which if
sold at Sh.300 per kilo will give Sh.750,000 per acre in one season of about 12 - 14 weeks.

This means that you can double your earnings if you go the possible two seasons a year.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*11. PIXIE ORANGE FARMING: A WORTHY INVESTMENT FOR THE YEAR 2025*

Pixie oranges continue to become very popular among Kenyan consumers.

This is because this variety of oranges is a lot sweeter than the large ordinary oranges, juicier

42
and their orange flavour is very sharp.

Actually, if you cut a pixie orange in a room, its refreshing smell will be calling someone from
the next room.

Farmers have realized the huge opportunity arising from the demand and are making efforts to
fill the gap.

However, the few pixie orange farming activities in Kenya are far from meeting the growing
demand within the country and even abroad.

*Pixie farming areas in Kenya*

Being a variety of citrus fruits, pixie oranges thrive in hot climatic conditions.

Currently, Makueni County leads in the production of this fruit, followed by the other Ukambani
counties of Machakos and Kitui.

The hot Baringo County is also hot on the trail and gladly, the coastal people of Kwale and Taita
Taveta have woken up to the opportunity even though in very small scales.

*Grafted trees mature faster*

Pixie oranges originated from California and are seedless. Therefore, the only available method
of propagating this variety in Kenya is by grafting.

This brings forth another advantage in that the grafted seedlings mature faster.

Grafted pixie oranges will mature after 2 to 3 years depending on how well they are taken care
of.

At first, each tree will give a few fruits; about 30 to 50 fruits. This production increases every
year as the branches grow wider.

The highest yield is attained in the 4th or 5th year in which each pixie tree can give up to 300
fruits; about 60 kgs per tree.

*How to grow pixie*

43
Pixie can grow in many different types of soils. However the best soils are the well drained
sandy loam soils. Like many other fruit trees, pixie requires fertile soils with a high humus
content and a pH level of between 6.5 and 7.4.

The planting holes should be prepared well to a size of 2x2 feet – 2 feet wide and 2 feet deep.

Separate the top soil from the bottom soil and use the rich top soil mixed with manure to plant
your seedlings.

Mix the soil and manure at the ratio 1:2 (1 bucket of manure for 2 buckets of soil.

When filling back the whole with the mixture of soil and manure, ensure you leave about 10 cm
to create space for watering your seedlings.

*Best climate for growing pixie*

The best climate for pixie farming in Kenya is warm or hot with temperatures between 10℃
and 30℃.

The rainfall should be at least 1,000 mm annually although this can be supplemented through
irrigation to achieve optimum yields.

The fruit thrives between the sea level and an altitude of about 2100m.

*Recommended spacing for pixie*

Pixie orange trees grow to a height of 4 meters and spread to a radius of 3m.

Therefore the recommended spacing for pixie is 3 by 5 meters: 3m from plant to plant and 5m
from line to line.

With this spacing, one acre will accommodate around 270 high yielding trees.

The distance in between the rows of trees is kept at 5 meters to allow sufficient work space for
spraying and harvesting. This space can also be used to grow cover crops such as beans.

*Why you should do pixie orange farming in 2025*

44
Pixie orange farming is very profitable with an acre giving a turnover of up to Ksh.1.2 million per
year as reported by farmers in Makueni.

These fruits are sold at an average price of Ksh.80 per kilo at the farm gate.

A well tended tree will give 60 kilos of fruits in a year and an acre can accommodate 270 such
trees.

Supermarkets and grocery shops currently form the largest market for pixie oranges in Kenya.

This is already a huge market that has not had enough of these tasty fruits.

A kilo of pixie retails for as high as Ksh.200 making them look like fruits for the rich.

The larger Wakulima Markets are yet to get a good share of pixie oranges.

At this point, we cannot even talk about the exporting companies that are constantly hunting
for the fruits and offering prices as high as Ksh.150 at the farm gate.

The cost of starting a pixie farm is just 1-time and would be about Ksh.150,000.

Of this initial capital, you only need about Ksh.100,000 for purchasing seedlings and planting
labour at first.

The rest is needed over time since it’s used for maintaining the orchard in terms of pest control
and irrigation where need be.

Once established, the farm will be generating income for you every year for the next 20 to 30
years.

You can get grafted pixie orange seedlings ready for transplanting from Richfarm Kenya.

Call them on 0724698357 / 0788963373 to order for seedlings.

Also they can do the actual planting for you.

They have a complete package in which you only need to pay Ksh.80,000 and they will do the

45
rest for you: soil test, preparation of the planting holes, provision of 200 high quality grafted
pixie seedlings, the actual planting and then give you technical support for a lifetime.

*Final Word*

This idea is still a soft target that you can take on. It is also a medium to long-term investment
opportunity.

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. Start small and dream big.

*12. ARE YOU A STAY-AT-HOME MUM? START A DAYCARE BUSINESS*

Kenyans have watched unfolding horror stories on TV as house helps and nannies abuse or
even kidnap little children who are left in their care.

Some toddlers have been sexually abused and in some isolated cases, some have lost their
lives.

Many urban families in Kenya have working parents who leave their homes as early as 5.30am
and get back home as late as 7.30pm, thanks to endless traffic holdups on our roads, especially
in major urban centres such as Nairobi and Mombasa.

As a family with young children, you might decide that the mother becomes a stay-at-home
mum so that she is available to take care of your children.

Many women fear the idea of not having a source of income and I don’t encourage that either. I
encourage stay-at-home mums to explore ways to earn income from home.

There are many different ways that a stay-at-home mum can earn income from home working
online, thanks to technology.

There are also offline businesses that a stay-at-home mother can do from home.

46
I would like to explore the possibility of earning income from home by turning part of the space
in your house into a play centre for little children and toddlers or renting out space somewhere
else and starting your own day care business.

You can provide childcare solutions for busy mothers and earn income in the process. This is a
great way for a stay-at-home mum to get started in business.

*Understand the Basics of the Daycare Business*

Although the daycare business is like any other business, it requires special attention as you will
mostly deal with little children.

You need to have the love for children, have basic knowledge of early childhood development,
CPR, know the signs of common childhood illness, and First Aid skills.

Additionally, you will need to know the types of daycare to choose where to specialize.

*Types of Daycare*

Daycare centers are categorized based on age groups of children, working hours and location.

*Restricted age-limit daycare centers:* These are daycares where they limit certain age
groups. In most cases, they only accept younger children, since they are easier to handle

*Free-age daycares:* Children of all age groups can be enrolled

*Daycares based on location:* They are categorized into two;

1. Group daycare centers. They are run by professionals and are usually licensed.

2. Home daycare centers. They are run from homes and are often unlicensed.

*Find an Excellent Daycare Center Location*

An excellent location is vital for the success of a daycare. You can operate the daycare from a
rental space or your home. Whichever choice you make, make sure that the location is safe for
children.

A daycare facility should be spacious where children can play. If you are renting out space, you
will need to consider rental costs.

A spacious house costs around Ksh.5,000 per month in rural areas and between Ksh.20,000 and
Ksh.50,000 in urban areas.

47
*Write a Daycare Business Plan in Kenya*

A business plan is essential for your daycare business. You will need to state your mission
statement, budget, marketing strategy, how and when to hire staff, your pricing, and how you
intend to expand.

You opt to hire a professional to write a daycare business plan for you.

*Raise Startup Capital*

It is best to start small and expand over time. Startup costs for daycare center vary depending
on the number of children you want to enroll and the type of facilities you intend to install.

However, with Ksh.100,000, you can purchase basic equipment and pay for licenses.

*Acquire the Necessary Daycare Business Licenses and Insurance*

When parents are choosing a daycare facility to enroll their children, they check if your business
is licensed and insured. A licensed and insured daycare implies that it is safe for children.

*A Liability Insurance cover* is ideal for a daycare business to protect children, staff, and
daycare facilities. You will also need the following business licenses to operate your business
legally.

*A single Business Permit.* Obtain a single business permit from your county government. Its
cost vary from one county to the other, but it ranges between Ksh.4, 000 and Ksh.15,000.

*Fire Safety Certificate.* Fire inspectors need to inspect if there are fire safety equipment like
fire extinguishers in your daycare center. Some activities that take place in a daycare, like
cooking can cause fires. In case of fire accidents, you should be in a position to control the fire.

The license will cost around Ksh.3,000.

*A Public Health Certificate.* Daycare centers enroll children from different backgrounds. They
need to maintain high levels of cleanliness from personal hygiene to environmental cleanliness.

A public health officer will be sent to inspect your premises to ascertain that the place meets
the hygiene requirements and safe for kids. If you meet the requirements, you will be issued
with a public health license.

The license costs about Ksh.3,000 every year.

*Cost of Starting a Daycare Center in Kenya*

48
The cost of starting daycare center in Kenya depends with your business size and equipment
you want to equip it with.

If you have a strained budget, you can rent a premises to avoid high startup costs of building
structures.

This way, you can even start a small daycare center with between Ksh.50,000 and Ksh.100,000.

*Requirements for Starting a Daycare in Kenya*

Upon acquiring the relevant licenses and permits, you need to prepare your daycare premises
to start operations.

The environment should be child-friendly and as such, you need to stuff that children can play
with. Your budget will determine the items to buy.

The following are day care centre requirements in Kenya:

*Furniture like small plastic chairs, stools, chalkboard, tables, and nap mats.

*Toys such as ribbons, dolls, puzzles, stuffed animals, watercolours, and paint.

*Educational materials like charts and storybooks.

*Appliances like kitchenware.

*Playground material such as bouncing castles and trampolines.

*Determine Your Pricing*

When it comes to pricing, consider your rental fees, staff salaries, and children activities you
will be offering at the daycare facility.

The pricing can also be determined by kind of daycare it is.

High end daycare centers are mostly located in high-income neighborhoods. Most of them
charge between Ksh.500 and Ksh.2,000 per child per day.

Mid-level daycare centers charge between Ksh.200 and Ksh.1,000 per child per day.

Low-end daycare centers charge between Ksh.20 and Ksh.200 per child per day.

*Market Your Daycare Business*

49
Marketing is crucial for the success of your daycare center. You can distribute pamphlets,
brochures, and newsletters.

The best way to market your business is through referrals. This is possible when you build
cordial relationship with your clients by offering excellent quality daycare services.

You can also do social media marketing.

Start small and grow. Let the mothers in your neighbourhood and others in your circles such as
family members and fellow church members know that you take care of little children.

You can target those below school going age, five and below. As you grow, you might consider
maintaining online presence such as a Facebook page, a blog, and an Instagram page.

*Professionalism*

You are starting a business not a hobby, and business should not only be professionally run but
should also not get disrupted whenever something unexpected happens in your life.

Plan for unexpected occurrences such as your unavailability due to illness or other
commitments. It is important to have someone trusted who can stand in for you during such
times.

You may consider training your house help to be your assistant. This can be a chance to grow in
her career. Ensure your assistant is adequately trained in areas such as first aid, safety and
childcare.

Also have a few reliable back up part time staff that you can call up in case you need extra help.

Always take precautions when identifying people, you can entrust with children. Demand for
references and certificate of good conduct.

Don’t focus on the quality of work only as you could jeopardize the safety of the children under
your care and their families.

Keep in mind that children can be very trusting and can end up giving very important
information to a person they spend their time with. You can’t afford to be careless when
selecting staff to work in a daycare.

Satisfied clients are the key to your growth so go the extra mile to keep the children happy,
entertained and healthy.

Be cautious about safety, hygiene, the quality and handling of the food the little ones consume.

50
*Hygiene*

Hygiene and cleanliness are critical when it comes to taking care of children so never
compromise on that.

Some daycare centres give the option of children bringing their own snacks while others
provide food and charge for it.

Preparing fresh food is a great way to minimize risks of food poisoning.

Many parents are afraid when they leave their little ones with house helps whom they do not
know that well while others need somewhere to leave their little ones when house helps leave
without notice.

Daycare centres are in demand and there are families who would appreciate the service so do a
good job and you will attract clients.

*Plan long term*

Plan long term since you are likely to expand as word spreads and more and more parents
entrust their little ones with you.

Many schools and daycare centres actually begin in residential areas and move to more suitable
premises as they grow.

A daycare centre has the potential to eventually grow to incorporate kindergarten services.

*Final Word*

Parents will entrust you with their children only if you offer quality services and if their children
are safe.

A daycare center mainly works on the principle of trust. As such, daycare owners need to build
trust with potential customers.

Professionalism is key to the success of your daycare business. With that, I hope that you now
know how to start a daycare business in Kenya.

You have the idea, the energy and determination. What are you waiting for?

Go ahead and utilize this opportunity to build a business that will make the world a better
place.

51
*13. WHAT ARE SOME OF THE BEST BUSINESS IDEAS TO START IN NAIROBI?*

I have traveled and interacted with various entrepreneurs in many towns but I can attest that
the ideal town to do business in Kenya is Nairobi. Every business is profitable in this town
because of the huge circulation of money. But there are businesses that are more profitable
than others.

Though the cost of setting up a venture can be intimidating, you are assured of attracting
profits each month.

Most businesses in Kenya are profitable but it all depends on where they are located and the
management strategies of the owners.

According to our research, some of the best businesses to start in Nairobi include:

*1. Day Care*

Starting a day care in Nairobi won’t cost more than Ksh.100,000 but the profits can envy not
only the short sighted but also seasoned entrepreneurs.

Many day cares in Estates like South B and South C, Kilimani and Rongai charge up to Ksh.7,000
per month per baby. If the daycare has 20 babies, you will generate Ksh.140,000. Assuming that
expenses will take the extra Ksh.40,000; you will remain with Ksh.100,000.

*2. Chemist*

I am one of those people who used to despise Chemist operators. Every time I visited a
Chemist, I could see almost empty shelves and try to imagine how the owners survive in such a
condition.

I was embarrassed when a friend who owns a Chemist along Mombasa Road Nairobi confessed
to me that he makes monthly profit close to Ksh.500,000.

52
I thought he was bragging before me, I had to visit other friends who own similar chemists in
different towns. From the answers I got, the lowest profit I heard was Ksh.70,000 per month.

One of the things that make them realize huge profits is the fact that prices of drugs are not
regulated in Kenya. Actually, chemist operators fix prices based on the customer status and
location.

*3. Car Wash*

Car Wash is a lucrative business in Nairobi today. The business employs more than 200,000
Kenyans around the county where 30,000 come from Nairobi and it’s environ.

As dirty as it looks, the job is well paying, no doubt. To wash a small car in Nairobi is not less
than Ksh.250 while a medium vehicle goes for Ksh.500 and a big truck can go to up to
Ksh.5,000. This is a serious business, men!

Looking at the number of cars in Nairobi, Mombasa and Nakuru, do you think if you start a car
wash you will lack at least 10 customers a day?

Two years ago, my cousin told me he had Ksh.80,000 but wasn`t sure what he could do with the
money for him to start generating income. I fronted the idea of car wash. This is what he told
me, “hii bizna ikianguka utanilipa hii pesa”. I told him, “nitakulipa double”.

I proposed for him Kericho and for sure he set the business up. It’s now two years na kijana
ananipigia asante kila siku.

*4. Salon*

Regardless of where you intend to start your salon, the business will not give you headache
when you finally decide to start. You need experienced workers, a small room and equipment
costing less than Sh.100,000. You can as well start from your house if you don’t have sufficient
capital to operate a salon within a hired premise.

This business is very profitable and it doesn’t require many restrictions to operate. But one
thing you must note is that you have to be extremely cautious. We have noticed that
employees are cunning. They make sure they pocket at least half of the money they make in a
day, leaving the owner with nothing.

What you ought to do is to have CCTV cameras in the room so that you can monitor the flow of
customers – this way you can manage.

*5. Berber shop*

53
Many individuals over look Berber shop business simply because they assume its run by
illiterate people. But it’s one business with extraordinary profits.

Some of the popular politicians in Kenya operate several executive Berber shops in major towns
and cities.

To start a Berber shop you need a chair, a machine which costs less than Ksh.5,000, Methylated
spirit, a mirror, a towel and of course skills. All these things will require less than Ksh.20,000.

But if you want to open an executive barbershop, it will cost you Ksh.100,000 and above.

What will require some good amount is the room where your business will be operating from.

If you are educated, jobless and living in Nairobi, try opening a Berber shop instead of staying
idle at home; it might be a turning point for you.

*6. Shoe Shining*

A friend of mine who operates shoe shinning business in Nairobi told me he makes between
Ksh.2,000 to Ksh.5,000 per day and there is no time business is low.

What he did was to choose a suitable location for the business, buy chairs, towels; shoe polish
and brush and source of water. He operates the business from Nairobi CBD.

If you went through school and you are shying away from operating shoe shining business, you
better change your mind set.

Shoe shining business is easier to start as long as you have Ksh.15,000 to Ksh.30,000 in your
pocket for license and equipment.

Sometimes it can be tricky to own a shoe shining space in Nairobi CBD but what you should do
is approach any of the City Council employees and talk to them nicely.

*7. Selling Second Hand Clothes (Mitumba)*

Selling Mitumba clothes is the easiest business to start in Kenya as long as you know where to
buy your products from. Most traders in Kenya nowadays source their clothes from Eastleigh,
Gikomba and Muthurwa Markets

Fortunately, you won’t need to break into a bank or blow your budget to start the business.

You can start with as low as Ksh.1,000 if you decide to hawk or sell online.

54
With Ksh.1,000, you can go and hand-pick outfits one by one from markets such as Gikomba in
Nairobi and Kongowea in Mombasa. To get the good stuff, go very early in the morning or at
the time your specific supplier opens a bale.

Alternatively, you can buy fagia clothes. These are the remnants of a bale after customers pick
most of the best outfits. The clothes are sold at throwaway prices to make room for a new bale.

The sales usually happen on Saturdays, since suppliers want to do away with old stock and open
new ones the same day.

If your budget is not so tight and you can spare about Ksh.30,000 or less, get a bale. One thing
about second-hand clothes is that the more items you buy, the less they cost you.

Most sought after bales are those of ladies and kidswear. However, you are not limited to
these. You can go for shoes, bedsheets, toys, or men’s wear as well.

*8. Selling Women Handbags/Clothes*

Thank God there is Eastleigh in Nairobi!

Nowadays as long as you have a Facebook page and you are connected, you can easily start this
business.

Most women in Nairobi offices fear going to Eastleigh to purchase cheap quality bags and
clothes; those ladies who are informed capitalize on this.

You can buy a bag at Ksh.900 and sell at Ksh.3,000, which is a gold mine.

The good thing with this business is that you don’t need a physical location, simply have a
Facebook page and an instagram account and get as many friends as possible to introduce you
to offices.

I can encourage jobless Kenyans to try this business and life can change for the better. It is not
beneficial to stay idle at home when you have a degree while those with zero skills are engaging
in business which could otherwise be owned by someone like you.

*Finally;*

As I always say, there is no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not start
the race.

If you like the ideas discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize them… then don’t
wait to start… just do it.

55
*14. HOW THIS MAN TURNED CAMEL BONES INTO MILLIONS.*

It is a sunny day in Burma Market and workers at Karanja’s shop are busy loading bags of bones
into one his vehicles and motorbikes parked by the roadside.

Clothed in a khaki trouser, blue shirt, a white coat and gumboots, the-40-year old makes
several trips in and out of his warehouse which is packed with piles of camel heads and bones
in a refrigerator.

In 2002, Robert Karanja aka Waria, left Kabati in Muranga County for greener pastures in the
city.

He left home with nothing and started pulling carts around Muthurwa and Burma markets.
After saving Sh.8,000, he decided to try his luck in business and opened Supu ya Ng’ombe Kiosk
in Burma which was closed down.

While in town, Karanja made friends; one of them was of Somali origin. They met in Eastleigh,
hit it off and a business idea was conceived.

Through trust and friendship, he was able to raise some money to rent a small stall in Burma
market where he set up camel bones shop.

“When I started this business I had no money to go to Mandera, Isiolo and Marsabit to buy the
camels because it is costly. What I did was sell bones and heads purchased from Mlolongo
slaughterhouse and soon, I had saved enough to buy my first camel,” said Karanja.

Transporting the animal from Isiolo to Nairobi was Karanja’s next headache and when he could
not afford Sh.80,000 to transport the animal in a truck, he stuck a deal with a local who trekked
with the animal from Isiolo Nairobi.

56
“Starting this business was tough. It costs Sh.80,000 to transport the camel and I had no money
that time so I decided to look for someone from Isiolo who would bring the camel to Nairobi for
Sh.20,000. I was restless because I was afraid the camel might die or get sick on the way. The
camel arrived after three weeks and the rest is history,” he said.

Today, Karanja is a leading supplier of camel bones, a popular ingredient in supu ya

ngamia kiosks spread all over towns in the country.

“At around 4pm this place is normally packed with pregnant women with their small bags to
carry bones; because doctors recommend camel soup for its high calcium nutrient. Also, those
who suffer from Arthritis and fractures frequent here a lot. I sell a kg of bones between Sh.100
and Sh.200 but it depends on the size.”

Every day, Karanja wakes up at 4am and, “I slaughter 10 camels daily and sell the meat in hotels
across the city. One kilogramme of camel meat goes for Sh.600. I also sell camel feet and
hooves to Chinese and Indians for Sh.200 per kg before I transport bones to various companies
that make bone meal and ornaments. Camel oil goes for between Sh.2,500 and Sh.3,000
per mtungi.”

Every two weeks, Karanja travels to Mandera and Marsabit to buy camels at Sh.60,000 to
Sh.120,000 each.

“It takes a week to go round the villages looking for the animals,” he said.

Karanja who has employed ten people can easily make Sh.1 million a month.

“This business is worth millions of shillings, I own a few stores, two lorries, eight motor bikes,
three cars and I have built several flats. On a good day, I make a profit of Sh.40,000 from meat
only and Sh.10,000 from bones, heads and hooves.

*Finally;*

As someone once said, opportunities come dressed in overalls.

When a Business Idea comes to you in an unexpected place, run with it

Who knows, maybe your first million is stashed right in the middle of those business ideas you

57
have been thinking but reluctant to start.

*15. HOW TO START A HOUSE-HELP BUREAU BUSINESS*

The world we live in is becoming busier and expensive and the need for couples and even single
parents to go out there to look for money to keep the body and soul together is increasing
daily.

Until recent times in most homes, it was only the husbands that went out to work, while the
wives remained at home to take care of their children and manage day to day operations in the
home.

It is no longer so, because the income that an average man generates is no longer enough to
foot the bills of the family. There is the need to contend with the continuous increase of house
rent, school fees, food stuff, and transportation that might no longer be accommodated in just
a single pay check, hence the need for the women folks to join the battle in searching for jobs
to help support the family.

This singular act of joining the working class could make a lot of things suffer; hence the need
for a maid.

Since, starting a business is all about solving a need in the society, putting together a maid
service business is one venture that would continue to help alleviate stress.

If you have always thought of dabbling into this kind of business; here are steps that could
guide you towards starting and managing your maid service business:

*1. Register Your Business*

58
Most people who run this kind of business don’t even bother going all the way to register it.
However, you must know that ‘what is worth doing is worth doing well.’ It’s advisable that you
start with the right steps and get your business registered.

The fact remains that the stress and cost of registering businesses in Kenya has gone down
drastically. In case you didn’t know, people find it convenient and comfortable doing business
with a registered business than an unregistered one.

*2. Conduct Your Research*

As part of what is expected of you to start your maid service business, you will be required to
carry out a research that would reveal to you the qualities and characteristics of maids that are
in high demand.

This is so that you can be well guided when recruiting maids. Your research would also enable
you to know where to get maids and how to locate those in need of their services.

*3. Recruit Maids*

When recruiting maids, it is very important that you aren’t tempted to recruit under aged ones.
It could be cheaper and easier, but you might get jailed for breaking the laws that protects the
under aged, as well as laws preventing them to be used for cheap labor.

Make sure you recruit maids that can read and write, are neat, matured and willing to work.

*4. Screen Your Maids*

The fact that you would be assigning your maids to different houses where they might most
likely live in, means that they must be trustworthy people. Detailed screening is one part of
your recruitment process that you must pay huge attention to, so as to avoid law suits and to
continue to be in business.

If you recruit one wrong maid, you might ruin your business.

So part of your screening criteria might be: medical and health status, criminal records, age,
ability to carry out home chores, ability to read and write, just to mention a few.

If you carry out a proper screening, you can avoid employing people with infectious diseases,

59
criminals and lazy people.

*5. Market Your Business*

Although some businesses require less aggressive marketing skills, some might require that you
are always on the go to get new clients. Running a maid service business requires that you go
out of your way to get more homes to service.

You might also want to do the word of mouth approach, by walking up to anybody you come
across in these areas to market your services to them.

Research also has it that one of the best ways to get new clients for maid service business is via
referrals for your existing clients. If you do your homework very well and your maids perform
very well, you would get satisfied clients talking of your services to other clients that might be
in need of maids.

*6. Get Feedbacks and Review Performance*

From statistics, the percentage of clients who complain to those who don’t when offered poor
services are almost 40:60. The possibility of your clients complaining when they aren’t satisfied
with the services they are getting from the maid you assigned to them is high.

When such clients aren’t satisfied, chances of them referring their friends to you will be low.

To operate a top notch Maid Service business, you must go around the houses where your
maids are serving to get honest feedbacks from your customers and also from your maids.

Yes! It is imperative to get feedbacks from your maids because in some cases especially in
Africa, maids are often maltreated and molested. When things turn that bad; you could even
get arrested if anything happens to a maid.

When you get feedbacks and you review appropriately, you get informed on the best decision
to take. In some cases you may have to re-assign some maids.

*7. Sort out Payments Arrangement*

Since the maids that are employed by your agency on behalf of your clients won’t be resuming
in your office, it is important to sort out their mode of payments and how you can get paid by

60
your clients.

The best approach is to ensure that all the maids under your umbrella open a bank account or
have a mobile money account like Mpesa and you agree on a fixed date when their accounts
must be credited.

You can also ensure that your clients pay into your account at an agreed date. For instance; you
could agree on the 3rd of every month.

Do not forget to deduct your commission and service charges from their salaries.

*Finally,*

The way and manner you run your own Maid service business will determine how successful
you can become.

The market for this kind of business will keep growing up as long as couples find themselves
doing 9-5 jobs or even run businesses that take them away from their homes.

The business idea is still a soft target in Kenya that you can take on provided you are willing to
put a little more effort than everyone else.

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. Start small and dream big.

*16. POTATO FARMING IN KENYA – A GOOD BUSINESS IDEA?*

Potato farming is one of those businesses that can either make or break you.

61
You can get good returns provided you are willing to learn how to navigate your way up or you
can literary “burn” your whole investment in less than 3 months.

Read the next few paragraphs to find out the truth about this age-old business idea.

*Potato Farming In Kenya*

Potatoes are highland crops and they grow well in most major parts of the nation including
Molo, Kinangop, Taita Hills, Yatta, Timboroa and parts of Laikipia.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

The first step is to find land in one of the high production areas. If you live in Nairobi area then
you can think of going to places like Kinangop or North Nyandarua (an hour’s drive from the
City).

Remember, you don’t have to be a land owner to get started as you can simply lease.

Currently, the cost of leasing a good chunk of land in Nyandarua about 1 Kilometre from the
tarmac is Ksh.15,000 to Ksh.25,000 per year.

*Tips For Picking Land For Potatoes*

*Should not be too far from tarmac (1-2Km recommended)

*Look for one with reddish soil (toney)

*Avoid land with a bad history of potato production

*Avoid land that lies adjacent to a river to minimize chances of frost bite

*Step 2: Prepare The Land*

Now that you have found a nice piece of land, the next step is to till it and prepare furrows
ready for planting.

Here again you don’t have to do all the work yourself. You only need to hire a few village
labourers and delegate the job to them.

62
If you’re too busy with your current job or business, you can pick one of your idle uncles from
the village and hire them as the farm manager.

Another thing to do is to get some manure. Manure is normally sold in lorries (mostly from
Masai land) and a good load goes for Ksh.20,000 delivered to your place.

*Step 3: Buy Certified Seeds*

You may be tempted to take a short-cut by buying seeds from other farmers but you should
know that this is the biggest mistake that most farmers make.

If you want to get the best harvest, then you have to get the best disease-free seeds.

A good source of these seeds is The Kisima Foundation…this is an organization that allows you
to even pay by Mpesa and they deliver right outside your farm. The average cost of a bag of
certified potato seeds is between Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.5,000.

*Tips For Buying Seeds*

*Only buy certified seeds

*Talk to local farmers about which breeds do well in the area around your farm.

*Examples of potato breeds are Tigoni, Kenya Mpya, Asante and Shangi

*Step 4: Plant and Wait For 90 Days*

The good thing with potatoes is that they only take 90 days to mature. But in order for that to
happen (and in order for the yield to be profitable) you need to ensure that your crop is well
watered either through rain or irrigation.

Also, be sure to apply DAP fertilizer in combination with manure.

Take care of the farm by weeding it.

Lastly, you will need to invest in chemicals and yield boosters – and these you can buy from the
agrovet shops.

63
*Tips For Buying Chemicals*

*Go for nematicides if you notice small wounds on potato roots

*Go for fungicides in case of signs of blight

Now from this point we can start talking business…

*How To Get The Best Prices*

It is one thing to plant potatoes; selling them and getting the best prices is another.

Let me tell you something… in the potato world, there exists some sharp individuals
called brokers.

They come with lorries and move from door to door buying farm produce at some punitive
prices.

The good thing with brokers is that they save the farmer the hassle of finding the market, but
the bad thing is that the prices they give are sometimes unsustainable and that explains why
many first-time potato farmers “burn”.

So what’s the secret to dealing with brokers?

The first strategy is to plant your crop at around December so that you harvest it at around
February or March when there is short supply and prices are favorable.

For instance, right now as we write this a bag of potatoes is going for Ksh.4,000 and above.
However, the same bag of potato may fluctuate to as low as Ksh.1,000 during the surplus
season.

Another strategy is that some government and non-goverment institutions are now building
special granaries where you can keep your potatoes until the market stabilizes.

You can take your produce there and hold until the ripple effects of a bumper harvest subside.

But what if you don’t want to wait or play with the seasons?

64
If you can’t beat them join them.

Using the many sales and marketing skills we equip you with in our PROFITABLE BUSINESS
IDEAS WhatsApp group, there is absolutely no reason why you should not look for your own
market of potatoes.

You simply need to approach fast-food chains, restaurants, schools, institutions etc and give
them a good quote.

You can then hire a mguu kumi or mguu sita lorry and go back to the village where in addition
to collecting your own produce you can link up with other farmers to fill up the lorry.

This way, you will be in a position to dictate the price and you will be able to get better returns.

*How Much To Invest*

In total, you will require about Ksh.80,000 for an acre of potatoes (from planting to harvesting).

*How Much To Expect*

The current market price for a sack of Shangi potatoes is Ksh.4,000. An acre of land can produce
80 bags of potatoes in 3 months.

So let’s do the math.

Ksh.4,000 x 80 bags = Ksh.320,000 (Revenue)

Ksh.320,000 (Revenue) – Ksh.80,000 (Expenses) = Ksh.240,000 (Net Profit) in just 90 days.

*Final Word*

Potato farming is a good venture. It is not a get-rich-quick scheme (though) and majority of first
time investors may lose their money due to obvious mistakes.

On a positive note, if you have read this article to the end you can now proceed to make an
investment confident of making returns.

65
All it takes is a bit of discipline, hardwork and strategy.

*17. HOME-BASED BUSINESSES YOU CAN START*

The pandemic has changed attitudes about the nature of work, and now, more than ever, many
realise that working from home is indeed possible.

With high-speed internet and proliferation of devices, making money from home is now a
reality.

Here are a few business ideas you can consider:

*1. Food business*

What makes a food business viable is the fact that people will always eat. It is a basic need,
meaning customers will always be there regardless of any other external factors. If you have a
passion for cooking and baking, this is the job for you.

For a bakery: “How to start a cake baking business from home” was the most searched question
in Facebook groups in Kenya towards the end of 2019.

Kenya has a huge appetite for baked food and you can never go wrong with this one of the
oldest industries. You do not have to start with all the equipment, start small and keep
ploughing back the returns until you build on to a large investment.

Fruit vending is another great option. All you need is fruits, a blender, a knife, and willingness to
work. Shop for your fruits from the cheapest markets in your area.

66
If you can cook good food, catering is yet another viable opportunity. Cook local meals
like githeri, beans, pilau, chapati and mandazi and find the bachelors in your estate to sell to.

For as much as Sh.200 a meal, you can grow gradually into a catering business.

*2. Crafts*

A craft is anything skillfully made by hand. If you have the skills, you can make ornaments of
different types like glass, wood or beads, and shells.

A twist to it would be to make African pieces or jewelry with a personalised message.

Alternatively, import bracelets, necklaces, earrings and resell online.

Paper jewelry making, candle making and gift basket making are other lucrative crafts that only
require creativity and as little capital as Sh.3,000 for materials.

Crafts could also include soap-making. With just Sh.1,500 you can get a 100 per cent profit for
20 litres of home-made soap. You can easily learn this craft on YouTube.

*3. Freelance writing*

The gig-economy has received a bad rap in the past and received little to no serious attention,
but you can actually make a career out of it. Realise that everything needs writing. All
businesses need things written.

They need newsletters. Copy for brochures, memos and press releases.

Freelancing platforms such as Upwork, Freelancer, goLance, 99designs, and many others are
connecting people in need of the service and service providers who are the online freelancers.

And that makes them a perfect starting point for every newbie.

If well done, you can earn over Sh.5,000 per 500 words in Upwork. This is a bidding site so you
first need to make sure you complete your profile then submit it for approval.

Once approved, you will be able to send proposals or apply for jobs on the site. Make sure you
really understand the art of sending winning proposals. Read a lot about that.

67
Academic writing, copy-writing, transcription and captioning are in huge demand in freelance
work. Once you get the job, be sure to ask for half the money up front as some clients may take
you for a ride.

*4. Create a YouTube channel*

‘How to Cook Perfect Hard-Boiled Eggs’ has 2.5 million views on YouTube and it is not even
close to the most viewed egg video on the platform.

You cannot afford to ignore the huge opportunity available in YouTube, especially in Kenya. The
market is still widely untapped and even when saturated, there is space for everyone.

If you are passionate about something like video games or makeup, you can share your passion
with the world while you make money.

It is estimated that 44 per cent of internet users are interested and watch video blogs (vlogs)
every month. That is half of all internet users.

The only challenge is creating content that interests your target audience.

There are limitless video ideas like prank videos, comedy videos, kitchen recipes, how-to-do
videos, travel tips, or anything you think is useful for people, even boiling an egg.

As your views and subscribers grow, so do your earnings. Reaching at least 1,000 subscribers
already entitles you to have advertisements placed and with these ads, you get paid.

With a laptop, high-speed internet and a camera phone you can start as soon as now.

*5. Forex trading*

Forex trading is a very lucrative way to make money for those who have a good knowledge of
the market.

For beginners, forex may seem very complex, especially when you listen to mentors who make
a living out of their phony advice and never on the Forex itself but in reality it’s pretty simple.

To start trading, you should first open up a practice account and gain experience as well as

68
knowledge by reading.

There are a number of free or paid courses available on the internet that can train you for
online trading like the BabyPips school to learn basics.

Once you have learned the basics, open a demo account, download MetaTrader 4 (MT4) and
start trading with virtual money.

MT4 is the most popular trading software but there are many others a google search away.
Spend at least two weeks doing demo trade and learning the basics.

However, be critical of who you learn from, as some courses teach methods that do not work
and in the long run you may lose money.

A better route to forex is learning financial analysis, about currencies and all of the variables
that can impact them Macro, Technical, Politics, and many more, as this is what will drive the
currency prices resulting in the profits and losses for you as a trader.

If you search LogikFx on YouTube you will learn how to do analysis.

Keep in mind that forex trading is not something to learn in a month or two. Be sure you are
ready to commit months’ worth of time.

*Final thoughts*

Business opportunities are emerging every day in Kenya with many employing the use of the
internet to make money.

As our Swahili brothers say “Kazi ni Kazi”. The amount of capital you have, however little it is,
doesn’t matter, it is the size of your idea that will propel you to great heights in
entrepreneurship.

69
*18. ARE YOU PROFITING FROM YOUR TALENT?*

So many people around you talk about talent, especially when they see someone who becomes
extremely rich as a result of his/her talents.

It's common to hear, “That musician is very talented. Look at how he/she sings easily”

You can hear people saying, “Football is very easy for Ronaldo.”

How true? Do talents truly give people easy success?

Yes and no, depending on what you call “easy success”.

Talents are like gold. Talents are great and can make you rich, yet, talents (like gold) require
much work before they become an “ATM machine”.

Before I continue, let me share with you this good quotation:

“Talent is cheaper than table salt. What separates the talented individuals from the successful
ones is a lot of hard work.”

Wow! Read that quotation again.

Talent is cheaper than table salt, everybody has one. The only thing that turns talent into great
success is work… a lot of work.

Take for instance, Michael Jackson was recognized as (probably) the most famous musician
ever in the history of the world. In his time, whenever Jackson released a musical album he
could sell one million copies in 12 hours.

70
He was rich, famous and influential… all because of his musical talents.

But that is just the public part of that story. Let me tell you the private side… Jackson practiced
8hrs every day to arrive at that level.

Anybody else could or can be having a better talent than Michael Jackson, but if that person
doesnt put in work, a lot of work, he/she will never become rich or famous with the talent.

We all know that Michael Jordan is very talented. But do you know about his secret hard work?
Lets read what he said:

“I have always believed that if you put in the work, the results will come” Michael Jordan

Though he is a great basketball player, though he has talent, work (hard work) is what made
him a great success.

Think about Tiger Wood, Okocha, Eto, or any great writer, singer, artist or even business man
(yes, business men use their talents to succeed too), you will find out that, though they may
have talents, only hard work, concentrated efforts, commitment, focus and stubbornness (call it
persistence) are the virtues that make them successful.

*Where am I going precisely? Why am I writing this article?*

There is this great misconception about what talent is and how it makes people rich. Many
people, whenever they see a successful person, ignorantly attribute his/her success to talent.

While they may be right, they usually forget three facts.

First, they too have talents (as I said earlier, talent is common like table salt). The second fact I
see that most people usually forget is that those who become rich and successful because of
their talents do so only after a hell of work.

The third mistake most people make is that they dont know that they have to discover their
talents.

Let me use again the analogy of gold (and other natural resources).

71
Nigeria is today the sixth largest oil producer in the world. We can boldly say that Nigeria is
“talented” in oil. But you know oil was not discovered in Nigeria to be a great wealth until
around 1958.

Ghana is “talented” in gold. But if nobody dared to search, look for and find gold in the nation
of Ghana, Ghana would never have known anything to be called gold.

*What is my message here?*

Most times, talent is not what you just wake up to see (obviously) in your palm. Talent is what
you have to “search out”. Talent has to be discovered (just as gold or oil has to be discovered).

There are some countries in the world that are having certain natural resources and are yet to
discover them. Just like we recently discovered that Kenya is talented with oil.

So it is that there are several millions of people in the world that are having great talents, but
are yet to discover them (and may never discover them in their whole life time, because they
don`t know that they have a duty to do so).

*How do you discover your talents?*

By paying attention to your heart. By observing your interests. By spending time with your
passion.

Let me explain all these.

You have to pay attention to your heart. What makes it glad? What is that thing that gives your
heart a great pleasure? What is that thing that when doing, time passes away so quickly and
you never feel any burden of working?

Search your heart (just as anyone searching for natural resources will) and look for some
pleasant signals in relation to your daily tasks, hobbies or engagements.

Take for instance, I am making money from being a writer and business consultant, even
though I have invested in other businesses. But I never knew 10 years ago that I could make
money through writing.

But you know what? I have been writing since I was between age 13 and 15. I love writing. My

72
primary and high school compositions and essays were perfect.

I never knew that writing could lead to anything. I was simply doing what I loved doing.

This is where you have to be careful. I never listened to my heart until many years later. So
many people will have talents and will never listen to their hearts, so they won't see those
talents as things of great monetary value.

Secondly, observe what interests you. Observe those things that interest you and see how you
can commercialize them. Usually your talent will be like your hobby. You will love doing it and
you will do it with more ease than most people.

The third thing you have to do is, spend time perfecting your talents.

God doesn't give human beings finished products. He gives us raw materials. He gives us raw
gold. We must refine it. He gives us raw oil. We must refine it. He gives us raw talents. We must
refine them.

Most people dont know this truth. You better know now!

You have to work (very hard) on your talent, if you will ever be successful with it.

You will have to practice, practice and practice your talent. I write virtually every day, even if it
means writing a short post.

Read good books about that line of your passion and other inspirational books that will
encourage and inspire you. If you dont practice and study in the area of your talent (I mean
practicing like crazy), you cannot refine it or commercialize it.

My wife was a footballer, right from her very young age. She would leave home to play football
with young boys. But her father hated seeing her play football.

“You are not a boy. What do you have to do with football?” was her father`s usual
discouragement.

After fighting for what she loved doing for some time, she felt it was a tough battle she could
not win and gave up.

73
The only thing left with her today is she walks smart (due to much exercise she had as a
footballer).

If for any reason you cannot work (hard) on your talent, forget it. You cannot become rich with
it.

Have you discovered your talent?

If yes, have you monetized it?

*19. WINES AND SPIRITS BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Is it easy to start a wines and spirit shop in Kenya? Well, the answer to that question depends
on how one is prepared for the task. Before we talk about what is required to start let us first
take an overview of the industry.

According to a statement by NACADA, about 15 million Kenyans drink regularly. 12 million drink
daily spending an average of Ksh.100 on each occasion.

In 2010 the Alcohol Drinks Control Act (commonly known as Muthutho Law) was passed to
regulate operations in this industry.

Market for wines and spirits in Kenya is growing because majority find them cheaper than beer
whose price has been rising in recent years due to implementation of SIN TAX.

Sit-in customers spend an average of Ksh.300 per day while takeaway customers spend at least
Ksh.210 per day.

Wine and Spirits Business in Kenya is very popular. This business is especially popular in estates

74
within urban centers where there’s a high population of people with disposable income.
Coupled with the fact that a high number of people prefer to buy alcohol and drink at home (or
house parties), the potential for wine and spirits business in Kenya will only keep growing.

Opening a liquor store can be a great way to ensure a steady income, because people drink
alcohol in both good times and bad.

In addition, retail alcohol sales are heavily regulated, and it can be difficult for an interested
businessperson to know where to start. Nonetheless, with proper counsel and wise strategies
to boost traffic, your store can be a reliable income stream for years to come.

*Is wines and spirit a good business in Kenya?*

Morality aside, a lot of Kenyans drink religiously meaning there are huge profits to be made in
this business. And you can easily confirm this by peeping into the latest wines and spirits
wholesale prices in Kenya and then comparing the prices that wholesalers give retailers and the
average retail prices.

Actually according to my source, the minimum profit you can make per bottle is Khs.30 so do
your math considering that you are dealing with fast moving goods.

Wholesalers make more because they are able to move bigger volumes.

*What are the pros of the wines and spirit business in Kenya?*

The biggest advantage is that you hardly lack customers. You see, the prices vary a lot and you’ll
stock some cheaply priced liquors (make sure they’re KEBS certified) for common mwananchi
as well as pricey whiskeys for the well-off.

This means that if you’re in a strategic location, the constant flow of customers and good
margins will soon give you financial freedom.

*What are the cons of the wines and spirit business in Kenya?*

There are several issues here:

Morality: If you are a deeply religious person, the business may seem as like it goes against
Christian ethos. Certainly, your pastor, Imam, or Father (priest) will not be impressed.

75
The Licenses: To start a wines and spirits business, the government may take as much as
Ksh.100,000 (more on this later) in licensing fees, an amount which is a bit steep for small
traders.

Corruption: The high cost of wines and spirits license in Kenya prompts some people to corrupt
police officers and regulatory authorities in an effort to ‘save’ which can be very costly in the
long run. .. Police should not be a problem if you have the listed licenses, you are not selling
liquor from the black market (make sure they’re KEBS certified) and you open at the specified
time.

Operating hours: You may be prosecuted if you operate your business outside the authorized
hours as per your license.

All the same, the profit margins make the business hugely attractive to thousands of
enterprising Kenyans.

Like every other business, it may seem a bit hard at the start but once you pick, you will forget
all the initial challenges.

Again, it’s always better to start small. The capital injection will be lower plus you will have
ample time to study what your customers like instead of locking capital in slow moving brands.

*Find a suitable location*

In this business, location is everything – unless of course you have some unique drinks that
can’t be found elsewhere.

So, start by getting yourself an amazing site in a busy street/road/corridor.

The room doesn’t have to be big for a start and some people start in premises smaller than
10×10 square feet.

The success of your liquor store is inextricably connected to its location. Identify an ideal
location and because alcohol consumption is a leisure activity many clients prefer to frequent
establishments that are easily accessible from the main road.

Once you’ve identified what seems to be a suitable location, you need to make sure you can

76
actually operate a liquor store there. Many localities will have restrictions on where alcohol can
be sold—not in close proximity to a church, for example.

Avoid setting up your business near schools as this is against the law.

If you open a liquor store in a market that’s already saturated, not only is your store unlikely to
do well, but you’re likely to eat into a local competitor’s bottom line as well.

Market saturation is heavily influenced by distance to competitors, but there are other factors
at play. Another influential factor is the demographic and cultural makeup of the neighborhood
itself.

The place you establish your brick-and-mortar shop can make all the difference in regards to a
successful Wines and Spirits business in Kenya.

A remote location far outside of residential areas that’s hard to get to will not yield the same
results as a desirable spot in the heart of a shopping center/estate; nor will the price tag be
similar.

When evaluating spaces, be sure to properly consider all factors, including:

Accessibility, Cost, target market,Security, Any legal considerations – like Wines and Spirits
should not be near Schools

*Have a Plan*

No business, no matter how great the underlying concept, can succeed without a plan.

Before securing funding or renting a space or any other step required to get your liquor store
off the ground, it’s important to have a business plan in place.

This goes beyond the surface level details – “My business will be open seven days a week with
an inventory focused on working class men and women” – in order to truly explain the whats,
whens, wheres, whys, and hows of your entire operation.

Remember, a business plan is both for your benefit and that of potential investors; banks, angel
investors, and business partners will likely want to see your business plan before moving
forward and financially backing your business.

77
A strong business plan makes you look trustworthy and intelligent which will help convince
potential partners to work with you and financial partners to invest in your business.

*Research the market*

Without a solid approach to marketing, you will likely spend your first few months in the
business working in a mostly empty store.

When you’ve established that you’ll be able to sell alcohol at your chosen location, you need to
take steps toward crafting a business plan. The first of these is to research the market around
your chosen location.

Liquor stores are very much neighborhood stores. What sells in one neighborhood won’t
necessarily sell in another. An influential factor is the demographic and cultural makeup of the
neighborhood itself. The more detailed the market analysis in your business plan, the more
detailed your cost estimates can be.

Take factors like ethnicity, age, marital status, and income into account when you’re conducting
your market analysis, because they all heavily influence drinking habits.

*Create sales and cost projections*

The market analysis is meant to give you a good idea of your customer base. With an idea of
the composition of your customer base, you can create sales and cost projections based on
buying habits and price points for items in your area.

For example, if you have a disproportionate amount of young single customers or

university/college students in your area, you can anticipate selling large amounts of spirits.

Approach wholesale distributors about their case prices and compare that expense with the
local price point of popular brands. When that’s combined with traffic estimates and overhead
(including rent and labor costs), you can estimate costs and sales.

Don’t neglect the impact of competitors on your sales.

*Obtain financing if necessary.*

78
As a rule of thumb, a new business owner should use as little financing for a start-up as
possible. This rule applies to liquor stores too, but since demand for alcohol is more or less
fixed, many lenders will regard a liquor store as an unusually safe investment.

Unless you have a large amount of money you plan to invest in your Wine and Spirits business,
you will likely need to secure outside financing. For most entrepreneurs, this means a small
business loan through a Bank or SACCO.

When you approach the lender, bring your business plan and financial statements (including
income, assets and liabilities, and tax documents) along with you.

Although business plans are detailed documents, you will have already done the most
important work, the market research and the revenue projections.

Find out more about how to write a good business plan or hire a professional business plan
writer to guide you.

When starting off, ensure you determine exactly how much you will need to purchase stock, do
interior fittings, pay for licenses, rent deposits etc.

After covering all this costs, ensure you have some other funds at your disposal for any
unforeseen circumstances.

You need to ensure you have enough funding to get started and cover any emerging matters
during your first 3 months of operations.

In order to start a wine and spirits business in Kenya, there are a few legal and licensing
requirements that you must adhere to. Luckily, most of the legal/licensing procedures can be
undertaken online without having to physically visit many government offices.

Basically, the legal/licensing requirements involve business registration, tax registration and
county business permits

*Business Name Registration*

The registration of businesses in Kenya has been made easier and faster. One can now do a
name search and even register their business fully online on eCitizen.

79
Here is the process you’ll follow:

*a. Company/business name reservation*

1. Register with eCitizen (FREE) – This is a one-stop portal for accessing most Kenyan
government services

2. Apply and pay for company name search (Ksh.150 per Name) – You can apply for up to 3
names in one order

3. Obtain company name reservation in 1-3 days (Free if Name Search is successful) – This is
usually sent to your email/eCitizen account and can be downloaded.

*b. Company/business registration*

1. Apply and pay for company registration (online eCitizen, about Ksh.11,000)

A limited company is the most ideal business type. Companies can have a single director or
more.

Alternatively, you can register a Partnership (about Ksh.2,500) or Sole Proprietor (about
Ksh.850)

2.Submit signed application forms

3. Obtain company registration documents (2-3 weeks)

Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA) PIN

KRA is the Tax authority in Kenya and all companies must have a Company Tax registration PIN
number.

The entire registration process can be done online on the KRA iTax Portal. The process entails:

1. Taxpayer registration (Submit Director(s) Personal KRA PIN plus ID Copies

2. Apply for company PIN (Online, KRA iTax Portal)

80
3. Submit PIN acknowlgement receipt

4. Obtain company PIN

NSSF and NHIF Registration can also be done online for Companies to submit employees’ PAYE
deductions

*Obtain Liquor License in Kenya*

This is the most critical component when starting a wine and spirits business in Kenya.

After all your hard work, the last thing you want shutting down your business is a license issue.
This is often a thorny issue for Wines and Spirits Shops in Kenya though, and it’s important you
take the licensing process seriously, especially early on or if and when the rules change.

You cannot operate a wine and spirits business in Kenya without a valid liquor license.

The cost breakdown for Liquor License (in Nairobi) is as follows:

1. Liquor license application Ksh.6,000

2. Liquor license Ksh.50,000 (Valid for 1 year)

Liquor license bribe Ksh.20,000

Other licenses

Fire license – Ksh.4,500

Food and beverage – Ksh.5,000
Single Business permit – Ksh.15,000
Inspection – Ksh. 6,000
Music copyright – Ksh.5,000

The cost of this licenses may vary depending on the county you are.

*County Business Permit*

For you to conduct or start a wine and spirits business in Kenya, you also need an annual

81
business permit from the City Council.

Talk to your local County Council officers or Huduma centre on the cost and they may visit your
premises to confirm the size of the location and they will advise on how to pay.

You will get a receipt when you pay, and then the certificate itself after about a week.

The Unified Business Permit in Nairobi may cost around Ksh.26,500 for a full-fledged wine and
spirits business in Kenya (Nairobi CBD and estates)

The Nairobi City County announced the launch of the Unified Business Permit which
consolidates all the requirements for running a business within the County.

This is a one-stop source whereby, after acquiring your Unified Business Permit, you will have
paid for a Single business permit, fire Clearance Certificate, Advertising Signage (300mm by 600
mm or less), Health Certificate, and Food Hygiene.

The Unified Business Permit in Nairobi may cost around Ksh.26,500 for a full-fledged wine and
spirits business in Kenya in Nairobi CBD and nearby suburbs

Liquor license in Kenya – what are the different types?

The Liquor Licensing Act in Kenya comprehensively explains the requirements that a business
person ought to fulfil to obtain their permit. However, different regions have imposed further
laws for the sale of alcohol, making it even harder to meet such stringent conditions.

Therefore, there is always intense competition that will ordinarily make the entire process of
obtaining a liquor license in Kenya incredibly cumbersome.

When you are trying to figure out the most appropriate liquor license for your business, you
ought to consider certain paramount factors.

What are the different types of liquor licenses in Kenya?

Brewer’s license

This is the license for the big boys, those firms that handle the processing part of any alcoholic
drinks in Kenya. Of course, a brewer’s license is subject to certain conditions set by the

82
Alcoholic Drinks Control Act.

The company is allowed to brew and store alcoholic drinks in their depots. On top of this, they
are given the permit to sell their produce in wholesale according to prevailing conditions.

They are also allowed to bottle alcoholic beverages that are processed at their premises.

Wholesale license

If you are looking to make it big and earn massive profits, you ought to choose this license. With
this permit, a wholesaler is allowed to sell alcoholic drinks on the specified premises subject to
the conditions set.

Retail license

This is probably the most popular liquor license in Kenya. The retailer is allowed to sell alcohol
on the specified location during certain hours. All the conditions for operating under this license
are detailed on the fine print.

What should you do to get a liquor license in Kenya?

Now that you are aware of the different classes of liquor licenses in Kenya, you might have a
good idea of where to start. However, there are other intricate details, not highlighted in the
text, as mentioned earlier, that you need to consider.

Before the liquor licensing board approves your application, there are specific parameters that
you ought to meet. Even though licenses vary significantly and different counties have further
regulations, you need to, at least, think about the following:

What establishment are you? Will it be a bar, wines and spirits or a restaurant?

Does the drinking or selling happen during the day, night or both?

What hours are you planning to sell your alcoholic beverages? The later you stay open, the
costlier the liquor license.

Are you interested in manufacturing, distributing and selling any type of alcoholic beverages?

83
The application process

Ordinarily, these types of licenses are applied in person from the respective County Council
Business Licensing offices.

When you start a wines and spirits business or any other alcohol selling business, you will have
registered with the attorney general’s office.

Therefore, you ought to visit the licensing office after you have an official business or company
name.

Reliant on the nature of your business interests, you will be given different forms to process
your application for alcoholic beverage license. These are:

Application for the Grant or Renewal of an Alcoholic Retail Drinks License

Demand for the Grant or Renewal of a License to Manufacture or Produce an alcoholic drink

Application for the Grant or Renewal of a License to import or export an alcoholic drink

You are supposed to read carefully the applications instructions that you will follow when filling
all the necessary details. Attach your registered business name, physical address, business PIN
(Personal Identification Number), copy of the certificate of incorporation, and your identity
document.

Once submitted, you are going to receive one of the licensing officers in your business premises
for inspection and certifying its viability for the liquor license applied.

All the information gathered during the initial visit will be utilized to determine the fees
applicable for the license as well as approval.

It is up to the directorate to determine your eligibility, and they can either reject or grant the
license for you to start wine and spirit business.

Once allowed, the applicant is required to pay the applicable fees to commence selling alcoholic
beverages.

What are the different fees for liquor licenses?

84
Although there are three general categories of licenses according to the Alcoholic Drinks
Control Act 2010, you will find that these are subdivided further to represent the true nature of
all businesses.

Therefore, if you are looking for a renewal of liquor license, or processing for the first time,
these are the applicable fees.

General retail alcoholic drink license, Ksh.50,000

General retail alcoholic drink license (off license), Ksh.24,000

Brewer’s alcoholic drink license, Ksh.1,000,000

Wholesale alcoholic drink license, Ksh.50,000

Import alcoholic drink license (wholesale), Ksh.1,000,000

Bottler’s alcoholic drink license, Ksh.250,000

Distributor alcoholic drink license, Ksh.50,000

Hotel alcoholic drink license, Ksh.50,000

Restaurant alcoholic drink license, Ksh.30,000

Club alcoholic drink license (members’ club), Ksh.100,000

Supermarket and franchised retail stores, alcoholic drink license, Ksh.80,000

Theatre alcoholic drink license. , Ksh.15,000

Traveller’s alcoholic drink license, Ksh.30,000

Railway restaurant car alcoholic drink license, Ksh.5,000

Steamship alcoholic drink license, Ksh.30,000

85
Temporary or occasional alcoholic drink license, Ksh.1,000

For transferring an alcoholic drink license, Ksh.1,000

For removing an alcoholic drink license, Ksh.1,000

Once you have successfully submitted the required payment for the liquor license in Kenya, you
can start selling under the permit’s restrictions.

A business is required to display their permits on their premise for inspection at any time.

If you are planning to open a joint that sells alcohol, you will require a permit to operate. That is
why the liquor license is an essential document for anyone selling or processing alcoholic
beverages.

You ought to comprehend the laws and the type of license you require. With the information
above, you will always get it right.

*Requirements for setting up*

The requirements for setting up depend on your long-term goals and capital constraints. For
instance, if you don’t have much capital you can look for a 10×10 ft room and set up a simple
wines and spirit takeaway shop.

With more capital you can set up a sit-in facility with chairs, tables and shelves. On average rent
prices range from Ksh.10,000 to Ksh.50,000 depending on location.

*Cost Breakdown*

Licenses & Business permit – Ksh.70,000

Furniture (Shelves, Display area, Tables, Chairs etc.) – Ksh.50,000

Stock (Inventory) – Ksh.50,000

Miscellaneous – Ksh.100,000

TOTAL – Ksh.270,000

86
*Furniture and Fittings, Painting & Branding*

After securing the requisite licenses, it’s time to move into a higher gear as you prepare for a
grand opening of your wines and spirits joint.

You will need to mount some shelves and display cabinets so talk to your carpenter.

Depending on the size of the shop, furniture can gobble up anything between Ksh.30,000 and
Ksh.70,000.

Be sure to paint and brand the business at this stage.

*Stocking your business*

A lot of new owners ask about the most reasonable amount to invest in stock, but there’s no
correct answer as its contingent on so many factors.

However, my trusted source says anything from Ksh.50,000 worth of stock going up is fantastic.
Then top up slowly by slowly as you learn the ropes of the industry. The quality itself will be
determined by the prevailing wine and spirits prices list as of the day of buying the initial stock.

To get the best deal, compare the wines and spirits wholesale prices in Kenya from the various
wines and spirits distributors and buy from the fairest.

This takes me now to the juicy part… here is a list of the most reputable wines and spirits
distributors in Kenya.

*Wines And Spirits Distributors In Kenya*

*NAIROBI REGION*

Jays Wines Distributors Limited Nairobi Kenya – 0705 570066

Mwalimu Wine Agency Nairobi City – 0701 222648

Kenya Wine Agencies – 0722 202041

87
EABL Gift Shop – Ruaraka – 0727 224 444

Rwathia Kariokor – 0726 698 383

Ishano Distributors Buruburu / Embakasi – 0721847740

Veew Distributors – Huruma/ Pangani/Eastlands/ Umoja – 0722933640

*CENTRAL REGION*

Kamahuha Ruiru – 0723766502

Muranga Wholesalers – 0721530949

GK Kamuri ,Sagana/ Karatina – 0722285490

Wamuti Distributors – Nyeri & Nanyuki – 0724113874

Mbote Distributors – Gatundu – 0713222168

Pekay Brothers – Thika – 0727820448

*EASTERN REGION*

Laare Springs – Isiolo & Meru – 0700900321

Mt.Kenya Distributors – Embu, Meru, Nkubu – 0711307114

Lenairoshi Maralal – 0728 687040

Benjuma – Naivasha & Njabini – 0720781917

Santafee Suppliers Limited -Kibwezi/Mtito – 0724041521

*COAST REGION*

Kioko Enterprises Malindi – 0722253096

88
Mombasa Tamasha – 0726127819

Tamasha Voi – 0739985007

Kizingo Beer Southcoast – 0725795962

Shiva Mombasa Ltd – 0733934711

Shan E Punjab-Diani South Coast – 0724138000

*WESTERN, NYANZA & RIFT VALLEY*

Ayoti Distributors – Kisumu – 0722671279

Busia Bottlers Limited – 0723772303

Kavuca Holdings – Kakamega – 0720204880

Supplies And Marketing Co. Ltd – Kisii / Migori / Homabay – 0720522611

Kericho Guest Limited – 0737 024 137

Happyland Investments Limited – Bomet & Narok – 0722908500

Cyden Enterprises – Eldoret/ Iten – 0720994705

Komoto Agencies – Eldoret – 0715683 321

Winam -Kitale Town – 0721330249

Mbig Ltd.-Bungoma – 0726400263

Mahungu Distributors – Lokichar – 0724725608

Epuruto Distributors – Lodwar – 0721916642

Crested Acres Limited – Nakuru – 0721521411

89
Moss – Olkalou Town – 0725513350

Most of the wines & spirits wholesalers in Nairobi city offer the best prices compared to
upcountry dealers.

Then, Mwalimu Wine Agency’s and Kenya wine agencies price list seem to be somewhat on the
lower side on bulk purchases.

The other wholesaler with best prices is the Jays Wines Distributors Limited Nairobi Kenya.

But don’t ignore the rest – you may be in for one or two surprises.

*Keep Your Stock Balanced*

Inventory is the most challenging and expensive operating cost for Wines and Spirits Shops in
Kenya. Having too much product can lead to lost profits but having too little inventory can lose
customers.

If you don’t have what a customer wants, you’re unlikely to get a second chance as they’ll shop
elsewhere to find their favorite products. To find a perfect balance, be thoughtful about the
quantity of certain products. You can use a reliable Wines and Spirits POS System to help
manage stock levels.

It’s helpful to understand which products have a high-profit margin, and which don’t. Beer, for
example, has a lower profit margin than wine or spirits.

Inventory is the most challenging and expensive operating cost for Wines and Spirits Shops in
Kenya. Having too much product can lead to lost profits but having too little inventory can lose
customers.

Stay informed on your industry’s market trends to predict popular products. By understanding
current market demand, you can begin buying more of what people want and starting
promotions on less-popular options.

By understanding what is and isn’t working in your market, you can avoid under – and
overstocking your business.

*Know What You’re Selling & Who’s Buying*

90
Understanding your current market and their ideal product supply requires a deep knowledge
of who your customers are. After all, college students and high class estates will have vastly
different product preferences and priorities when shopping.

If you’re unfamiliar with your area, it’s advisable to do a simple market research. Amend your
selections, promotions, and displays to accommodate their preferences. As you get more traffic
in the door, you’ll have a better understanding of whose needs you’re catering to.

As important as it is to understand your customer, it’s equally—if not more—important to

know your product. Some customers will know exactly what they want before they walk in the
door but others will expect your expertise and guidance while shopping.

*Buy your inventory.*

This is going to be your biggest expense. A well-stocked liquor store will have millions in
inventory sitting on the shelves. There will be a temptation to try and compete with that, but
you should resist.

Tilt your initial inventory toward items which will sell quickly—the more you sell, the cheaper
the cost to you—and then broaden your inventory later.

The price of alcohol is usually fixed by a distributor who has a monopoly on that particular
brand (which is why the prices of alcohol are almost similar everywhere), so you’re unlikely to
be able to negotiate much on the price.

*Aim to Be a One Stop Shop Wines and Spirits Shops in Kenya*

Consumers are accustomed to buying everything on their list in one place. As a Wines and
Spirits Shop in Kenya, your customers will expect you to have (almost) everything they need for
their event or party.

Stocking disposable cups and ice will save your customers a stop while increasing your revenue.

Do your research by visiting wines and spirits shops near your area and ask workers how they
get supplied the products, don’t ask the owners because he may be suspicious.

But first develop a positive relationship with the workers by occasionally buying from them,

91
once they are comfortable with you, they will tell you everything.

*Furnish the room and stock your business*

The last step is to furnish the room and bring the stock. You need nice chairs, shelves, tables
etc. Furnishing the room will cost you up to Ksh.70,000.

Retail Stocking will cost Ksh.50,000 to Ksh.200,000

There are those who prefer wholesale business, In this case you need a capital in excess of
Ksh.1.5 million.

*Consider hiring an employee.*

Most liquor stores aren’t the types of businesses with absentee owners. The owners of liquor
stores usually work in the store full time, especially in the beginning.

Nonetheless, hiring an employee or two might help you operate more efficiently than you
would otherwise be able to

It’s an open secret that Wines and Spirits shop owners can lose considerable amounts of money
from liquor theft when there are no preventive measures in place. The financial loss can cripple
an establishment if the theft continues undetected over time.

Dishonest shop attendants steal alcohol from the shop in various ways, such as taking alcohol
from the shop, bringing in and selling their own alcohol, selling at wrong prices etc.

You can prevent employee alcohol theft at your wines and spirits shop by adopting several
preventive measures.

*1. Check references and run a background check before hiring shop attendants.*

A careful investigation can reveal dishonest candidates with a history of theft and alcoholism.
This is helpful in creating a staff of dependable workers unlikely to steal liquor. Proper
background research can help prevent employee alcohol theft at your shop

*2. Install surveillance cameras to completely monitor inside and outside the shop.*

92
Shop attendants aware of being watched are less likely to steal.

*3. Tell shop attendants about the various anti-theft policies.*

Explain the effects of theft and why you need to prevent employee theft at your wines and
spirits shop. Also discuss the actions considered alcohol theft and explain the disciplinary
measures taken for such actions. Give each worker an employee guide containing this
information.

*4. Always verify purchase, receipt and issuing of alcohol*

A dishonest shop attendant can order more than is required and ensure the disparity doesn’t
appear in the records.

*5. Have a Main Store and Display Counter*

Ensure that new stock is first received into the main store then issued to the counter/display.
Create a record-keeping system that requires the shop attendant to record every bottle of
liquor removed from main storage so as to prevent employee alcohol theft at your bar.

*6. Take a daily count of the alcohol inventory.*

You may also assign this task a different person or yourself. If a dishonest shop attendant is
entrusted with this task, he can increase or decrease the count to hide theft.

*7. Conduct regular spot checks at the shop to ensure the bottle count and liquor levels
match sales.*

Undertake random stock counts to determine check if physical stock levels agree with system
stock

*8. Ban shop attendant from drinking during a shift or in the establishment when they are
off-duty.*

This is a logical measure to ensure that the shop-attendant does not get tempted to drink and
not pay for the alcohol at the shop.

*9. Instruct shop-attendant not to allow any unauthorized person entry into the shop*

93
Ideally, only the owner and the shop attendant should enter inside the shop.

*Word-Of-Mouth Always Works!*

This is definitely the oldest form of marketing and advertising used by businesses since the
world began. While it may bring slower results than radio or television, it still works very well.

When a customer is happy and satisfied with a product or service, there’s a natural human
tendency that they are likely to share this experience with people in their circle of trust and
influence – family, friends, colleagues, neighbors and sometimes, strangers.

A satisfied customer is one of the most effective marketing and advertising tools a small
business can ever have.

Satisfied customers become foot soldiers, evangelists and advocates for your business. It is
amazing how many of your satisfied customers will go to great lengths to promote, convince,
protect and defend your business outside.

Word-of-mouth is so effective and powerful that many successful businesses rely solely on this
method to advertise and market their products and services.

So, how exactly can your liquor business grow an army of passionate customers who will use
word-of-mouth advertising to your advantage?

Well, I have a couple of ideas.

*Great customer experience.*

Most times, it doesn’t really matter how large or deep-pocketed your competition is. You can
grow a successful business on great customer service.

People like to buy products and services from businesses that treat them with respect. People
love to be given attention and treated well and will always return to enjoy that beautiful
experience again.

Don’t forget, customers spend their hard-earned money on your products. Don’t you think they
deserve a big “Thank you” with a wide smile on your face? People hardly forget a great

94
customer experience and will happily tell other people about it.

*Give your customers a reason to advertise and market your business.*

Sometimes, word-of-mouth advertising doesn’t come automatically; you have to encourage,

motivate or incentivize your customers to do it for you.

Start a referral or reward program for your existing customers. The more people they refer to
you, the more free products, services and discounts they will enjoy. The reward should be large
enough to trigger their interest and make them take action. It’s a win-win method that always
works.

I once helped a friend of mine create a loyalty and referral program for her barbershop and
beauty salon business.

The way it works is simple. All existing customers were registered and given a unique code.
Whenever they spend money in the shop, it increases the total amount they have spent to
date. If this total reaches a certain level, they are awarded certain discounts for all the services
they pay for.

There were four levels (Bronze, Silver, Gold and Platinum) with increasing rewards. The results
were amazing! Almost every customer was referring their family, friends, neighbours and total
strangers to the salon to spend money under their code thereby increasing their totals and
making them reach the Gold and Platinum levels faster.

That’s the power of word of mouth. Make use of it and watch your business grow.

*Digital Marketing*

Opening a store is a good first step, but there’s no guarantee that ‘if you build it, they will
come.’ Without a solid approach to marketing, you’ll likely spend your first few months in the
business working in a mostly empty store.

Digital marketing is a fast and affordable option that allows you to build a web presence and a
social media following of hopefully thousands of potential customers.

With an Instagram account, Facebook, and Twitter you can generate a buzz about your business
before you even open your doors.

95
And for more established businesses, it’s a great resource to engage with your customers and
keep them informed of any special promotions or general communication that could impact
them.

From social media posts to blogs, your digital marketing methods can help you build a long-
lasting presence in your community.

Think of digital marketing as modern-day word-of-mouth advertising that has the potential to
reach millions over a very short period of time.

Similar to any other business right now, it’s important that your Wines and Spirits Shops in
Kenya has an online presence. With 81% of shoppers researching online before making a
purchase, your business needs to show up in search results.

Ensure your business has a working website and that it’s optimized for search, especially for
local search results. A large number of customers shop based on location, so if your business
shows up as a nearby option, you’ll see a valuable increase in foot traffic.

Additionally, encourage shoppers to leave positive reviews for your business online. This will
increase your credibility when you show up in search results.

By having a social media presence, you can easily connect with your customers and encourage
them to leave reviews or refer others to your location.

Posting value-added content on social media can be another major business driver. For
instance, if you’re trying to sell a certain brandy, posting a mouthwatering drink recipe
featuring the product can help push it off the shelves.

*Competition*

There is intense competition especially in urban areas and for this reason you need to ensure
that your strategy is on point.

Scan the market conditions and set a realistic price. You also need to keep track of changes in
market trends if you want to remain competitive.

But still you don’t have to worry much about competition. Provided you’re in a busy town,

96
there will always be drinkers!

*Expected Challenges*

The first challenge you are going to face is intense competition. You will need to provide quality
services and best prices in order to retain old customers who will in turn keep coming back with
their friends.

You also need to appreciate the challenge that you can only open your business from 5.00pm –
11.00pm on weekdays and 2:00pm – 11:00pm on weekends and public holidays.

*The Don’ts*

The following will land you in hot soup with the government agencies..

*Opening before time

*Selling to kids below 18 years.

*Failure to renew licenses

*Selling fake liquors

If you run a Wine and Spirits business and have recently noticed that your takings have been
going in the wrong direction, you need to take action sooner rather than later.

Fortunately, you can grow your wines and spirits business in Kenya in a number of ways. A
combination of cost cutting and taking a long, hard look at how your business operates should
help you turn things around.

*Make sure any licenses you need are valid and up-to-date.*

Although licensing requirements and the penalties for operating without a license vary by
County, you risk losing your business and a fine if you’re caught trading illegally.

You’ll also need to make sure you’re registered for and paying any tax you’re liable for. The
amount of licensing costs you’re required to pay will vary depending on where you’re trading.

97
*Check that you’re getting the lowest wholesale prices available to you.*

You may be able to greatly increase your profit margins by buying in larger amounts from an
alternative supplier. It might be worth your while leasing some storage space if you can raise
the capital to invest in a large amount of stock.

Wholesalers will often give a sizable discount for buying in bulk thus help you grow your wines
and spirits business in Kenya.

*Change your buying habits.*

Study your till receipts and work out what you’re selling most of. If you find that you’re selling a
lot of brandy and very little gin, expand your selection of brandy and run special offers to get
your stock moving more quickly.

*Offer discounts for bulk purchases.*

You can do this by launching a series of “Buy one, get one half price” deals, or offer larger
percentage discounts for customers buying alcohol for special events or parties. This is one of
the easiest ways to grow your wines and spirits business in Kenya

*Audit your running costs.*

Make sure you’re paying as little as possible for your utilities and communications. You also can
make savings by looking closely at your staffing levels. You may find that you can make
substantial savings by letting a member of staff go and putting in a few extra hours behind the
till yourself.

*Promote your store.*

If you can’t afford to buy advertising space in local media, produce fliers and posters to hand
out and display in other local businesses.

You also can hire a web designer to build a website for your business and set up social media
accounts to promote your store. Social media is a cost effective way to market and grow your
wines and spirits business in Kenya

*Undercut your competitors.*

98
This may reduce your profit margin, but you should make up for this in volume sales. You also
can get the edge over the competition by offering a more personal service. Learn about the
drinks you sell, and be on hand to offer your customers advice on their purchases.

*Request promotional items from distributors.*

Most distributors will keep you stocked with new displays, swag, and signage. Make sure you
keep it updated, because it will make your store seem fresh.

*Stay on the right side of the law.*

Selling to underage customers, even by mistake, can cost you thousands in fines and can even
put your livelihood in jeopardy. Check identification diligently, and ask local law enforcement
what you can do to make sure you don’t get fooled by a fake ID.

You should also beware of criminals, as liquor stores have often been targets of criminal
activity.

*FINAL THOUGHTS*

There’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not start the race. If you
like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait to
start… just do it.

With all this information I have provided you with, I hope you can now start a Wines and Spirits
Business in Kenya.

99
*20. CLOSELY WATCH CHANGES AND TRENDS IN YOUR ENVIRONMENT – CHANGE AND
OPPORTUNITY ARE BLOOD BROTHERS!*

Most people don’t like change. Fortunately, there’s nothing we can do about it.

Change is a constant player in human life. While we may hate, fight and try to avoid it, change
will always happen. And only smart entrepreneurs who have learnt to be friends with change
and are ready to exploit it, are always handsomely rewarded.

Especially in rapidly growing economies like Africa, the tastes and needs of the market are
constantly changing. Entrepreneurs must learn to watch out for trends and changes in their
environments that could lead to new business ideas.

The nature of the trend, good or bad, is not very relevant. There’s always an opportunity to
make money during both good and bad times.

When people are excited, they buy. When they’re afraid, they buy. When we panic, we buy.

During the recent outbreak of the Corona Virus pandemic, a palpable panic gripped alot of
counties in the world including Kenya.

As the authorities encouraged people to limit personal contact, improve hygiene and wash their
hands frequently, the demand for sanitizing gels went through the roof, and most shops ran out
of stock.

An acquaintance of mine, a Kenyan pharmacist by training, did well to exploit this gap in the
market. With his knowledge of chemicals, he was able to make a local, but equally effective,
brand of hand sanitisers.

100
As expected, he couldn’t make them fast enough, as his supplies disappeared into the ultra-
high market demand.

When the Kenyan government put a ban on the use of plastic bags in order to reduce its
negative environmental impact, a friend of mine knew that due to this change, businesses
(especially in the retail sector) would need a new and recyclable type of packaging.

That’s the idea that led him to start his first paper bag production company.

Starting with only Ksh.20,000 capital, his business produces over 15,000 paper bags every week
for its clients. His long list of clients includes restaurants, retail stores, supermarkets, medical
centers, as well as multinational companies like Samsung.

Good and bad trends either lead to opportunities to be exploited or problems that must be
solved. Whichever way it swings, the smart entrepreneur always wins!

The key is to be on the lookout for changes, and fight the human impulse to fear them.

Instead, ask yourself: ‘Who will be affected by this new trend/change?’ and ‘What products or
services will they need to adapt to the trend/change?’

As an entrepreneur, you need to react to changes differently. Changes and trends usually lead
to a reaction in the market and an upsurge in demand for certain products and services.

Change is your friend. Embrace it!

101
*21. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF FOOD VENDING MACHINE BUSINESS?*

People in busy offices always get hungry and most businesses or companies are not willing to
take the time and expense of installing a vending machine. Therefore, you can invest in food
vending machines and pop machines.

A vending machine business is a retail business that does not require face to face interaction
with customers, and can be run for 24 hours a day depending on the location.

You can either choose to install the machines for a small fee or for free to the property owner
and you get to keep all the profits from the machine. This business idea has a lot of potential
hence it can scale to grow throughout your town or city.

This business (just like the milk and salad oil vending machines business) is one that offers
operators flexibility, because it can be tailored to suit the lifestyle of the owner, thereby
creating a balance between work, life and family.

Entrepreneurs can also go fully into other businesses, while others can decide to make it a part-
time business venture.

So far, I have come across only 3 people doing this kind of business here in Kenya which means
you can make it big now when the competition is very low.

You simply need to import a vending machine that dispenses healthy bitings and beverages.
Then you will need to look for a prime location either in town or some busy offices.

102
A vending machine dispenses items such as beverages, snacks, lottery tickets, alcohol,
cigarettes, tattoos, toys, candy and so much more.

There are very strict laws regarding the sale of alcohol and cigarettes through vending machines
due to concerns regarding underage buyers.

Before starting a vending machine business, there are certain questions you would need to
answer, so as to get an idea of what you intend to achieve. The questions are:

*Do you intend to go into the business as a part or full time owner?

*Will you be a sole operator or get into partnership with someone?

*How much capital is needed and how much is available and where you would need to source
for finances for the business?

*What your goals are, short, medium and long term?

*What kind of machines would you need to get? Would they be new or used?

The demographic and psychographic of vending machine users depends on the location of the
machine, and the products offered by the machine.

For example; gumballs vending machines are likely to cater to the needs of children and young
adults. Coffee vending machines will cater to young adults and adults of whatever gender,
while that of generic snack and drinks will likely cater to almost all age groups except those who
are extra health conscious.

*Finding and securing the right location* for your vending machine is important in building a
successful vending machine business.

Most successful vending machines are located in areas where there is high foot traffic such as,
movie theaters, shopping malls, community centers, hotel and bank lobbies, restaurants,
medical centers or hospitals, schools, public farms and office complex.

Another key factor to consider while seeking for a suitable location for your vending machine
business is *the products you intend to dispense from your machine*, for instance, it wouldn’t
make any sense if you place vending machines that dispense hot coffee in restaurants, as you

103
won’t get much people using your vending machine, or if your vending machine dispenses toys
in a college setting.

If you sell the wrong products, your vending machine business might struggle.

Another thing is the *purchasing power of the clients* where your vending machine is placed.
You cannot hope to sell premium goods in a low priced mall or shopping center, especially as
the people that would patronize such places are the low income earners.

Thankfully, you can operate from home for this kind of business, especially as the vending
machines need to be placed in places of high traffic, therefore working for you even when you
aren’t there, but once you begin to employ people to help monitor the machine, you would
need an office facility, where your employees can report to, it doesn’t necessarily have to be a
big facility but it should be at a central point to the location of your vending machines.

*Create a Suppliers/Distribution Network*

Regardless of whether you own just one or several vending machines, you would need a
network of suppliers or distributors that will make your job of sourcing for products, or getting
the available products on time for your customers.

This means being in a good business relationship with these distributors as it will help you be
more reliable to your customers especially in regards to filling the machine immediately the
products have finished.

If the right relationship is cultivated, the distributors might not only help in the timely delivery
of products but might also pass along certain information that might be beneficial to your
business and help retain customers.

*Tips for Running a Vending Machine Business Successfully*

Running a vending machine might look like an easy business but it can be a quicksand for
entrepreneurs that run the business badly.

The first thing to always remember is that the customer is the king, and to give them the best
treatment by not getting lazy at filling the machine on time. The easiest way for the business to
fail is not to bother about whether your machine is empty or filled.

104
Also ensure that the machine is kept clean, and well maintained. If it has got a problem, it
shouldn’t be out of order for a long period.

Another tip at running a vending machine successfully is to ensure that the machines are kept
at the best and most accessible locations, a location that doesn’t inconvenience the customer
when they intend to use the machine.

*Finally,*

As fewer and fewer people are managing to carry food to work, your food vending business
would definitely be a big hit in this part of the world.

*22. WHAT MUST YOU HAVE IN ORDER TO START A SUCCESSFUL DAIRY FARMING BUSINESS*

I am sure that the first thing that comes to your mind when you think about farming is land.

Most people are discouraged from starting dairy farming because they do not have “enough
land”.

But look at what Nancy Karanja is doing on Sanla Farm. On just half an acre of land, where she
lives and has three green houses, she is also keeping 20 dairy cows and getting over 500 litres
of milk every day.

Eden Farm, which earns the young Kanja more than Ksh.1 million every month, occupies not
more than just 2 acres.

So you see, even if you have a 40 X 80 piece of land, you can still do dairy farming.

Have you always wondered why dairy farming has become popular in the country?
105
Do you love dairy animals but your work schedule, lack of land and little know how has kept
your dreams grounded?

Did you know that you can earn up-to Ksh.40,000 per month with 3 dairy cows?

Kenya has been identified as the highest performer in Africa when it comes to dairy farming.
Breeds that are used in Kenya are high breeders which yield milk between 25 to 50 Litres of
milk per day with good management.

One cow can produce an average milk yield of 30 Litres per day which is approximately 270
litres of milk from one cow per month.

*Monthly Financial Income*

Currently milk goes for Ksh.30 per litre at brookside.

This will give you a gross income of 3 cows × 30 litres per day × Ksh.30 per litre × 30 days =
Ksh.81,000 milk sales from 3 cows in one month.

The cost of production is usually half the amount of litres per cow. The net income per month
will therefore be

Ksh.81,000 – Ksh.40,500 = Ksh.40,500 profit from 3 cows per month.

To be successful in Dairy farming largely depends on the farmers’ ability to select the correct
breeds of dairy animals for their various agro-ecological zones, correct feeding of the dairy
animals and good management on various aspects.

Note that, to start dairy farming you need to be patient and have the capital needed to
practice. i.e Capital to buy the cow itself, dairy feed, cow shelters and feeding troughs,
veterinary expenses and a source of water.

*How Pokea Farm in Njoro makes over Ksh.600,000 per Month from Dairy Farming*

The vehicles leave a cloud of dust on the murram road that meanders to Pokea Farm in Njoro
Sub-county, some 15km from Nakuru town. It has not rained for about two weeks and the dust
is reaching unbearable levels, especially for the residents living near the road.

106
Adjacent farms hosting several crops that include maize and wheat are equally choking in dust.
A signpost with the inscriptions “Pokea Dairy Farm, distributors of Hoisteins genetics for
longevity and fitness cows built to last from Germany. Ask for artificial insemination services,”
informs us that we have arrived at our destination.

“Welcome to Pokea Farm,” farmer James Ndung’u says as he ushers us into the 17-acre farm
that he has built to one of the finest dairy outfits in Kenya. He is not only a top breeder but also
a leading milk producer, supplying his produce to Brookside Dairy, Njoro Farmers Cooperative
Society and individuals.

His Holstein Friesian animals are distinctively black and white, although some light brown
animals can also be spotted from far. They are sparkling clean, are big and bulky with sagging
udders dripping with milk.

The cows have short horns and weigh between 500kg and 650kg, according to the records.

Away from the cows, the cowsheds are well-ventilated with fine timber dust that is changed at
least thrice a week to ensure high levels of hygiene making the beddings. The drinking troughs
have clean water while the feeding mangers had some hay during our visit.

“Eight acres is under Boma Rhodes grass, napier grass is on two acres while maize is on four
acres. Sorghum occupies one acre, lucerne a quarter acre while the rest host barns, milking
parlour and grazing field,” says Ndung’u of his meticulously planned farm.

The enterprising farmer has 60 cows, 30 of which are pedigree and from the current 10
lactating stock, he gets an average of 400 litres of milk each day.

His cows produce about 40 litres a day each, a feat that many farmers dream of. But there is
one which offers up to 55 litres.

“This is the magic cow. It gives me the most,” says Ndung’u as he strokes the animal. “I have
never treated it against any diseases apart from now when I am closely monitoring mastitis as it
is getting old.”

And he has a piece of advice: “If you want to reap big from dairy farming, invest in your breeds
because what you put in is what you get.”

107
The Holstein Friesian pedigree animal has brought him fame and fortune.

The ‘champion’ produces an average of 44 litres of milk a day, hitting the over 50 litres some
days, with no problem with mastitis. At between Sh.35 and Sh.50 per litre, it means the cow,
which is now nine years old, earns Ndung’u a fortune.

When he bought semen from USA at Sh.7,000 sometimes back, some farmers chided him,
saying he was wasting money yet he could go for cheap semen of Sh.500.

“But I do not regret. Every time dairy farmers ask me the secret of success, my answer is very
simple: The choice of high quality semen is the first step to running a profitable dairy enterprise
because you are assured of a top breed with minimal disease concerns,” Ndung’u, who started
the business in 1979 with one cow after investing Sh.50,000 loan from Agricultural Finance
Corporation, says.

Every Tuesday, Pokea Farm is a beehive of activity as farmers from across the country and
outside assemble there seeking fresh ideas on how to boost their milk production.

Farmers who come as a group are charged Sh.300 per person while individuals pay Sh.500. We
found four filled visitors’ books signed by guests from Kenya, USA, Norway, Germany, Hungary,
South Africa, Zambia, and even Somalia.

Ndung’u, whose body frame and energy does not betray his 80 years, engages in the best
animal husbandry practices.

Once a calf is born, it is critical that it develops a straight top line by making it almost skinny to
prepare for a high milk production in future.

“This is a secret that not many farmers know. To make a calf produce that straight top line, give
it salt, hay and water in the first three months and reduce the consumption of early
concentrates. The calf will look ill-fed with protruding ribs but this is an indication that the veins
are now stronger and will allow faster blood movement and increase food efficiency resulting
later to more milk production,” says the former primary school teacher.

Dr Permius Migwi, a veterinary expert from Egerton University, says the feeding of animals with
salts and adequate minerals help to build a strong backbone.

“Minerals and good feeding in the early stages is crucial as it culminates in a strong backbone,”

108
says Dr Migwi.

According to Ndung’u, raising healthy animals has a lot to do with managing a cow’s stress, an
area many farmers score poorly.

“A cow also needs enough rest and should not be moved from one point to another
unnecessarily as this will stress it and interfere with its milk production system,” says Ndung’u,
a father of three.

“At the same time the animals should be left to relax after milking and should not be moved
hurriedly.”

Cows at Pokea Farm are bathed twice a week with hot water mixed with Sunlight powder.
Special attention is given to the udder.

“We also clean the cowsheds twice a day to make sure teats are not infected with mastitis or
other diseases.”

Besides the animals, the more than 20 staff on the farm too maintain high-level of hygiene.

“There is no point of having a clean cow that is being handled by a dirty worker as this will
definitely affect the health of the animal. All my workers bath before handling animals,” says
Ndung’u, who has invested heavily in training staff. He also spends Sh.300,000 on salary
monthly.

Training has equipped his workers with knowledge to detect problems an animal has and the
remedy to take.

Ndungu feeds his dairy cows on napier grass, Rhodes grass, lucerne, maize and sorghum silage,
which is nutritious and contains energy and protein.

“I mix a tonne of silage with 20kg of dried pyrethrum to curb aflatoxin. You have to feed a cow
according to its weight. We feed a cow that weighs 650kg with 30kg silage and 20kg roughage
twice a day,” he says, noting the animals are fed at 9am, 1pm and 5pm.

“If a dairy farmer strictly adheres to such a feeding programme, which includes concentrates,
the animals will remain healthy and produce more milk.”

109
Unlike many farmers, he does not bury his silage in the ground. He harvests his fodder at dough
stage and covers it in a canvas and then puts soil on top, avoiding excess moisture.

He sells heifers at between Sh.150,000 and Sh.250,000 while pedigree cows go for between
Sh.300,000 and Sh.600,000. His clients range from the small farmer to who-is-who in Kenya.

“I import Friesian Holstein sexed semen from Germany to serve my cows, which guarantees me
the calves born are all female,” says Ndung’u, who also sells semen to farmers at between
Sh.500 and Sh.9,600.

His animals are vaccinated against diseases such as lump-skin, foot and mouth and East Coast
Fever.

Recordkeeping and a strict business plan is also part of the high milk yield strategy on the farm.
“All the details of every cow, including the artificial insemination date, date of birth, diseases
and milk production, among others, are documented,” says Ndung’u whose animals are
registered with the Kenya Stud Book.

Ndung’u has drilled a borehole at a cost of Sh.4 million that supplies 10,000 litres of water in
two hours for the animals.

His success in dairy farming has put Kenya on the global dairy map as he won the prestigious
Golden Award for Commercial Prestige in Madrid, Spain in 2014.

He received overwhelming support from 112 countries and 7,000 companies in the dairy
industry across the globe.

Ndung’u has also received awards as a top breeder in all local trade fairs he has attended.

One of his biggest challenges is poor commercial feeds and substandard minerals, which affects
milk production. The turnover of workers is another challenge as he is forced to invest in
training of staff who seek greener pastures elsewhere.

Diseases such as foot and mouth, mastitis and lump skin too are a menace, though he has
managed to keep them at bay for now.

One piece of advice he always gives farmers is that they should treat their animals like newly-
born babies and make sure they are vaccinated against diseases, just like children. They must

110
also make sure they have the best feeds in their formative years.

He plans to retire and pass the baton to his son John Karanja who lives in USA and has shown a
keen interest in dairy farming.

*23. HOW TO START AND RUN YOUR OWN SMALL BAKERY*

Getting into entrepreneurship is becoming a popular trend among youth in Kenya. Starting a
small bakery business is a profitable business idea you can explore especially if you have a
passion for cooking.

That said, owning a bakery business needs a lot of commitment and capital but it’s a great way
to earn extra income.

A bakery is also a good business idea because baked goods are quite popular and move quite
fast. Baking also requires little to no formal training but if you need to sharpen your skills, you
could consider taking a few baking classes.

If a bakery is a business you would like to get into, here is what you need to know.

*1. GETTING STARTED*

*Register the bakery* – If your plan is to run your bakery as a full fledged business, you will
need to register your company name (cost – approx Ksh.1,000), register your limited company
(cost – approx Ksh.30,000), get a KEBS licence (cost – approx Ksh.20,000) and a single business
permit (cost varies from county to county)

*Licenses* – To run a bakery business, you’ll also need these licences;

111
*Food handling Medical Certificate* – This certificate makes sure people who handle your food
are free from disease. It costs Ksh.600 and is valid for 6 months.

*Food Hygiene Certificate* – Valid for a year and starts at Ksh.300 depending on the size of the
business.

*Fire Safety Certificate* – Valid for a year and costs Ksh.3,000.

*2. THE BUSINESS*

*Get Your Recipes Ready* – Create a list of all the baked goods you intend to sell. Start with a
few items and diversify to more products with time. Prepare a Menu. Prepare a Price list that
puts in consideration the cost of ingredients, labor and any other expenses.

*Get Your Ingredients Ready* – Purchase all the ingredients you need; flour, sugar etc. Also
purchase packaging materials, labels, boxes and anything else you’ll need.

*Marketing* – Find out your target market. Baked products sell quite fast in offices, schools,
canteens and local kiosks. Where exactly is your demand?

Figure out how to grab the attention of your target audience by using specific marketing
strategies like using fliers, posters, social media, etc.

*Network* – Attend relevant events, workshops and meetups organized by bakers groups in
order to grow your networks.

*3. INVESTMENT*

Starting a small bakery will set you back any amount between Ksh.100,000 – Ksh.150,000
inclusive of licenses and required business permits.

Here is a breakdown of the basic items that you’ll need to start out.

Basic Ingredients (prices are approximated)

*Wheat Flour (1 bale) - Ksh.1,400

*Sugar (50kg) - Ksh.7,000

112
*Margarine (carton) - Ksh.2,000

*Icing Sugar (5kgs) - Ksh.850

*Baking Powder (4kgs) - Ksh.500

*Eggs (Tray) - Ksh.300

*Milk (box) - Ksh.500

TOTAL - Ksh.12,550

*Utensils*

*Electric Hand Whisk - Ksh.3,700

*Cookswell Oven - Ksh.26,000

*10 Baking Pans - Ksh.2,500

*Icing spatula - Ksh.550

*Noozle set - Ksh.1,500

Other utensils - Ksh.2,000

TOTAL - Ksh.36,250

*Others*

*Charcoal – 1 bag Ksh.1,500

*Fliers, Brochures - Ksh.1,500

*Cleaning agents - Ksh.1,000

*Packaging Materials and labels - Ksh.2,000

113
*Miscellaneous - Ksh.5,000

TOTAL - Ksh.11,000

TOTAL INVESTMENT: 11,000 + 36,250 + 12,550 = KSH.59,800

Depending on the quantity and demand of your baked products, you can make up to Ksh.5,000
a day.

*Expected challenges*

Price fluctuations of raw materials like sugar, flour.

Baked goods are perishable thus they need ready market when they are still fresh.

*FINAL WORD*

Just like any other business, starting a small bakery is not a smooth sailing venture.

However, as long as you have figured out your target audience, got the required equipment,
got the required ingredients, have your recipes in place, figured out your work space, got all the
required licenses & permits and a marketing plan, you are ready to go.

*24. SIMPLE IDEAS YOU CAN START WITH LITTLE CAPITAL*

You may not have millions of shillings in the bank to start a business, but that doesn’t mean you
don’t have any options.

114
Let me surprise you.

There are so many ideas you can explore with next to nothing and make serious returns out of
them.

All that is required of you is to provide the skills, work ethic and a bit of marketing. In short,
that is what is called “sweat capital”. In the world of start-ups, “sweat capital” is worth more
than monetary capital.

Enough of vague statement. Let’s get practical. Here is a run-down of 10 business ideas that
require very little monetary capital to set-up.

Read through them keenly, take some notes and then go out there and do some deep digging
and you are ready to go.

*25. MAKING HOMEMADE STRAWBERRY JAM AND SELLING (KSH.750 STARTING CAPITAL)*

This is an interesting idea because you can actually start it with less than the cash you spend
when you take your girlfriend for a movie at iMax.

The more creative you are the more income you can generate from it. To start you will require
some strawberries, sugar and lemons.

You will also need a sufuria (pot), mwiko (wooden stick) and some plastic containers for
packaging. With just a little more perfection, you can actually secure a KEBS license and start
supplying supermarkets.

If you can keep investing more time and creativity into this, there is no reason why you should
not grow it into a sustainable business.
115
*Budget Breakdown*

*Strawberries – Ksh.250 per kilo

*Sugar – Ksh.100 for 500 grams

*Lemons – Ksh.100

*Packaging pouches – Ksh.200

*Transport expenses – Ksh.100

TOTAL – Ksh.750

One kilogram of strawberries will give you approximately 6 cans of jam each weighing 250
grams. You can then sell a 250 gram for Ksh.200 making at least Ksh.1,200.

Note that you can always expand your profit margins by planting the strawberries yourself.

*26. SELLING WALL PAPERS (KSH.1,800 STARTING CAPITAL)*

If making strawberry jam sounds more like a “mboche’s” idea to you, then you might want to
put your in-born interior design knowledge to good use.

Most people live in houses with a dull paint done by their landlords. A number of them would
like to have their interior looking better – but without necessarily repainting it.
116
This is where wall papers come in handy. You simply get ready-made wall papers either from
local wholesalers or by importing from countries such as china.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Wall Paper Roll – Ksh.1,600 per 10 meters

*Other expenses – Ksh.200

TOTAL – Ksh.1,800

You can then sell each roll for Ksh.3,500 and include a Ksh.1,000 charge for installation.

That translates to more than double profit. The more aggressive you are, the more sales you
can make and the more revenue you can generate from this.

*27. DISTRIBUTING BLACK COFFEE (KSH.6,600 STARTING CAPITAL)*

If you live in towns like Nairobi, I am sure you have come across some guys who distribute black
coffee in matatu termini. Have you ever stopped to inquire how much they make per day?

Well, as it turns out, this venture is one of those “opportunities dressed in rags” kind of things.

For starters you will require a 10 litre capacity flask, some disposable plastic cups and well…a
bit of hard work.

*Budget Breakdown*

117
*Thermos Flask – Ksh.5,000 for 10 litre thermos

*Disposable plastic cups – Ksh.1,000

*Sugar – Ksh.400 per Kilo

*Coffee – Ksh.200

TOTAL – Ksh.6,600

As long as you are willing to give it your best, there is no reason why you should walk away with
less than Ksh.1,000 per day in profits.

How?

You might want to ask. Well, a 10 litre coffee thermos contains 65 x 150ml cups of coffee.

Sell each cup at Ksh.10 and you will make Ksh.650 per flask.

If you can make three trips per day – once in the morning and twice in the evening – then we
can talk about Ksh.650 x 3 = Ksh.1,950.

Subtract cost of water, sugar and coffee and you realize you can make a cool Ksh.1,500 per day.

*28. MAKING JEWELLERY FROM BONES (KSH.1,010 STARTING CAPITAL)*

Carving jewellery out of beef and camel bones? Boiling bones? Collecting discarded bones from
restaurants and slaughterhouses?

Sounds like a “chokora’s” job…right? Not until you realize how much potential it has.

118
Here’s the drill, you acquire waste bones, sharpen them with a circular blade and then smooth
them with a sand paper.

You then boil them using hydrogen peroxide to remove oil. You then apply candle wax to them
(in pattern) and then dye the bones for one hour.

Finally you design the bone into either a necklace beards, bracelets, rings or even earrings.

Visit YouTube.com and watch videos on how it’s done.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Bones – Free or purchase at a small price

*Hydrogen Peroxide – Ksh.500

*Blades and sandpaper – Ksh.500

*Candles – Ksh.10

TOTAL – Ksh.1,010

As with any other design business out there, this business rewards the creative mind. So if you
are not ready to sit down for hours coming up with some nice concepts; don’t risk it.

If done right, this has the potential to make you a force to reckon within the multi-billion
jewelry industry.

119
*29. CHIA SEEDS FARMING (KSH.10,000 STARTING CAPITAL)*

You will be surprised to hear how this little, wonder seed is causing ripples across the world.

In fact, just recently, chia wholesalers in Europe were sold out. Why?

Because the seed has many health benefits ranging from omega oil to protein supply.

With a fast growing market, you can take advantage of this opportunity to start a small farm. It
grows in moderately warm areas with well-drained soil e.g. places like Nakuru, Uasin Gishu and
Western Kenya.

Best of all, the crop thrives organically and you need no fertilizer or pesticide to sustain it.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Chia seeds – Ksh.4,000 for two kilos

*Farming cost – Ksh.6,000

TOTAL – Ksh.10,000

You only need 2 kilograms of it to establish a quarter acre. That will in turn give you a harvest of
75 kilograms after just 3 months. With each Kilogram fetching Ksh.2,000 on the market, it
means you can comfortably raise Ksh.150,000.

120
*30. CAR BOOT SALES (KSH.12,000 STARTING CAPITAL)*

So, you have been fired yet you still have a personal car loan to finance. Don’t panic. You can
convert that car into a business by making car boot sales.

It’s very simple, you identify a few fast moving goods, transport them with your car to crowded
places or busy streets and sell from your car’s boot.

Some fast moving goods include chicken eggs, used toys, traditional vegetables and exotic
fruits.

The benefit with car boot is that unlike a permanent shop, this one allows you to move from
one place to another. You can also avoid a bulk of county council costs when operating this
way.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Products to sale – As little as Ksh.10,000

*Fuel and car expenses – Ksh.1,000

Any other – Ksh.1,000

TOTAL – Ksh.12,000

121
*31. MAKING BEADED SANDALS AND HANDBAGS (KSH.3,870 STARTING CAPITAL)*

You need beads. A kilogram of beads goes for Ksh.370/= at Kariakor Market in Nairobi.

A kilogram is enough to make an entire bead handbag and a small pouch which you can sell for
as much as Ksh.3,000. This represents a profit of Ksh.2,230.

You will also need to take a few days to learn the art of beading (around 4 days).

*Budget Breakdown*

*Beads – Ksh.370 per kilo

*Training – Ksh.3,000 (may vary)

*Needles & strings – Ksh.500

TOTAL – Ksh.3,870

Being in the creative industry, this business gives you the freedom to set the price. You can
therefore rake in anything from as little as Ksh.1,000 per day to as much as you want depending
on your entrepreneurial prowess.

122
*32. MAKING BEADS FROM SCRATCH*

You don’t just need to settle at the idea of making beaded sandals and handbags. You can
actually make the beads yourself and supply them other fashion designers.

All you need is to acquire some polymer clay (the one used by urban kids to make mould) which
you can use to mould different bead designs.

You can follow the link below for a step-by-step guide on how to go about this.

http://www.wikihow.com/Make-Polymer-Clay-Beads

Luckily, for you, there are not many Kenyans doing this and you can therefore take full
advantage of the market dynamics.

Where do you get polymer clay in Kenya? Well, it is readily available in supermarkets and
bookshops. Alternatively, you can import it in bulk.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Oven-bake clay – Ksh.100 per bar of clay

*Clay sculpting tools – Ksh.1,500

*Needles & strings – Ksh.500

*Polymer clay oven – Ksh.10,000

*Labour – Ksh.200 per laborer per day

123
TOTAL – Ksh.11,800

This is yet another venture that depends on one’s creativity. Returns may vary from as little as
Ksh.1,000 per day to much more depending on economies of scale.

*33. PROCESSING AND SELLING NATURAL OILS*

You don’t need a whole factory along Mombasa road to start producing oils. You simply need to
invest in an oil press machine and a few raw materials like avocado, macadamia, sunflowers
and even chia seeds.

Things like avocadoes are readily available in most parts of the country and you can obtain
them at throw-away prices. You dry them up and then squeeze them using the machine to
produce pure, organic oil.

Once you get the oil, you can package it in bottles and supply to your clients. With the need for
quality skin care and demand for 100% natural oil emerging, you can rival for a sizeable pie of
this lucrative industry right from your living room.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Automatic cold press machine – Ksh.50,000

*Raw materials – Ksh.1,000

*Packaging – Ksh.5,000

TOTAL – Ksh.56,000

124
4 avocadoes can produce 50ml of pure oil. You can sell this oil for as much as Ksh.100.

Yet each avocado would cost you about 5 – 15 bob. A small set-up can produce and sell 1 litre
of avocado oil per day – this loosely translates to Ksh.2,000 in sales.

The sales can increase further if you approach supermarkets and cosmetic shops in your area.

*34. BECOME A CLOWN*

Yes… what the heck! If everything else does not work for you consider becoming a clown.

All you need to do is acquire clown costumes. Then start approaching party planners –
especially kids’ parties – and request to be hired as a clown or entertainer.

In the west freelance clowns fetch as much as Ksh.10,000 ($100) per hour. So why not try it
locally and set your price depending on how popular you become?

You can expand this to include services like face painting, trampolines, puppet shows, animal
mascots and so forth.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Clown costumes – Ksh.5,000 (Polyester)

TOTAL – Ksh.5,000

125
*35. PERFUME REFILLING BUSINESS IS EATING INTO BIG BRANDS KENYAN MARKET*

Fragrance products make up one of the largest segments in personal care industry

Capital to start perfume refiling is low depending on the fragrances one wants to start with.

Christabel Awuor, a Nairobi resident confidently walks into a beauty shop to get her weekly
supply of Chloe cologne.

This is among the expensive fragrances in Kenya, but with only Sh.100 she is able to get the
original brand which would have otherwise cost her Sh.20,000

This is the case for most Kenyans as the fragrance business gains traction in the country,
especially in Nairobi's Central Business District where several beauty shops are located.

"If I use it on a daily basis it can take close to two weeks (the 100ml bottle being refilled). The
scent lasts for some hours and that's okay with me since with as little as Sh.100 I can afford to
smell nice for the better part of the day." Awuor said.

Fragrance products make up one of the largest segments in personal care industry with growth
at a double digits annually.

According to a market survey by Kasi Insight the perfume and fragrance industry is worth over
$45 billion globally. In Africa, research estimates that the beauty market is worth $4.5 billion in
South Africa, followed by Nigeria ($500 million) and Kenya ($300 million)

Enid Mbaka, a perfume refill trader on Tsavo Road says most of their perfumes are oil based
unlike the original brands which are highly concentrated in alcohol.

126
"For someone who cannot afford the packed ones, [original brands], they now go for the oil
based since they can get it in smaller quantities." Mbaka said.

She explains that the oil based perfumes are more concentrated hence last longer compared to
the alcohol based and only difference from the international brands is that they are not
packaged.

The Kenyan fragrance product market is driven by growing attention to grooming which has
seen increased spending on personal and beauty care products.

Perfumes are of utmost importance for both old and young generation especially among
females and are an expression of lifestyle.

According to grooming experts, perfumes can help lift one's spirits. They can also be used to
reflect one's mood.

A survey along Dubois Road, in Nairobi’s CBD, or a visit to Eastleigh market reveals that the
fragrance refilling market is actually big.

Most original brands range from Sh.10,000 to Sh.55,000 in the beauty shops which is not
affordable to a majority of the middle class and low income earners who make the most of the
Kenyan population.

Established perfume shops on Nairobi streets such as Muindi Mbingu and Biashara have
designer perfumes going for as much as Sh.12,000 for a small spray bottle of 15ml.

But penny wise Nairobians have found a way of smelling nice without necessarily breaking the
bank.

They go for the refills that are basically original brands diluted with oil and sold at affordable
rates. This they say are better than the ones sold online that are mostly imitations of original
brands.

The high prices and imitations created a gap in the market that has seen many small
entrepreneurs venture into the refilling trade since the capital needed to start perfume refiling
business is low.

One can start with as little as Sh.3,500 for a stock of three different fragrances, display bottles,

127
two dozen of three ml and a dozen of six ml refill bottles; 10 fragrances – Sh.12,000; 15
fragrances – Sh.17,000 and 20 fragrances – Sh.22,000.

The current retail market price is between Ksh.33 to Ksh.50/= per ml with the pricing mainly
dependant on your location.

If you sell at a minimum of Sh.33 you have a gross profit margin of Sh.18 per ml.

Some traders have now gone further and apart from refilling and are now making their own
fragrance in order to offer different variants from their competitors.

Demand for a signature scent among perfume users who can easily distinguish between
cologne and perfume has been steadily rising over the years.

The trend saw French perfume maker, Adopt’ launch its products in the Kenyan market last
October through a sole franchise deal with Lintons Beauty World.

The local beauty store with over 20 international brands in its portfolio added Adopt’ to provide
options for customers looking for affordable designer products.

Kenya's beauty and cosmetics industry has become the new investment attraction, pulling in
big money from those keen on establishing new lines of business or snap up successful
enterprises through acquisition deals.

Increased growth of the beauty and personal care market in the country, combined with the
fact that Kenya is recognised as the sales and distribution hub for the larger East African
market, has attracted many international brands.

International skincare and fragrance brands in the Kenyan market include: Chanel, Dior, Tom
Ford, Issey Miyake, Bvlgari, Versace, Clinique, Estée Lauder, Lancome, Givenchy, Guerlain,
Thierry Mugler, Yves Saint Laurent, Salvatore Ferragamo, and Burberry.

Mid-market cosmetic brands like Victoria’s Secret, Sleek, Petal Fresh, Freeman, Mary Kay,
Simple, Bath & Body Work, Black Opal, Flori Roberts, Ombia (Austria) are also popular in the
country.

A designer refill perfume business is a promising business with the right kind of target clients.

128
For you to start, you will first need to search for a supplier that will be supplying you in
wholesale prices. Most wholesale price ranges from Ksh.12 to Ksh.15 per ml.

They mostly give a condition of purchasing five different fragrances of at least 60 ml each, for
them to sell to you at a wholesale price.

The secret here is to choose fragrances that are first moving so that you will not remain with
the same stock for so long.

Display bottles are also a must have and they mostly cost Ksh.200 per bottle. You will then need
refill bottles which you can purchase in dozens. You can start with the 3 ml and 6 ml dozens.

You will then have to set a retail price of your perfumes depending on the profit margin you
want to set but do not over price them. Remember the more you over price them the more
time you will take to sell them.

*REQUIREMENTS.*

*Perfume.

*Display Bottles or Aluminium bottles.

*Refill empty bottles.

*PRICES.*

Perfume: 13 per ml minimum quantity of 50 mls.

Display Bottle: Ksh.200 per piece.

Refill Bottles:

2 ml: Ksh.120 per dozen,

3 ml: Ksh.120 per dozen,

4 ml: Ksh.180 per dozen,

129
6 ml: Ksh.200 dozen,

8 ml: Ksh.240 per dozen,

10 ml: Ksh.240 per dozen,

12 ml: Ksh.240 per dozen,

Spray Bottles: Price range Ksh.50 to Ksh.200 per piece.

Aluminium bottles: Ksh.80 per piece. If one does not have a shop we recommend you use the
Aluminium bottles instead of the Display Bottles.

*HOW MUCH CAPITAL DOES ONE NEED?*

The amount of capital needed to start the business will depend on how many fragrances one
wants to start with. Starting with 10 or 20 different fragrances helps one have a wide variety.

However one can start with as low as Ksh.3,000 (that’s a stock of three different fragrances of
50 mls each, 3 display bottles, 2 dozen of 3 ml & 1 dozen of 6 ml refill bottles).

The approximate budget for different number of fragrances including display bottles and a
variety of roll on and spray refill bottles is as below:

*10 Fragrances – Kshs.10,000

*15 Fragrances – Kshs.14,000

20 Fragrances – Kshs.19,000

*WHAT ARE THE PROFITS MARGINS?*

The current retail market price is between Ksh.33 to Ksh.50 per ml. The price mainly depends
on your location. So with the minimum of Ksh.33 you have a gross profit margin of Ksh.33 -
Ksh.13 = Ksh.20 per ml.

130
*36. THE NANNY PROBLEMS IN AFRICA: A LUCRATIVE BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY WAITING TO
BE EXPLOITED?*

Entrepreneurship is about solving real problems that people face in their lives.

The more difficult the problems you can solve, the greater the rewards you will get from the
market.

Africa’s nanny problem is one of those huge problems that parents across the continent are
desperate to solve.

Nannies take care of children and provide this very important service in many homes around
the world. The problem is, in most parts of Africa, the nanny service is largely informal,
unregulated and low quality.

As a result, nannies now constitute one of the biggest sources of security dangers in the homes
they live in and the children they are hired to care for.

In this article, we will take a deep look into the seriousness of the nanny problems in Africa.

We will also see why the demand for nanny services is huge and growing on the continent, and
how smart entrepreneurs can create innovative solutions to these problems and build viable
businesses out of them.

This is a very detailed, and well-researched article. I'm sure you will love it!

*Shocking Events That Reveal The Ugly Nature Of The Nanny Problem Across Africa*

131
In recent years, social media and modern technology have helped to expose the physical,
psychological and sexual abuses that many children suffer in the hands of nannies.

Over the last years, two particular nanny incidents in Uganda and Nigeria went viral on the
internet and continue to shock Africa and the world.

In this section, I will share short summaries of these events which have exposed the ugly side of
the nanny problem and the urgent need to tackle this issue that is widespread across Africa.

*Uganda – Jolly Tumuhiirwe, the vicious nanny*

Sometimes back, Jolly Tumuhiirwe, a nanny in a Ugandan household was caught on a hidden
camera as she viciously beat, kicked and stomped on the 18-month old toddler she was hired to
take care of.

The video of this brutality was shared by the father of the child on social media and it quickly
went viral in Uganda and many parts of Africa. This video tells a horrifying story that
unfortunately happens everyday in many homes on the continent.

Luckily for the parents of the child, the nanny was found out. Can you imagine the extent of
physical and psychological damage this toddler may suffer for the rest of her life?

Fortunately, justice was served and the nanny was sentenced to four years in prison. However,
this incident has amplified the seriousness of the nanny problem in Africa and increased the
desperation of parents who want professional childcare for their children.

*Nigeria – Funmilayo Adeyemi, The Kidnapper Nanny*

Few years ago, Funmilayo, a newly hired nanny, kidnapped three kids, including an 11-month
baby from their home in Lagos, Nigeria.

For the next couple of days, the Orekoya household was severely traumatized as the kidnappers
demanded a ransom of 13 million Naira (about Ksh.8,000,000) from the parents.

In a trending video, the mother, a banker and co-breadwinner of the home, agonises and is
visibly broken by the sudden loss of her three children to kidnappers, through the deception of
a nanny she barely knew.

132
The manhunt for the nanny and children paid off as the police finally busted the kidnapping
syndicate, of which the nanny, her husband and in-laws were accomplished criminals.

Thankfully, all three children were recovered in good health but there’s no telling the extent of
psychological harm they have, and may continue to suffer.

The Orekoya household unwittingly allowed a vicious criminal and kidnapper into their
household. Unfortunately, this is a common mistake that many ‘working class’ parents still
make.

*Why Is There A Huge and Growing Demand For Nannies Across Africa?*

Despite the serious security threats that nannies now represent, it’s a surprise that the demand
for nannies is still huge, especially in the big cities across Africa.

How come?

Here are three major factors that are responsible for the high demand.

*1. There are more working mothers in the cities*

Back in the day, most mothers used to sit back at home and take care of the children while
daddy was the ‘sole breadwinner’.

Today, the era of the ‘full-time housewife’ is almost gone. To increase household income and
provide additional financial support for the family, more urban African women are now job-
employed or self-employed.

City life often means that in many common cases, mothers who work at day jobs have to leave
their children early in the morning and may not return until late in the evening. Many of these
mothers have children who are as young as 6 months old.

So, mothers who do not have a close and trusted family relative to help them with childcare
often have to look outside for help.

This category of mothers are very likely to hire commercial nannies to look after their children.
It can be very risky to leave young children in the care of ‘strangers’ but most families simply do
not have any other options.

133
*2. Africa’s middle class population is in rapid growth*

The middle class is the single largest source of demand for nannies in Africa. Poor households
are unlikely to afford a commercial nanny service.

According to a Deloitte research report, Africa’s middle class population has tripled over the
last 30 years and may reach 1.1 billion people by 2060.

Middle class households often have two working parents who may be educated and work at a
job or owned business.

These households typically spend between Ksh.6,000 and Ksh.60,000 on household and living
expenses per month, and can afford to pay for convenience services like nannies.

As the middle class segment of Africa’s population continues to grow, it’s expected that the
demand for commercial nannies will remain huge and continue to increase across the major
cities.

*3. Nannies provide convenience and flexibility*

For anyone reading this article who has had any kind of experience with young children, you
would know that taking care of kids can be a challenging full-time job.

Even ‘full-time housewives’ still need some help with children so that they can get other things
done.

Although commercial nannies may pose a huge security threat, it’s difficult to ignore the
convenience, flexibility and comfort in the service they provide to many households.

It’s common for nannies to help with other chores in the home like cleaning and cooking. These
too go a long way to help young mothers who have to deal with the pressures of work and
family.

*To Solve The Nanny Problem, You Need To Know These Three Pains…*

During my research for this article, I was curious to know what parents thought about the
whole commercial nanny situation. From the responses I got, many of the people I talked to

134
were most concerned about the following issues.

*Tip:* You need to pay close attention to these ‘pains’ because most parents are willing to pay
money to make them go away. There’s money to be made by entrepreneurs who can solve
these pains.

Here they are:

*Identification & Character*

Parents would like to know the true identity and character of the nannies they hire.

In many parts of Africa, most people still don’t have a full, proper and trusted means of
identification. So, when things go wrong, it can be very difficult to find a rogue nanny if she
disappears with the kids.

Like the case of the Orekoya family in Nigeria, the nanny presented a fake name and ID. This
made it possible for her to successfully kidnap the kids and evade detection for several days.

*Quality of Care*

Parents are concerned about the quality of care their kids get from the nanny in their absence.

Most nannies on the continent do not have any kind of formal training in child care. Without
training and childcare knowledge, it’s no surprise that some nannies cause physical,
psychological and sexual harm to the children they care for.

*Fear*

Parents want to be assured that their children are treated well in their absence.

Cases like Jolly Tumuhiirwe, the vicious Ugandan nanny who brutalized the 18-month old child
in her care caused a panic in many families.

Parents want to know for a fact that their kids never suffer this sort of abuse when they are
away from the home.

Now that we know the biggest pains, problems and challenges that many African middle class

135
families are having with the commercial nanny service, it’s time to look at a few ideas and
opportunities that could make money in this market.

*Four Interesting Business Opportunities in Africa’s Commercial Nanny Market*

How much do you think any parent will pay to ensure safety, security and quality care for their
children?

The truth is, as long as the price is reasonable, many parents are willing to pay a premium to get
the best care and treatment for their kids.

In this section, I will share with you four interesting business opportunities you can exploit in
the current commercial nanny market.

*1. Professional Nanny Recruitment Services*

For most parents, finding the right nanny is a huge challenge. In the current market, most
people find nannies via informal sources (through friends, family, neighbours and colleagues).
There are also a few ‘nanny agents’ who can help with finding a nanny.

While these sources can help families find ‘any’ nanny, the real challenge is finding the ‘right’
nanny with the right character, knowledge and skills to properly take care of their children. This
type of professional recruitment service is still lacking on the continent.

What if there was a professional nanny service that hires suitable people for the nanny job?

This service could properly recruit and identify potential nannies (including full identity
documentation and background checks) and give them a few weeks of intensive childcare
training that would cover all the major aspects of taking care of children.

You could make money by charging an upfront recruitment or ‘finder’s’ fee or you could just
take an agency or management fee percentage from the nanny’s monthly pay.

Do you think parents will pay for a verified and trained professional nanny over a random
nanny some friend found for them?

The answer looks very obvious to me.

136
*2. Nanny Training School*

You may not even need to go the full recruitment route. What if you had a school for training
professional nannies?

I have never heard of that one before.

Nurses and midwifes have training schools, even chefs have training schools, so why not
nannies?

For a modest fee, you could offer short courses to people who want to enter the nanny services
industry.

Don’t forget, nanny services are highly demanded like I mentioned earlier, and has the potential
to provide temporary and permanent employment to thousands of Africans.

Through training, prospective nannies could be taught the importance of their roles in the lives
of the young children they care for.

Topics like ethics, child safety, nutrition, medical emergencies, hygiene and professional
etiquette and conduct are some of the major courses that will provide the right orientation and
skills for people in the nanny profession.

If you provide effective training solutions, it may only be a matter of time before parents and
childcare organisations knock on your door to hire your most qualified students.

*3. Creche & Daycare Centres*

Instead of hiring a full-time commercial nanny, more parents are choosing to keep their
children in crèches and daycare centres.

Most of these centres are open from the early mornings to late evenings and have become
ideal for working mothers who work at day jobs from Mondays to Fridays and stay at home
during weekends.

Most daycare centres are located within residential areas (where working mothers live) or
around commercial/office areas (where working mothers work).

137
This proximity and convenience makes daycare services more appealing to families who want
more professional care for their children.

Interestingly, we wrote a detailed article sometimes ago about the Daycare Service business.

*4. Home Surveillance Solutions*

Without the help of a hidden camera in the living room of their home, it may have been
impossible to discover the shocking brutality of the vicious Ugandan nanny.

With advances in modern technology, it is now possible to choose from a very wide range of
small and deceptive surveillance devices to capture pictures, video or audio of happenings in
your home.

Some of these devices can be accessed remotely. So, from their offices or outside locations,
parents can actually watch or listen to events that happen in their homes when they are not
around. Awesome!

Most of these systems are affordable and you could set up a business that specifically targets
parents who have vulnerable kids at home. You could sell, install, troubleshoot and maintain
home surveillance systems in high-risk areas of your clients’ homes.

In fact, you may not need to set up a physical shop to get going with this idea. Using the smart
online and social media marketing strategies, you can specifically target the demographic of
young mothers who may be having nanny problems.

*My Final Thoughts…*

The nanny problem has a strong emotional dimension in the way it affects parents who need
nanny services.

Childcare is a very sensitive job that requires only people who are professional, skilled and
passionate about children.

Because, the devastating effects of child neglect, psychological torture, physical and sexual
abuse can last for a lifetime and may damage the child forever.

I wrote this article to spark a debate about the terrible state of the unregulated, informal and

138
low quality nanny services industry in Africa.

As a strong believer in entrepreneurship, I hold the opinion that we can solve Africa’s serious
nanny problem and still make money from it.

It’s a win-win for everyone!

*37. GOT A SMALL IDLE PLOT? KIWANO MELON COULD JUST BE THE BEST INVESTMENT FOR
YOU*

From a glance, thorn melon (also known as kiwano or horned melon) might pass for just
another ugly and worthless wild fruit of the African Jungle.

However, as an entrepreneur and somebody who cares about good health, a closer look at the
spiky tropical fruit will reveal endless potential waiting to be exploited.

First the fruit is rich in nutrients. It has made headlines across the world, and here in Kenya
The Daily Nation and The Standard Newspapers have lauded its perceived health benefits.

Secondly, it offers rich pickings for investors presenting a better alternative use of small chunks
of land.

So if you have a small ka-plot lying idle somewhere, this might just be the best way to utilize it.

Let’s look at the profitability and viability of this idea.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

It is very easy to get started. First you need to find land that sits anywhere in the altitude of 200

139
and 1800 feet above the sea level. Most parts of Kenya fall under this range.

Besides altitude, you need to consider soil PH between 6.0 and 6.5.

It doesn’t have to be a large chunk of land – you can start with whatever small you have and
then scale up as demand and production level out.

You can plant on open ground but greenhouse tends to give even better results.

*Step 2: How to Obtain Seeds*

You can either choose to obtain ready seedlings from KARI or propagate some for yourself at
home.

You only need to pick a mature healthy fruit to extract the seeds. Then ferment the seeds for 3
days in a plastic container before planting.

Normally, it takes 3 weeks for germination to take place. After germination, you should then
transfer the plantlets to the farm in well spaced holes.

*Holes should be spaced in 60cm by 60cm

*Consider adding compost manure to the hole before planting

*The best fertilizer to use is NPK 17:17:17

*This is a climbing plant so you need to provide enough space for it to grow

*You can spray leaves of mature plants with foliar feeds to maximize on production

*No pesticides are needed, the plant is quite hardy

*Step 3: Harvesting and Productivity*

After planting, you will need to wait for 3 months for the crop to mature and start producing
healthy fruits.

Harvesting is done by simply picking the ripe fruits and putting them gently inside a bucket.

140
The average shelf life of a harvested kiwano fruit is 6 months – giving you adequate time to find
market for your produce.

*How Much To Invest*

On average Ksh.3,500 would be enough to start a small 1/8 acre (50ftx100ft) farm with about
80 plants.

*How Much To Expect*

A single plant produces 15 fruits per season translating to potential revenue of Ksh.25,000 per
harvest on 1/8 acre farm.

*Final Word*

This can be a great side-hustle especially if you have a plot of land that lies idle.

The fruit can be grown on black cotton soil as well as red volcanic soil.

So why not put that ka-plot of yours in Ruai, Kitengela, Isinya, Rongai or Joska to better use?

*38. HOW TO START A PROFITABLE EXECUTIVE BARBERSHOP*

Just like brushing your teeth and wearing clothes, having our hair done has become an essential
requirement of modern society.

For people to take us seriously, we need to look well-groomed for both social and business
reasons.

141
Because these hair grooming services cannot be easily done at home, most people have to visit
a beauty salon or barbershop at least once every month.

A barbershop (locally known as Kinyozi) is a good example of a sustainable business because

people will always need haircuts.

Fashion styles may come and go, but hair cuts aren’t a fad or trend – they are a basic necessity.

Moreover, Kenya’s middle-class is growing at an alarming rate and you can jump onto this tide
by starting your own executive barbershop.

One good thing about Kinyozi business is that it is not seasonal. Business flows in as usual come
rain come shine.

This makes it a worthwhile venture to delve into.

Below is a step by step guide on what it takes to start an executive barbershop.

*Getting Started*

Before you start your own barbershop you will need to become a barber.

A beauty course in one of the many training centres in the country is inexpensive, and you can
complete school and obtain your recommendations within a short period.

If however you’re not interested in becoming a barber (or if you are busy with your current
occupation) then you can always consider the option of hiring a trained barber.

*Find Ideal Premises*

Of course, the ideal location is one that is easy to locate and access.

Most first-time customers to your business will be walk-in customers and therefore it is
important to maximize on available foot traffic by choosing a strategic location for your
business.

Keep in mind that you might be required to pay a good-will fee on some of the prime locations.

142
Average rent prices in residential areas in urban centres vary from Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.30,000 per
month.

The same unit may go for Ksh.3,000 – Ksh.7,000 per month in rural areas.

High end streets attract premium rents of above Ksh.80 per square foot.

Keep in mind that some landlords require payment of a deposit prior to moving in.

So just to be safe, set aside a budget of Ksh.20,000 for premises if you are moving into a
Ksh.10,000 per month premises.

*Shop Fit Out*

Call in a carpenter to carry out a basic shop fit out. This may include installing mirrors, cabinets
as well as painting the shop.

On average carpentry labour costs Ksh.1,000 per day. The entire project may take three days
and therefore you should budget for Ksh.20,000 or more depending on how beautiful you want
your interior.

*Apply For Licenses*

The most basic form of license you will require in order to operate is the single business permit.

Cost of this permit varies from county to county with small stalls attracting as little as Ksh.7,000
license cost per year in some regions.

Those in the Nairobi Metropolitan region are advised to set aside at least Ksh.20,000 for single
business permit.

*Buy Equipment*

The following is an example of a shopping list you can use. Note that it is not mandatory to buy
all the items listed as you start. You can forego some of them and stock up on as the business
grows.

143
*2 Basic barber chairs – Ksh.10,000 each (Locally made)

*2 WAHL Clippers – Ksh.3,000 each

*Equipment Sterilizer – Ksh.10,000

*Locally Made Sink Seat – Ksh.15,000

*Cosmetic Products – Ksh.3,000 (Including spirit and after-shave)

*Fabric sheets, towels, apron – Ksh.3,000

*Hair Style Charts – Ksh.1,000

*Waiting Lounge Chair – Ksh.1,500

*Water heating & storage – Ksh.5,000

*Small Basins – Ksh.1,000

*Backup Generator – Ksh.50,000

*Entertainment System – Ksh.30,000

*Hire and keep qualified, trained personnel*

Untrained personnel are more likely to cause harm and health problems to your clients (and a
liability to your business).

It is important that you hire only qualified and well-trained barbers, beauticians, stylists, and
other personnel.

It is your responsibility as the owner to ensure that your personnel are adequately trained and
understand the importance of safe procedures.

You also have to consider providing training classes on a regular basis to help your personnel
improve their product knowledge, skills and awareness of the latest trends in beauty, fashion
and style.

144
The hardest thing with personnel in this business is keeping them. Good, well trained and
professional stylists and beauticians are in constant demand and can leave your staff at very
short notice.

The big challenge is to devise a strategy (just like with your customers) to keep them invested in
your business. A good strategy is to let your employees earn a slice of money (commission)
made from any services they offer.

This way, when they work more, they earn more and vice versa. This strategy works better than
a flat wage or monthly salary which is usually the single biggest costs for any salon or
barbershop business.

Often times, the best way to get the kind of well-trained and professional personnel you are
looking for is to poach them from your competitors.

They may cost you more, but they are usually worth the money and effort.

Perks, performance incentives and awards are simple but often overlooked ways of reducing
staff turnover and ensuring stability in your business.

*Get close to your clients and keep them satisfied always.*

A barbershop or salon’s best advertisement tool is word-of-mouth. If a client is happy with your
services, they will continue coming back and are very likely to tell their friends, family, and
colleagues about your salon.

Satisfied clients are the best and cheapest means of letting everyone know about your
business. Another great reason to keep clients satisfied is the volume of repeat business they
bring.

The lifetime value of each and every customer is in thousands of shillings – if they continue to
visit at least once a month over the next five to twenty years.

However, keeping your clients satisfied doesn’t mean another barbershop can’t and won’t do
the same, or even better. A simple way to keep all your clients glued to your barbershop is to
win their trust by getting personal with them.

145
Start by implementing a simple customer loyalty program. Repeat customers get discounts for
paying regular visits to the barbershop or salon and referring new customers.

Keep records of your customers’ names, phone numbers, email addresses, birthdays,
anniversaries etc.

Send them hair and beauty tips via SMS, WhatsApp or email and remember to send best wishes
on their special days (birthdays and anniversaries).

And when a customer has skipped a visit to your salon, call to check up on them and try to find
out why they have been away.

This kind of customer engagement and care always guarantees an addiction to your services!

*Tips*

-Evenings are peak hours as well as weekends and public holidays

-You may consider adding an money agent business (e.g M-Pesa or Agency Bank) on the side to
ensure steady supply of business

-The business typically takes 6 months to reach peak

-High-end executive barbershops charge Ksh.500 for a routine hair trim while standard ones
charge Ksh.150. If you are targeting low income earners then Ksh.50 per trim would be a fair
bet.

*How Much To Invest*

If you are planning to start at full-scale operations then you will require a budget of at least
Ksh.200,000 (For a standard executive barbershop).

However you can always start small with Ksh.50,000 e.g. by reducing on your list of equipment
and renting out a small room.

*How Much To Expect*

On average a well performing Kinyozi can give a net profit of 30% of total investment per

146
month.

*How do barbershops and beauty salons make money?*

Barbershops and beauty salons offer a wide range of services from a basic haircut to an upscale
full-hair, skin and body service.

Depending on the kind of customers you intend to target, the prices for these services can vary
significantly. If you set up shop in a relatively poor neighbourhood, price is likely to a key
decision factor for the kind of customers you will attract.

Middle-income and rich customers may not usually bother about prices as long as the quality of
service they get is superb.

There are quite a number of ways to make money in the barbershop and hair salon business.
The most popular of these include:

*Hair services:* This usually includes haircuts, shaving, trims and style (especially for men);
highlights/foils, weaving and braids; hair & scalp treatments; hair extensions (including wigs,
artificial and human hair), relaxers and perms; colour jobs, shampoo and conditioning; curling,
reconstructing and permanent waving.

*Nail and Skin care:* The most common nail and skin care services are manicures, pedicures,
fixing of acrylic (artificial) nails, polishing, sculptured nails, nail repair and hand conditioning
treatments. The popular skin care services are facials, body waxing and massage.

*Sale of hair and beauty products:* Many beauty salons make money though a wide range of
hair and beauty products they offer for sale within their shops. This has become a major money
making stream for most salons because it’s more convenient for the customer to buy
everything they need in one place!

Popular products sold by salons include: shampoo, daily and deep treatment conditioners, hair
styling products such as mousse, gel, pomades and other specialty hair products.

Retailing professional hair products is an important strategy for retaining clients and making
additional profits.

*Spa services:* Spas are fast becoming a growing niche in the African beauty salon business.

147
Most entrepreneurs run them as standalone outfits or offer them in addition to all the services
mentioned above.

Spas are also becoming very popular due to a growing awareness of its beauty, health and
wellness benefits.

The common services offered by spas include: massage/aromatherapy, body scrubs, skin
lightening, body wrapping, herbal wraps, derma abrasion, stretch mark and blemish
treatments, anti-aging, facials, makeup, skin care, waxing, polishing, and anti-acne
treatments. (photo credit: madamnoire.com)

*Personalised Home services:* This category includes all the services mentioned above and are
offered to high-profile clients who prefer to have these services in their homes instead of
visiting the salon.

These are usually high-paying customers who are unable, due to time, physical or social
constraints, to visit the salon.

Celebrities, politicians and physically-challenged people are happy to pay more money to enjoy
this type of service.

*Final Word*

The executive barbershop business idea is an ideal option for anyone who wishes to widen their
fishing net.

And you don’t have to be a trained barber to start one. You can simply use your entrepreneurial
prowess to start, then train a few young men from your area and recruit them to work for you.

That way you will not only have established a source of livelihood for yourself but also helped
create employment for deserving young men and women.

148
*39. CONSULTANCY BUSINESSES YOU CAN START IN KENYA*

If you start a consultancy business, you will be seeking to sell one thing to your clients –
knowledge.

For instance, if you are skilled in matters of planning a wedding then you can start a wedding
consultancy firm. If you have excellent social media skills you can start a social media
consultancy firm.

Likewise, if you are a good goat farmer, dating specialist, cook, security person, lawyer, doctor,
engineer, IT professional or environmentalist etc. the doors are wide open for you to engage in
consultancy business.

Here’s what you need to know.

*1. Your Knowledge, Your Business*

Do not start a consultancy firm in a field you are not 100% comfortable with. The kind of
knowledge you offer is what sets your business apart from the competition.

If you appear knowledgeable and helpful in the eyes of your clients then definitely they are
going to give you more business.

On the other hand, if you continuously give them half-baked information without much
research to back it then they are going to leave you for someone else.

It is therefore imperative to be knowledgeable and experienced in your particular niche

beforehand.

149
*2: Specialize and Perfect*

Don’t cast your net too wide. Start with a small, super-specific niche and gradually build your
profile from there.

For instance, it would not be wise to start a combination of PR/ Environment Research/ History
of Kenya/ Car Import Consultancy Firm as this might send a signal that you are not focused.

Moreover, it is naturally difficult to keep track of new developments in multiple industries at a

go.

So, if it is goat farming, let it be goat farming consultancy. If it is environment matters, let it be
just that. Specialization will make it easier for your clients to trust you.

*3: Invest in Good Networks*

Networking is key in consultancy business since most clients come in through referrals.

To ensure stable flow of demand for your services make sure you start building your networks
early enough.

Invest in a few business cards and keep distributing them to your potential market. Host a few
events (these could be free events and seminars), in your area of consultancy to strengthen the
bond with your target audience.

As word about your consultancy services spreads out, your business will gradually gain a
footing.

*4: Invest in an Office*

Although physical offices are not mandatory in this business, it is important to have a reputable
location where you can refer some of your clients to in case they need further consultations.

Lack of such a location can make you seem like a fly by night warrior who is out to make some
quick cash and then disappear into thin air.

If you don’t have the capital to invest in a new office then you can consider sub-letting.

150
*5: Blog About It*

Nothing beats blogging when it comes to establishing one’s online authority in a particular area
of life.

A blog makes it easier to establish a bond with your online clients.

Moreover, those looking for your services via search engines such as Google can find you easily
through your optimized articles.

No matter the type of consultancy you are embarking on, having a blog to connect with your
audience is highly recommended.

Also remember to create a YouTube channel.

*Examples of Consultancy Firms One Can Start in Kenya*

Relationship matters consultancy

Energy efficiency consultancy

Law firm

Health consultancy firm (in fields like ENT, Child healthcare, Fitness etc)

Social media consultancy

Search Engine Optimization consultancy

Business & Investment advice consultancy

Tours and travel consultancy

Fashion and beauty consultancy firm

Photography consultancy and services

Wedding planning and consultancy

151
Personal finance consultancy

Environment impact assessment consultancy

Interior design consultancy

Home building and plan sketching consultancy

Life and wellness consultancy

Personal security consultant

Talent management consultancy

Agri-business consultant

Youth empowerment consultancy

The list is as wide as the number of problems and challenges facing our society today.

*Some Basic Requirements*

Business registration – This can be done using the eCitizen Portal

Approval from relevant bodies (e.g. Kenya Medical Practitioners & Dentist Board, Law Society of
Kenya etc.) and Business KRA PIN

County Council or City Council business permit – cost for this will vary depending on the size of
your business

AGPO Certification – This is important if you’ll be applying for Government Tenders

*Cost*

The cost of starting varies depending on the type of services you want to offer. It costs more to
start a consultancy firm in a professional field (e.g medicine and law) as compared to fields such
as social media consultancy, etiquette management and fashion etc.

152
You can expect to incur more expenses at start as you register and market your business. As
your business gains ground, the cost of operation may reduce since consultancy firms don’t
require a long list of inventory.

*Is this the right business for me?*

This business is ideal for people who have garnered substantial knowledge in a particular field
of life and would like to share it with the world.

For instance, if you are a great cook, musician, artist, teacher, banker, hotelier, farmer, tailor, IT
person, writer, poet etc and you feel that you have sufficient expertise to share with the world
then this is just the right kind of business to think about.

Of course, like any other business, a consultancy firm takes time to establish. You need to be
extra patient and cautious about quality of your services to win over the hearts of your
potential market.

*40. TURN YOUR ANGER INTO WEALTH*

Many years ago a man went out to shop with his wife.

They entered the first supermarket and bought a few things, moved to another and bought
other things, then to another.

The furious man asked his wife, “Why on Earth can’t there be a place where anyone can go to
buy everything he needs?”

That man is Sam Walton.

153
He was angry because there was no known place where anyone can walk in and buy everything
he needed.

What did he do?

He went and started his own mall.

He named it Wall Mart.

He used Wall Mart to create what he was angry about.

He made sure Wall Mart has everything you can ever wish to buy.

His company (Wall Mart) is today the biggest retail company all over the world.

The last time I checked, Wall Mart had over 2.5 million employees all over the world.

That company was born out of anger.

He was angry that there was no supermarket where anyone could walk in and buy everything
he needed.

Instead of blaming anyone for that deficit, he created what he taught the world should have.

In the year 1992, a Nigerian 30 years old man was angry that there was no public toilets in most
places in Nigeria.

He worked on his plans and started a company.

That company is DMT mobile toilet.

The name of that man is Otunba Gandafi.

He turned anger into millions.

In the year 2010, I became very angry that most graduates including me were struggling to get
employment. Even those who managed to be employed were earning very little.

154
What did I do?

I could have continued pointing fingers maybe to the government and blame our education
system or do something about it.

I decided to do the later.

That anger is what gave birth to my business consultancy company which does business
trainings and writes business ideas articles and tutorials you are reading in our PROFITABLE
BUSINESS IDEAS WhatsApp group.

I’m talking about anger.

You see, almost everyone is angry about some things

But only very few people are doing something about their anger.

100 people could be angry about bad electricity in their counties, 99 of them will continue
blaming the political leaders while one of them will gather a team to make affordable solar
system, sell it to millions of people and become a millionaire.

The same people got angry about the same thing.

99 of them kept on pointing fingers.

1 of them became a millionaire.

That’s what happens all the time. Now I have a question for you.

How many things are you angry about in your county or country?

Make a list of them.

How many things do you see people angry about?

Make a list of them.

155
Those things you are angry about are the millions you are looking for.

Those things you see others angry about are the millions you are looking for.

You don’t have to be an employee all your life.

You just have to STOP complaining and being angry.

You have to start looking for ways to turn your anger into millions.

Sam Walton did it. Otunba Gandafi did it. I did it. Thousands of other smart entrepreneurs are
doing it as you read these words.

You can do it, if you will be open-minded.

*41. WHERE TO BUY GOODS CHEAPLY IN NAIROBI*

If you plan to buy cheap electronics, shoes, clothes, chicken, smartphones e.t.c in Nairobi, these
are the places to visit.

Cereals – Get them at Nyamakima in that kichochoro for Molo matatus. Groundnuts from the
market cost Sh.190 per kilo, but at Nyamakima they are Sh.110. You can also get apples and
other fruits at a good price.

Diapers and bar soap – OTC. The kichochoro between former Tuskys and Equity.

Chemicals for homemade detergent, bleach, fabric softener, disinfectant – OTC, the building

156
with Tuskys, go upstairs, first floor. They will even explain how to mix them.

Bulk shopping – If you can manage to go to Kawangware or Eastleigh, you will save a lot. In
Kawangware, go to Samrose in the market. Alight at Mlango Soko, then at Cooperative Bank, go
down and turn at the first right turn, walk about 20 metres and you will find SamRose. Go with
a list, they will give you the prices.

If you are buying things for a shop, they deliver. Alternatively, you can turn left and walk a bit
for like 100 metres where you will find many wholesale shops including FairPrice. Also look out
for Israel.

In Eastleigh, as you walk towards the Catholic Church or if you are coming from Pangani, just
after you take the right turn to enter Eastleigh, you will see the Marie Stopes sign board, the
shops start there.

If you are an uptown girl, on the upper side of Biashara Street just before you join Koinange
Street there is a Muhindi shop that sells groceries at wholesale prices. It’s opposite Yala Towers.
He also has storage and garbage bags at a good price.

Beauty products and jewellery – Perida Centre, Dubois Road, and basically Dubois Road.

Vegetables – Marikiti and Gikomba. Bunch of spinach @ Sh.15, bunch of sukuma wiki @Sh.10,
terere @15, manage @20, 6 tomatoes @10, onions @ 1 bob, 4 maize cobs @20, etc, especially
outside Marikiti.

Vegetables for those who live in Eastlands – Go to Korongosho market early on Wednesday or
Saturday mornings. It is at the Dandora, Kariobangi roundabout. Buy carrots, peas, potatoes
and onions from the lorries; it is cheaper than inside the market.

Meat – Ndonyo Market Dagoretti for Sh.280 a kilo. Burma Sh.200 to Sh.250 a kilo.

Fish and chicken kienyeji – Gikomba. When you get to Gikomba, ask for the place where fish is
sold. It’s a whole building opposite where newborn clothes are sold. It’s on the right as you
walk towards the market.

Fish – Alpha Foods, Road A, Enterprise Road, you will get 40 pieces of tilapia @Sh.1,700. They
close by 4pm. The boda boda guys can direct you.

157
Wine/alcohol – Opposite Kensilver matatus on Dubois Road, there is a club with better prices
than Mwalimu on Mfangano Street. Also check Accra Road where the 2NK matatus are in the
hawkers market building, go to 3rd floor there are many wholesale shops there.

Utensils – Kamukunji. Kamukunji is those sides as you head towards Machakos Bus Station.

Prescribed medication – Try Transchem next to the bike shop above or the Transchem ooposite
Afya Centre. There is also another chemist near the number 4 matatus, where the hardware
shops are. Sinai Chemist at the Nairobi Textiles building is cheaper than Transchem. It is at the
intersection where the Kenya Mpya buses queue. Accra Road also has a stretch of affordable
chemists.

Panties and bras – At the junction of Accra Road and River Road, directly opposite Kobil Petrol
Station, there is a small corridor where panties and bras are sold. The quality is better than
Kamukunji and cheaper than Mombasa Rest House on River Road. You can also buy kids’ vests,
bikers, boob tops and tummy trimmers there.

Shoes (heels, flats, sandals and sports). Get these at Bus Station in those vibandas facing
matatus for Mater/South B. They range in price from Sh.300 to Sh.1,000. You can also get nice
sweaters and jackets there. Also check Toi Market and those near Thika try KIANDUTU

Shoes for women with wide feet – Bus Station the upper side where vegetables are sold, just
near that path that leads to Mfangano Street. There are guys who sell nice second-hand Clarks
and Nine West official shoes and boots for Sh.800 to Sh.1,200. They also have rubber shoes and
loafers.

Heels at a much better price than Backyard Shoez (e.g Forever 21 @Sh.2,000). Go to Emirates
Collection on Tom Mboya Street.

Doll shoes – Kamukunji.

Bata Toughees/Bata Bullets – At the Bata distributor at Kamukunji on your way to Gikomba.
Does wholesale and retail.

Official dresses, skirts, trouser – Bus Station near the City Council toilet. Gikomba from Sh.200
for skirts.

Khaki trousers – Kenyatta Market; very nice ones.

158
High-waist jeans – Amal Plaza, entrance C, turn left. Some ladies there sell them at cheap
prices.

Maternity trousers – Bus Station.

Kids clothes – Gikomba, Kwa Cucu, or ask for children’s clothes, you will be directed. Also check
Toi Market, Kamukunji and Eastleigh.

Curtains and carpets – Eastleigh. At the Garage roundabout, walk a few metres on your left.
Alight at the second stop after St Theresa and walk towards Amal Plaza, you will find many
malls selling curtains. Go to the various shops comparing prices and fabrics; you will be spoilt
for choice. Comparing prices before you buy will ensure that you don’t buy overpriced curtains.

Gym wear – Directly opposite The Bazaar as you walk towards Koja, there is a lady hawker who
sells gym wear at night. Bottoms go for Sh.200, jackets for Sh.300 to Sh.350. You can also buy
tops at night outside Jade Collections.

Hair braiding – At Old Nation.

Fabrics – Go to Nairobi Textile upstairs for vitenge, while at the back (walk straight from the
entrance), you can get fabric for office wear. Nairobi Textiles is next to Malindi Dishes. For
Kitenges, River Road opposite Bata Mini Price has cheaper fabrics than Nairobi Textiles.

Also check Zion Kitenge past KCB on River Road. Eastleigh too at Sh.900 for six yards, you can
even get at Sh.750. When you get to Eastleigh, ask to be shown kitenge house. There are also
other fabrics too.

Toys – Kamukunji. Mutindwa in Estlands for best kids toys, especially for boys.

Bicycles for kids and adults – Directly what used to be Jack and Jill Supermarket, walk towards
Uchumi House and you will see a big shop selling bikes only. Ask them to tighten the bike and to
sell you grease. Even accessories are very cheap. I bought stabilisers there at Sh.350, while
someone somewhere else had quoted a price of Sh.1,700. You can also get garbage bags there
for Sh.350 instead of Sh.600 at the supermarket. Someone else bought Sh.280 at Eastleigh.

Bathroom accessories and lighting for those who are constructing – Walk past that Tuskys that
is just past Thika matatus, and you will see a whole street of shops selling stuff. They also sell

159
toilet seats, decorative mirrors and many other things.

Bedding (duvets, bed sheets, bed covers, mosquito nets) – Kamukunji. You can also get bed
sheets and other bedding at Kwa Cucu in Gikomba.

Shaggy mat making materials – Keekorok Road, also has exercise books and stationery. It’s
cheaper than Biashara Street.

Fibre/pillow filling and sofa fabric – Gikomba.

Car spare parts – Impala on Tom Mboya Street, near the number 9 matatus.

Water storage tanks – Kamukunji.

Plastics – Mansi Traders at Tausi House in Kamukunji, an Indian shop.

NOTE: In Kamukunji, there are both genuine utensils and fakes.

ALL ELECTRONICS TRY LUTHULI

Electrical appliances - nyamakima

*Finally*

In business every coin counts. Take advantage of the above places to buy goods cheaply for
both your business and personal use.

160
*42. WITH THE COST OF FUEL SKYROCKETING IN KENYA, HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF STARTING A
BIODIESEL BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

Have you visited a restaurant lately to grab a fried chicken bite?

Well, next time you go to any fast-food joint make sure you ask the cooks what they do with
the used oil.

Most probably they will tell you they usually throw it away.

What a waste!

Did you know that you can actually convert this waste into Bio-diesel and sell it at a premium
price?

Well, the reason I am telling you about this relatively new idea in Kenya (and Africa at large) is
because I came across a success story of a young gentleman from Lusaka Zambia on CNN.

The young man has converted his small backyard into a refinery of sorts and he now makes
Ksh.1,500,000 per month.

He is creating employment and helping his country achieve its green energy goals.

Why can’t our very own talented young men and women take up this idea and replicate it
locally?

It is very easy to make bio-diesel.

You only need to collect the used frying oil from the local restaurants and you are ready to
make your millions as you help the country switch to renewable energy.

161
*What Is Bio Diesel?*

Biodiesel is a renewable type of diesel that can be created from the oil we use to cook food
with. Yes, think of Golden fry, Fresh Fry or any other cooking oil we use.

Generally, bio-diesel is a more reliable source of energy than crude oil diesel.

You can sell it to Matatus, generator owners, lorry drivers, poshomill operators, tractor owners,
combine harvesters, small cars and the list is endless.

*Step One: Learn How to Make Bio-Diesel*

You probably are thinking that you need to have a PhD in Chemistry or Petroleum Science to
produce a bucketful of ready-to-use biodiesel. But that’s not correct.

Making biodiesel is simple provided you understand the fundamentals.

Here I have picked one 7 minute Youtube tutorial that I have found to be simple and easy to
follow. If you are a curious person (I believe you are) take a few minutes to watch it using the
link below.

https://youtu.be/9-SaPRccSDE

*Step Two: Get The Ingredients*

Okey, here we go.

You only need three ingredients to make this oil.

The first ingredient is used cooking oil which I am sure you can find at your nearest restaurant
for free or at a small cost.

The second ingredient is methanol which is sold by companies like Marty Enterprises (Nakuru,
Kenya), Desbro (Industrial Area, NBI, Kenya), Kenya Lab Supply (Kirinyaga Road), Manigate
(Kijabe Street). The price is Ksh.2,400 per 2.5 liters.

The third and last ingredient you will need is sodium hydroxide, (this you can find in the same

162
shops where methanol is sold) and it goes for Ksh.1,200 per 500grams.

*Step Three: Create Your Product*

Create a sample product using the skills you have learnt in the youtube video tutorial I shared
above.

Test it first yourself and then market it to your friends first.

I know you may be tempted to compete with your nearest Petrol Station, especially if you live
in a place where fuel energy is scarce. But we highly recommend you start small to test the
market.

*Step Four: Go Full Commercial*

Naturally, the more you get accepted by your test market, the greater your chances of success
you will get.

At that point you can buy more sophisticated equipment (using the money you will have earned
from your maiden sales) and go fully commercial.

*Step Five: Start Manufacturing Soap*

The same ingredients used for making bio-diesel are the same that are used to make bar soaps.

Now you and I know that there is market for soap and that the profit margins are quite good –
but that’s a story for another day.

*How Much To Invest*

You will require less than Ksh.50,000 to proceed up to Step three. From that point it will be easy
to scale up the business using the entrepreneurship skills that we have been training you on all
along in our PROFITABLE BUSINESS IDEAS WhatsApp group.

*How Much To Expect*

If the Zambian case study is anything to go by, then a conservative of over Ksh.200,000 per
month would be a fair bet for a small start-up.

163
*Final Word*

There are two kinds of entrepreneurs in this world: product creators and resellers.

Product creators are the ones who call the shots. They create a product, name the price and set
their profit margins.

Reseller on the other hand prefer to thrive in other people’s ideas and so they only end up
earning a small commission at the very end.

The problem with Africa is that we have too many resellers and too few product creators. And
that’s why if you go to our supermarket stores today, most of the products you will find are
either made in China, USA, Germany or India.

But as we have seen in this brief article, you (yes you) can be the next product creator in your
country if you start your own bio-diesel plant today.

*43. IS MATATU BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

What comes to your mind when you hear about the matatu business?

Do you see opportunities, chaos or both?

Well, irrespective of your perception of the industry, the fact of the matter is that this is not a
business for the faint-hearted.

It’s a bumpy ride but if you are ready to learn the ropes; then there’s nothing that can stop you
from conquering it (business-wise).

In other words, you have to roll up your sleeves and get ready for a ride of a lifetime.

164
A ride that can take you places if you play by the rules but one that can easily leave you
bankrupt if you miscalculate your steps.

With many people relying on public transport to commute, the matatu business is a lucrative
industry to invest in.

Most people commit to and from their workplaces using public transport services. Also,
students use public transport to go to school, making it a lucrative business.

However, there is high competition and you need to be different to make it in the matatu
business.

There are more customers during rush hours like in the morning and evening when people are
going and coming from their workplaces.

In this article, I will show you how you can start a matatu business in Kenya.

*How to Start a Matatu Business in Kenya*

Matatu business is capital intensive and it requires proper planning and market research before
venturing into it. If you want to invest in the matatu business, this is what you need to do.

*Buy the Right Matatu Vehicle*

You need a durable vehicle with a strong engine to start the matatu business.

The least startup capital for a matatu business in Kenya is Ksh.1,000,000 for a second hand
matatu. However, it is best if you have over Ksh.1,500,000 to cater for other expenses.

You can opt to buy a new or second-hand matatu for your matatu business. It is advisable to
buy a new car if you have enough capital.

Second-hand vehicles sometimes are problematic, requiring frequent and expensive repairs.

The most expensive spare part is the engine, and when it gets to the end of its life, there’s
nothing you can do about it.

Always have some amount in your account sufficient to purchase a good ex-japan engine just in
case the need arises. An average engine costs Ksh.300,000 and above.

*How Much is a New 14 Seater Matatu in Kenya?*

165
You can invest in a 14 seater matatu or a 33 seater matatu. A brand new 14 seater matatu price
is around Ksh.2,500,000, while a brand new 33 seater matatu will cost you roughly
Ksh.4,500,000.

Toyota and Isuzu are the leading brands for matatus in Kenya you need to consider. Make sure
to do the necessary paperwork when purchasing a matatu.

*Brand the Car*

You need to brand a car with the latest graphics and trends in the market. Most public
transport users prefer to use flamboyant matatus.

You need to blend colors and graphics well so that they are adaptive for passengers of all ages.
Moha Graffics and Fabricators offer quality matatu branding.

*Install Music System*

You need to also invest in a quality music system to entertain passengers. You do not need a
loud and noisy music system but a moderate one.

Older adults hate too loud music. As such, ensure that you can control the music well so that it
is not too loud.

*Hire Trustworthy Driver and Conductor*

You need to hire a driver and a tout of high integrity and trustworthy. You do not want to hire
people who will hide some of your daily earnings and expect you to pay them.

One of the ways to avoid such problems is by joining a matatu Sacco.

With a matatu Sacco, passengers pay while boarding the vehicle at the bus stop. Matatu
owners get their monies from the Sacco.

Saccos are involved in the hiring of the driver and conductor, relieving the matatu owner of the
challenges.

You can install a GPS tracker to monitor the number of trips the matatu makes each day. You
can also use it to ensure that the matatu only plies in the route it is authorized.

*Secure Licenses and Insurance*

Once you have bought a matatu, you need to insure it with the right insurance coverage. It is
best to go for comprehensive car insurance to ensure that you are fully covered, even against
liabilities.

166
Shop around to get the best car insurance with the best terms and prices.

You need to take your car to the National Transport and Safety Authority (NTSA) for inspection.
They check whether a vehicle is roadworthy and if it meets all the safety measures like safety
belts, speed governors and fire extinguishers.

Your car's driver needs to have a driver's license, certificate of good conduct, and PSV license.
You can get the certificate of good conduct from the Directorate of Criminal Investigations.
Make sure your car meets all the necessary regulations and safety measures before going to the
road.

*Join a Matatu Sacco*

Joining a matatu Sacco is one of the surest way to succeed in the matatu business. With a
Sacco, you can keep your vehicle expenditure low.

It is challenging to excel in the matatu business without a Sacco. Many passengers prefer to use
matatus registered with Saccos since they can report the driver or tout in case of any issue.

There are rogue touts that are rude and violent. As such, you can avoid the challenges of having
to deal with issues like overloading.

Saccos are also useful when you want to manage your finances well. Many matatu owners lose
a lot of money to untrustworthy conductors that do not remit all the monies.

Before joining a matatu sacco, get to know their requirements first. The requirements to join a
matatu sacco in Kenya vary from one Sacco to the other.

*Matatu Expenses*

You will need to cater to the matatu expenses like insurance, fuels and repairs. You need to
keep good records of the matatu earnings and expenses to determine whether you are making
any profits.

Most times, the police and the county council authorities are expenses to your matatu
business. They impose expensive fines for minor traffic offenses. Therefore, make sure to
comply with traffic rules.

*How Much Does a 14 Seater Matatu Make in a Day? *

How much does a matatu earn per day? On average, a 14 seater matatu makes around
Ksh.3,500 in a day. However, depending on route and other factors, a 14 seater matatu can
make more than that.

167
The route your vehicle plies may determine how much you make.

Profitable routes around the city of Nairobi have been identified as: Mwiki – Town, Wangige –
Town, Rongai – Town, Kikuyu – Town, Embakasi – Jogoo Road – Town and Kitengela – Town.

Some routes that are quite difficult to operate in mainly because of cartels include Kayole and
Dandora.

*Is Matatu Business Profitable in Kenya?*

The matatu business is profitable with the right approach, staff and car. In a busy day, a matatu
business can generate revenues of up to Ksh.4,000.

Having an honest crew like the conductor and driver is a sure way to make profits since you will
not be losing your earnings.

A new car won't require frequent and expensive repairs and maintenance hence saving you lots
of money.

The route your car is commuting also determines your daily earnings. If it is a busy route, then
you are sure to make good profits.

*Disadvantages of Matatu Business in Kenya*

The following are some of the challenges faced by people in the matatu business in Kenya.

*Harassment from police officers.

*Dishonest conductors and drivers that swindle matatu owners' income

*Wear and tear

*Traffic jams

*Finally*

When starting a matatu business in Kenya, you need to consider daily running costs.

Some of these costs include fueling, wages, insurance, repairs and maintenance and fines when
the vehicle is impounded.

Always make sure that at all times, your insurance cover is up to date. If possible, get a
comprehensive insurance policy.

168
Matatu businesss is a bumpy ride but if you are ready to learn the ropes; then there’s nothing
that can stop you from conquering it (business-wise).

In other words, you have to roll up your sleeves and get ready for a ride of a lifetime.

A ride that can take you places if you play by the rules but one that can easily leave you
bankrupt if you miscalculate your steps.

*44. RABBIT FARMING IN KENYA – WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW*

Rabbit farming has taken the Kenyan market by storm over the last few years; but like with any
other upcoming business idea in Kenya, farmers are encountering a couple of challenges.

Due to that, i did some research on this agri-business opportunity.

I was able to put down a short informative article to help young farmers (as well as buyers) who
want to venture into rabbit farming in Kenya.

*Types of Breeds That Do Well in Kenya*

According to the Kenya Agricultural Research Institute (KARI), there are three (3) breeds of
rabbits in Kenya; California, Chinchilla and New Zealand white.

Flemish Giant is also quite popular around the country. Chinchilla is a grey-brown breed and is
preferred because it has a large mature weight.

Most rabbits reach maturity in 5 months and achieve slaughter weight in just 3 months.
Rabbit’s reproduce 3 to 4 times annually.

New Zealand and Californian are popular because they can be relied on for fur as well as meat.
Chinchilla is preferred for meat because of its large mature size.

*Benefits of Rabbit Keeping*

169
Apart from the high turnover that is characteristic of this field of business, rabbits have
numerous benefits. First, their meat is categorized as white meat. Rabbit meat is white, high
quality, easily digestible and low fat. It has low cholesterol and high protein compared to most
other meat.

Rabbit meat provides low calories per kilogram of meat consumed than pork, turkey, chicken or
beef.

Rabbit urine is used both as an insecticide and fertilizer. Their skin and fur can be used in the
manufacture of fashion items.

Rabbit droppings serve as tilapia food for those with ponds. A 20kg sack goes for between
Ksh.50 and Ksh.200.

Some local agrochemical companies have shown interest on Rabbit droppings but inadequate
supply has always proved to be a challenge.

{Rabbit meat has 20.8% protein as compared to lamb meat which contains 15.7% and beef
16.3%}

*Cost of Rabbit Farming*

The cost of rearing rabbits depends on the type of system you use. Feeds are a major cost
because rabbits consume about 25 grams of pellets per day.

This translates to 2.25Kg in 90 days. On average 2Kg of rabbit pellets cost between Ksh.90 and
Ksh.150. These feeds can be easily found in local agrovet shops and supermarkets.

Alternatively, you can feed them on vegetables. An average rabbit feeds on 2 leaves of
sukumawiki (Kales) per day. You may also feed them on carrots. Aside from the cost of feeds,
you should also add other costs as follows:

*Cost of labour (constructing rabbit hutches)

*Depreciation of hutches

*Transport to the nearest rabbit market

*Regions Where Rabbit Business Thrives*

Rabbits can be kept in virtually any part of Kenya provided they are housed properly and
protected from predators. The Ministry of Agriculture Livestock and Fisheries will be able to
furnish you with specific information like – where to source the right species and so forth.

170
Kindly visit your nearest ministry offices to inquire more on requirements for starting up rabbit
farming in your area.

*Where to find Market*

Finding market for Rabbits has proven to be a challenge to most farmers in Kenya. To some
extent this can be blamed on poor flow of information from the sellers to the buyers (and vice
versa).

Normally, there are two different avenues that you can use to sell your Rabbit products.

First, you can sell through local companies that have established themselves as an authority in
this line of business.

Rabbit Republic, Mombasa Road, next to kenchick, Athi River, 0704124499 is one such
company. Benida Foods at Kahawa W Station Rd, Nairobi, 0722 907984 is yet another example
of a company that deals with rabbit marketing in Kenya.

The second way to market your rabbits is through direct marketing. In that case you would have
to visit big hotels and research centers looking for market.

You may also want to approach supermarkets in your area and request them to sell your stock.

To market rabbits you need certification by the Veterinary services department (MALF), Kenya
Bureau of Statistics.

One place to find market for rabbit meat is at local hotels. Most 5 star hotels are looking for
consistent suppliers. You only need to visit several of these hotels in your area and talk to them
about your farming business. Rabbit meat retails at a price range of Ksh.500 and Ksh.700 per
kilogram.

Data from the Export Promotion Council (EPC) shows that demand for rabbit meat globally has
not been fulfilled. For this reason, farmers with less than 100 rabbits are being urged to form
groups at the county level in order to strategize on how best to supply other countries.

*Finally;*

There are many factors to consider before you venture into Rabbit farming in Kenya. I
recommend that you carry out thorough research before you rush to invest in any kind of
business.

171
*45. WITH WATERMELON FARMING IT TAKES 100 DAYS TO GROW KSH.40,000 TO
KSH.400,000*

We live in a beautiful country indeed. Our potential for agri-business is immense, our land is
fertile and our people are hard workers.

Thanks to a fast growing demand for fresh grocery, demand for agricultural products such as
watermelons has grown exponentially over the last few years.

Today i want to share some important tips on How To Grow Your Ksh.40,000 Into Ksh.400,000
In A 100 Days with watermelon farming.

*#1: Get the Seeds*

High quality seeds are available at Kenya Seeds Company and Simlaw Seeds Company outlets.
At the moment 500 grams of seeds is retailing at Ksh.12,500 and it can serve up to 1 acre.

Keep in mind that because watermelon produce large vines, you need to leave a space of at
least 1.5 metres between rows. This leafy crop should be grown away from any shade so that it
receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight.

*#2: Choose the Right Variety*

The variety of watermelon you choose can determine what profit you are going to reap from
your investment.

According to Mr. Robert Musyoki, a variety known as Sweet Rose is the best bet for first time
farmers since it is highly resistant to diseases and pests.

Other varieties that are in high demand in Kenya include: Sugar-Baby, Jubilee and Congo.

*#3: How Long to Maturity?*

172
Watermelons normally reach maturity in 80 to 100 days. To check if your fruits are ready you
only need to turn them to see if they have a yellow patch on the part that lies against the
ground.

Another way to check for maturity would be by thumping the fruits – you should expect to hear
a dull noise from a ripe one.

*#4: Can I Plant Watermelons in My Home Area?*

“Watermelon is adapatable to a wide range of environments” said Robert Musyoki. In general

watermelons grow well in mid-hot coastal areas and dry plains.

Example of such places: Machakos, Embu, Kirinyaga, Loitoktok, Garissa, Isiolo, Kerio Valley and
some parts of Meru.

According to Kenya Agricultural Research Institute (KARI) this crop can also perform well in
areas with black cotton soil (such as Kitengela) if planted under drip irrigation.

*#5: Challenges to Watch Out For*

As with any other business, watermelon farming has its fair share of challenges. According to
Dr. John McOpiyo (a one-time Watermelon farmer) says that finding the right pesticides, and
fungicide is always a challenge.

He narrated to us how he sprayed his farm with wrong chemicals only to lose all his crops.

I would recommend seeking advice from an extension officer before applying any pesticides or
fungicides to watermelons.

*#6: How Much You Need (1 acre farm budget)*

*Seeds – Ksh.12,500

*Labour – Ksh.10,000

*Ploughing and weeding – Ksh.10,000

*50 KG DAP Fertilizer – Ksh.2,500

An acre of land can produce 45,000 Kilograms. Each Kilogram retails at a farm-gate price of
Ksh.10 – Ksh.15.

In short, we are talking about a return of about Ksh.450,000 minimum.

173
*How former watchman and college dropout youth found a soft landing in Watermelon
Farming*

Raised by a single parent, Zachariah Onchuri is one of those few youths who have gone through
various challenges in their hustles through the persistence for success has borne them fruits.

Zack, as famously known by his friends, was forced out of college in 2009 when he could not
pay his school fees given his mother who is his only parent, he could depend on was unable to
pay his fees.

His hustle as a ‘mutura’ seller in Eldoret Town near Elgon View College where he was taking his
journalism course could also not continue as the town ‘askaris’ were always on his case due to
lack of business permit.

When it became unbearable, he dropped out of college, left his home in Sotik, Bomet County
for Kilifi Town after a friend of his called him over to join him in a security job.

“I had no choice, I found myself being a night watchman in the coastal town, a job which could
earn me Ksh.3,500 a month,” said Zack.

During the day, he could also get involved in hawking fruits such as watermelon, oranges and
pineapples at least to increase his earning, foot his bills and support his mother back at home.

Fortunately for him, the fruit hawking business picked and he saw no need of continuing as a
night security guard.

So, he left the watchman job in May 2009 to focus on his new business. “I used to make
Ksh.500 a day from watermelon sales alone as it was loved by most consumers and it would
always run out of stock leaving me with nothing to sell even when the demand was still high,”
said Zack.

Soon an idea stroke his mind - farming watermelon. However, his first challenge was the lack of
a farm though he could afford farm inputs from his little savings.

Luckily, a young man from the Chakama location in Kilifi County whom they had become friends
offered him a quarter piece of land to grow watermelon.

Without any skills in commercial farming and had not thought of consulting, Zack later in
September 2010 left his business in town to invest about Ksh.11,000 in watermelon farming.

Unfortunately, he lost almost the entire crop to Bacterial Fruit Blotch and Powdery Mildew,
very common watermelon diseases.

174
“At a time I was expecting my first fruits in December that year, I realized the products were
still very small and unhealthy while others were withering away. There was no hope on them so
I destroyed everything,” he said.

Not losing hope, he hustled for a loan of Ksh.50,000 to begin afresh since his Chakama friend
had accepted to let him another half an acre piece of the plot.

Before starting his round two of watermelon farming, he had to consult the county agriculture
extension officer and some experienced farmers in the area.

In mid-January, he planted the fruits again using the friend’s generator water pump to draw
water from Athi River which the farm was closer to water his tender crops through the dry
season.

By mid-March 2011, he harvested about six tonnes of watermelon which he took to markets in
Malindi and Kilifi to sell by himself at Sh.40 per kilo without passing through middlemen hence
making full profit.

“At the end of that season I made Ksh.200,000 gross income remaining with Ksh.140,000 after
expenses and this has since motivated me,” said Zack.

Today the young farmer has over 47 acres of land (his own and others leased) under rotation
watermelon farming at Chakama and Garsen in Malindi.

He produces 10 to 17 tonnes of the crop per acre selling on order to wholesalers from
Mombasa, Malindi Kilifi and Nairobi at Sh.60 per kilo. This earns him between Sh.900,000 and
Ksh.1.2 million clean net income after farm expenses.

He uses this money to settle siblings school fees, some on his mother’s needs while saving the
rest.

He has also ventured into other vegetables such as okra, cabbages, capsicum, and zucchini
which helps him in rotation farming he has adopted to keep diseases away and improve the
structure of his farms’ soils.

*Finally;*

I hope you are inspired by Zachariah Onchuri's success story.

Major market for watermelons in Kenya is easily available in Nairobi’s City Market, Agakhan
Market, Githurai Market, Kangemi and Kongowea Market that is in Mombasa.

Alternatively, you can look for market in hotels and supermarkets in your locality.

175
“There are middle-men who normally come to the farms seeking to buy your produce even
before it matures, so I don’t think finding market for watermelon would be a big problem”
Julius Kombo (a farmer from Lamu, Kenya).

*46. IS MITUMBA BUSINESS PROFITABLE?*

“I am not going back to formal employment,” Grace Adek says.

She has been selling second-hand women’s clothes since she was a university student.

“I would buy 30 extra dresses to sell to my schoolmates every time I went shopping for myself,”
she says. “I would buy the dresses for Sh.50 to Sh.100, then sell them for Sh.300 to Sh.600
bob.”

Four years ago she quit her job as a pharmaceuticals marketer to pursue her mitumba business
fulltime. She was 32 at the time. At the time, Grace had been dabbling in the business part-time
while she worked her day job.

Now, Grace purchases clothes worth hundreds of thousands a week.

“Every week I buy stock worth between Sh.200,000 and Sh.300,000. I make a profit of between
Sh.100,000 to Sh.150,000. I make Sh.20,000 on a good day and at least Sh.5,000 in a bad one.”

In the meantime, costs are low; Grace runs her business online so she has no rent to pay. She
has a Facebook page with 29,000 likes, and it is where her customers shop.

Besides two motorbikes and their drivers to deliver her orders, there are no other costs.

The second-hand apparel market is a money-spinner – for everyone involved. Along the import
and distribution chain, profit margins more than double as the selling costs dwindle.

Anyone who’s in it makes a killing. And there is a huge market for them, too. According to Ipsos
survey, 62 per cent of middle and lower income urban Kenyans buy mitumba.

176
There is never a fixed amount of revenue that you are expected to get.

With mitumba business, you can make a profit of more than 50% of the buying price with a
suitable location with many customers like near colleges, in market centers or on social media.

The startup cost is low and you can start with little capital and grow your business over time.

Its expenses are less since you only need to pay for licenses and permits. You can opt to sell
from a store, open market centers or online.

My friend Alex is one of a kind. When I met him, almost five years ago, I was by then living in
Thika. If you have been in Thika or any other town for that matter, you know how busy the
streets are especially in the evenings, lined up with hawkers merchandizing all kinds of goodies.

Alex was one of them and at that time he used to sell secondhand clothes commonly known as
mitumba. He would wake up very early in the morning to go to Gikomba to buy stock.

He no longer sells mitumba but he is the proud owner of two majorly stocked electronics shops
in Nairobi and Kikuyu.

He now imports his things from other countries and even has links with the likes of Sayona and
Samsung where he gets his stock from.

Most people like Alex, have used Mitumba business as a catapult to something better.

If you don’t have a lot of capital to start a business, I strongly believe that a mitumba business is
one of the most profitable businesses you can venture into.

Running a successful mitumba retail business requires you to be flexible. Adapt to seasonal
changes and be willing to adjust your prices now and then.

The items you will get will never be the same and you will need strategies on how to make
enough from them.

Revenue is influenced by:

1. Type of items.

2. Quality of items.

3. Price at which you purchase the items.

4. Price at which you sell the items.

177
5. Your location.

6. Target market.

7. Expenses.

Most people shy to venture into mitumba business. They think that it’s saturated but there are
a lot of profits in it.

Surprisingly if you have Ksh.5,000, you can start selling mitumba clothes.

With Ksh.5,000 starting capital in this kind of business, you can be assured of at least 500
shillings in profit at the end of the day.

Isn’t it better than just sitting at home waiting for someone to notice your application letter on
their desk?

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter.

Don’t just sit there, start small and dream big.

*47. HOW TO GROW YOUR KSH.100,000 INTO KSH.5 MILLION IN 4 YEARS WITH EUCALYPTUS
GRANDIS*

If you are a patient investor who is willing to risk it all and wait for returns in 5 years or so, then
Eucalyptus farming might just be the right business idea for you.

Not only is this an opportunity to create some income but an avenue to help the country
achieve a 10% tree cover by 2030 as well.

But is there market for these trees or is it just hype as usual?

178
Statistics from the Kenya Forest Service show that Kenya imports Ksh.7 Billion worth of timber
from countries like Tanzania every year.

Local forests can barely sustain the nation’s demand hence the need for farmers to step in to fill
up this gap.

Eucalyptus trees in particular have a wide variety of uses including as: electricity transmission
poles, props for construction industry, production of essential menthol oil, timber for furniture
and fuel wood for industrial and domestic use.

Demand for mature Eucalyptus trees is very high in most parts of the country and this trend is
expected to hold for at least the next 20 years – and herein lies a good investment opportunity
for you.

*Eucalyptus Tree Farming Business Idea in Kenya*

*Step 1: Get A Piece of Land*

Eucalyptus trees can grow in almost every part of the country (from Turkana to Central
Highlands and Coastal Lowlands).

Ideally, you should purchase or lease a minimum of 1 acre piece of land.

If leasing, let the lease period be at least 10 years so that you have enough time to utilize the
land. An acre of land goes for as little as Ksh.300,000 (purchase) and Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.10,000
per year lease in the remote rural areas in Kenya.

*Step 2: Prepare It*

You don’t need to till the land but you will need to dig holes in which to plant the trees. Spacing
of 1 meter in between holes and rows is recommended (but you can always talk to a forestry
expert for more concise advice on this).

*Step 3: Obtain Seedlings*

Only get seedlings from reliable outlets. For starters, you can check with your nearest KEFRI
office, they have branches in Muguga, Maseno, Kitui, Nyeri, Londiani, Gede, Kakamega and
Turbo.

Alternatively you can consult the Kenya Forest Service or any KFS-approved tree nursery in your
area.

Good seedlings retail at a price range of Ksh.20 – Ksh.30.

179
An acre piece of land can accommodate up to 3,800 seedlings. But you can always start with as
few as 3000 seedlings.

*Note:* Different types of Eucalyptus Species Include Grandis, Saligna, Globulus and Regnans. A
forestry expert will be able to advice you on which species best suits your region. Generally
Grandis is the most popular type in Kenya.

*Step 4: Plant & Wait*

Plant the trees at around the long-rains season and cover with enough soil. Keep animals off
the young trees and if possible keep checking every few weeks to see how the farm is faring.

The trees are not susceptible to frequent infections; but if you spot any signs of improper
growth you will need to either destroy the weak trees or consult an expert.

*Step 5: Market*

Market is readily available with mature unprocessed poles being bought at Ksh.3,500 per piece
by processing plants which then sell to electricity suppliers in Kenya, Northern Uganda and
Southern Sudan.

Each processed pole is then sold for Ksh.17,000 per piece. One example of a processing plant
that buys eucalyptus directly from farmers is the Millennium Trading House located in
Ndenderu, Limuru in Kiambu County.

*Useful Tips*

-Grandis Eucalyptus trees take less than 4 years to reach market maturity.

-A few trees may die or fail to grow properly along the way. 90% success rate would be a good
estimation to start with.

-Sometimes you can harvest the trees at only 18 months of age if you have ready market for
props and posts (mostly this market comes from real estate constructions). Props go for
Ksh.100 per piece.

-Always get KFS certified seedlings. Don’t take shortcuts as you might compromise the quality
of your final product.

*How Much To Invest*

You will require about Ksh.150,000 to set up the farm with around 3,000 trees. You can set
aside another long-term budget of Ksh.50,000 to cater for other charges that may arise in
running the farm.

180
So total investment Ksh.200,000.

*How Much To Expect*

If you manage to harvest 3000 trees at full maturity (which is 4 to 5 years) and sell each
unprocessed piece to a processing plant at Ksh.3,500 then you will expect Ksh.10,500,000 in
sales revenue.

This is largely passive income because you don’t need to spend every day managing the farm
once the trees are planted.

*Final Word*

In this world you have to make two choices.

The first choice is to work hard for your money and the second choice is to let your money do
the hard work for you.

If you choose the former then your options are quite limited. But if you go for the latter, and
think about eucalyptus farming in Kenya seriously, you will realize there’s a lot in store for you
in the future.

*48. HOW TO START A PROFITABLE BOOKSHOP BUSINESS IN KENYA*

When the Narc government took over in Kenya in 2003, free primary education in public
primary schools was launched all over the country.

This increased the number of pupils attending schools countrywide. As a result of this, and in
addition to the increasing number of private schools, adult readers, secondary and college
students, the demand for books dramatically increased in the country.

Though electronic books, audio books and digital magazines have come into use, many people
still enjoy buying and reading traditional, printed books.

181
It is estimated that the government pays fees for more than 10 million pupils in primary schools
and about 2.1 million students in secondary schools.

A total of Sh.670 is budgeted for each primary school pupil to cater for textbooks, instructional
materials and facilitation of internal examinations.

The demand for exercise books, text books and other stationery materials will therefore keep
rising.

This tells you that bookshops will remain viable businesses for many years to come.

An entrepreneur can therefore greatly benefit by investing in a bookshop business. You can
identify a niche market or stock a mixture of school books and other types.

*Location*

Book business has serious competition. Your location should therefore be in a place that is not
already saturated with bookshops.

Choose a place that has high human foot traffic. Make your bookshop business highly visible
and accessible.

Such places are mostly found in established busy shopping malls, busy residential shopping
centers and areas with high economic activities

In a city like Nairobi, busy areas like River road, Tom Mboya Street, Accra Road, Latema Road,
Commercial, and Tea Room are some of the strategic areas to locate a bookshop business in
Kenya.

In residential areas, it is better to operate from busy streets since these areas are frequented by
large numbers of people all the time.

Other towns in Kenya also have busy sections that are suitable for a bookshop business in
Kenya.

The size of your operating space will depend on your expected volume of business. It is more
expensive to rent a big space therefore, clearly map out your demand and expected turnover
before deciding on the size of room/premises to rent for your bookshop business.

It will also depend on whether you may want to stock other stationery items such as office
supplies.

*Requirements*

182
We have already talked about the space to operate your bookshop business. Other
requirements will be the stock of books and shelves to stock them.

Bookshelves should cost you roughly Sh.20,000. You will need a well-designed stocking system
fully labelled to enable you easily find the books.

You will also need an assistant who understands the books very well.

You may need to make a catalogue of your stocks, divided into different categories, and
complete with retail prices. This will help you and/or your assistant to easily locate any book
that you need to sell.

Other requirements will be a single business permit from the county to legally operate your
business.

*Supplies*

Before you buy from publishers, you will need to be a member of Kenya Booksellers and
Stationers Association, therefore it is advisable to join this association.

To join this association, visit their offices at Shankardass House on Moi Avenue with copies of
your business license, ID and PIN.

Annual fee is Sh.12,500 renewable at Sh.5,000 annually. Their year runs from October to
October. Note this very carefully.

Primary and secondary school textbooks may form a big portion of your sales. It is therefore
advisable to stock these books as a priority.

With the numerous changes in our education syllabuses, as a bookshop owner, it will be in your
interest to keep in close touch with the happenings in the Ministry of Education and the
policies.

You should identify the fast moving books in the area where your bookshop is located. These
should be the books to give priority as you stock.

Apart from text books, other stationery items such as exercise books, pens, note books,
geometrical sets and dictionaries also move fast.

Buying stock of books in bulk from these suppliers attracts good discounts.

To minimize your costs and increase your profit margins, consider buying school textbooks
books in bulk from the publishers.

183
You should also buy exercise books and other supplies in bulk directly from the printers and
other major stationery suppliers.

If you are well established, publishers will be fighting over each other to deliver books to you,
mostly on credit, which is payable once the books are sold.

*Competition*

Bookshop business has stiff competition. Apart from locating in a busy and accessible point,
your bookshop business setup should also differentiate itself from competitors.

Aggressive marketing will be crucial for survival.

If your bookshop will be located in Nairobi, you will be competing with major established
players such as Book Point on Moi Avenue, Text Book Center on Kijabe Street, Sarit Center and
other major malls, Svanis on Latema and many others in supermarkets and all over town.

You may need to reach out to clients instead of waiting for them to come to your bookshop.

They may just go to your competitors since most books are standard; there is no recommended
text book that can be said to be more superior.

You may also stock a section for second hand books, both textbooks and novels. These have a
higher margin than new books.

Try to lobby head teachers and school principals in the area and also use creative and
innovative promotional efforts to draw attention to your bookshop.

Branding and careful pricing will also help you in keeping ahead of competition in this business.

Stocking most recommended text books will also create loyalty among your clients and they will
keep coming to you knowing that they will get the books or items they require.

It will be your responsibility to attract and retain as many clients as possible.

Remember you will also be competing with many street vendors who sell text books on the
pavements in major towns. These vendors may undercut you since some of them have low
overheads, e.g they do not pay rent, electricity etc.

*Pros*

*No equipment to start

*Stocks are clearly defined.

184
*High demand for book exists.

*Does not require a very big space to start

*Cons*

*May require high capital to stock depending on size

*Frequent changes in syllabuses may affect demand

A bookshop business can be quite profitable especially on school opening season.

Some bookshops claim that they make almost 50% more during this time.

You can target to make most of your profits for the year on these dates.

Some of the street book vendors surveyed claimed to sell about 10 text books and 15 novels
each day.

Small and medium bookshops sell minimum of 35 books per day on average.

Margins of 15% and 35% are recorded if you purchase your stock in bulk directly from
publishers.

As you have seen, a bookshop business in Kenya is simple to start although may need a higher
amount of capital to fully stock.

As you ponder about this idea, don't forget to join our Business Marketing Training to learn
brilliant marketing strategies that can make your business more profitable.

185
*49. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF STARTING A MILKSHAKE BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

Milkshake is one of the tastiest drinks in Kenya and starting such a business can fetch you lots
of profits.

To start a milkshake business in Kenya, you need to know how to prepare it.

You can sell milkshakes alongside other products like ice cream, cakes, yogurt, juices, and sodas
and tap into a larger market.

In this article, we are going to show you how you can start a milkshake business in Kenya.

*Identify a Good Business Location*

Before starting a milkshake business, you need to find a good business location.

A milkshake business is best suited for areas with a high population or near market centers or
bus stops.

Mainly, look for areas with high foot traffic.

Milkshakes are normally bought when it is hot. People like to take something cold especially
when it is hot.

*Learn How to Prepare Milkshake*

It is important that you get to know how to prepare milkshakes. If you can prepare sweet and
delicious milkshakes, you will attract more customers to your business.

You can consider getting cookery courses before you can start preparing milkshakes for your
business.

186
You can link up with Baristapro Kenya Training centre in Nairobi - 0707818319 for training on
how to prepare milkshakes.

Also you can take advantage of the internet and YouTube videos to learn.

*Get the Ingredients for Preparing Milkshake*

The other thing you need to do is to get the necessary ingredients for preparing a milkshake.

Some of the ingredients you need to prepare milkshake include chocolate, milk, ice cream,
vanilla, and vanilla ice cream.

However, the ingredients you need to use will be determined by the kind of milkshake you
want to prepare.

*Acquire the Necessary Equipment*

You also need to get the necessary equipment for preparing a milkshake. To start making a
milkshake, you will require the following equipment:

*Blender

*Milkshake machine

*Packaging plastic cups

*Straws

*Cost of Starting a Milkshake Business in Kenya*

The cost of starting a milkshake business is determined by the size of the business you want to
start and the equipment you want to buy.

You can start a small milkshake business with about Ksh.30,000. The money will be used to buy
equipment and ingredients.

*Identify Extras for Your Milkshake Business*

The other thing you need to do is to identify extras for your milkshake business.

Some of the extras you can sell alongside the milkshake include ice cream, cakes, yogurt, and
soft drinks like soda and juices.

187
*Market Your Milkshake Business*

The other thing you need to do is to market your milkshake business. You can leverage the
internet and social media marketing to attract more customers.

Besides, you can make deliveries to nearby customers.

Also, you can start delivering milkshakes to workplaces like offices during lunchtime to attract
more customers.

*Is Milkshake a Profitable Business in Kenya?*

Yes, milkshake business is a profitable venture in Kenya. Many people love milkshakes, making
it a profitable business to start in Kenya.

You can make more profits if you sell other extras like cakes, yogurt, juices, and sodas.

If you can prepare sweet milkshakes and then do proper marketing, the milkshake business is a
profitable venture.

You just need to identify a good business location, buy the right equipment and then use the
right ingredients.

Then make sure to aggressively market your milkshake business.

You can fifer delivery services to nearby locations to attract more customers.

*Final Word*

There is no excuse you can give for not starting a business. The idea of starting a milkshake
business in Kenya is still a soft target that you can take on provided you are willing to put a little
more effort than everyone else.

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. Start small and dream big.

188
*50. START MAKING ROOFING TILES OUT OF WASTE PLASTIC, HERE’S A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE*

Have you been in contact with anything made from plastic today?

Chances are high that you have just answered yes.

From the phone you are using to read this article, computer, buckets, comb, toothbrush, water
bottle e.t.c are all made from plastic.

There is so much plastic everywhere and the environment is struggling to deal with loads and
loads of the non-biodegradable waste that is produced from our homes and offices daily.

So what if I told you that you can start converting this waste into affordable roofing tiles?

You only need some plastic and sand to produce high quality roofing material which you can
then sell at a good price to those building new homes, schools etc.

Does this sound like something you would be honoured to do?

Read the next few paragraphs to find out more.

*How To Start The Business Of Making Roofing Tiles From Used Plastic*

*Step One: Identify The Need*

Affordable roofing has for many years remained a far-fetched dream for many people.

Iron sheets and clay tiles are super expensive yet their durability and safety is not always
guaranteed.

On the other hand, there is too much plastic being released to the environment in form of
waste.

189
For instance, Nairobi alone generates 560 metric tonnes of plastic waste every day.

And where does all this waste end up?

You guessed it, it ends up in Dandora, Nairobi River or drainage systems clogging up everything
and endangering our very own health.

So there is a need to first get an affordable roofing solution and secondly a need to get rid of
the mountains of trash that are choking our environment.

*Step Two: Collect Plastics and Sand*

*Collect The Plastic*

The process is very simple. First you need to collect a decent amount of high density polymer
plastic.

Examples of high density polymer plastics are: used jerry cans, computer cases, old pipes, water
buckets, mobile phone cases and so forth.

You can hire a few street boys or women to assist you with this. Normally they are paid Ksh.170
per Kilogram brought in.

*You Will Need Some Sand*

Sand is the second most important ingredient needed here. You can collect this from the river
beds or quarries around you.

Just make sure you find the finest sand with no particles. The smoother and cleaner the sand,
the better.

*Step Three: Ooops I Forgot About The Machines*

In order for you to do this business effectively, you will require two very important machines.

The first machine is the Plastic Shredder. Just as its name suggests a shredder is a machine that
chops plastic into small pieces.

The second machine you will require is a Plastic Extruder. This is the machine that will mix and
melt the plastic and combine it with the sand.

These two are nothing fancy really, in fact you can find them locally at Kariobangi Light
Industries, Nyarweco Engineering, Makiga Engineering or Polystar.

190
Alternatively if you would like to import one from abroad then you can link up with companies
like Archana in India or Yaoan Plastic Machinery in China.

*Step Four: Start Making Tiles*

Now that you have the machine and raw materials, the process of making tiles will be pretty
straight-forward. You simply shred the plastic, then mix with the sand and pour inside the
extruder.

The extruder will do its job and you will collect a molten mixture of sand and plastic on the
other end.

This you will place in a molder (supplied alongside the machines) which will shape out the
roofing tile and within 10 minutes your roofing tiles will be ready.

In addition to making tiles, you can as well make plastic poles for fencing or manhole covers.

These require the same process only that you will replace the sand with saw-dust and adjust
the molding process accordingly.

Tip: Mix 70% plastic with 30% sand for best quality roofing tiles.

*Market*

Construction sites and government projects.

*Recommended Starting Budget*

Ksh.1,500,000 ... a perfect idea for a chama.

*Estimated Returns Per Month*

Ksh.1,000,000

*Final Word*

This is such an interesting idea because you will be in a position to hire many people as the
business grows.

For instance, you will create employment for that woman in the streets who will be collecting
waste plastic for you. You will also create employment for labourers in your plant.

Further you will create employment for retailers and marketers who will deliver your product to
the market.

191
Keep in mind that you will also be providing affordable roofing for the Kenyan builders and
playing a part in improving our environment at the same time.

The ball is in your court.

Remember, even those big companies you see today were once small ideas that seemed too
difficult to implement.

So psyche yourself up and go for it – all the best.

*51. ARE YOU THINKING OF STARTING A YOUTUBE CHANNEL AND MAKING MONEY FROM
IT?*

By the end of 2022, it is estimated that 82% of all internet traffic will move towards video. This
indicates that in less than 5 years, marketers are going to broaden their content from text-
based to video.

It also tells us that this is the perfect time to start a YouTube channel and cash in on it as well.

With more than 1.57 billion monthly active users around the world, YouTube is the channel to
build your personal brand as an influencer and boost your visibility.

Video blogging is the new popular culture and YouTube has levelled the playing field and given
everyone an opportunity to become a celebrity while getting an income from it.

So if you are looking to tap into this growing field, here are some few insights to get you off the
ground;

*Do Your Research*

The first thing you need to do before creating a YouTube channel is conduct some background
research.

The 3 basic questions to ask yourself are:

192
*Why do I want to start a youtube channel?

*What is my YouTube channel going to be about?

*What are the current YouTubers doing that I can learn from?

*The Why*

People start YouTube channels for different reasons, the most common being to promote their
business, build a personal brand, showcase their talents and share their hobbies.

It is great to experiment and try out different things but it’s better if you figure out from the
beginning what exactly you want your channel to be about.

*The Topic*

Before you settle on your topic, ask yourself these questions:

*Do I really have passion for this topic?

*Is there demand out there for this topic?

*Is Youtube oversaturated with this topic? If yes, how can I stand out then?

Some topics that are currently really popular on YouTube are: tutorials, vlogs, tech, product
reviews, healthy lifestyle, how to’s, fashion, beauty, food, travel, comedy and life stories.

*What are others doing*

Take time to watch other people’s content in your field:

*What kind of content do they share?

*How do they engage with their audience?

*What kind of comments do they receive?

*What can you do differently?

*Getting Started*

193
Once you have completed your background research, and settled on what exactly you want to
do on YouTube, you will need to have a few things in place before you are ready to click the
‘create a channel’ button, and these are:

*A content plan:* This is a calendar complete with dates, topics, when to do the shoots and
anything else that will go into creating your YouTube content.

*A catchy and memorable name for your YouTube channel:* Your channel name is crucial
since that is your brand. An important tip is to have the same username throughout your other
social media channels to brand consistently. You can also use your other social media channels
to promote your YouTube content but first study how each works so as to make the best of
each channel.

*Search Engine Optimization (SEO):* For people to discover and watch your content, you need
to rank highly on YouTube search results. That is where SEO comes in. Ensure you always put up
high quality videos that draw people to like, comment and share your videos which in turn
boosts your search result rank.

*The right keywords in your title and description box of each video:* Keywords are those
words/phrases that searchers enter into a search engine and that is why they must be included
in your title and description.

*A launch date:* Set aside a day when your content will be going out. This is important because
it will help your subscribers know when to expect new content. Start out by posting at least
once a week and you can increase the frequency with time.

*A pipeline of ideas for future videos:* Always carry a notebook and pen to note down
random content ideas so that you can build a pipeline of ideas.

*Basic Equipment*

Among the things you need to be a YouTuber are basic video equipment. YouTubers make it
look so easy but creating good quality videos that are visually appealing is harder than it seems.

However, you do not need to be perfect when it comes to the whole video production process.
All you need is the right equipment.

*Camera:* Obviously, your most important equipment is a good camera. You do not need the
most expensive camera when starting out but any camera that can record high quality videos of
at least 1080p. You can get a good quality camera from Ksh.10,000 – Ksh.25,000.

*Smartphone:* A smartphone with high resolution front and back camera is also a necessity.
This is because at times you may want to shoot outdoor vlogs where you don’t necessarily need
to carry a camera. A good smartphone will set you back Ksh.15,000 – Ksh.20,000.

194
*Microphone:* It doesn’t matter whether your video is of the best quality, it’s hard to keep
your viewers watching with poor audio quality especially since the built-in microphones in
cameras and smartphones are not always the best. A lapel mic is the best to start with since it
can be easily clipped onto your clothes. You can get a good one for only Ksh.1,800.

*Tripod:* A tripod basically ensures your video footage is steady. One goes for Ksh.2,500.

*Lighting:* If you plan to shoot most of your videos indoors, lights are important to stabilize the
brightness and mood of the video. One approximately costs Ksh.17,000.

*Flash Disk:* As you keep shooting more footage, you will eventually fill up your computer
space so having at least a 32GB flash disk can help with the storage. You can get one for
Ksh.2,500.

*Laptop:* It is essential to invest in a good laptop where you can edit and post your videos
from. You can get a second-hand laptop at Ksh.20,000 but it’s better to invest in a brand new
one that might cost anything from Ksh.40,000.

*Video editing software* – After getting all your basic hardware, you also need to invest in a
good video editing software for post-production. There are a variety of software’s you can use
either as browser or desktop apps both free and paid. Most of them have a 30 day free trial
after which you have to pay a fee. As a beginner, we recommend Wondershare Filmora which
most youtubers use. You can also check out ShotCut, HitFilm Pro and Cyberlink Powerdirector
18.

*Being a YouTuber comes with a lot of benefits:*

You have the freedom and flexibility to run your channel as you wish. You don’t need a degree,
work experience, office, etc. All you need is your equipment and great content.

You can earn money directly from YouTube by enabling your channel for monetization through
setting up a google adsense account where you can earn a certain amount every time YouTube
runs an ad through your video.

With time, you can approach or be approached by brands in your target content area to market
their products at a fee.

You do not need startup capital. Even if you do not have all the equipment from the beginning
but start with what you have and you can get better equipment with time.

YouTube is also the only video platform that makes it so easy to share content on other social
media channels, embed videos in websites etc. This makes your video distribution so much
easier.

195
You will also get to meet and interact with a lot of new people in your comment section only if
you actively engage them.

Managing your YouTube channel will also boost your confidence, you will gradually learn how
to present yourself better, you will learn so much about the topic you are creating content
around and all these will contribute to your own personal development.

*Challenges*

A few challenges you will encounter as a youtuber are;

If you are starting from scratch, with no smartphone, no laptop etc, getting all the devices may
be more expensive than someone who already has some of them.

YouTube is extremely time consuming. The whole process from planning content, setting up the
shoot, shooting the footage, editing, posting, engaging with the comments takes more time
than you can imagine. Especially if you have an 8 – 5 job with YouTube as a side thing, you may
end up spending most of your free time working on your content

One thing that for sure you will not avoid as a youtube beginner is negative comments. Even
the best of the best in this field get them. You just need to have thick skin, learn from the
criticism and encourage yourself with positive self-talk.

Also be prepared for a lot of competition and at times even copycats. Don’t let this derail you
though. Stay true to yourself.

Prepare yourself for a lot of work. As a YouTuber, you take the role of a whole production
process. From graphic designer, video editor, social media manager, content creator, etc.

One thing we would like to stress is the numbers will not be encouraging initially. Your first
videos will probably get 2 or 3 views but don’t obsess about that. Be consistent and your
following will grow with time.

*Final Word*

Is being a YouTuber something you would consider?

I leave it up to you to decide.

196
*52. HOW TO START A TIMBER YARD BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Timber business in Kenya remains one of the businesses with less competition.

With high quality timber, you can make a lot of profits.

Timber is usually in high demand and is used to make furniture, construct and roof houses.

With a good business location, reliable timber supply and a marketing strategy, you are ready
to get started.

This is what you need to know to run a successful timber business in Kenya.

*Do a Market Research*

It is crucial to conduct thorough market research before launching a timber business in Kenya.
This research will help you draft a comprehensive business plan.

It will also help you identify quality timber variety that is in demand, whether the business is
viable in your locality and also determine the startup capital.

*Write a Timber Yard Business Plan*

You need a business plan before you can start a timber yard business. It should focus on startup
costs, business location, market segmentation, business strengths and risks.

A business plan helps a startup to maneuver through the business competition.

If you don't know how to write a business plan, you can hire an expert.

*Find a Suitable Timber Business Location*

197
The success of your timber business depends on the location you choose to set up your
business.

Your target market will also help you know where to locate your business.

If most of your customers are construction sites, then it is convenient to locate the business
near the construction site.

On the other hand, if you are into the furniture business, then most of your customers will be
residential homes.

As such, it is best to locate the business in a safe location easily accessible to your customers or
near a busy road to facilitate easy transportation.

Additionally, locating your business in an area with few direct competitors will give you the
upper hand.

*Acquire Business Licenses*

To run a timber sales business, you need to first register the business.

You can acquire business licenses from the County Government offices or the County Council
offices.

The license goes for at least Ksh.6,000 and it is valid for one year.

You will also need to get an authorization letter from Kenya Forest Services to allow you to cut
down trees for timber.

*Find a Reliable Timber Supplier*

To run a successful timber business, you need to sell quality timber to your customers.

Research on the best tree varieties that are in high demand in your locality.

Once you are sure of the best timber variety that is in demand, then look for a reliable supplier.

You will also need to look for a saw-mill, and plan how to transport the timber to your
premises.

As a rule of thumb, it is cheaper if you buy trees and cut them by yourself instead of ready
timber. You will get more benefits since you can also sell firewood and sawdust.

You will also get the opportunity to cut the timber in your preferred sizes.

198
You can choose to source your timber from rural areas at more affordable prices.

*Cost of Starting a Timber Business*

The first question every entrepreneur asks before starting a business is startup capital.

Factors that affect the startup costs for a timber sales business include the cost of timber in
Kenya, business licensing, transport, rent, business location, level of competition in the market
and size of the business.

The following is the projected cost of starting a timber business.

Small size timber business – Between Ksh.30,000 and Ksh.100,000

Medium size - Between Ksh.100,000 and Ksh.300,000

Large size – Ksh.300,000 and above

You will also need logging equipment like power saws, sharpening tools and measuring tape.

*Is Timber Business Profitable in Kenya?*

Yes. With a reliable supply, the timber business is a profitable venture.

Timber is in high demand and is used to make furniture, roof houses and also construct houses
made of timber.

It is cheaper to log trees than buying timber for resale.

Besides, you can also sell firewood and sawdust, increasing your business revenues.

*How Do You Market Timber?*

For a business to be profitable, it needs to have many customers. As such, you need to find an
excellent marketing strategy.

Advertising it will increase its competitiveness. You can advertise it through posters, pamphlets,
social media, billboards and customer referrals.

The other marketing strategy is to offer excellent customer service by providing quality timber.

Doing this will keep your customers coming back and spread the word about your business.

199
I met with Linnet Kathambi after her firm built a three-bedroomed house for actor Joseph
Kinuthia popularly known as Omosh. This was part of a larger charity response to help the
former Tahidi High star regain his footing after having fallen on hard times.

In what is a business fairytale, Kathambi rose from a hawker to owning a timber yard, which has
since evolved into a building materials supplier that is also now involved in construction and
civil works.

"Before we established a decent client base, I did a lot of “hustling.” This meant visiting
construction sites to ask for orders.

At first, many were surprised that a woman was visiting construction sites and asking to supply
building materials.

Their apprehension, however, soon disappeared and trust was established when I delivered
exactly as I had promised.

There are places where I would be asked for “test orders” just to make sure I could handle the
pressure.

Our consistency, dedication and trustworthiness soon saw the steady growth of our client
base.

Word slowly got around that we were dependable and people started coming to us."

*Finally*

Finding a reliable source of timber at cheaper price is the secret to succeeding in the timber
business.

Before starting the business, make sure that you understand the kind of timber that is in
demand in the market.

Also, make sure to get logging license from Kenya Forest Services.

200
*53. HOW TO START A WELDING BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The demand for metal fabrication products is increasingly on-demand with the increase in
construction activities in Kenya.

Starting a welding business in Kenya is profitable if you get a good business location. You can
start a mobile welding business or open a welding stall.

A mobile welding business has fewer overheads since you do not need to pay store rent. In this
article, we will show you how to start a welding business in Kenya.

In 2009, Paul Murage, from Nyeri County, graduated from the National Youth Service
Programme with a wide array of knowledge in metal work.

He had high hopes of using his newly acquired skill to earn a living and he immediately went
into employment in order to gain some much needed experience in this field.

“I not only got to sharpen my skill, I also learned where to source for raw materials,” he says.

Unfortunately, his employer closed shop and Murage was left to fend for himself. With just
Sh.500 in hand, he went on to buy some scrap metal.

“I made a jiko and some spoons which I then sold and made a profit. I used that amount to
make two more jikos and eventually after selling several jikos, I was able to make my first chaff
cutter which I sold at Sh.15,000,” he says.

It was, however, not easy for him to sell that first cutter as the client was skeptical of his ability
to build it.

“He made me sign a contract with him at a local police station before he gave me the money to
build him the cutter. When it was done, he was very impressed,” Murage says.

This proved to be a turning point for him as he realised that he could create a niche for himself
in a market dominated by foreign manufacturers.

201
“The chaff cutters that farmers buy from local shops are often imported and are made of cast
iron, which is very heavy but also has a tendency to crack,” he said.

To counter this, he used ordinary iron which he turned into stainless steel, which was more
durable, lighter and locally available.

“Imported chaff cutters cost as much as Sh.45,000 in a shop, but mine sell for as little as
Sh.25,000. I also offer a one year service guarantee whereby I fix it in case of any problems,” he
said.

So far, his chaff cutters have been sold all over Nyeri County and in other counties across
central Kenya, as word spreads about his affordable machines.

*Write a Welding Business Plan*

The success of any business depends on how well it is planned. Therefore you need an excellent
welding business plan. It should contain:

1. Business name
2. Target customers
3. Startup costs,
4. Cash flow projections
5. Market analysis
6. Sources of startup costs

*Get Welding Machine and Equipment*

You need to get high-quality welding machines and equipment. If possible, buy new metal
fabrication appliances to avoid high maintenance costs for repairs. Getting new appliances is
advantageous because when they break down, you can take advantage of the warranty period
and get them repaired for free.

You also need to buy welding machines that are fit for your business. For a medium welding
business in Kenya, these are the necessary appliances that you need.

*Gas welding machine. You need a gas welding machine if your business involves cutting
through heavy metals.

*Arc welding equipment. It is used for welding metals and repairs. It can be used to weld a wide
range of materials.

202
*Mig welding equipment. This is the most commonly used for arc welding processes. You can
use the equipment for small and large metal fabrication works. It can be used on materials with
varying thicknesses.

*Tig welding equipment. It is a faster welding equipment used for higher quality welding works.
It is excellent since it gives you control over your welding work.

*Get a Welding Business Location*

Welding business thrives well near a roads. Make sure that your business is visible by people
using the road. It will ensure that you are easily accessible and also customers will know the
existence of your welding business. Make sure to display your welding work for customers to
see. If customers like your work, they will come asking for your services.

*Get Cheap but Quality Metal*

Customers want quality products while on the other hand, as a welder; you need to maximize
your profits. As such, you need to get suppliers with lower prices. The metals you will use
depend on the profit you are making.

You can start by making windows, doors, gates, metallic tanks, metallic beds and jikos. Some of
the metals that are used in welding include steel, copper and aluminium. Get a reputable
company to supply you with the metals.

*Get Skilled Staff*

You need highly skilled staff for your welding business. You can opt to work as a welding
technician, or you can hire a skilled person. Getting a person with the right skills will make
customers like your work and refer more customers to your business. Most vocational training
centers in Kenya train on welding. The course runs for only a few months.

*Keep Up with the Trending Designs*

You need to stay updated about emerging welding designs and adapt to them fast. Make your
products using the latest design. You need to be good at arts and ensure that your business is
among the first to make products using new and emerging designs.

*Cost to Start a Welding Business in Kenya*

You need around Ksh.100,000 to start a small welding business in Kenya. The money will go into
buying welding equipment, acquiring business licenses and also buying metal. You can expand
the business with an increase in the number of your customers.

*Marketing Metal Fabrication Business*

203
To market your metal fabrication business, you need to be active on social media. Join
construction groups on platforms like Facebook.

From time to time, post your metal fabrication work, business location and contact details. If
people like your work, they will call you to make orders. You can also market your business
using banners and posters.

*Pricing*

Come up with excellent pricing criteria. A reasonable price should be fair to the customer and
enough to earn you're a profit and run your business. Find out how much other fabricators
within your location are charging for different items. Also, you should balance between profits
and market fair prices.

*Is Welding a Profitable Business in Kenya?*

Yes. With a good business location, excellent marketing strategies, you can run a profitable
welding business. There is a high demand for metal fabrication products since many people are
building homes. Visiting construction sites will help you to get more orders from clients.

*In conclusion*

Having the right skills and the latest fabrication designs is important for a successful welding
business in Kenya. You can learn the skills from vocational institutions. To tap more customers,
you can consider starting a mobile welding business.

Finally, make sure to market your business and provide satisfactory work to your customers..

*54. SHOULD YOU INVEST IN LAND?*

Real estate is a good investment in Kenya because the returns are very high. There is a high
demand for land and homes. The supply is deficient, and the demand for property is
skyrocketing in Kenya.

204
The value of the property appreciates in a relatively short period.

There is one of the many profitable ways of making money via land dealing. Buying a large track
of land and sub-divide it into small portions.

This makes you a land dealer because you buy land in acres. Sub-divide it into smaller plots and
sell to willing buyers.

Some buyers could buy to build homes or rental properties. Others might buyer to hold and sell
at a higher price in the future.

After you sub-divided the land you will have to sell the smaller portions of land. These smaller
portions are known as plots.

If one acre of land cost you 2 million, you could end-up making 6 million in gross sales. All you
need is to sub-divide the land into one eighth (1/8) pieces (or plots of size 50 x 100 square feet.)

Sell a single plot at Ksh.750,000. After expenses, you should make at least 3 million in net profit.

Investing in land may seem to be easy. People make money every day from buying and selling
land.

Those who are successful in this business have done well their homework and have perhaps
learnt some important investment lessons the hard way.

Investing in land like any other business involves risk taking. As an investor, you should be
putting your money into an asset while ready to face any challenge as well as setbacks that may
come along.

There are several pros and cons to investing in land.

One ought to be very careful before investing in any land because many have burnt their figures
while bidding for the same.

For those who want to take the plunge, there are few things you need to consider.

Before you settle on a particular choice of land you should conduct a thorough market
research. You need to find out why the land you want to purchase is vacant. You can buy land
only to discover later it cannot be effectively used, let alone developed.

It is worth purchasing land whose zoning permits its highest, and best use.

205
A friend of mine bought some land, 1/8th acre, for 1 million in 2014 in some remote
undeveloped area. He decided to sell the land in mid 2016 and the only serious prospective
buyers were two, who offered 800,000 and 900,000 shillings after more than 2 years.

So if you buy land that you can't use instantly due to its remoteness, you will be tying up capital
and hoping that after five years of doing nothing, you find someone to buy the land at a profit.

Lack of utilities like water electricity, good sewerage system, and good communication network
is a huge setback for any land investor especially if you want to set up real estates or even for
personal settlement.

Market demand is also another factor to consider. Areas where people would want to rent or
build housing units is a nice opportunity. Lands in upcoming settlement towns like Machakos,
Kisii, Kitale, Kakamega are good.

In fact, if you have a million shillings, you are likely to get prime land in your home county HQ
compared to what you would get in Nairobi.

These towns provide a quiet area for privacy away from crowded cities. These towns have room
for future expansion and thus probabilities for high returns.

Another thing to watch for is the risk of acquisition and encroachment. Purchasing land in
which government utility belongs e.g. road or a park will cause your investments to sink.

In some scenarios, your legal right over the land gets jeopardised, resulting in litigation and
unnecessary legal costs.

These auxiliary expenses can sometimes outweigh the appreciation in the value of your land.

There’s also the risk of the land being taken over by the government by way of compulsory
acquisition like a case where the government want to set up infrastructure.

A good case is the Standard Gauge Railway. The compensation received, may not always be
satisfactory.

In as much as you would have found the right place to pump your cash, you should be on the
outlook for fraudsters. With preying cons around prowling for gullible buyers, buying land is
tricky.

Unscrupulous land brokers are out there waiting for your cash. Some fraudsters work with the
ministry of lands officials to issue you fake title deeds. They will do anything to hit you
especially if you are a jackpot investor.

206
Employ the services of a lawyer and engage the Land commission who will help you verify the
authenticity of the land you want to purchase. If the ministry gives you fake information
concerning the land then you are entitled to compensation from the state for losses incurred.

Before investing in land remember, land business, like any other business, has good and bad
deals... not all land deals are good even if you don't get conned.

*55. UNDERSTANDING HOW COSMETICS BUSINESS WORKS*

Demand for beauty and cosmetic products in Kenya has grown steadily over the last one
decade. Within those few years, some of the small retailers in this line of business have grown
into “supermarket” status and they have opened branches across the region.

Clearly, you don’t need rocket science to understand just how promising this industry is.

Remember the rule is: start small, grow with it. Start your small cosmetics shop using the least
possible capital.

To succeed in any business, you need to know how it works and how you can win the
competition. You can start by researching online and talking to people buying beauty products.
Understand what potential customers want and the figure out how best you can deliver.

Also, talk to those in the business, find out what they are selling and at what price. Also,
understand the market gap. Then find ways you can address the problems in the cosmetics
industry.

You can succeed in the cosmetics business if you know the tricks and risks involved. It becomes
easy to navigate your way and grow your business.

The first step to starting any business is to understand how it works. Fortunately, there are a
few ways to do that.

You can start by studying everything you can online. Look up for cosmetics sellers and dealers
online, and learn everything you can about them.

207
Where are they from? Where do their products come from? How many employees do they
have? What does their distribution channel look like?

Next, look for the most popular beauty stores in your area and study them, too. Get familiar
with their marketing, their staffing, their product selection… basically, your goal is to learn
literally everything you can about the most successful cosmetics businesses in your area!

Then – and here’s the fun part – go buy some products from them! Experiment. Play. Have fun
and see what kind of magic you can pull off by giving your friends makeovers.

But the absolute best way to learn about the industry is to work in it.

Remember those stores you were studying? Go get a job at one of them! Learn their sales
tactics, how they target customers, how they establish their sales projections, how they handle
their ordering.

Know who their suppliers are, and what kind of prices they pay.

And learn as much as you can!

If you want to start a cosmetics business from home, then start researching which company you
want to work under e.g Forever Living

This is a GREAT option for those with limited budgets but huge social networks and people
skills!

Once you have decided on which model you are interested in pursuing, whether you want to
open a brick and mortar cosmetics store, start a home based cosmetics business, or even create
one online, then it’s time to create a plan.

*What Legal Fees Are Required To Set Up A Cosmetic Business?*

Running a cosmetic business does not require special licenses.

The only mandatory license is a single business permit. The license can be obtained from the
relevant county government offices.

The fee charged depends on the size of the business, the county government at stake and
location within the county. Generally, the annual fee ranges from Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.15,000.

Otherwise you can start an online shop and be selling your cosmetics items on Facebook or an
ecommerce website to avoid these overheads.

208
*Select a Suitable Location*

Location determines the success of any business. It is best to get a stall where you can display
beauty products and has a high influx of people.

Get a storefront where there is high foot traffic. You can also start your business inside a mall,
plaza, or in a kiosk. Look what works best for you and ensure that your option is within your
budget.

Essentially, look for a visible place from the street, has a parking area, easy to access, and has
high foot traffic.

Also you can start this business as a freelancer until you build a reliable client base. Later on,
you can look for a stall in town (by town I mean any town not just Nairobi) – a permanent
location or office is quite good because it boosts your credibility to customers and even
financiers.

A good 10ft by 5ft stall in a busy street goes for Ksh.20,000 in Nairobi. Some landlords ask for a
goodwill payment but some don’t.

*What Are Some of the Fastest Moving Goods?*

Generally, the fastest moving goods out of a cosmetics shop are the items people use on a day-
to-day basis.

To get your invested capital back in a short time, here’s what to sell in your cosmetics store.
They move like wild-fire.

• Makeup and Skin Care Products – Stock brands that are loved. You can get this info from your
suppliers

• Quality Hair extensions

• Haircare Products

• Beauty Accessories

• Body lotion

• Conditioners

• Relaxers

• Deo sprays

209
• Hair lotions, food and sprays

• Srub

• Soap

• Beads

• Artificial Nails

• Removers

• Perfumes

Did I miss anything? You need to stock that too.

*Where to Source for Cosmetic Products at Wholesale Prices*

There are many wholesalers in the country. The best prices are however to be found in Nairobi
mostly in the downtown side of the CBD along Dubois Road, River Road or Munyu Road.

You can visit the city and take a window shopping walk particularly in shopping centres like The
Perida Business Centre, Kamukunji Trading Centre or Best Lady Ronald Ngala.

Take your time until you find the best prices.

If you don’t have so much time to window shop for the best prices then you can just make a
direct order from this recommendation list.

*Best-lady Cosmetics*
Address: Ronald Ngala
Phone: 0740470002

*Beauty Wholesale Kenya Limited*

Address: Jubilee House, Ground Floor, Mama Ngina St, Starehe
Phone: 020 2224441

*Reones Beauty & Cosmetic Supplies*

Address: Shop # B1 & B2, Beaver House, Tom Mboya Street, Opp. Eureka Highrise Hotel
Basement Floor after Troy Chemist (Same building with Beauty Point College Nairobi)
Phone: 020 2185076

*Mega Wholesalers*

210
Address: Fourteenth St, Nairobi
Phone: 0720 667958

*Mac Cosmetics*
Junction Mall Parking Hall, Ngong Rd, Nairobi
Located in: City Walk - The Junction
0714 949251

*Beauty Options*
Address: Old Mutual Building, Ground, Kimathi St, Starehe
Phone: 0717 451141

However, the best way to go around the beauty business & to actually make profits would be to
source for the cheapest merchandise.

If you have time, Visit Uganda to compare prices.

*Products in the market.*

There are different types of products in the market.

1. Original – genuine products from the original manufacturer distributed via official channels.

2. ‘Backdoor’ original– genuine original products from the manufacturer but distributed
through unofficial channels.

3. Original but independently distributed – it occurs mainly with international brands that are
not officially represented in the country.

4. Generics – cosmetic products with the same ingredients as the original one but with different
brand names.

5. Fakes – it refers to counterfeit products. Most of these products are common e.g perfumes.

*How to Stock Your Beauty Shop without Spending So Much Money*

Because there is so much demand for beauty products, there is a certainty that your beauty
shop will scale so fast that you may not meet some of your orders.

But remind me again, what’s the reason why you wanted to start the cosmetics business?

Is it to make money?

Then you must make sure that all orders are met.

211
One of the easiest ways to ensure that you have enough stock to serve your demand is by
partnering with cosmetics manufacturers & wholesalers.

Show them that you can move their products fast and they may send to you free consignment
to pay when you sell.

Some companies allow monthly payments. Others insist on weekly payments.

The best part about this deal is, you only pay when you sell. But you too have to move products
faster & build an empire.

So, be enthusiastic, sell the most products & make prompt payments.

*56. PAWPAWS MAKE YOU MONEY WHILE ASKING FOR VERY LITTLE INPUT FROM YOU*

The more I travel and visit farms in different parts of our beautiful country, the more I fall in
love with pawpaw farming in Kenya.

I specifically love the small red-flesh Solo Sunrise variety growing in the hot areas of ukambani
and parts of Embu and Meru.

I recently tasted some fruits from Vihiga in Western Kenya and I was thrilled! The climate and
soils there are also perfect for a pawpaw farming business and the locals are taking up the
opportunity.

Now talking about a business of growing pawpaw makes the deal even sweeter. Despite all the
health benefits and the sweetness that these fruits offer, they are some of the easiest crops to
cultivate commercially.

I visited a pawpaw farm in Marigat, Baringo County. Yes, that’s right; Baringo County. This place
is one of the most hostile parts of Kenya in terms of climate. It was my first time to experience
real heat waves with temperatures rising to about 40°C.

212
You would expect nothing meaningful to come from such a place. I was surprised to find a
thriving pawpaw plantation right at the heart of this place. The 2-acre Solo Sunrise pawpaw
farm had all the trees still fruiting.

“Production has really gone down since we last had rains in October last year. We are currently
getting just about 250kg from each acre in a week.” Said Robert. I later learned that he was
selling a kg of the fruits at Ksh.80 due to the low supply.

I noted that the trees are not irrigated, and they had not been weeded for the longest time
except for the slashing of the grasses. I wondered how they survived the dry spell and still
produced that much.

Later on we also visited Matuu. It is here that I found another pawpaw farm right at the middle
of an arid area but still producing well.

Philip, the manager of the farm told us that they were not tending to the pawpaw trees at all
since they were old and the owner of the farm was planning to develop a 2-acre commercial
farm.

“So you are not harvesting any fruits from these old trees?” I asked Philip.

“We are harvesting. Every tree gives us about 2 fruits every two weeks. We supply a small
market comprised of friends of my boss.” He told me.

Since then I have visited several other successful pawpaw farms in Kenya especially in Meru and
Baringo.

A few farmers have the crop at a commercial scale but the much they do is to weed twice a
year and water about once a week. Those who do this can tell you that an acre of solo sunrise
pawpaw can yield up to 40 tons in a year.

An acre of solo sunrise pawpaw can produce 40 tons per year

Pawpaw farming is best done in places with warm or hot climate. In such places, farmers who
have access to irrigation water make a kill since the price of pawpaw in Kenya is never less than
Ksh.30 per kg.

Pawpaws grow very fast and in the hot areas, you get your first fruits in 6 months from planting
the seed. This is the case I found in Marigat, Baringo County and Matiliku in Makueni County.

In these dry places, the pawpaws are also not frequently attacked by pests and diseases. In fact,
several of the farmers I visited were growing pawpaws purely organically, even using animal
manure as the only fertilizer.

213
The maintenance cost of a pawpaw orchard can be as low as Ksh.10,000 for an acre in a year
since only labor during weeding and application of the manure is needed.

This one acre then produces about 20 tons of fruits in a year – that is without irrigation.

Check out the current market price of a kg of pawpaw in your local supermarkets or open air
market and just find out how much you are able to make from one acre of pawpaw with this
minimum input.

*Capital requirement*

So how much do you invest and what are the expected returns?

Allow us to give you figures from our experience: these are figures for one acre done with the
recommended spacing of 2x2 meters in which an acre accommodates 1100 plants. They are
estimates for one farming period which runs for about 2 years.

*Land clearing (by ploughing) – Ksh.4,500

*Holes Preparation (Digging and application of manure) – Ksh.33,000

*Manure – Ksh.20,000

*Seedlings – Ksh.66,000

*Crop protection (pesticides and fungicides) – Ksh.10,000

*Irrigation – Ksh.20,000

*Labour (for general orchard maintenance) – Ksh.20,000

*Total* – Ksh.173,500

*Returns:*

The average yield per acre of various varieties of pawpaw is about 40 tons per year.

Farm gate prices for a kilo of pawpaw go as high as Ksh.60 but let us take a more conservative
price of Ksh.30 per kg and a yield of 30 tons per acre.

The total income for the first year then comes to Ksh.900,000 giving a profit of Ksh.726,500.

214
The same crop should also produce about the same tonnage in the second year. After the
second year, production starts going down but with proper farm management, the same trees
could give you good quantities in the third and fourth year.

However, the lifespan of the trees depend mainly on the variety.

The varieties commonly cultivated in Kenya are solo sunrise and mountain pawpaw and have a
lifespan of up to 4 years.

New dwarf varieties such as calina papaya IPB9, the Malaysian Red Lady and the Red Royal have
gained much popularity in Kenya.

The new dwarf varieties have numerous advantages:

*The trees are easy to manage due to their size

*They produce big fruits of about 1kg each but still with a good keeping quality

*They are self-pollinating hence no male trees that only take up space without producing fruits.

*The fruits have an attractive red color and are very sweet.

Pawpaw farming is a venture worth considering. If you would want to invest in it, we
recommend you contact Rich Farm Kenya on 0724698357 for guidance.

*Final Word*

You don’t have to be an agriculture expert to succeed in Pawpaw farming in Kenya.

If you are out there wondering what agri-business to do with your capital, don’t let this
opportunity pass you.

Start small today and good things will come your way!

215
*57. HOW PROFITABLE IS A FRUIT STALL, FRUIT SALAD AND FRUIT JUICE BUSINESS IN
KENYA?*

When I meet Julius Mulei, at his shop in Nairobi Central Business District, he was busy
packaging fruits to take to his customers.

Mulei, an orphan, is a boss of eight employees who together prepare and supply fruit salads to
offices in the CBD.

The employees are partially the reason he wakes up every day and not give up on the business.

“Sometimes when I face so many challenges especially being harassed by ‘Kanjo’ (county
council askaris) I feel like I want to close the shop and do something else away from them. But I
ask myself, If I quit, where will these people go?” he says.

Mulei started his small fruit shop with only Sh.200 and one employee.

Five years down the line, he has a reason to smile.

At the moment he is able to buy stock worth Sh.8,000 every morning, pay his employees at
least Sh.500 each per day and remain with a profit of Sh.2,000 on average.

Having studied automotive engineering, employment didn’t go well with him as he had to
struggle to meet his daily needs, surviving hand to mouth due to low pay.

However, Mulei is proud to have achieved a lot with his business, including educating his only
sibling through secondary to college level, as well as start dairy farming in Makueni.

Most people in Kenya have turned to healthy living.

Nutritionists recommend eating fruits daily to strengthen the immune system.

216
With the rise of lifestyle diseases, many people would like to have access to organic produce.
Fruits are a source of vitamin C, folic acid, potassium, and dietary fiber.

Fresh fruits are especially a great option for breakfast, snacks, or dessert.

Starting a fruit stall, fruit salad and fruit juice business is a noble idea since the demand for
fruits is high.

Also, the business does not require huge startup capital.

In this article, I will show you how to start a fruit stall and fruit salad business in Kenya.

*Research the market*

You need to research your potential fruit market. You need to identify the type of fruits that are
in demand and where to get them.

You also need to consider the competition, challenges facing the business, and potential areas
you can set up your fruit business.

*Write a Fruit Stall Business Plan*

A clear plan is essential for success as an entrepreneur. You need to plan your business well
before launching one.

This will help you map out the specifics of your fruit business and discover the unknowns.

The following are some of the things you need to capture in your business plan.

*How much is the startup and operational cost?

*Who is your target market?

*Your business location?

*Types of fruits you want to sell

*Identify a Fruits Business Location*

Speaking of Physical locations; fruit bar businesses tend to do so well where there is a lot of
foot traffic.

What’s your target location – is it so close to a college, university, bus terminus or a string of
other informal businesses?

217
You should make a kill in such locations.

You can choose to operate your fruit business in a mobile kiosk, a cart, or a stall.

Display your fruits well on clean counters to attract customers.

You can also set up your fruit business near eateries to get more sales.

The fruit vending business is also ideal near residential areas and institutions like hospitals and
colleges.

*Identify Adequate Fruits Supply*

You need to have a steady supply of different fruits variety. You need to know where to source
your fruits.

You can get fruits from farmers, wholesalers, or fruit plantations.

Wholesale purchase of fruits is cheaper compared to retail purchases.

Vendors in Mombasa can buy fruits from Kongowea Market, in Kisumu, you will get them fro
Kibuye or Jubilee markets.

Fruits and vegetables are bought in Daraja Mbili in Kisii county at a wholesale price.

In Nairobi, Muthurwa is your place.

*Requirements for Starting a Fruit Salad Business in Kenya*

Instead of selling fruits alone, you can sell fruit salad to generate an extra income.

To start a fruit salad business, you need to peel and cut fruits into small pieces and put them
into small plastic containers.

You need to know what fruits to mix together to bring out the best flavour.

To start a fruit salad business in Kenya, you need the following:

*Cutlery.* If your customers will be eating the fruits while in your store, then you need cutlery
items like spoons, knives, bowls, sieves, forks, cups and plastic containers.

*Display counter and shelves.* You need a display counter where you can be placing your
fruits. Ensure that the display counter is neat and well organized.

218
*Plastic chairs or stools.* These are necessary if you intend your customers to be eating fruits
from your fruit stall. Plastic chairs are less expensive compared to wooden ones.

*Fruits.* You also need fruits. The type of fruits to stock in your business depends on the
demand. Some of the fruits you can stock in your fruit business stall include:

Bananas

Oranges

Pawpaws

Watermelon

Avocadoes

Mangos

Passion fruits

Thorn melon

Apples

Pineapples

Grapes

Strawberry

Pears

Pomegranate

Sweet melon

Tree tomato

*Packaging for Juice.* Whether you want to start a fruit juice business where people sit to be
served or where fruit juices are packaged for take away; you will need to have disposable cups,
lids & straws.

219
And here’s the catch – when you use these packaging materials, you can enhance your
marketing by designing and printing your business name on the cups.

It’s costly & it helps spread the word about your juice business.

Plus, Kenyans appreciate if they can walk the streets sipping from straws of sweetness.

*Cost of Starting this business*

The cost of starting a fruit juice and fruit salad business depends on a number of factors like the
size of your business, the type of fruits you want to sell and business location.

The rule of thumb is, to start small and then grow your business over time.

You can start a small fruit salad business with Ksh.20,000.

Business registration – Ksh.1,000

Business licenses – Ksh.10,000

Cutlery – Ksh.5,000

Display counters and chairs – Ksh.5,000

If you really want to start big with all the equipment and machines needed, a budget of
between Ksh.50,000 to Ksh.100,000 will be enough.

*Secure the Necessary Business Licenses*

The following are the necessary business licenses required:

*Food Handler’s Medical Certificate.* A medical examination is required for all fruit handlers.
They should be thoroughly examined to ensure they are free from diseases. The cost is
approximately Ksh.600 bi-annually and is obtained from county offices.

*Food Hygiene License.* To get this license, you need the health officials to visit your business
premises for inspection. This is the most necessary type of license for starting a fruit business in
Kenya. For small businesses, licenses cost between Ksh.500 and Ksh.2,000.

*Single Business Permit.* You should get a single business permit from the relevant county
government in order to legalize your business. The cost range for this license is between
Ksh.3,000 and Ksh.10,000 per year.

*Market your Fruit Salad & Juice Business*

220
You need to market your fruit business effectively to attract customers.

You can market your business through social media, posters, or through your friends.

The best way to attract and retain customers is by offering excellent customer service.

Also remember to supply to people working in offices and other businesses in your area.

*Is a Fruit Salad & Juice Business Profitable in Kenya?*

While the only investment that you may have to put into this business is the money to buy
equipment & the premise rent, profits guarantee in the end is very high.

Profits usually double or triple the amount you use on buying your fruits stock.

So you can easily make between Ksh.1,000 to Ksh.5,000 daily if you make juice and salad worth
between Ksh.1,000 to Ksh.5,000 of fruits & sell everything daily.

There is a constant demand for juice and salad in Kenya and it helps if you can make the best
natural juice & retain a huge share of the market.

It takes a shorter time to get all your invested amount back & start earning pure profits.

You can easily blend the juice and salad business with other small businesses – like cake sales,
bottled water sales & other bakery and beverages products.

*Finally*

In order to start a profitable fruit business in Kenya, you need to maintain high levels of
cleanliness in your stall.

Have fresh produce and ensure that your display counters are neat and well arranged.

It is also important that you understand the product and the health benefits it has to the body.
This way, you can advise customers on the best fruits to buy.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

221
*58. TREASURY BONDS MADE SIMPLE*

You have a friend, called Otieno who needs a loan for his butchery. You don’t have time
yourself to run that kind business but you believe there is opportunity in the meat industry and
figured you might as well benefit in some way from the returns of this business.

So you lend Otieno Ksh.100,000 payable in three years which he will use to refurbish his
butchery.

However you can’t lend Otieno Ksh.100,000, wait three years and only get back Ksh.100,000.
That would be unfair to you because you could have done something else with the money i.e.
there is an opportunity cost to lending Otieno the money.

So Otieno agrees to pay you interest of 10% per annum to compensate you for this opportunity
cost.

Because of the nature of how money goes in and out of his business he can’t pay you every
month. At the same time it is not fair on you to have to wait till the end of the year or end of
three years to get your return.

Otieno therefore agrees to pay you interest every six months or semi- annually. In a year you
would be earning Ksh.10,000 (10% of Ksh.100,000).

If he is paying interest every six months that will translate to you earning Ksh.5,000 every half
year for three years.

The last payment at the end of three years will be the final interest of Ksh.5,000 plus you will
get back the initial capital invested of Ksh.100,000.

Treasury Bonds is an area that a lot of people would like to invest in but think it is very
complicated. I agree the way information is displayed about Bonds, is not very user friendly.

However our scenario above with Otieno is exactly how most bonds work only that Otieno is
the government.
222
The government borrows from us to finance certain expenditures like infrastructure,
development etc.

The loan that we give the government is referred to as a Bond.

Depending on the intended use of the funds, bonds can be issued from 1 year to 30 years. This
is known as the tenor of the bond. The interest rate a bond will earn is referred to as the
coupon.

If you invested in a three year bond with a coupon rate of 10%, the payments to you will be
paid semi – annually in the exact same way as when you invested in Otieno’s business.

Now Otieno can decide to raise Ksh.1,000,000 for his business from various investors. Some will
give 100,000; others 50,000; and others 200,000 depending on their ability at the time.

All Otieno is interested in is getting to a total amount of Ksh.1 million.

Whether you put in Ksh.50,000 or Ksh.200,000 you will all earn an interest rate of 10% p.a. on
your money.

In the same way the government can opt to raise even Ksh.15 billion from various investors but
the minimum they will take from any one investor is actually Ksh.50,000.

So as long as you have Ksh.50,000 you can invest in a bond.

Bonds, contrary to popular belief are not only for the wealthy or for institutions. If you put in
Ksh.50,000 and someone else Ksh.50 million you will earn pretty much the same coupon (or
interest rate) on your money.

Many people look at the Ksh.15 billion the government is trying to raise and instantly think
their money is too little.

If you have idle money or looking for a secure place to invest, this is definitely worth
considering. Your Ksh.50,000 sitting in a savings account would probably not earn the same rate
of return as bonds.

Bonds are also a good way of securing a source of income and can come in handy when
planning for Retirement.

Many people who want to keep a portion of their retirement portfolio safe while earning an
income to help meet with everyday expenses have opted to invest in Bonds.

223
If you had built up a retirement portfolio of Ksh.10 million, this same bond would earn you
Ksh.1.28 million per year which translates to Ksh.100,000 per month. That could be a large
portion of what you actually need to live off.

The Ksh.10,000,000 will remain intact while you just live off the income being generated.

*59. YOUNG FARMER WHO STARTED-OUT WITH MARKET REJECTION; TODAY HE’S REAPING
BIG RETURNS*

When we were young, our teachers and relatives would often ask us “What would you like to
become when you grow up?”

And we would answer heartily: “A pilot” “A teacher” “The President” “A rocket scientist” or
something similar to that.

But times have really changed, and those so-called “big professions” are no longer the in thing.

Larry Keya is a young man who seems to have figured out this already.

He decided to become a farmer and an online tutor right after graduating from campus. We
recently caught up with Mr. Larry in his farm in Eldoret and managed to grab a few jewels of
wisdom from him.

Though promising, farming is a journey full of roses and thorns. When you start the walk, you
have high hopes and expectations but along the way you realize without creativity and grit,
nothing good may come out of it.

Like for most farmers, that is the story of Larry Keya a graduate of Agriculture Economics from
Moi University who ventured into cucumber farming with gusto but got a baptism by fire
before he broke even.

Things seemed to be working well for Keya when he made a first attempt at cucumber farming
in 2012 at his farm in Kapseret, Uasin Gishu County.

224
He did his homework well and bought the seeds, prepared the land and planted the crops.
Being a fast maturing crop, they were ready for harvest in less than three months.

“Lucky for me, the crops did well and were not attacked by any pests. I think what also helped
was the fact that I grew them in a greenhouse. I harvested 500kgs of cucumber that I assumed
would fetch good money,” Keya said.

But the joy of a bumper harvest was short-lived because he encountered a major setback at the
market.

“The traders at Eldoret Main Market said the cucumbers were fine but were coiled thus not
ideal for selling. I was really disappointed.

“I had to go back with them after several attempts to sell them failed. Because of the high
perishability, within a few weeks, they were all rotten,” Keya said.

That was a big loss for him given that he had secured a Sh.150,000 loan from the government’s
Youth Fund Enterprise programme to finance the project and was worried he would lose the
collateral.

With such a depressing scenario, he had to think fast. After making some inquiries and
researching online, an idea came to him on value addition.

“After extensive research I discovered that cucumber could be used to make juice just like
watermelon. I bought a blender for the job,” he explains.

He began blending cucumbers and watermelons for juice but at first, they were not well
received in the market. Keya had to think outside the box. And that is how the idea to make
popsicles, popularly known as ice pops, came to mind.

The new products were accepted well in the local market within a short time. What boosted his
sales was the fact that he launched the business during a hot season.

Slowly, with his savings from his ice pops business, Keya bought an efficient ice pop making
machine at Sh.120,000 to boost his output to match the growing demand.

“The machine was a game changer because it made work easier. I used to extract juice from the
cucumbers and watermelon, make a syrup, put some additives and freeze them on sticks,” he
says.

With the machine, he would make at least 700 pieces of ice pops a day which he sold to
vendors at Sh.5 each.

225
Selling at least 500 pieces a day, Keya would make Sh.2,500 with a profit margin of 60 per cent
from total sales.

As the business grew, he taught his wife how to make them so that he could get time to tend to
greenhouses and ensure sustained production of cucumber and melons, the raw materials for
the business.

With time, he says demand for the popsicles increased prompting him to buy a bigger machine
at a cost of Sh.380,000. This one makes 7,800 pieces of ice pops in under 24 hours.

“The machine added more value as it would mold the ice pops in fancy shapes that consumers
loved. My sales increased and I could also make bigger ice pops that we sold at Sh.7 per piece.
With an average sale of 900 pieces daily, my income was Sh.6,300 per day,” he said.

With over 20 vendors and the rising demand, Keya started making yoghurt on a stick, using the
same procedure for cucumber and watermelon ice pops. He sells these at Sh.20 per piece.

He got certification and approval from Kenya Bureau of Standards and his Sweet De Laat Food
and Drink Company distributes cucumber, mango and milk-based popsicles in Uasin Gishu,
Kakamega, Trans Nzoia, Nandi and Turkana counties.

“Opportunities are always available. You just have to be open-minded enough to look and see
them. Farming in itself presents one of the best opportunity to create income because
everyone everyday must eat. The Key is starting small with patience and persistence” says Larry
Keya

*Finally*

I hope Larry Keya`s success story has been an inspiration and enlightenment to you.

Farming can be a profitable business, if you understand it to be a “business”.

The first problem we have about encouraging Kenyans to embrace farming is that, most people
see agriculture as a dirty thing.

How did we arrive at this mindset?

Because our forefathers were subsistence farmers, they were poor and dirty. This has made us
to have a wrong conclusion about the whole concept of farming.

The good news is, farming can be a source of wealth for you. There are now many commercial
farmers who are wealthy.

226
Even now that “good jobs” are dead, most people are still ignorant of the potential in
agribusiness

We need an urgent re-orientation!

We have to start seeing farming as business and blood of our nation.

*60. THE BEST INVESTMENT YOU CAN MAKE IN YOUR 20S – STOCKS VS BONDS*

Stocks Vs Bonds – which investment option is better and why?

As a young person, it is important to keep refining your knowledge of investments so that you
can take advantage of emerging opportunities. It is only by doing this that you will be able to
get your money to work for you instead of leaving it to lay idle in a bank account.

Today am going to share with you some important information you need before you start
investing.

*What Are Stocks and How Do They Work?*

A stock (or a share) is a small piece of ownership in a business. For instance, in 2008 Safaricom
went public and offered every person an opportunity to own a piece of it. Each share was then
priced at Ksh.5.

Let us say Mr. Juma bought stocks worth Ksh.10,000 at that time. So technically Mr. Juma
became an owner of Safaricom — and as you know when you become a business owner, you
are entitled to a share of its profit at the end of each financial year.

*What Are Bonds and How Do They Work?*

A bond is a debt, and when you buy one you are simply lending the government your money.
For example, the Central Bank of Kenya (CBK) sometimes back rolled out M-Akiba bond that
you can buy for as little as Ksh.3,000.

Let us say Mr. Otieno buys bonds worth Ksh.30,000. So technically Mr. Otieno has lent the
government his money — and as you know when you lend money, you are entitled to getting
the agreed interest rates (also known as coupons or bond returns).
227
*Which Investment Pays More?*

Stocks tend to pay more particularly if you invest in a profitable company. But timing is key. If
you buy stocks from a growing company then you can only hope for good returns.

Bonds on the other hand give you relatively less but smooth and guaranteed returns (typically
12.5%). They are a good option if you are a long-term investor especially due to the power of
compounding (in the case of zero coupon bonds).

*How Much Can I Make If I Invest Ksh.10,000?*

Stocks can double or triple your money especially if you do the right timing. But on the other
hand, if you get it all wrong, then you can as well bite some losses.

Bonds on the other hand can give you as much as 20% returns per annum – and given the
power of compound interest rate, they offer great potential for growth especially in the long-
term.

*Which Option Guarantees Me of Returns?*

If you’re looking for “guaranteed” returns then bonds are the best investment option to make.

Historically, bond prices fluctuate less than stock prices. Depending on how you invest in them,
they can offer returns that are guaranteed, or close to it.

Stocks on the other hand are not guaranteed. If the company you have invested in makes losses
and declares bankruptcy then you may not get any returns.

For example, if you bought Mumias stocks while they were priced at Ksh.15 and today they are
selling at Ksh.3 then your returns may not be anything worth talking about.

On the other hand you can hold on, and if the company resurrects, the share prices will rise and
all will be well. That's what happened to Safaricom in 2007. Their share prices went down but
later after the post election violence their shares went up.

*Minimum Investment Required*

You can buy bonds worth as little as Ksh.3,000. You can start trading in stock with as little as
Ksh.10,000.

Anyone can invest and this is no longer a privilege of the rich.

*Stocks Vs. Bonds – Which Is Better?*

228
Bonds are better for those who are cautious about taking risks. You are guaranteed to get your
investment plus interest back – unless the Government goes bankrupt.

Besides that, tax-free bonds have attractive interest rates which are way above what banks and
Saccos offer.

Stocks on the other hand are a good choice for anyone who is ready to take a greater degree of
risk. You are guaranteed to grow your money faster provided the company you invest in
operates profitably.

However, if the company makes losses or files for bankruptcy then your investment may as well
go down the drain.

*61. HOW TO START A PROFITABLE MITUMBA BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Mitumba business is one of the most profitable businesses in Kenya. According to a Reuters
report, an estimate of 100,000 tonnes of mitumba clothes is imported to Kenya annually.

These tonnes of imported mitumba generates millions of revenue and jobs for most Kenyan
citizens and especially, young people. The best thing about this venture is that you can start the
business with less than Ksh.20,000 capital.

If you have been wondering how you can start a second-hand clothes business, then this article
is for you.

Let’s get started;

*4 factors to consider before starting a mitumba business in Kenya*

*1. Capital*

You can start a small mitumba business with roughly Ksh.500 to Ksh.1,000.

229
However, for a medium mitumba business, you can start with Ksh.20,000 to Ksh.100,000.

For those who would love to start a large mitumba business, arm yourself with more than
Ksh.100,000.

From this breakdown, you can clearly tell that your capital will determine the size of mitumba
business you can start with.

*2. Identify the target market*

Prior to starting any business, it very important to think about your target market. When
thinking about selling second-hand clothes, you can create your own target market. You can
target your colleagues, neighbours, door to door, villagers or even online marketing among
others.

*3. Location*

The online market is one of the easiest to start compared to physical stores because it spares
you the expenses like business licenses, rent, and electricity bills among others.

The online market is easy to start as all you need is a Facebook page, Instagram account and
WhatsApp group (s).

In order for you to gain maximum profit, make sure you give unique advantages that your
competitors are not offering. For instance, you can offer to deliver goods to buyers of specific
areas or give a discount for items bought online. Just do your research and learn about your
competitors and what they are doing.

It is important to ensure that your items are unique. It will help you increase your chances of
making profit.

For those with enough capital, however, you can opt for a physical stores.

The location should have high traffic. For maximum profits, you can consider selling clothes in a
physical location and online as well.

*4. The supplier*

Before starting a mitumba business, it is very important to locate a reputable and reliable
supplier. You can either buy stock in bales or randomly pick individual items at a wholesale
price.

For starters, you can go for the latter.

230
In order to make a profit, the supplier should have reasonable prices. Eastleigh, Muthurwa and
Gikomba markets are the main suppliers of second-hand clothes in Nairobi.

*Buying stock in bales*

Instead of picking clothes randomly for resale, you might prefer purchasing the stock in bales.
By so doing, you get more stock at very pocket-friendly deals.

Imported second-hand clothes in Kenya come from European nations, Japan, Australia,
Germany, Canada, the UK, China, and the USA among other developed countries.

The UK supplies the best quality of mitumba clothes, making these clothes slightly expensive.

Dubai is also a good source of quality mitumba clothes, but relatively cheaper.

For oversized clothes, Canada is a great source.

A bale of kid’s clothing in China will cost you Ksh.10,000 while in Europe the same bale will cost
you Ksh.30,000. However, the difference is that European clothes have higher quality, as
opposed to those from China.

It is more profitable to import kids’ second-hand clothes because they contain lots of goodies
with exception of lighter attire. You can either import mitumba clothes or buy a bale from
interior markets like Gikomba.

*Is the mitumba market saturated?*

One of the major things that keeps people from engaging in the mitumba venture is thinking
that it is already saturated.

However, the truth is that this market is not saturated but highly profitable.

With only Ksh.1,000, you are ready to start a small mitumba business and earn at least Ksh.500
profit.

As you can tell, this is much better than spending the whole day at home, waiting for someone
to notice your letter of application from thousands of others on their desk or even worse stay at
home doing nothing.

This is a great opportunity because annually, Kenya imports 100,000 tonnes of mitumba,
creating millions of jobs for young people. By targeting middle-income earners, you will be able
to earn profit and grow your business.

231
“The only issue in this business is people coming in and expecting to make millions during their
first day. They are not open to handling the risks involved in the business,” says Shem Spiesses,
a mitumba trader through his marketing page on Facebook.

*Why mitumba business is a profitable venture*

It is very wrong to assume that mitumba business is a tedious and costly job with less income.
Of course, it takes hard work to make a profit and grow business, but your profit hugely relies
on your marketing strategies and commitment.

Here are some of the reasons why mitumba business is a profitable venture.

*Easy to start*: In Kenya, you can start the mitumba business with as little as Ksh.5,000 or less.

*Ready market*: Second-hand clothes have a high demand in Kenya.

*Variety of clothes*: There are numerous types of clothes that you can choose from in order to
start your mitumba business. Depending on your own preference, you can choose to specialize
with kids’ men or women clothing.

*No educational requirements*: In order to start a successful mitumba business, tertiary level
education is not a requirement. In Kenya, there are numerous school dropouts who have
started the mitumba business and earned millions from it.

Nonetheless, business skills are required to put you ahead of the pack.

*Potential areas to start a mitumba business in Nairobi*

*Kasarani

*Saika

*Kawangware

*Gikomba

*Umoja

*Dagoretti

*Pipeline

*Kibera

232
*Thika

*Mutindwa

*Ngara

*Mlolongo

*Githurai

*Embakasi

*Muthurwa

*Syokimau

*Ruiru

*Rwaka

*Best places to start mitumba business around Mombasa*

*Chaani market

*Buxton market

*Mwembeni, Soko mjinga

Kongowea market

*Sega market

*Mackinnon market

*Majengo market

*Kisauni

*Most profitable mitumba clothes*

There are grades that categorize mitumba clothes based on quality. These four grades include
the following;

*Grade A*

233
This is a grade of mitumba clothes that are almost new. Their condition and quality are
untampered with. They are the most profitable but also relatively expensive.

*Grade B*

These second-hand clothes are used, but slightly, leaving them in good condition.

*Grade C*

These are second-hand clothes that come with minor defects including dents and ink spills.
These defects can be corrected before the sale.

*Grade D*

These second-hand clothes come with major defects that cannot be adjusted by the seller. They
are sold the cheapest because of their condition.

From this categorization, Grade A clothes are the most profitable because they feature high
quality and almost new condition.

Nonetheless, various cloth types do well in different locations based on different factors.

For instance; investing in jackets in Limuru will be highly profitable because the place is cold, as
opposed to having the same investment in a place like Mombasa.

*Various mitumba clothes you can start with include;*

*Mixed blouses

*Men official trousers

*Ladies cotton pants (official trousers)

*Children jackets

*Leggings (stockings)

*Jeggings (heavy)

*Lady T-shirts (fancy tops)

*School bags

*Skirts (for both young and middle-aged women)

234
*Dresses

*Shoes

This is an ultimate guide that will give you an idea of how to start a mitumba business in Kenya.
Playing your cards right in this business is a major plus to creating a successful mitumba
business.

Hard work and commitment are a must as this is not a get-rich-quick scheme.

*62. THE RISE OF KENYAN ONLINE ENTREPRENEURS*

Things are really changing for the better online these days, and the number of Kenyan online
entrepreneurs is steadily growing.

Some people are still too busy looking at closed doors than checking out the legitimate,
awesome opportunities that keep unveiling themselves right in front of our eyes.

You see, life is made in such a way that whenever a door closes, there are always multiple doors
opening up.

How did the whole Kenyan online entrepreneurship come about?

What is shifting the minds of Kenyans from being mere online workers to being astute online
business people?

Let me tell you a story.

I started working online in April, 2008. I used to write articles worth $1 (Ksh.100) per 500
words.

235
Those days, there was no one talking about freelance writing online. There were a few doing it,
but they kept it top secret.

So, I thought I was earning quite well with those $1 pieces. After all, I could do 10 articles a day
($10) and earn Ksh.30,000 in a month.

Soon my clients doubled it and started paying $2 per 500 words. I was in heaven.

Having an entrepreneurship mindset, I started hiring others for that 1$. The client would pay
me $2 and I would make $1 profit per article.

Within a few weeks, i had a team so strong that we could produce up to 75 articles per day.
That was a whole $75 per day for me. It was the highest amount I had ever earned or even
dreamt of earning at the time.

Note that a few months before that, some of my friends who we were working online with
couldn’t afford much in life. They were struggling to pay rent and buy food for their family.

In fact they all hated being sick because they couldn’t afford medication.

One year later, this little online entrepreneurship enabled them to have some little financial
breather.

Some of my friends like Walter Akolo, CEO http://freelancerkenya.com who we started online
business with is now making it big.

I stopped the agency thing because of issues managing clients and writers, and after even being
conned in the process. I then decided to go for higher paying clients and have only a few
writers.

After writing a lot, I started asking myself, where are these clients taking all my articles?

I did some little online digging and realized that the clients were paying me just $5 or so per
article, but they would post these articles to their websites and earn thousands of dollars from
their sites.

I then started my blog, which also enabled me to earn thousands of dollars.

Since then, many of my friends also started doing online freelancing and after laboring for a
while, the same question lingered in their minds.

So, entrepreneurship starts with the question below:

236
What are clients doing with all these articles, graphics, websites, apps and transcripts among
other things?

From that question, many Kenyans are diversifying from just freelancing to being online
businesspersons.

*63. PROFITABLE FOOD BUSINESS IDEAS IN KENYA*

The food industry is one of the largest and most in-demand sectors in Kenya.

It is usually in demand because the population is ever on the increase, thereby providing a
ready market.

People eat on a regular basis and there is always a demand for all types of food.

There are many food business ideas in Kenya that you can turn into a great opportunity.

They include the following:

*1. Food Supply Chain*

Hotels, schools, hospitals, and restaurants need a supply of fresh vegetables, grains, and animal
products to keep their businesses running.

This brings the need for someone to liaise them with farmers in the village.

You can get tenders from schools, hotels, and government organizations to bring them fresh
farm produce.

*2. Popcorn Business*

Popcorn is a popular snack in Kenya that is easy to make. To get started with this business, you
can buy a cheap popcorn-making machine and start selling popcorn.

237
If you have a business outlet like a retail shop that is strategically located, you can start a
popcorn business alongside.

Alternatively, you can hawk your popcorns or supply them to shops and kiosks in town or in
your neighborhood.

Alternatively, instead of making popcorn, you can choose to buy corn and package the grain for
sale to people who can make their own popcorn.

*3. Cake Business*

The cake business is another great food business idea. You can choose to make cakes for
birthdays, anniversaries, weddings, and other important occasions.

It is best to do some research to find out the best places to sell your cakes.

You can decide to sell them in your neighborhood, distribute them to shops, restaurants, and
hotels or sell them online.

Advertising your cake business will expose you to many potential clients.

*4. Boiled Eggs, Smokies, and Sausages*

The boiled eggs and smokies/sausage business is a very popular food business idea in Kenya.
You will find people selling eggs and smokies everywhere especially in market centers and in
town.

To get started, you will need to buy a selling cart, get an eggs supplier from whom you will be
buying your eggs, and where you will be buying your smokies from.

Sometimes back we wrote an article on how you can make ksh.48,000 a month with smokies
and eggs business in Kenya.

*5. A Food Café Business*

A fast food café business is a perfect food business idea in Kenya. You can rent out space and
have people come to your café to have drinks such as tea and coffee.

If you want more customers coming in, you can offer drinks alongside snacks such as samosas,
bread, biscuits, sandwiches, mandazi, chapati, etc.

You may have customers who have no time to visit your café premises. In this case, you can
offer food delivery services in homes, offices, and other businesses.

238
You need to advertise your food delivery business like on social media handles to get many
customers.

*6. Fruit Business*

Fruits are healthy and starting a fruit salad business or a fruit stall business or fruit juice
business is a great idea.

The good thing about this business is that you can run it alongside another business like a
restaurant.

When your customers come into your restaurant to eat, they can complement their meals with
fruit salad or fruit juice.

Alternatively, you can decide to hawk your fruit salad & juice and sell it to people at their place
of work such as offices, Jua kali artisans or sell it in learning institutions and hospitals.

*7. Yoghurt and Ice Cream Business*

People love yoghurt and ice cream and it is an in-demand food business idea in Kenya. If you
have the skills to prepare yoghurt and ice cream, you can make it in your kitchen and start by
selling to your neighbors.

If you do not know how to make them, you can learn from a friend, YouTube or take lessons
from one of the many colleges, or polytechnics. Alternatively, you can even take an online
course.

Sometimes back we wrote an article on how you can start a small Yogurt Business and scoop
300% returns for each shilling invested.

*8. Githeri and Boiled Beans Business*

Many Kenyans have busy working schedules and they may not have the time to boil cereals that
take too long to cook like githeri and beans.

This presents a good food business idea where you can boil beans and githeri and when ready,
package and sell to students or adults with busy schedules.

To make the most of this business, it is best to find a strategic location to run your business.
You can start selling boiled cereals near institutions like universities and colleges or near
households.

*9. Meat Businesses*

239
There are many meat businesses you can start in Kenya.

Roasted meat or nyama choma is a popular business. You can start a nyama nyoma joint near
restaurants. People love to eat roasted meat while enjoying wine or beer. The demand for
nyama choma is high making it an excellent food business idea to start.

You can also choose to sell roasted or boiled meat all together and customers can choose what
to eat.

Another excellent meat business is the butchery business. You can get meat in bulk from
slaughterhouses to sell in your butchery.

Alternatively, you can supply meat to butcheries and big institutions like schools.

Sometimes back we wrote articles on how to start a butchery business in Kenya, how to start a
nyama choma business in Kenya and how to start a pork butchery business in Kenya.

*10. Food Catering Services*

Food catering is also a popular food business idea in Kenya, especially during festive seasons. If
you want to make the most out of this business, you will need to network with event planners.

People at parties such as birthdays, anniversaries, weddings, and even burials will need
someone to prepare meals for them.

If you are new in the business and you lack networks, you can start small and make use of that
friend, colleague, or family member. If they are hosting parties, offer your food catering
services at a fee.

Sometimes back we wrote an article on How to start an outside catering business in Kenya.

*11. Mandazi, Chapati and Samosa Business*

Chapati, mandazi, and samosa businesses are also great food business ideas in Kenya. Many
people love taking breakfast tea or breaktime tea accompanied by either one of these in the
morning.

You can start any of these businesses with Ksh.5,000. You can make 50% profit in this business
since the demand for mandazi, chapati, and samosa is high.

*Finally*

240
From vibandas, hotels, catering, and supply, to production, people are making millions in the
food industry in Kenya.

With the thriving agricultural sector in the country, food is readily available. Since many people
are venturing into this business, you need to offer excellent customer service.

Ultimately, you need to sell quality food and ensure that your business premises are clean and
hygienic.

From the above, find the best food business idea you start and invest in it.

*64. BAMBOO FARMING IN KENYA; 7 THINGS YOU NEED TO KNOW*

Bamboo farming is popular in China and the US where it is grown for medicinal, ornamental
purposes and feeding of panda.

Back home, this type of farming is peaking with potential demand coming from construction
companies, landscapers and even beer manufacturers.

*How Do I Get Started*

Virtually anyone can venture into this line of business. Actually, there are no stiff requirements
for getting started.

You only need adequate land (at least 1 acre) and the right information.

The beauty of bamboo plants is that they can grow in any region where maize, wheat or any
other crop that belongs to the grass family thrives.

Below are some quick tips for choosing the ideal piece of land for planting bamboo:

*Well-drained soil; not in a swampy area

*Spacious piece of land with adequate sunlight

241
*Spacing of 5ft in between plantlets

*Moderate supply of rainfall

*Soil pH – 6.5 – 8 pH

*Where To Get Seedlings*

You can get good seedling from a certified nursery in your area. However, before you buy, it is
important you talk to a Ministry of Agriculture extension officer in your region.

The Kitil bamboo farm in Isinya Kajiado County is one of the few providers of bamboo seedlings
and plantlets in the region.

The average price per seedling is Ksh.180 to Ksh.250 – this can change depending on the
amount of seedlings bought.

*After how long can I expect my money back?*

Think of Bamboo farming as a long-term investment – pretty much the same way you would
buy a plot of land and leave it to gain market value before re-selling it for profit.

Bamboo plantlets normally take 3 to 4 years to mature.

*How much do I need to spend?*

If you were to plant bamboo on say a one-acre piece of land, you would need to spend the
following (estimated) amounts:

200 Bamboo Seedlings x Ksh.200 = Ksh.40,000

Tilling of land and labor = Ksh.25,000

Fungicides = Ksh.10,000

Transport and Harvesting = Ksh.50,000

Miscellaneous = Ksh.10,000

That brings you to an estimated total of Ksh.135,000.

*How much can I expect in return*

242
Each bamboo plantlet produces multiple shoots during its lifetime. For example, a young plant
may produce three shoots within two months time.

Next season, those three shoots plus the mother plant may produce three shoots each and so
on.

Fast-forward four years, the single plant you planted will have produced sixty canes stretching
up to thirty feet in height.

Now let us say you sell each pole at a throw-away-price of Ksh.100, how much will you get from
a single plant (which you bought for Ksh.200)? 60×100 = Ksh.6,000.

Now, Multiply Ksh.6000 by the number of shoots in your farm, how much do you get? Ksh.6000
X 200 = Ksh.1,200,000.

The only disadvantage with bamboo plants would be that they are only commercially useful
from year 4 to year 6 after planting.

*Is there ready market for bamboo in Kenya and Africa?*

While market is readily available, you may have to do a bit of marketing just to create
sustainable demand for your product.

The three years that you would have to wait for the crop to mature should be enough for you
to create a buzz around your farm so that you are assured of earning from your sweat when the
day of harvest arrives.

Apart from direct marketing, you can get a little innovative to create and sell bamboo products.
Examples of products you can produce and sell to a ready-market include bamboo matchsticks,
toothpicks, bamboo charcoal or even bamboo beer.

You can also create nice art products with it and start selling to individuals and corporate in
your area.

*Finally;*

As someone once said, opportunities come dressed in overalls. Who knows, maybe your first
million is stashed right in the middle of a bamboo thicket.

243
*65. AFRICA’S RURAL AREAS COULD BE THE GAME CHANGER FOR THE CONTINENT’S
ECONOMY*

Most economic transformations start from the grassroots

A significant portion of Africa’s population and agricultural resources (including large swaths of
unused arable land) are located in rural areas.

And if the potential of the continent’s rural areas is developed and harnessed, Africa could set
off an agricultural revolution that would lead to significant increases in food production, job
creation, and economic growth.

In fact, since the 1990s, several countries have transformed their economies by investing in,
and transforming, their rural areas. China, Thailand, Malaysia and Costa Rica are only a handful
of examples.

Phylis Wangari Kanja decided to quit a top marketing job in a bank at age 25 to start an
agribusiness venture.

She started Elim Gardens Spring Farm, where she engages in horticulture and dairy farming.

“When I decided to relocate from Nairobi, some of my family members and friends thought I
was crazy. They told me that I was not going to last one month in the village.” Wangari says.

She did her degree in public relations in 2010 at Inoorero University. She then started doing
small businesses in Nairobi and her last job was as a marketer in a bank.

An opportunity to get into farming came when her parents decided to dump maize farming.

“I was employed and my parents work in Nairobi and there was nobody living here, so maize
was a convenient crop to grow. I have always had a passion for farming so after the harvest of
maize, my parents decided to venture into horticulture. That is when I decided to move to
Njoro and make farming my full time job,” she says.

244
Wangari is quick to add that before you venture into farming, information is key and one must
do a lot of research. “I wanted to grow watermelon but after doing my research, I learnt that
this weather is not suitable for watermelon. It’s important to understand the weather, type of
soil and what crops can and cannot do well in the area you intend to farm,” Wangari advises,
adding that she settled for tomatoes, vegetables and dairy farming.

Wangari has planted tomatoes, kales, cabbages, spinach and green peas in her farm.

She got about Sh.150,000 from the first harvest of tomatoes from one and half acres of land.

Tomatoes are selling at Sh.75 per kilo but Wangari sells using crates, at a cost of between
Sh.1,600 and Sh.1,800.

She adds that black spots and pests are some of the challenges she encounters in her project,
but through the use of pesticides, she has been able to realize decent profits. “We also have
kales on two and half acres. Currently the demand for kales is low as most people have planted
them in their farms due to the ongoing rains,” she says.

The market price for a bag of kales has gone as low as Sh.500 from between Sh.1,200 and
Sh.1,800.

Her main market is Egerton University, which buys about four bags of kales in a day at Sh.800
each. She gets about Sh.22,400 every week from the university. She also sells to individuals
every Thursday. “However, the university market is tricky because it’s only there when the
students are in school,” she says.

Wangari has also planted carrots, capsicum and cucumber. In addition, she has some lettuce,
coriander and green pepper in the nursery. The farm also has fruit trees like tree tomatoes and
avocados.

Wangari is currently harvesting green peas. So far, she has sold 15 (90kg) bags, with a kilo
fetching Sh.35, earning her Sh.45,000. She is expecting to do another harvest in a week’s time.

Crop diseases have been a major challenge but she says having a farm manager who is
knowledgeable on horticulture is a plus. Besides the farm manager, she also employs six
women on a casual basis and pays them Sh.200 per day each.

When she was starting the dairy farming project, she consulted an officer from the department
of agriculture in Njoro on how to construct a proper dairy shed.

“I started with constructing a zero grazing unit from my savings and also bought a one year and
ten months old pedigree Friesian heifer at Sh.75,000. I have since added two more heifers
which I bought at Sh.40,000 and Sh.60,000 respectively,” says Wangari.

245
However, she is yet to get back her returns as two of the cows have just calved, one is being
milked and produces 15 litres a day.

She has also dug a borehole at Sh.2 million where she gets water for irrigation. She also
supplies water to the neighboring community.

“We supply water to about 70 households in Njukirie, Belba and Lions areas with each
household paying a minimum of between Sh.400 and Sh.500 per month. We are working to
connect people at Michukiria area and our target is to supply 200 households,” Wangari says.

*Finally*

Farming pays and at the end of it all, you will get back your money if you do it right and have
the right information.

Bottom line is, you must have a passion and do not venture into farming without information.

Do research by visiting farmers, the Kenya Agricultural Research and Livestock Organization and
agriculture shows as the more information you get, the more equipped you will be to handle
the challenges.

As urbanization continues to sweep across the continent, rural areas and small cities hold the
key to economic growth.

*66. JUST HOW PROFITABLE IS THE BUSINESS OF IMPORTING & RETAILING SHOES FROM
ETHIOPIA?*

Ethiopia is known for many things, it is home to some of the world’s best long-distance runners,
a fast-growing economy and a vibrant textile industry.

246
Talking about textile, Ethiopia’s leather industry has of late been attracting all manner of
international and local shoe manufacturers who have turned the Made in Ethiopia brand into a
global phenomenon.

As a small businessman or investor, you can be part of this game-changer by importing

Ethiopian made leather shoes and retailing them for a profit.

The main benefit of doing this is that cost of doing business is cheaper than say importing from
Turkey, Italy or China.

And because Ethiopia is a member of COMESA you can expect to pay friendly custom duties
when bringing your cargo into the country.

That is of course in addition to the fact that it takes fewer days to receive your cargo because of
geographical proximity.

Here’s how to get started.

*Know What You Want*

A wise businessman is one who first identifies existing market needs prior to investing.

Likewise, if you are planning to start importing leather shoes and accessories from Ethiopia, it is
best to first identify what the local market is looking for.

Are they looking for men official shoes, casual shoes, women or kids shoes?

*Shop Widely and Wisely*

You will have two options here. First option is to book a return flight to Addis Ababa for routine
shopping and network building. Such a trip would cost you roughly about Ksh.65,000
(Ksh.50,000 for ticket, Ksh.15,000 other expenses from Nairobi to Addis and back).

On the other hand if you are operating on a tight budget you can choose to shop online.
However, not all manufacturers and wholesalers are available online.

Here are the few examples of names that you can engage with online.

*Ramsay Shoe Factory

*Anbessa Shoe Company

*Duka Leather

247
Other manufacturers and supplies that would require a physical visit are Huajian Shoe Factory,
George Shoes, YED Wuha and Sole Rebels.

Tip: Always request for sample of product first when ordering online.

*Making An Order And Getting Your Stuff Home*

After you have done thorough shopping and bargaining you can have the wholesaler pack and
send your goods through any of the courier services linking Addis Ababa to your hometown.

Here you can link up with DHL, Excel Cargo, Freight in Time Ltd, Salihiya Cargo or any other
freight company for assistance.

*Paying Customs*

Once your goods are delivered at the airport or sea port, you will receive a call from the courier
company advising you on the amount of taxes to pay.

Luckily, because Ethiopia is a member of COMESA you will be saved from the worries of hefty
duty.

You will only collect your goods after clearing with the customs department after which you can
go ahead and sell them to your target market.

*Just How Profitable Is The Business Of Importing & Retailing Shoes From Ethiopia?*

This business can be highly profitable if you have the numbers and if you price your shoes
accordingly.

One good thing is that Ethiopian shoes so far have a good reputation for being hand-made and
comprising of pure animal leather.

You can capitalize on this good name to charge a premium.

It will cost you about Ksh.1,500 to import a pair of shoes into the country, then you can sell this
between Ksh.2,500 to 3,500 and above. That is about Ksh.1,500 in net profit per shoe after you
deduct all other expenses.

So the secret here lies in sales.

The challenge however is that because this is an open market, anybody can start this business
and therefore competition may become stiff with time.

248
But… competition is a must-have in any industry… the key is to build a firm clientele that will
give you long-term business.

Remember, in addition to shoes you can also import wallets, belts and other fast moving goods
that have a leather finishing.

*67. HOW TO START A POSHO MILLING BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The cost of living in Kenya has shot up in the last decade and continues to be on the rise. This
has seen food prices go up everywhere and people are desperately looking for means to sustain
themselves.

Any means of relief is highly appreciated by Kenyans.

It is no secret that Kenya’s staple food, kales and maize, have also shot up in price. Maize flour
prices in the shops are becoming unaffordable as new prices are announced every now and
then.

There are many factors that contribute to the rise of maize flour which includes changes in the
transportation sector and regional climate.

Amid all these chaos arises an opportunity that you can capitalize on. Recent research has
shown that demand for un-sifted maize flour is high since packed maize flour is proving to be
expensive on a commoner’s pockets.

You can seize the opportunity and start a posho mill in your local area. Posho milling business
can be lucrative if strategically placed.

In this article, you will learn on how to set up a successful posho milling business at the lowest
cost possible.

*Getting started*

249
Every start-up needs to minimize on its spending for the business to grow. When setting up a
posho mill, you have to minimize your spending on the machinery.

There are two kinds of posho millers in the market that you can use. Electric and diesel fueld
posho milling machines. They both depend on your budget and where your mill will be located.

If the area or spot you plan to set-up your business lacks electricity then it is advisable to buy a
diesel powered miller.

Electric ones can be used in areas that have electricity. You should survey the area you plan to
set up the mill before purchasing a miller. You don’t want to end up with an electrically
powered miller in an area that lacks electricity or has frequent power black outs.

*Installation*

It is not advisable trying to install the posho millers by yourself. Let professionals handle this for
you. In most cases, the installation is done by the people whom you buy from but in case you
find yourself lacking this service, seek help from those who have been in this business before,
probably a qualified technician.

You might install the miller wrongly which might result in injuries, breakdowns or reduce the
space of your premises unnecessarily.

*Space*

The first step will be identifying a suitable space in the area you intend to set up the posho mill.
Make sure the place is well situated near a road for exposure to passersby.

Do not go for places where the mill is not visible. If you find a spot that is not next to a road
then make sure you put signposts next to a road to direct people to your posho mill.

Space can turn out to be expensive depending on the number of millers and their size you
intend to have at the mill. Make sure you look for a place that is strategically placed and
affordable.

Consider yourself lucky if you nail yourself some space at a junction with busy traffic.

*Where posho mills can work greatly*

*Suburbs* — you are likely to run a successful posho mill in the suburbs. Such areas are highly
populated and many families living in these areas try to minimize their food expenditure as
much as they can. Regulate your price to gain more customers.

250
*Industrial areas* — you can set up a profitable posho mill business in an industrial area too.
The only disadvantage of setting in such an area is that you will have to source for clients from
outside before your business picks. But once people get to know of your posho mill, business
will boom.

*Up-country* — very few people living up-country buy sifted maize flour from shops. Most
consume un-sifted maize flour and this makes up-country the best place to set-up a posho mill.
The scarcity of posho mills in these areas also makes the market favorable. Expect good
business during the time of harvest.

Once the mill is up and running, it is time to add a few things to boost your income. Some of the
things you can consider adding in include cereals that you can sell in the front area of your mill.

You can as well bring maize to sell to your customers which will see you earn a good profit on
every sack of maize sold.

One of the best things about this business is that very little goes to waste. You can still find a
market for the left-over from the mill. You can sell the leftovers to animal farmers who can pay
a good price for it.

*Potential clients*

You can expand your business to a wider market. Some of those you can approach include:-

*Schools
*Prisons
*Orphanages
*Farmers
*Traders

Once you have connections with schools, orphanages, and prisons you will have to purchase
maize in bulk, mill it and then sell it to them.

Your business is likely to grow with time as people spread the word about its existence through
word of mouth. You will need less marketing to manage a successful posho business since
people will refer others to you.

*Dealing with competition*

If there are is more than one posho mill in your area then create a strategy on how to outsmart
your competitors.

Delivering good service and charging affordable rates is one way of doing it.

251
The other way is introducing a variety of things. It would be a great idea to have cereals for sale
at your mill too.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*68. IS STARTING A CONSTRUCTION COMPANY A PROFITABLE BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

When I arrived at the fast-growing Tassia estate, I could not help but take notice of the
extremely hot weather that dominates the Embakasi plains.

It was a long journey through the busy Mombasa road, veering off at the North Airport road
and onwards to the bustling neighbourhood that’s about three blocks away from the Embakasi
military barracks.

Nonetheless, I was optimistic because I knew the woman I was going to meet, in these very
plains, would give me a story of hope. Hope that could re-awaken the sleeping giant that
resides in each and every one of us.

So I walk through an iron-sheet gate following the directions ‘whatsapped’ to me by Tycrose

Keeru. She is hard at work at her latest construction site, a three-storied rental building.

“Sorry, I know the sun is quite hot in this side of the capital” says Tycrose as she leaves her
team to welcome me to her workstation.

As I acknowledge her greetings, I realize she is still wearing her apron and a yellow helmet in
such sweltering conditions. You have to be extremely disciplined to remain in your work gear
irrespective of the weather. Her face is sprinkled with a greyish substance, which given her
profession, I assume is fresh concrete.

252
We walk together to the construction site where I meet her colleagues who seem extremely
busy as if working to meet a tight deadline.

I figured out, my time-wasting tactics were not welcomed here and that I had to immediately
get down to the business of the day.

“We just finished preparing the slab for that house over there” mentions Tyrcrose as she points
towards a neighboring upcoming flat. “We have left it to cure for a few days and for now we are
focusing on finishing this one here. The client has been looking for me for days and so I just
decided to give her my full-time attention at this juncture” she adds.

Tycrose is clearly a busy woman. But as she narrates further, her journey has not been a walk in
the park.

A few years back, she was employed at the airport as a security guard. She worked extremely
hard and managed to purchase a piece of land in the vast lands adjacent to the airport.

A few years later she constructed a house and prepared for a happily-ever-after kind of life.
After all, she had managed to do what most highly-paid employees only dream about.

But her moment of relief was short-lived. A few years down the line she learned that she had
been a victim of yet another one of the many Nairobi land-scams.

A court had ruled that the land (in fact the entire neighbourhood) was acquired illegally and
had to be repossessed.

Long story short, all her earthly possessions were demolished and destroyed.

To make matters even worse, she was retrenched from her job that same year as the company
she was working for was downsizing.

With no home to run to and no job to help her meet basic needs, she felt like her life had hit a
snag. The psychological burden was too heavy to carry for the single-mother of two who
reckons even developed suicidal thoughts at one time.

Her health deteriorated. The meagre savings she had set aside quickly diminished.

Several years of self-denial and untold suffering sent her into a dark abyss. But nonetheless,
faced with the realities of life, she had to sober up, dust herself once again and move forward.

So she started applying for jobs. Several months of being turned down and tens of empty
promises down the line were all it took for her to learn that her dream of securing formal
employment was just that – a dream.

253
Then a friend approached her and requested if she could accept the job of fetching water for
construction sites – a difficult job despised by everyone in the construction industry as it
requires too much energy and pays little.

But nonetheless, she took it up just so that she could make ends meet.

“We used to be paid Ksh.100 for each 200 litre tank of water we fetched. On a good day I used
to make Ksh.300” she recalls.

Given that she was a woman trying to out-muscle a male dominated career, she faced all
manner of criticism. Some even wondered why she could not look for a more “womanly” job.

But just before the critics got the better of her, a contractor took notice of her diligence and
employed her as a KYM (street name for one who does all the spade work at a construction
site).

“The job required you to be physically fit and given that my health was still poor, I really had it
rough,” narrates Tycrose shaking her head as if to shed-off the bad memories.

Being a naturally curious person, she worked closely with experienced masons which helped
her learn fast. Tapping into her formal working experience, she was quick to build a rapport
with key people in her industry.

When Kuza Biashara rolled out its free digital literacy program for masons, she was quick to
apply. And as a top student, she managed to graduate with a dazzling certificate.

With her confidence renewed, she knew it was the ultimate time to make her move. She quit
being employed as a mason and set out to start her own construction company.

“I have registered a company by the name Tycpa Contractors. And although we are just getting
started, I have so far managed to create jobs for 5 employees.”

Her company has so far overseen the completion of 7 construction projects and she currently
has several ones underway.

She also supplies building materials like cement and ballast on order – a venture that she says
has ignited her passion to open a hardware shop.

And although she admits that surviving in a male dominated environment has not been an easy
ride, she beams with hope that her dreams are just gathering momentum.

254
“Don’t despise humble beginnings. Had I not accepted the job of fetching water for
construction sites, I could not have been where I am today. Yet I am still working on my dream
and I hope to grow my construction company into a national outfit.”

Our 30 minute interview came to an end and I had to leave her to catchup with the rest of the
team. Her phone was constantly beeping and I knew that I was already “eating” into her
precious time.

But even as I made my way back to the office, her story kept reminding me of just how
important it is to be adaptive and full of hope.

It really doesn’t matter how big the hurdles life places on your way are, as long as you are
willing to keep trying, there’s absolutely no situation that’s insurmountable.

*69. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF STARTING A LIQUID DETERGENT BUSINESS?*

Every home and business needs detergents for cleaning. The demand for cleaning detergents
has been steadily rising as more households and businesses come up.

This is good news for aspiring entrepreneurs because it is possible to make these detergents
and take advantage of this demand.

Liquid detergent as the name implies, is simply soap in liquid form. Home made liquid
detergents have become popular and increased competition in the soap industry which was
traditionally dominated by bar soap and other factory manufactured detergents.

One reason being that liquid detergents are more versatile and multi-purpose. They can be
used for various tasks such as washing dishes, clothes, floors, windows, cars and almost all
other uses. This has made them very popular in homes and businesses such as hotels and
restaurants, offices, car wash yards and even schools.

They are also very easy to make. You can make liquid detergents and sell to schools, homes,
hotels, car wash yards and other businesses that clean.

255
Making liquid detergent is very simple and requires very few items. With a little training and
experience, almost anybody can make these detergents.

Basically, soap is made by combining fats and oils with a chemical (Sodium Hydroxide, also
known as ‘Caustic Soda’). Caustic Soda is a white solid substance that easily dissolves in water.
It is available on the open market where it is often sold as pellets, granules or flakes.

Depending on the effect you want to achieve, you could include interesting stuff like herbs,
honey and other substances that are known to soothe, smooth and heal the skin.

Apart from the ingredients you need to make detergent, there are basic tools that you will need
too. They are so basic that they are easily available all over.

You will need simple items such as bowls and spoons, buckets, wooden ladle and packaging
containers for your finished product. With a budget of about Ksh.2,000 you should have these
items.

*Detergent Ingredients*

Some of these ingredients have complicated chemical names but we will use their common
trade names. The ingredients should cost you about Ksh.1000 – Ksh.2,000 and can be bought
from chemical shops all over town, Kariobangi light industries or industrial area.

The quantity of the chemicals are bought according to the quantity of detergent you want to
make. If you want to make 100 litres, just ask the dealer to give you ingredients for that
quantity.

Detergent making is a chemical process and may be a danger to your safety. Remember to use
hand gloves to protect your skin from coming into contact with the chemicals.

*Mixing Instructions*

1. Pour the Ungerol in the container that you intend to use preferably with a capacity of 50
litres or more.

2. Add Ufacid, industrial salt and caustic soda and mix with the wooden spoon until the salt is
completely dissolved and the mixture is smooth and fine.

3. Add more water and stir further to make the paste more dilute. Ensure you add water in
small quantities to prevent too much foaming.

4. Add colour and perfume or fragrance and continue stirring to the required thickness. You can
use lemon drops as fragrance.

256
5. Once thickened, pour the mixture into a clean container and set aside for about 2 hours.

There may be slight variations to these instructions depending on the type or quantity of liquid
detergent you intend to produce.

NOTE: You can also check out for tutorials on YouTube.

*Packaging*

When your detergent is ready for the market, you have to make a decision on what packaging
quantities and designs you will use depending on your market.

Plastic containers come in various sizes such as 300ml, 500ml, 1L, 5L, 10L, 20L or more. Most
detergent making businesses prefer the 10L or more containers since they are more popular
with businesses such as hotels and restaurants, car wash yards, schools, churches and other
businesses.

Households mostly buy in smaller quantities of 500ml, 1L and 5L. Empty plastic containers can
be bought in shops in town and industrial area.

Branding the containers with your contact details can be a good idea especially for marketing.
Print labels of different sizes and stick to the containers.

*Sales and Marketing*

Liquid detergent business is very simple to start and start up costs are also very low. The major
task is in marketing the products.

Your marketing plan should involve visiting schools, churches, households, businesses, shops
and offices around you to tell them about your products.

A good strategy is to make small samples and distribute to potential clients for free with your
contact as you tell them about your products.

You are likely to face stiff competition therefore, put a lot of effort in marketing.

Packaged liquid detergents have the following average market prices;

1. Ksh.25 – Sh.40 (500ml)

2. Sh.250 – Sh.300 (5L)
3. Sh.450 – Sh.500 (10L)
4. Sh.1,000 (20L)

257
Bear in mind that these figures are estimates from several dealers and may vary depending on
location, who is selling and who is buying.

Use popular flavors such as lavender, lemon and mixed fruit to sell more. Quality should also be
upheld by making properly concentrated detergent to attract and retain customers.

Many liquid detergent sellers make profits of about Sh.1,000 – Sh.5,000 per day and make
products 3 to 4 times per week but get more orders at the end of the month.

In a day most make and sell between 20L to 30L of detergent.

The process of liquid making is tedious and requires patience and passion. Make sure you have
gathered enough information before you set up your liquid detergent business.

*Final Word*

We all need soap. Whether in the rural areas, towns, prisons, schools, hospitals – every person
needs some soap in one way or another.

So you can try out this idea and see how far it will take you and even venture into the
manufacturer of flavoured soap, bathing soap and so forth.

You can start small today and aim for the sky.

*70. CAR WASH BUSINESS IN KENYA STEP BY STEP GUIDE*

Car wash services in Kenya are increasing in demand. Many people are venturing into the car
wash business for livelihood. Vehicles have become affordable and many people are buying
them. This has created an opportunity for car cleaning businesses.

Did you know that over 7,500 new vehicles are introduced on Kenyan roads every month? Data
from the Kenya National Bureau of Statistics shows that a total of 120,664 new cars were
bought in Kenya in 2019 alone!

258
In fact, you don’t need to be a statistician to see just how fast the number of local car owners is
growing – it’s obvious, everyone is driving nowadays and therein lies a potential business idea
that you might want to invest in (the car wash business).

As many people in Kenya are venturing into entrepreneurship, the one business that has caught
the attention of young people is the car wash business.

Walk or drive into any of the estates in Nairobi or in major roads and highways, you will not
miss seeing a car wash within a 1km radius.

Right from the low-income areas of the city to the opulent suburbs, car wash businesses of
different magnitudes have thrived into existence to meet the needs of the high number of
vehicles being imported into the country.

What could be the contributing factor towards the success of a car wash business? Is it a viable
business that any aspiring entrepreneur can consider or is the field already crowded?

Let’s take a look at 3 reasons why this business is thriving:

*Low Startup Costs*

Generally, setting up a car wash business is not an expensive undertaking. We have different
sizes or car wash setups from the heavy machinery reliance ones where a car drives through an
automatic rollover washing machine to the basic ones that use small and portable car wash
machines.

But if you want to start small and upgrade gradually, then choosing to start at a small-scale
level is the best option. And this is partially what has contributed to the success of this business.

The major costs of starting will include a pressure washing machine, vacuum cleaner, water
tanks, buckets, brushes, detergents and access to water.

Unless you have your own land, you will have to pay for monthly land rates to the county
government if it is public land or the private landowner. Additional costs will include licenses
and permits which normally do not cost much, and thereafter hire a team of at least 3 people.
The average startup costs for a basic car wash is around Ksh.50,000.

*Booming Road Transport Business*

The Kenya public transport system is largely dominated by road transport. Kenya road sub-
sector accounts for over 80% of the country’s total passenger traffic and 76% of the freight. The
road transport is dominated by buses, minibuses, and Lorries which are involved in the
transportation of luggage and passengers.

259
According to the Kenya National Bureau of Statistics (KNBS), over 213,715.0 vehicles were
registered in 2019 while the number of Public Service Vehicle (PSV) licenses issued increasing
by 9.3 per cent from 30,506 in 2018 to 33,349 in 2019.

Most if not all of these vehicles visit the car wash by the close of business on a daily basis. An
average price that a car wash will charge will range from as low as Kshs.200 for a saloon car to
Ksh.500 and above for a bus or a lorry for vehicle body wash.

The high volume of vehicles provides a ready market for a car wash business to thrive.

*The Location*

The location of a car wash is important to its success. And most of the car wash businesses are
set up in high traffic areas. These areas include residential areas, shopping centers, garages,
entertainment areas like bars and restaurants, car bazaars, malls and other places car owners
and drivers mostly frequent.

Then most people would leave their cars to be washed as they indulge in shopping and other
social activities. In some cases, you will find up to 5 car wash businesses bordering each other
side by side as they fulfil the high demands. Therefore location remains one of the major
contributing factors to the success of the car wash businesses in Kenya.

*Analyze The Car Wash Business Idea*

This should always be the very first step when thinking of starting a business. Look objectively
at your idea and determine how lucrative it is. This is how you do it:

1. Potential Market Size

You need to ask yourself if there is market for your carwash business and if yes, how big it is.

2. Competitive Advantage

What makes you a worthy competitor in the market? Do you have more experience than other
players in the industry? In other words you want to figure out what makes you unique in a
potentially crowded market place. Also, find out if anyone else has tried your idea (in the area
you want to set up your car wash), and if they failed – why?

3. Assess Capital Requirements

Luckily for you, I usually give a rough breakdown and capital estimate for each idea. But besides
that, you need to do your own research to get the real picture. Keep a small notebook where
you can note all the specific cost outline down.

260
*Do A Deeper Analysis of the Market*

Now that you are satisfied that your idea is a good one, it’s time to take a closer look at the
market. Your goal at this stage is to determine what exactly the market needs and how they
want it done.

1. Find the Differentiating Factor

A differentiating factor is simply that one thing that makes you attractive to customers. Ask
yourself, why will customers want to get my car washing services instead of my competitors?

Is it because I can deliver faster than others or is it because I have better pricing methodology?
What gap have your competitors left so that you can fill?

Once you add a differentiating factor to your services, you will have an easier time penetrating
the market.

2. Market Barriers Analysis

A market barrier is something that prevents you from entering a certain field of business at any
one time. For instance, there is a barrier to starting a chemist shop since you have to get the
approval of the Pharmacy and Poisons Boards.

Look within your area and do inquiries and see if there are any barriers that bar you from
entering into Car wash business.

Luckily, most car wash businesses don`t have barriers of entry.

3. What Makes Your Competitors Successful?

In every business there are competitors and learning what makes them successful is the surest
way to get an inside scoop of the market conditions of your idea.

So once again, keep a closer eye on your potential competitors so that you can fine-tune your
game-plan.

*Do a Financial Feasibility Analysis*

By now, given that you’ve done idea analysis and a bit of market survey, I assume you have
sufficient information on the nitty-gritty of running your car wash business.

So let me now show you how to do a financial feasibility study.

261
1. Estimate The Start-up Cost

The start-up cost comprises the cost of setting up the business and the initial working capital
(i.e. the money you put into the business). Determine if your savings will be sufficient to start
the business. If not, then look for a loan.

Basically, the entire cost of starting up should be made up of:

-Cost of setting up the working area

-Cost of buying new equipment

-Cost of acquiring licenses and certificates

The working capital comprises of:

-Cost of buying raw materials (e.g. washing soap, washing towels, brushes e.tc)

-Cost of initial promotion of the business.

-If you are going to hire any workers or staff, you might incur some amount to train them

*How Viable Is My Business Idea?*

An idea is only viable if and only if

(1) There is market for it

(2) You have figured out how to finance it either through your savings or loan

(3) You have a differentiating factor that sets you ahead of the competition

(4) You are passionate about it

(5) You are ready to be patient with it.

Before you invest your money in any business idea, it is always wise to do a feasibility study.
Sometimes this small measure of security can help you save a lot of cash that would otherwise
be wasted chasing the wind – like most people do!

*Plan your Business*

262
Before you venture into car wash business in Kenya, you need to sit back and do proper
planning; make sure you have an idea of all the costs involved. Business planning is a very
important part of every business venture and that is why you hear about it very often.

Unfortunately, most people who think about starting a business usually don’t consider writing a
business plan.

I have read from different business experts about the fact that most start-up entrepreneurs do
not write a business plan but what I have not read from anyone is why this is so.

Why is it that most people have fear (so to say) about writing a business plan?

I think I know the answer.

You see, there are many myths and lies you probably have heard about the subject of a
business plan. Some people present a business plan as if it was a university thesis or an
academic report to be defended before certain professors.

Other people think that a business plan has to be 50 pages long and that it must be written in a
certain “approved” format.

Well, I am here to tell you that all those opinions are not valid.

Because of the ugly lies around this important business step, most people are “afraid” of doing
it.

Journey with me as I will reveal the real truth about business plan and at the end, you will
discover that it is actually easy to write a business plan.

*Seven Things That Your Business Plan Should Contain.*

I will not write any complex term or academic jargon here (because I believe the world is not
complex)

*1. Your business name/title.*

This is obvious. Example… Sparkle Car Wash Business Plan

*2. Objective/summary.*

They call this Executive Summary, but don’t be deceived by this name. It simply means, why you
are writing this plan.

263
What do you want to achieve with your plan? If you’re giving it to an investor, what do you
want from him?

Constructively state your objective here. If you are giving your plan to someone you want to
convince to partner with you, state your objective and if your intention is to get him to finance
your business venture, state that here.

*3. Business description.*

What and what is your car wash business all about? What are the future possibilities and
threats in your business?

Describe your intending business here.

*4. Market strategy.*

At this point, I expect you to be familiar with your car wash services and market, as close as you
are to your wife/husband.

How do you intend to win a good market share for your business? This is very important, even if
you are not presenting your plan to any investor.

I advise you to conduct a market analysis. What that simply means is that you should spend
time to research and understand your market, then position yourself with the tactics to win.

*5. Competitors` analysis.*

Do you understand the strengths and weaknesses of your competitors? That’s what this part of
the business plan is all about.

Some people come up with a formula they call SWORT analysis.

It simply means that you should analyze the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunity, Reward and
the Threats in the market place.

This will help you to know how to play your business game and if you will be presenting your
business plan to an investor, this will encourage him that you actually understand your
“enemies” and you are able to kill them.

*6. Your people.*

If I want to invest with you, won’t I have interest in knowing who and who will be part of your
business team? That is what you will want to write here.

264
Who will be doing what, who will be handle what and who will be employed later to take care
of what? These are the answers you have to provide here.

*7. Financial situations and forecasts.*

Here you will want to write about the financial requirements of your car wash business, amount
on ground now and what and what is needed.

There you have it. A guide that can help you to write a good car wash business plan.

*Choose a Business Name for Your Car Wash*

It goes without saying that any successful business must have a name; otherwise, how will your
customers identify your services?

Choosing a unique name for your business goes a long way in ensuring that you stand out from
both direct competitors and other businesses in your locality.

Most people struggle when it comes to choosing a name for their businesses, well that’s a
whole different story but for starters, choose a name that is easy to spell, pronounce, and
memorize. Make sure that the name conveys some positive meaning about your business.

You can also come up with a list of names and ask your friends or other business associates
what they think about them. This way, you can scale down to one or two names that most of
your respondents find catchy. From there, you can choose the one that makes you happy.

Choose a catchy and unique business name for your car wash. It is easy for customers to
identify a business by its name. Besides, it is easy for customers to recommend your car wash
to their friends by its name.

*Find a Strategic Business Location*

Land identification is vital for your car wash business because it aids in determining the flow of
customers. There is no way your enterprise will flourish in an area with poor living standards
and low traffic.

The location of your carwash is a huge factor in determining how your business will turn out.
First, find a place with high traffic volume and where there is little or no competition.

In some cases, however, the demand is still high even when similar businesses are available in
the same location. Such was the case when Hillary Gathambi who started his ‘Sparkle Carwash’
business three months ago at Imara Daima in Nairobi.

I asked him why he chose a location that had many carwash businesses to open his own.

265
“It’s simple,” he said. “Over the years, this place has become popular for having carwashes. So
when I spotted an unoccupied space suitable for the business, I had no doubt that it would
work. There are a lot of customers for everyone here,” he told me.

Also, find a location with retail or shopping centers nearby, you can be sure that some
motorists stopping by will spot your business.

Sparkle Carwash is located within a residential area where most working people have their cars.

“Sometimes we pick their cars from the estate and return them after we have finished washing
them,” he says.

An extra tip is to check the speed limit of the particular area you want to open your carwash, an
average speed limit of 30 Km/h will tell you that drivers are not too much in a hurry to make
stops while passing by.

The best area to purchase or lease land for your car wash business would be close to a
residential area or a famous getaway location. A car wash next to a nyama choma restaurant or
bar and grill is a cash cow for the diligent Kenyan.

You will have all the time in the world to wash the cars while the owners take a pint or enjoy
some food. Ensure that the car wash location is easily accessible and has all the exposure you
can provide. Not to mention, the terrain should be away from areas with physical obstructions
such as electric poles, ditches, or too many trees should be avoided.

Other suitable areas to buy or lease land for a car wash business in Kenya include shopping
malls, public facilities, and churches to mention a few.

While scouting for locations, ensure the area you pick has a steady water supply. Water coming
from a natural source is a bonus since it can never run out. You can also dig a borehole or a well
but ensure you treat it regularly.

Ensure you set aside an area for tanks, which should always be filled with water when your
business takes off.

One thing most people forget when they are on the ‘seller’ end of any business is that
customers are attracted to decency as much as they are engrossed in efficiency.

It is not advisable to start a car wash without rehabilitating the land through removing barriers
or fencing the area. For instance, if the land has bushes, you can clear the site and even fence it.
Digging trenches and leveling up the ground are also essential processes when renovating the
property.

266
If the money is enough, consider covering the ground with concrete. It helps maintain the
ground level while adding to your car wash’s beauty. After this is done, you can create some
anticipation by placing a ‘car wash coming soon’ banner at the entrance.

If possible add some security features to your yard to ensure safety for the customer’s vehicles.

Most people know that corruption has taken down a lot of bright ideas than anything else in
this country. There have been endless court hearings regarding land that has been dragged for
ages dwindling progress in the intended business.

As such, if the area in which you wish to set up a car wash has some land issues, don’t waste
your time buying or leasing the land. It makes no sense to prepare for everything then get
disappointed later when the business has taken off.

*Get the Necessary Licenses and Permits*

If land ownership or leasing is verified, you can now proceed to this step.

Business licenses and permits are necessary for running a legal business. Entrepreneurs wishing
to start a car wash business will need a single business permit issued by the county government
which costs between Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.15,000 depending on your county and car wash size.

The costs for business permits varies from one county to another. For example, it is expensive
to obtain a business permit in Mombasa and Nairobi than in smaller towns like Muranga and
Nyamira.

You need clearance from the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) if you
intend to start a big car wash.

*Acquire the Necessary Equipment*

The success of your car wash business in Kenya hugely relies on the type of equipment you
purchase.

Technology has introduced innovations that make washing a car seem natural while reducing
the amount of labour and improving the quality of the wash.

The equipment to purchase will depend on the services you will offer in your car wash.

Before starting a business, take time to consult other entrepreneurs, especially those running
businesses that are similar or related to what you want to start. This will help you to avoid
mistakes that beginners commonly make.

267
Getting the right equipment for your carwash will be easier if you talk to other carwash owners.
For instance, when choosing a pressure washer, consider its amount of PSI (pound per square
inch).

Generally, car washing is made quick and easy using pressures ranging from 1200 to 2100 PSI.
Depending on your business plan, decide on how many washers you are going to need. Also,
determine whether you are going to use an electric machine or one that is powered by petrol.

Hillary Gathambi (who I told you earlier about) has both machines for his carwash business. “I
mostly use the electric one because it is cheaper to operate, but the petroleum one really
comes in handy during outages,” he tells me.

The common services provided in a car wash include upholstery, body washing, engine wash,
under wash, dusting, carpet cleaning, interior cleaning, buffing, and waxing. You will need car
wash detergents for cleaning.

To start pressure washing business, you need the following items.

*1. Car Wash Machine*

For any serious investor, the first thing you should purchase for this business is a pressure
washing machine. These machines come in different capacities, from different brands, and can
be new or used.

Purchasing one should be determined by the estimated number of cars that will frequent your
car wash on a daily basis. Your best bet is a durable machine; the extra coin might hurt the
budget, but it guarantees longevity.

However, if you are on a budget, a low capacity model will do before your car wash business
brings in enough money for an upgrade. The fuel type used by the pressure washing machine is
also a significant factor to consider.

Kenyans are just about fed up with power outages, which not only irritate the locals but also
halts some businesses. If the area you intend to set up your car wash has a history of regular
power outages, consider buying petrol or diesel-powered pressure washing machine.

However, the petrol one is better considering it guarantees superior performance. As far as the
model is concerned, all you need to look at are the features that come with every brand.

Some of the features to look out for include a spray gun, pressure options, anti-twist systems,
weight, and dust blasting to mention a few.

The more the features, the higher your chances are of improving service delivery on your car
wash business.

268
Washing pressure machines are available in leading supermarkets across the country with
popular brands such as Karcher and Honda dominating the market.

*2. Vacuum Cleaners*

Purchasing a vacuum cleaner for a car wash business is different from when you’re buying the
same equipment for your house.

Request to be directed to the area with commercial vacuum cleaners. These vacuum cleaners
have more features and are not made for limited usage like their counterparts.

Purchase commercial vacuum cleaners from specialized dealers. Select a durable vacuum
cleaner that can serve many customers in a day without breaking down.

*3. Water Tank*

Water tanks are essential in any car wash business. You can purchase a water tank with a
capacity ranging from 1,000 to 10,000 liters. Ensure that your tanks are filled with water at all
times.

The bigger the tank, the better.

*4. Car Washing Detergent*

As for the detergents, make sure you don’t make your purchase at the local shop or
supermarket. There are specialized detergents meant for washing vehicles, and they can be
found in some local stores.

They are perfumed and can enable your car wash to stand out from the competition. However,
some people are allergic to strong smells so be sure to ask your customers which ones they
prefer for their cars and have a variety of options such as mild or strong-smelling for said
detergents.

*5. Brushes, Squeezers, Towels, and Buckets*

Brushes, squeezers, towels, and buckets all come in different sizes. You can choose any size and
quantity depending on your budget and the number of customers you intend to serve.

You will need a source of water; this can be piped or acquired from a natural source and stored
in a 1000+ litres water storage tank.

While purchasing the equipment above, be sure also to consider some of the services you’re
going to offer at your car wash.

269
Some of the most common services include body washing, upholstery, interior cleaning, under
wash, waxing, dusting, buffing, carpet cleaning, and engine wash.

Some of these services might require equipment that is only found in high-end car wash
businesses, but you need them to ensure a steady flow of clients.

For really small starters, you can start with a few buckets and cotton hand towels and buy the
sophisticated machines later as your business expands.

*What’s the cost of starting a car wash business in Kenya?*

The car wash business cost in Kenya is highly dependent on your preferences. A lot of the
pioneers in the industry started off with little capital yet went on to make a fortune. The car
wash business is a profitable small-scale or large-scale idea depending on your vision.

You might have the required capital or find luck in your friends, family, savings, or bank and get
some financial backing.

Choices are also there to be made regarding the mobility of your business or the acquisition of
a piece of land. Regardless of the decision you make, ensure that you have all the right
equipment.

*How Much To Invest (Approx.)*

Yard rent: Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.20,000 depending on the county your carwash will be located

Rehabilitation: Ksh.10,000 and above depending on cost of raw materials and size of your car
wash.

Licenses: Ksh.5,000 and above depending on your county and size of carwash.

Equipment: Ksh.50,000 and above depending on the size of your car wash and services offered.

Marketing: Ksh.5,000 and above depending on your marketing strategies and marketing
budget.

Total: Could be as low as Ksh.50,000 (if you own the land or if you locate your car wash in a
rural setup) to Ksh.100,000 and above (for urban areas).

Other expenses might also arise as you operate your car wash business.

Bottom line, be ready to negotiate your way throughout the process of acquiring land and
equipment to ensure you get the best deal and save some money.

270
The car wash business in Kenya is without a doubt one of the easiest ways to become a
millionaire today.

*Market Your Car Wash Business*

Having an excellent marketing strategy for your business is one vital step to success. After
setting up your business, you don’t sit to wait for customers.

Customers don’t know what they don’t know, so don’t just expect them to line up without any
effort on your part. Make sure to let the community know about your car wash ahead of the
grand opening with onsite advertising (`car wash coming up soon`) sign as well as distributing
brochures, setting up posters in public places, and even by word of mouth.

Another simple way to get customers is by offering quality services, giving discounts to
customers, and offering free services once in a while. This is a sure way to getting many
customer referrals.

Go for what is convenient for you.

Encourage Current Customers to Make Referrals to Family and Friends. It’s well known in the
marketing industry that the most effective type of advertising is the word-of-mouth variety. The
rationale for this is quite simple. People tend to place more faith in reviews that come from
those they know and trust — rather than from businesses looking to sell their products and
services.

So take advantage of this by encouraging your faithful clients to refer your car wash services to
their family, fellow church members, friends, co-workers, and associates. Make it worth their
while by offering incentives for their referrals.

Get Social. When it comes to engaging with customers and would-be clients, social media is
your friend. Your target market is on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and other social media
platforms — and so should you.

Be sure to set up a presence on various social media sites, and use these accounts to engage
with customers and would-be customers. Give them a reason to follow you and to check in
from time to time.

Create Attractive Space. One way you can separate yourself from the pack is to create an
environment that is simply different from other car wash operations in the area.

Whether it’s the décor, the magazines in the waiting area, the coffee or light snacks available
while they wait, or even free Wi-Fi access, there are things you can do to set your car wash
business apart from the competition.

271
*Car Wash Business Success Story*

One of the businesses that you can do without incurring losses is car wash business. You only
need Ksh.50,000 to Ksh.250,000 to start a car wash anywhere in the country.

Two years ago, my cousin told me he had Ksh.80,000 but wasn’t sure what he could do with the
money to start generating an income.

I fronted the idea of car wash business. This is what he told me, “Hii biashara ikianguka
utanilipa hii pesa”.

I told him, “Nitakulipa double”.

I proposed for him Kericho and for sure he set the business up. It’s now two years na kijana
ananipigia asante kila siku.

Also sometimes ago, I met with Victor, who owns 5 car wash businesses in Nairobi. He shared
with me his success story.

Below is his story on how he started.

It was in 2001 when, straight from high school, I came to Nairobi for my college studies. I lived
at my cousin’s house in Huruma.

At that time, I was very young, shy and naive. I didn’t know Nairobi, not even fending for
myself.

I stayed at my cousin’s house for six months, and in those six months I managed to find a
college, Technical University of Kenya (formerly Kenya Polytechnic University).

I was admitted for a course in Electrical and electronics engineering.

After starting attending school, I would struggle to make ends meet due to financial constraints.

My cousin worked for construction companies (mjengo) and didn’t have enough money to pay
for my matatu transport and pocket money. I had to look for a source of income.

My cousin introduced me to his friends, who ushered me into the world of hustling in Nairobi. I
could wake up earlier in the morning, go to a construction site, beg for work and at the end of
the day I could walk home with Ksh.250, which was good at that time.

I did the construction site jobs for around 1 year while schooling until another friend, who had
opened a car wash in Donholm told me to work for him.

272
That’s where I learn’t that there is money in car wash business. Unlike in construction jobs
where I was getting Ksh.250 per day, here I was getting at least Ksh.700 per day.

I could see my friend pocket Ksh.3,000. I was so motivated that I told myself, “this should be
me”.

Saving after saving, one year later I had Ksh.50,000. That’s the money I used to start my own
car wash in 2004 in Umoja Nairobi. At that time, the washing machines and water was easy to
obtain, competition was also not stiff.

Unlike most business where you have to wait for a while before the first customer comes, my
business got the first customer 1 hour after opening it.

I remember it was a Toyota Prado that was driven into my car wash and after 20 minutes, I was
Ksh.300 richer.

It’s now years and am still growing strong in business. I have managed to make a total of over
Ksh.20 million from my first car wash business.

And about my college education, I deferred for a while but I completed in 2012, but I haven’t
used it anywhere.

What I can say is that car wash business is lucrative in Nairobi. There are so many vehicles in
Nairobi. If you manage to set it up near a busy shopping centre, you will not go home with less
than Ksh.4,000 per day.

What I have also learn’t is that customers want excellent services. What’s important here is
how your customer feels after your service. He comes in as a patient and once his car is treated
well, he will come again.

My business has grown and I now have 4 other branches, 2 branches along Ngong Road and the
other 2 branches along Thika road.

*Just How Profitable Is A Car Wash?*

Every Kenyan dreams of owning a car at some point in life. Regardless, there is a section of the
51 Million Kenyans that has actualized those dreams. And as statistics go, over 90,000 vehicles
hit the Kenyan roads every year.

What does that reality tell you?

There are lots of car-related businesses that are out there waiting to be exploited. One such
business is the car wash business.

273
Did you know that the Car Wash business is actually one of the most profitable businesses in
Kenya at the moment?

You must have seen so many Car Wash businesses mushrooming around where there used to
be none.

This is to say that as profitable as it is if you don’t jump on this opportunity today you may
never get a space to set up your car wash.

On average a small car wash business that has just started can handle 15 cars per day
(weekends are peak days). The average price of cleaning a car is Ksh.200.

In addition you can offer services like carpet cleaning, night parking and restaurant to bolster
your margins. Overall, a well run car wash business in Kenya can rake in Ksh.130,000 per month
with a net profit margin of 40%.

A car wash business is profitable if you have a good business location. The normal price of
washing a car is usually Ksh.200. Buses and Lorries, charges are Ksh.500 and above. Therefore,
you can make up to Ksh.5,000 in a day from a car wash if you have many customers.

*Charges from a standard Car wash in Nakuru Town*

(This charges may be higher depending on the location of the business and costs incurred)

Small car – Ksh.200

Bus – Ksh.500

Lorry – Ksh.500

Motorcycle – Ksh.50

Interior – Ksh.150

Upholstery – Ksh.100

Engine Cleaning – Ksh.250

Carpet Cleaning: small – Ksh.100 , Large – Ksh.150

Car wash business is a safe bet especially for anyone who is in employment (or another
business field) looking to explore a new arena. Its risk potential is quite low and there is massive
potential for it to grow given the fast rising number of car ownership in Kenya.

274
However, just as with any other business it requires a great deal of patience, strategy and
timely judgment.

Like any other business, a car wash business needs professionalism and offer customers quality
services.

Through hard work and persistence, you can grow your car wash business.

*Success Factors of Car Wash Business*

Location- A good location will attract more customers and therefore higher revenues. A good
location should be near a busy road, supermarket, residential areas and other areas mostly
flocked by car owners and drivers.

Car wash Management- The staff should be friendly, outgoing and organized. A well-managed
car wash business will result in increased revenues, happy clients and satisfied staff.

Service- Exceptional car wash service will attract new clients, retain current clients and serve as
a marketing tool for the business.

Variety service- Where the business offers extra services beyond the normal body wash, the
clients are likely to spend more and thus higher revenues. These extra services may include
upholstery, engine wash, waxing, etc.

*Just start!*

The most important thing is you have to start from somewhere. Sometimes, you don’t have to
have everything figured out.

Car washing is not a skill you acquire from going to school; anyone can do this job if they are
willing to learn.

“You must be keen to details,” Hillary tells me. He started the business with his small home tank
for water storage purposes; now, he has managed to buy extra ones for the business.

As we concluded our brief conversation, he informed me of plans to construct a shed after

most clients expressed the desire to wait as they had their cars washed. Still, a long way to go
for him!

If you are busy with other businesses or employment, you can install CCTV at your car wash and
monitor your business from anywhere you are. Same applies to those who are planning to open
more than one car wash.

275
If you can get a good place, it will give you value for your money. Also, focus on customer
satisfaction and continually improve your services.

With all this information I have provided you with, I hope you can now easily start a car wash
business in Kenya.

*71. IS CYBER CAFÉ BUSINESS STILL PROFITABLE?*

Despite cheaper computers and wireless internet modems flooding the market, a sizeable
number of customers are still trooping into cyber cafes to do more than just checking emails
and surfing the internet.

And while some analysts have sounded the death knell for small internet kiosks, statistics from
the ground show (to the contrary) that the daring ones are actually growing NOT shrinking.

As such, if you have been toying with this business idea for some time don’t be tempted to
shelve it yet. Here are some useful tips for potential and existing cyber cafe owners.

*Step 1: Choose a Good Location*

Ideally, go for a place with high foot traffic of mostly young scholars and professionals. Think of
an area near an upcoming or existing university or college. Alternatively, go for the high-end
market in the CBDs of major towns.

*Step 2: Build the Workstation*

A small cafe would require one workstation partitioned to create exclusive booths for up to 4
client computers. In addition, a small management booth with a few display shelves (for snacks,
envelopes, flash disks and other merchandise), space for the main computer and space for a
printer/photocopier would also be required.

*Step 3: Book Licenses*

276
In order to start a cyber cafe in Kenya, you need 3 mandatory licenses.

These are:

*(1) County Council Single Business Permit*

All 47 counties in Kenya require you to pay for this license before you open your business. The
cost may vary from county to county with Kajiado averaging at Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.15,000 per year
and Nairobi at Ksh.20,000 – Ksh.35,000.

*(2) County Council Outdoor Advertising and Signage Permit*

Some county governments (like Nairobi, Mombasa and Kisumu) require you to pay a permit for
outdoor marketing if you’re going to put a sign-board to attract customers to your business.

*(3) Music Copyright Society of Kenya (MCSK) License*

If you will be playing music in your cafe, then this license is a must-have. Otherwise, you can
desist from playing any kind of music to save on cost (the trade-off being you may not attract
many young customers).

*Step 4: Assemble Your Equipment*

Lastly, bring your machines. Each computer should have a legitimate Operating System
software (if you can’t afford copyrighted Microsoft software go for open source software or
Linux).

Link up with a cost-friendly internet service provider.

Oh, and did I mention you need a software to track computer usage in order to charge clients
accordingly?

NOW, you are ready to start.

*The Secret to Growing Your Cyber Cafe against All Odds*

The secret to succeeding in this business lies in diversification. Gone are the days when
customers seeking internet services were the backbone of cyber cafe firms. Consider adding a
wide host of services to your cyber in order to attract many walk-in customers. Some examples
of these add-on businesses include:

*Mobile money agency outlet (M-Pesa, Airtel Money, Equity,KCB and Cooperative Bank
agencies don’t disappoint).

277
*Video games outlet

*Typing and proof-reading services

*Instant passport photo taking and printing services

*Printing images from clients mobile phones and memory cards

*Photocopy services

*Snacks and soft-drinks

*Graphic design and printing of promotional materials

*IT services

*Computer training services (particularly in the rural areas)

In addition, you can venture into online business. For example you can run your eCommerce
store using your cyber cafe as your physical address.

*How Much To Invest*

Although you can start a cyber cafe with much less, a bare minimum budget of Ksh.100,000 is
highly recommended.

*How Much To Expect*

A well run cyber cafe with at least 4 computers and an added service like M-pesa, graphic
design, web-design, eCommerce, photocopy services etc can rake in up to Ksh.750,000 per
year.

*Final Word*

So forget about the myth that cyber cafes “don’t make money nowadays”. The secret to
succeeding in any business lies in innovation..

278
*72. LIGHTS, CAMERA... CASH! THE PHOTOGRAPHY BUSINESS*

A little over 15 years ago, cameras were not such a big deal.

There was one photographer in the whole village who would walk around taking pictures. If you
missed him, it could take you a whole month for your next pose.

Things are different now. Photography has grown from the realm of family photos to a lucrative
business.

Photographers are hired to cover events like parties and conferences. Pregnancies too are an
opportunity for photoshoots.

I had a talk with Eustace Maina, a lifestyle photographer and co-founder of Eye Con
Photography.

"The digital media revolutionised photography. The advent of Facebook was godsent. There
were no photographers to meet the high demand. As a matter of fact, only journalists were
taking pictures professionally. We came in and found a ready market,” said Maina.

The company has expanded and made a name for itself.

His capital, he said, was Sh.500,000, which he recouped in less than a year.

“There is money in photography, but you must identify a market you wish to target. We have
bought many expensive cameras from upcoming photographers who quit because it did not
work out for them,” added Maina.

He revealed that they charge Sh.25,000 to cover corporate events and Sh.5,000 for ordinary
photoshoots. In a week, they make an average of Sh.30,000.

Maina said that they started with one camera and now have a fully-equipped studio.

279
“Photographers add hype and visibility to an event. They take great photos which become the
talking point immediately they are uploaded on social media. Such pictures are great marketing
tools with a pull effect. They communicate the message that the event is where you need to be,
where all the action and fun is,” said DJ Sadic, a gospel DJ and events organiser.

“It is a lucrative business. I am always accompanied by an official photographer," added the DJ.

Mutua Musyoki started M2A Photography immediately after clearing campus last year.

He says he ventured into photography because it is his passion. Having studied for a bachelors
degree in community development at Moi University, he had no prior training in photography,
but learnt on the job.

“I have been doing photoshoots for a year now, covering a number of events and weddings.
Good photography pays and you have to identify your target market, then give it your all,” said
Mutua.

He started by hiring cameras since he didn't own one in the beginning.

He also said that social media made it easy to reach more people cheaply through
advertisements that he posts on his company’s Facebook page and Instagram account.

“Digital images and social media complement each other,” said Mutua.

*73. I FAILED IN POLITICS BUT ENDED UP BUILDING A MULTI-MILLION OIL BUSINESS*

Kenya boasts more than 70 oil marketing and importing companies, though most people know
‘the big five’.

These companies are Gulf African Petroleum Corporation, Total Kenya, Vivo Energy, Libya Oil
Kenya and KenolKobil.

So you will agree that it would take quite a bit of courage and a healthy sense of risk to decide
to play in this arena as a young businessman.

280
But that’s exactly what Simon Kirima of Awali Group is doing.

Awali Group is an oil marketing company that owns seven independent petrol stations
nationwide and three dealerships, and supplies fuel to independent fuel stations, hotels,
hospitals and other industrial outfits.

I met with Simon who took me through the journey that’s built him a multi-million-shilling
business.

*What does an oil marketing company do exactly?*

In simple terms, an oil marketing company is one that imports oil into a country, usually
regulated by government tenders, and then resells the oil to other oil companies or institutions
at a profit.

*It’s been said that the oil industry is a closed industry, why?*

The main reason is the high capital investment needed, coupled with the high-risk factor due to
stiff competition and potential for losses in daily operations.

*How much capital did you put into your business starting out?*

My path into the oil industry started in 2013 with a petrol station. My start-up capital was Sh.7
million, which I recouped within two years, and I acquired three more stations in this time.

*Take us through how you got to the point where you could raise Sh.7 million. What’s your
background?*

It’s something I don’t like talking about because my life as a young man was messy. I grew up in
Ruai, Eastlands. My parents were business people, so we didn’t struggle for finances but many
of my peers did.

I think because my mind couldn’t come to terms with that, I ended up rebelling against the
system. I got into a lot of trouble.

I was admitted into one of the top national schools, but I had difficulties following all the rules.

My mother gave me a rosary and told me that no matter how much I rebelled, God would
never give up on me.

Her acceptance of who I was made me realise I wanted to be more and do better, for her. So I
did.

281
*How did you end up in oil?*

After university, in 2003, I joined the banking industry. Ten years later, in the run-up to the
2013 elections, I decided to go into politics.

I took leave from work to campaign and lost. I hadn’t informed my employer about my
intentions but they found out, so when I got back to work, I was demoted.

I decided to quit the job.

At the time I was earning Sh.400,000 a month, but I had spent more than Sh.3 million during
the elections.

I was stuck.

A friend approached me with a proposal to go into the oil business and I jumped at the
opportunity.

*So how did you raise Sh.7 million?*

Ironically, I used my networks in the banking industry and borrowed against property, including
the home I was living in. One of my good friends and business partners also used his own house
as security for financing.

*That was quite a risk, considering you were new to the industry.*

Yes, which is also what pushed me to succeed. I remember starting from the very bottom
because I wanted to learn the ropes.

My first eight months I worked as a pump attendant at my own station – the employees had no
idea who I was.

*What are some of the lessons you learned from your staff?*

This will sound funny, but they taught me how to steal – from oil deliveries and from the cash
register.

I played along because, unknown to them, they were revealing the loopholes in the business.

You lose oil at the depot because of the cartels involved, you lose oil in the trucks because the
drivers siphon it enroute, you lose oil when it arrives at the station because what is recorded is
different from the actual amounts delivered, and you lose oil on sales due to theft from
attendants.

282
*Is there a solution for this?*

I tried many options. For instance, there was a time I decided to follow a truck whose driver I
suspected was stealing from me.

I tracked him to a plot in Nairobi’s Industrial Area, but I was shot at by unknown characters.

That was one of the scariest moments in my life.

I reported the matter to the police but nothing came of it. That’s when I decided I couldn’t fight
these thieves physically, but I could thwart them with technology.

*What kind of technology are we talking about?*

I partnered with a friend from high school who ran a company called Empire Microsystems,
which deals in automating oil distribution from depot to customer, using intelligent systems.

A chip is embedded into every carrier of fuel from the tanks in the depot, the trucks
transporting the fuel, the tanks at the stations and the fuel pumps.

These chips digitally record the volume of fuel passing through these carriers and remit the
information to our head office.

That means we know exactly how many litres left the depot, how many litres are in the truck,
how many litres are deposited into our station tanks, and how many litres are sold to
customers. In case of loss, we can accurately trace where it occurred.

*Has it worked in reducing your losses?*

Many fuel stations and oil marketing companies will record a loss of 4 per cent, while the
acceptable rate of loss is 0.5 per cent to maximise on profits.

We are currently at 0.2 per cent using our intelligent stations and depot system.

This has helped us maximise our returns to the point where we could raise Sh.120 million to
become an oil marketing company.

*Is this system exclusive to your stations?*

Our individualised system is, yes, but we are in talks with some of the big companies to
automate their oil distribution, including intelligent depots.

*How much does it take to buy and implement this technology?*

283
To digitise a station would cost approximately Sh.3 million. To digitise a depot would depend on
the size of the depot, but would cost approximately Sh.20 million – this would include putting a
weighbridge solution that weighs trucks as they enter and exit the depot.

*You went from owning one fuel station to being an oil marketing company, to seeking to
revolutionise how oil is distributed in this country. What do you think is behind all your
success?*

Finding the gaps, and being a part of the solution. It’s really that simple.

Just because something has always been done in a certain way doesn’t make it the best
method.

Always change, always find a better way.

*74. TYPES OF CHICKEN BREEDS IN KENYA THAT WILL MAKE YOU MONEY*

Many farmers rush to buy new chicken breeds coming into the market without knowing their
qualities only to end up with regrets and losses.

Poultry keeping is now one of the most popular agribusiness enterprises that many people in
Kenya want to go into.

However, many farmers rush into it without the most basic information on how they can do it
the right way.

The quail fiasco few years ago no doubt left many farmers with empty pockets when they made
huge investments in quail rearing leading to glut in the market and a fall in prices.

Many farmers do not seem to have learnt a lesson.

Currently, there are a lot of rumors, and misguided exaggerations about new chicken breeds
that are said to do much better than local indigenous breeds in production, enticing farmers to

284
spend a lot of their money in search of the breeds which they only learnt about in newspaper
articles and adverts.

In this issue, we would like to shed light on the breeds available in the country and their
qualities so that farmers can make informed decisions on the best type of breed they can keep
to get good returns by making the best choice from the various breeds in the market.

*1. Improved KARI indigenous chicken*

The KARI Improved Indigenous chicken breed is one of the most popular breeds in the country
at the moment.

The chickens can produce more eggs and meat compared to local indigenous chickens.

The breed can also do well in areas with harsh climatic conditions such as the arid and semi-arid
regions in Northern Kenya.

The chicken can be reared in free range conditions especially for farmers who want to produce
chickens organically.

When properly managed, the KARI Improved hens can lay between 220 to 280 eggs a year.

A hen from this breed can attain 1.5kg in 5 months. A cock weighs 2kg over the same period if
they are well-fed.

The breed has a quiet temperament, excellent feathering and is able to adapt fast to the
conditions under which it is kept compared to other breeds.

At the moment there is a huge demand for KARI Improved chickens across the country such
that KARI is unable to supply farmers who need this breed. But efforts are being made to train
farmers who can breed the chickens and sell to other farmers.

*2. Kenbro chicken*

The Kenbro breed is a dual-purpose (meant for eggs and meat production) breed which was
specifically developed to serve the western Kenya market that has a high demand for chickens.

It was introduced into the country about a decade ago by Kenchic Ltd to meet the demand for
farmers who would prefer a breed that requires less intensive management than hybrid
chickens.

Kenbro is more resistant to diseases compared to hybrid birds. It can survive on free range.

285
The bird matures faster with proper feeding and starts laying eggs at 5 months. It can attain up
to 4kg with proper feeding.

Kenchic produces more than 20,000 birds from this breed in a week but some farmers breed
the birds and sell to others. The quality of birds produced by such farmers is low because it is
only the company that has the parent stock that can produce high quality birds.

Kenbro is a heavy feeder and this is one reason it is able to put more weight than other
indigenous chickens.

*3. Kuroiler chicken*

The Kuroiler is a dual-purpose breed that was introduced in Uganda in the year 2009 from
Keggs Farms, India.

Like Kenbro, Kuroiler can survive on free range, but they need to feed continuously, a reason
why they put on weight faster than indigenous chickens; at 4 months Kuroiler chickens can
weigh up to 3kg and 4kg in 6 months.

Farmers rearing this breed say it has tastier meat compared to indigenous chickens; their meat
is also soft and tender.

Its eggs are larger than those of indigenous chickens. A Kuroiler hen can lay between 140-150
eggs in a year.

However, Kuroiler’s quality goes down when they are crossed with indigenous chickens.

Farmers keeping them say Kuroiler birds are scavengers that can live on household food
leftovers and related agricultural waste.

Like local indigenous chickens, Kuroiler chickens are resistant to most diseases although
farmers are advised to vaccinate them in the same way they do other chickens.

However, one big disadvantage with Kuroiler chickens is that the hens cannot sit on their eggs
to hatch. Many farmers discover this fact too late. Kuroiler chickens are therefore suitable only
for farmers with incubators.

Small- scale farmers in the rural areas who rely on hens to hatch chicks can only order fresh
stock of chicks every time they want new stock for breeding.

Indeed poultry farmers in rural areas in Uganda are already raising questions on the
sustainability of this breed among resource poor communities who cannot manage to buy new
stocks every time they want to rear new batches of birds.

286
“Unless the government sets up hatcheries at the village level, small-scale farmers will be
exposed to businessmen with hatcheries, who will increase chicks prices or even charge them
more for hatchery services,“ says Henry Kijanji, a poultry farmer in Mafubira Sub-county, Jinja,
Uganda in a telephone interview.

*4. Rainbrow Rooster chicken*

Like the Kuroiler breed, Rainbow Rooster is dual purpose breed meaning that farmers can keep
it for both meat and eggs, multi-coloured dual purpose, low input bird which can be put on free
range.

However, it is a heavy feeder, which is able to put on weight fast attaining 3kg to 4kg in 6
months.

However, like the Kuroiler breed, the Rainbow Rooster hen cannot sit on the eggs to hatch; so
farmers who want to keep this breed must have an incubator for hatching.

The breed is therefore not suitable for small-scale farmers in the rural areas who cannot be
able to buy incubators mainly for lack of electricity supply.

*75. I MAKE SH.120,000 PER MONTH FROM MY KIENYEJI CHICKEN – SUCCESS STORY OF LEAH
MUTHONI*

The first thing that catches your eye when you arrive at Leamose Poultry Farm is a flock of
multi-coloured indigenous chicken darting joyously from side to side inside a wire mesh fenced
compound.

The farm at Kabiruini village near the Nyeri showground and Dedan Kimathi University of
Technology belongs to Leah Muthoni who crossbreeds indigenous chicken with exotic ones to
improve productivity.

287
Leah likes the crossbreed chickens because they are resistant to diseases and mature faster
than the local Kienyeji chicken.

I found Leah in a green apron cleaning the water traps inside one of the chicken cages while
feeding them with maize germ.

“Cleanliness is what has ensured my chickens do not contract diseases easily,” she says.

Leah is keeping over 200 indigenous mature chickens, after she sold more than 500 others.

She supplies the eggs and sells the mature birds to hotels and various supermarkets in Nyeri
town. She also sells chicks to other farmers who come from as far away as Laikipia, Meru and
Kirinyaga.

The farmer went into poultry farming in 2013, with six Kienyeji chickens.

“My husband, a former police officer, then went to the bank and got me a loan of Sh.400,000
with which I bought a hatchery, brooders, a water tank and water traps. I also installed
electricity and constructed cages.”

She then enrolled in a poultry farming training which was organised by the Ministry of
Agriculture.

It is here that she was introduced to the Kenya Agricultural and Livestock Research Organisation
improved kienyeji chicken, now just referred to Kari Kienyeji after the institution’s former
name.

“The chickens are highly resistant to diseases and have high productivity levels in terms of egg
and meat quality,” she says.

She went on and bought a number of indigenous breeds, the local Kienyeji chickens, the Kari
Naivasha, the Kenbro, Kuroiler and the Dorep indigenous chickens putting them all in separate
cages.

In another separate cage, Leah started cross-breeding the local Kienyeji chicken with the cocks
from the Kuroiler, Dorep and Kenbro chicken breed which are known to gain weight faster than
the local Kienyeji.

These improved chickens can gain weight of up to 4.5kg when mature.

Soon after the hen starts laying, the eggs are kept inside a locally made hatchery for 21 days
and then the new cross bred bird is hatched.

288
The chicks are then transferred to a different cage where they are fed with chick mash for
seven weeks.

She then transfers them from the chicks cage to a cage where they can move freely until they
are four to six months when they are ready for sale.

They can also be sold as three-week old chicks. They go for Sh.150 each. The remaining chicks
are then reared until three months before she allows them to mix with other chickens.

Leah says she is able to hatch over 200 chicks every month from the different breeds.

She notes just like the Improved Kari Naivasha indigenous chickens, her cross-bred indigenous
chickens have very few health problems after being vaccinated and their eggs are larger than
the local Kienyeji chickens.

“The fact that I am rearing indigenous chickens has made my business to thrive in the region
where many prefer them to exotic ones.”

She vaccinates the chicken after every two to three months against, especially, Newcastle
disease.

The chicks are injected for the first time two weeks after hatching.

According to Wairimu Kariuki, the chairperson of the Kenya Poultry Farmers Association,
improved indigenous chickens are cheap and easy to rear.

“The cross-bred chickens have all the characteristics of indigenous chickens but with an added
advantage of laying more eggs and maturing faster than the local indigenous ones.”

She says after the Kari improved indigenous chicken, farmers have been trying different ways of
cross-breeding local chickens with exotic ones.

Wairimu said cross-breeding local Kienyeji chicken with the Dorep results in bigger birds which
fetch a lot of money when sold.

She, however, warns that farmers who are cross-breeding their chickens should always ensure
that the locally cross-bred ones are kept in separate cages from the original breeds to ensure
they don’t extinguish the original traits.

She says poultry farmers should vaccinate the chicken after every 10 weeks to keep away
diseases like Newcastle which is a big threat to poultry farmers.

Wairimu also says farmers should ensure that the chicken cages are cleaned regularly and
provide enough water for them to grow healthy.

289
To keep them healthy, Leah feeds the birds with kitchen waste, sunflowers, cereals, fish meal,
green grass and maize germ.

She keeps her chickens in a large fully fenced compound where they can scavenge and get
insects.

The chickens are sold in terms of kilos with each going for Sh.450. She is able to raise
Sh.120,000 monthly from selling the crossbred chickens, the original breed chicks and eggs.

The fertilized eggs from the Kenbro, the Dorep indigenous chickens and the cross-bred
indigenous chickens are always in high demand with one selling at between Sh.30 to Sh.35. The
eggs from the local Kienyeji go for between Sh.20 to Sh.25.

*76. HOW TO START A POTATO CHIPS BUSINESS IN KENYA*

They say if you want to make everyone happy, sell ice cream. In Kenya, sell chips and everyone
will love you.

Chips is Kenya’s most loved fast food. It’s a business you are most likely to make profits if you
venture into.

Potato chips (fries) is a favorite meal for many people and especially women and children.

This makes the chips business in Kenya a lucrative venture.

You do not need a lot of capital to get started. However, you need to know how to prepare
chips.

The business is viable in most parts of the country, both rural and urban areas.

If you are planning to start a potato chips business, in this article, I will guide you on what you
need to do.

290
*Carryout a Market Research*

It is best that you first do a market research to understand the market. A market research will
help you determine if the business is viable and identify a good business location and where to
source potatoes at a cheaper price.

It will make your work easier when writing a business plan.

*Write a Potato Chips Business Plan*

The other thing that you need to do is to write a business plan. Your business plan should
capture the following:

*Business name

*Business startup capital

*Business location

*Sources of startup capital

*Requirements for starting a chips business

If you carried out a market research, it will be easy to write a business plan. If you don’t know
how to write one, you can hire an expert.

*Identify a Good Business Location*

A business location is crucial for the success of any business.

As such, you need to find a good location where you can get customers.

A chips business is best suited for areas with a large youthful population.

It would be best if you can find a location near an institution like a college or a banking hall.

It is because you can target students and workers as your customers.

To thrive in this business, your location should be easily accessible and should be a place that
attracts a large number of people.

You might consider streets near main roads/bus stations, schools, clubs, and bars, or highly
populated estates.

291
Besides that, your location should be neat and your outlet well organized.

Decorate your outlet, to attract more customers, also be innovative on ways to attract
customers.

*Get a Business Permit and License*

You need to secure a business permits to ensure that your business.

You need a single business permit, food and health certificate and fire and safety certificate to
run a chips business in Kenya.

A single business permit is compulsory for all businesses while the food and health certificate is
a necessity for all businesses dealing with food.

Since your business will be using heat, you need to get a fire safety certificate to ensure
compliance with fire safety measures.

*Brand Your Chips Business*

You need to partition and brand your chips kiosk business so that you have a private place to
prepare chips and where your customers can sit.

If you are just starting, and you have limited capital, you can start in a small kiosk and offer
takeaway chips and later move to a bigger room as your customers increase.

*How to Prepare Chips*

Chips are easy to prepare and if you are starting a chips mwitu business, then you only need
some experience to get started.

However, if you are looking to start a fast food restaurant, then you need to consider getting
some culinary training.

Peel potatoes. The first process is usually to peel potatoes. You can do it manually if you do not
have a potatoes peeling machine.

The next thing is usually to slice potatoes into the required sizes. It is best that you get a slicing
machine, otherwise it will take you long to peel them manually.

Then dry the sliced potatoes using a dryer machine.

Deep fry the sliced potatoes using a deep fryer.

292
Then flavor the the chips with spices and flavors like masala.

Finally, serve the chips to the customers. Provide the customers with tomato sauce and chili.

*Cost of Starting Chips Business in Kenya*

The cost of starting a chips business depends with the size of your business.

For instance, if you are starting a chips mwitu business, you need around Ksh.30,000. The
following is a capital breakdown for a chips mwitu business.

*Electric deep fryer (double) – Ksh.10,000

*Potato chipper – Ksh.2,000

*One sack of potatoes – Ksh.3,500

*Rent – Ksh.5,000

*Utensils – Ksh.3,000

*Tomato sauce – Ksh.1,000

*Business licenses – Ksh.7,000 every year

*What You Need to Start a Chips Business*

If you are looking to start a medium sized chips business, you need at least Ksh.250,000.

Luckily, you can prepare other meals like chicken, burgers, smokies and sausages.

You need the following items:

*Electric deep fryer

*Chips dryer machine

*Potato slicing machine

*Potato peeling machine

*How to be successful in chips/fries business in Kenya*

293
The following are tips on how to do a successful business in this area of fries that will attract a
good number of customers where you will rarely count on losses.

1. Ensure you have good cooking equipment. This includes the deep frier, the potato cutter, the
peelers, the ideal containers in which you will put your raw potatoes during preparation, the
serving equipment such as serving scoopers, a warmer which keeps your cooked chips at the
right temperature throughout and the packaging material.

2. You should ensure a constant supply of clean water. This will help you keep the environment
within your business clean and at maximum hygienic standard.

3. Secure a reliable source of the raw materials. You can survey on the cheapest dealers of
potatoes which could be the big markets that offer wholesale prices. Other materials like
cooking oil, tomato sauce, chilli sauce, salt can be obtained from wholesale shops. Sometimes it
is possible to make special arrangement with sellers of these commodities so as to have them
delivered at your premises.

4. The fries must be well prepared. Too much oily fries can put off your customers very easily.
This can be avoided by making sure that you give your fries enough time to cook in the hot oil
to an extent of becoming slightly brown.

5. Make sure your premises is located at a densely populated area such as near a matatu stage,
within a city/town centre, within a market place or near an institution such as a school or
health facility. Give a great look to your premises by doing things such as proper painting, doing
graphics, tiling the floor, fitting the premises with modern furniture and adding soothing sounds
such as cool music for your customers.

6. Employ workers who are competent in customer care skills. They should be welcoming to the
customers, must observe personal and general hygiene, must be very sensitive to the needs of
the customers and they must not cause delays as they serve your customers.

7. Ensure that you prepare varieties of accompanying snacks such as sausages, smokies,
samosas, pies and other small bites which you are comfortable with.

8. Before starting your business, ensure you clear with the relevant authorities such as the local
authority and the public health department.

9. And once you are up and running, manage your cash properly by ensuring that you give back
to your business. This will ensure growth in the future.

*Finally*

Starting a chips business in Kenya is a profitable venture. It is a trending business due to the
high demand for chips and especially chips mwitu.

294
People working in offices need fast food like chips. You can look for orders to deliver chips to
offices.

Remember you can start a small chips mwitu business and grow your business to a large
business.

The returns in this business are high (30 to 40%) and the business has great potential to grow
organically. The demand is always on the higher side and it never goes down.

Always offer quality chips. Ensure your chips are well fried. Besides, you can always prepare
some salad to accompany the chips. It could be kachumbari or some steamed cabbages with
mayonnaise.

Sell smokies and sausages too as a supplement.

Lastly, manage your cash well, re-invest in the business, and be patient enough to witness your
business growth.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*77. IS LIVESTOCK FEEDS MAKING BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

Did you know that the animal feed supply business in Kenya and Africa holds great potentials
for the continent?

The growing demand for meat and fish worldwide is driving up the demand for animal feeds
used by livestock farmers to grow pigs, cattle, poultry, rabbit, ostrich and fish.

295
Did you know that most farmers often spend up to 70 percent of their costs on animal feed
alone?

Simon Ngugi confesses that when he ventured into the animal feeds business about four years
ago he knew very little about the industry.

Today, he has carved a niche in the feeds business and is making it big.

Ngugi’s Nile Feeds and Cereals Limited, based in Busia County, supplies companies and farmers
with the raw ingredients they need to make their own animal feeds.

In a good week, he says that he sells up to 100 tonnes of products making about Sh.1.6 million
per month.

Ngugi’s journey into the feeds business took several turns. Initially, he wanted to be a dairy
farmer in his native Nakuru County.

Ngugi sits in the middle of a supply chain that connects farmers and feed manufacturers to
cheap raw materials. He sources his products from Jinja, Uganda, where he argues the prices
are friendlier.

“At the beginning there were challenges especially in stocking as prices in Kenya were too high.
This is the reason I saw it prudent to seek services from Uganda,” he says.

He buys maize meal, wheat, soya and cotton cake which he then sells to clients. These products
are in high demand as companies and individual farmers try to avoid the high costs associated
with buying ready-made feeds.

He sells his products in Mumias, Kakamega, Eldoret, Nairobi, Kiambu and Meru. Some of the
companies that buy from him include Gold Farm Feeds in South Kinangop, Super Choice Feeds
(Nyahururu), and Shashishi Animal Feeds (Mumias).

“My first clients were farmers in my Nakuru neighbourhood. They saw how their animals
thrived after feeding on my products and kept coming back,” he says.

Demand for animal feeds has grown significantly and Ngugi says he plans to set up stores in
Nairobi, Kiambu and Nakuru with the prospect of investing in a mill and branding his own
products.

“I am humbled at how this establishment has grown from a simple entity to a middle range
supplier with over 100 clients. With a mill I will be able to increase production tenfold and also
create jobs for hundreds of youth,” he says.

296
One of the major challenges entrepreneurs in the animal feeds industry face is lack of capital
for expansion, he says.

At Riat Centre, off Kisumu-Busia highway, Eliakim Okuku and Benjamin Makokha are busy
making animal feeds at their enterprise dubbed Victoria Feeds.

The manufacturing unit is an aluminium sheet structure, where we find two workers roasting
soya beans in a metal drum.

The heat is intense and the workers have to keep on turning the grains with wooden stick so
that they do not burn.

Soya beans are among the key ingredients the duo use to make animals feeds for poultry, pigs
and dairy cows.

It all started in 2000 when Okuku shared his idea of starting a poultry farm with his friend
Makokha. While Makokha supported the idea, he had a better one of setting up a feeds
processing enterprise.

“We realized most farmers in the region had a challenge getting a steady supply of quality feeds
for their birds. Some had to buy from as far as Nairobi or Nakuru,” recalls Okuku, adding that a
survey they did showed feed-making materials like maize and omena were readily available
locally.

With Sh.50,000 capital, the duo bought raw materials and a locally made miller to start the
business. They hired a structure for which they paid Sh.5,000 rent and went into business.

Having studied animal health at Kabete Training Institute, Makokha is in charge of feed
formulation while Okuku, a former lab technician, doubles up as the director and salesperson.

“To start an animal feeds processing enterprise, you need a permit from the county
government as well as National Environment Management Authority, public health and Kenya
Bureau of Standards certification,” says Okuku.

To make the feeds, they use ingredients such as maize germ, wheat pollard, soya beans and
omena. They also source sunflower and cotton seed cake from Tanzania and Uganda.

“Using the raw materials we make chick, growers, layers and Kienyeji mashes,” says Makokha,
noting that the machines they have for feed processing are locally fabricated hammer miller,
half-tonne mixer and stitching machine.

Their current production is 2,000kg of animal feeds daily and have employed four people
permanently and hire others on need basis.

297
They package their feeds in 5kg, 10kg, 20kg and 50kg bags. For Kienyeji mash, 5kg goes at
Sh.200, 10kg at Sh.350, 20kg at Sh.700 and 50kg at Sh.1,500.

Chick mash, on the other hand, goes from Sh.250 to Sh.2,200 while growers mash is sold at
between Sh.400 and Sh.1,750 while layers Sh.450 to Sh.2,000.

In a good month, Okuku notes that the firm makes up to Sh.500,000 from sale of animals feeds.

*Finally*

With agriculture being Kenya's backbone, investing in agribusiness is a profitable business.

Animal feeds business is the booming business in the suburbs. Many people rely on agriculture
for livelihood in Kenya.

Among the animals reared in Kenya include cows, goats, pigs, chickens, turkeys, ducks and
rabbits.

Animal feeds business is a profitable venture if you can supply quality feeds.

Get a good business location where people rear animals and then market your business.

It is also good that you ask your customers if they like your feeds. This way, you can quickly
know what changes you need to make.

The idea of venturing into animal feeds making and supply business in Kenya is still a soft target
that you can take on provided you are willing to put a little more effort than everyone else.

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. Start small and dream big.

298
*78. GREENHOUSE FARMING: IS IT THE NEWEST GOLDMINE?*

Greenhouse farming has been practiced in Kenya for quite some time now but it’s not until
recently that most Kenyans have started realizing the great benefits of practicing greenhouse
farming.

And it’s cool too. University graduates, fresh out of campus are soiling their hands in this
business and they are not afraid of bragging about it.

Why?

Because it brings in the six figures. Something that would have taken them years to accomplish
if they were seated behind a desk.

So, if you are there seated at home unemployed, or just bored out of your mind with your
current job and are looking for a great business opportunity then you are in luck.

Let me introduce to you greenhouse farming and its many benefits.

You have probably seen this greenhouse structures at one time or another but your curiosity
wasn’t piqued that much, probably because you thought it was just some other ordinary
farming.

No, you are wrong. Greenhouse farming is no ordinary farming. It’s the latest ‘iPhone’ in
farming.

And here’s why

*It produces a higher yield per acre*

With just a small piece of land you are bound to produce more crop yield compared to
outdoors farming.

299
Small greenhouses of 8 metres by 15 metres in size have been known to produce about 2,000 –
3,000 kilos of tomatoes. And going by the market price of tomatoes at Ksh.100 per kilo you are
guaranteed not less than Ksh.200,000 per harvest!

*It keeps pests and harsh weather at Bay*

Greenhouse farming is controlled farming under a structure. This structure will protect your
crops from wind, heavy rainfall, too much sunlight etc. Remember harsh weather and pests are
the greatest enemies of crops.

*Faster maturity*

Crops cultivated under a greenhouse mature faster than the ones grown outdoors. A good
example is tomatoes. Tomatoes in a greenhouse will only take 60 days to mature while the
ones grown outdoors take as long as 90 days.

*Higher shelf life for crops*

Still using tomatoes as an example, you will find that tomatoes grown in a greenhouse will have
a shelf life of 21 days while the ones grown outdoors will have a shelf life of 14 days.

Now that you have known the advantages of growing crops in a greenhouse let’s take a step
further and delve into a few essential requirements needed plus the cost of setting up a
greenhouse.

Just like any other venture, you need to do your research well before setting up a greenhouse.

First of all you will need a bit of knowledge on greenhouse farming. Like I said earlier, this is no
ordinary farming, therefore you need to approach it a bit differently.

Luckily there are a few courses that you can partake. Kenya Agricultural and Livestock Research
Organization (KALRO) has very good tutorials and courses on this. Invest a bit of your time and
money to learn.

And if you are going to employ some staff, then you need to teach them too. You don`t want
your grand business venture being ruined by lack of basic know-how.

Secondly, you need to have clear details of your farm. What’s your soil quality? How far is your
farm from a water source?

You wouldn’t want to start a greenhouse very far from a water source unless you have some
cheap ways of transporting the water to your farm. You should also determine the quality of
your soil so that you know what minerals it has and what it lacks.

300
Let’s now assume that you have details of your farm and basic knowledge of greenhouse
farming and are ready to start shopping.

Since land is scarce in Kenya, we will focus on the small greenhouse (8 metres by 15 metres)

This greenhouse costs between Ksh.150,000 and Ksh.200,000 for a fully equipped one that
comes together with a water tank, plastic sheet, irrigation drip lines, seeds and chemicals.

You can also purchase these things separately especially if you have cheaper alternatives.

Crops that work better in greenhouses

√ Tomatoes
√ Cauliflower
√ Strawberries
√Onions
√ Broccoli
√ Capsicums
e.t.c

Like I had mentioned earlier, assuming you are growing tomatoes in a small green house you
are bound to harvest 2,000 kilos of tomatoes in 2 months. If a kilo of tomatoes goes for
Ksh.100, then you will be raking in Ksh.200,000 after every two months which translates to a
whooping 1.2 million a year!

Good heavens! Isn’t that great for just one green house?

Remember, the sky is the limit. You can grow your agribusiness with time and invest in more
greenhouses. Which means more profits.

301
*79. IF DONE RIGHT, POULTRY FARMING CAN BE VERY LUCRATIVE*

Whenever Fredrick Makokha visited his late mother, Penninah Aswani, she would prepare for
him chicken stew accompanied with ugali. That was until her passing.

To keep her memory alive, Makokha decided to rear chicken at his backyard so that he would
have enough birds to feed his family and sell others.

Makokha, who hails from Maondo village, Eshiyunzu location in Kakamega Central Sub County,
bought one-month-old 50 indigenous chickens and started rearing them. But after three
months, he had slaughtered all of them.

Later on, his wife, persuaded him to fully venture into poultry farming. As a result he bought
600 rainbow rooster day-old chicks, from a friend in Eldoret.

A month later, he bought another 600 chicks from the same supplier.

He named his venture, Pen Chick Poultry Farm in memory of his mother.

“I converted my mother’s house into a poultry house. I also erected more structures in the
compound to accommodate all birds.”

After the chicks turned seven days old, he administered gumboro vaccine, and re-administered
the Newcastle vaccine after three weeks following an initial vaccination to the day-old chicks.

At four weeks, he vaccinated them against bronchitis. The 1,200 chicks were bought at Sh.100
each.

For the first 14 days, he fed the chicks on at least 13 grams each of chick starter since it’s rich in
proteins and vitamins that enable them grow at a faster rate and for strength.

302
After 14 days, he fed them on 18 grams of chick mash and 120grams each chick mash once they
turn two months.

He also gave the day-old chicks liquid paraffin - not the normal paraffin - to help in clearing and
softening the digestive system in preparation for feed ingestion. As it is a laxative, it also
prevents constipation which leads to death in small chicks as they are not used to digesting
solids.

In administering the liquid paraffin, he drops about 2 drops, but not more than 5 drops, in 20
litres of water. Since the liquid paraffin is not soluble in water, it will spread to form a thin film,
and the chicks will consume it as they take the water.

“After one week, I changed the feeds to chick mash which I fed them for two months and then
started introducing growers’ mash in small portions. They fed on growers’ mash for another 12
weeks until we started seeing the first eggs five months later, after which we changed feeds to
layers’ mash,” said Mr Makokha.

He also feeds them with sukuma wiki, amaranth and cabbages for yellow pigmentation in the
egg yolk and to add taste to the birds reared for meat.

*Water*

“Chicks should take warm water to reduce mortality caused by pneumonia,” said Lilian Ayuma,
Makokha’s wife.

Birds are made up of 65 per cent of water which is ideal for their metabolism, adding that water
controls their body temperature, the rate of food they digest and their body waste.

Each bird should consume at least 0.5 litres a day.

“If your birds don’t have access to supply of fresh and clean water, they will stop laying eggs for
several days. Chickens without water won’t have much of an appetite so they won’t grow as big
especially if you are rearing them for meat”.

*Sales*

On a good day, he collects between 800 and 1,500 eggs which are already fertilized and sells
each at Sh.20 and a tray at Sh.600.

“The money from selling eggs enabled me to buy an incubator with a capacity of 1,056 eggs at
Sh.90,000. I now hatch my own chicks and sell them in Bungoma, Busia, Kisumu and Vihiga,”
said Makokha.

303
In the past five months, he has collected 135,000 eggs. Quick math shows that at a cost of Sh.20
per fertilized egg, he has made Sh.2.7 million in sales.

“Poultry business is lucrative compared to being a CEO of a company,” he says.

“A one-day-old chick retails at Sh.100, a 2-week-old at Sh.150, a four-week-old at Sh.250 and a

two-month-old at Sh.450. I am now able to fend for my family and pay school fees. My stock
has risen to 3,000 birds and by the end of this year, I will be having between 6,000 and 10,000
birds.”

“An 8-month cock which serves between 5 to 8 birds is sold at Sh.1,500 and a hen at Sh.900.”

*80. DON’T START A RESTAURANT BEFORE YOU READ THIS BRUTALLY HONEST GUIDE*

If you are ready to put in 100 hours of work per week and committed to delivering the best
food in town then it’s high time you open a restaurant.

But success in this business can be notoriously elusive especially if you make some four
common mistakes as observed in the Kenyan market.

Without wasting much time, let us focus on these mistakes and how you can rise above them to
establish a McDonald’s of your own.

*1. Underestimating the Cost of Setting Up*

Unless you are planning to start a small kibanda somewhere in a dark corner of the country, a
serious restaurant business requires one to invest generously. For instance you need to budget
for:

304
*Equipment:* Ksh.120,000 (Sufurias, utensils, gas cylinders, juice blenders, microwave,
refrigerator etc.)

*Restaurant Licenses*: Ksh.50,000 (Single business permit, food & hygiene license, food
handler’s certificate, fire certificate and environment certificate).

*Set Up Cost*: Ksh.350,000 (furniture, lighting, interior décor, wash-room equipment, cleaning
equipment)

*Supplies*: You will also need to budget for basic supplies such as Charcoal, grocery, cooking
oil, flour, rice, sugar, salt, potatoes, milk to start with. Total cost Ksh.30,000.

*Rent*: Unless you have your own premises, then you need to budget for at least Ksh.30,000
per month to rent a large hall near a street with high human traffic.

If you are planning to set up in the Central Business District (CBD) of a big city like Mombasa or
Nairobi, then this cost may scale to a high of Ksh.100,000 per month or even more.

*Goodwill*: Goodwill is a fee that landlords charge arising from the reputation that a premises
has built over the years.

For instance a landlord with an office-to-let along Kenyatta Avenue will tend to charge more
goodwill than one along River-Road because of reputation and types of customers who use the
latter street instead of the former.

Not all landlords charge this fee. But if you’re planning to set up your restaurant in the CBD,
then better be prepared to pay a Goodwill of at least 1 million shillings or as high as Ksh.20
million.

Add all that cost and you will see that a small restaurant in an urban will require at least
Ksh.500,000 to start and sustain. More money will be needed to keep it going as you work hard
to build a clientele.

*2. Expecting To Break-Even In Less Than 6 Months*

Most businesses require at least 24 months to break-even and restaurant business is no

different. The first year of operation is a time to make many mistakes and the second year is a
time to recover from the impact of those mistakes.

305
Don’t be fooled that you can start making big money in a few months. Patience is a virtue that
every restaurant owner should learn.

*3. Starting Big, Milking It Dry and Dying Small*

90% eateries start off quite well. The food tastes great, the smiles welcoming the customer are
wide and the décor is in tip-top condition. However, just 6 months down the line, the services
begin to deteriorate.

The taste that welcomed you fades away, prices climb, portion sizes start to shrink and the staff
look sullen. The once impeccable décor slowly crumbles under the weight of under-investment.
Eventually, the restaurant is milked dry and it bites the dust!

That’s a very common story in the Kenyan restaurant industry. Don’t be yet another victim of
starting big and dying small. It’s far wiser to start small and grow gradually by investing more in
great services, outside catering, well-trained staff and decor.

*4. Treating Chef and Serving Staff to Peanuts*

You have a stunning location, great customers and wonderful suppliers but then you resort to
hiring under-trained workers so you can underpay them and save a few more cents.

Well, that’s equivalent to digging your own grave. Restaurant business, like any other service
business, is highly sensitive to small changes in quality.

The moment you choose to compromise marks the beginning of your slow death. Moreover,
underpayment of staff only increases chances of pilferage and negligence at the workplace –
and this as you know means no good either.

*Final Word*

In order to start a successful restaurant, you need three things (1) A great chef (2) A great
location (3) A great concept. Always over-estimate your capital needs and be ready to evolve to
suit changing market environment.

Lastly, don’t be too cheap or too expensive – find a good working balance and abide by it.

306
*81. IS FISH BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

There is an existing mentality that the only people who can benefit from the fish business are
people living in Kisumu County.

I might not be a fishmonger, but hearing a monger’s point of view can really sharpen your
mindset.

Smoke curls from the wooden shed as sizzling hot oil in the deep-frying pan quickly turns the
red white reddish fish into an inviting, golden brown delicacy.

Customers munch the delicacy sitting at the lone form inside the shed while others stand
outside waiting for the trader to wrap up their purchase so that they can enjoy it at their
homes.

The shed near Kutus market “Mjini” is owned by an entrepreneurial young man, Isaak Kinyua
who spotted a lucrative opportunity in whetting the appetites for fish for the residents.

Through hard and smart work, Kinyua has cut a niche for himself as a fish dealer of choice for
many people who visit the market and want to take a bite of fish.

He has customers who make orders for him to deliver the large catches to their homesteads.

He deals in mud fish, common cap and eels varieties that he sources from Masinga dam on the
border of Embu and Machakos counties.

Early every day, Kinyua rides in his motorcycle to Masinga dam through the Piai (Makutano)
route. Around 11am, he has bought fish for the day from fishermen and rides back to Kutus to

307
start selling.

“I buy only live fish and hire people to slaughter them for me as I watch. I can’t risk buying an
already slaughtered fish as it can spoil my business should it go bad,” he says.

Kinyua reveals that traders compete to buy the large sized fish, which appeal to moneyed
customers. He also buys several, small sized ones to meet the needs of all his customers.

At Masinga dam where men spend the night fishing in their canoes and row to the shore in the
morning, traders buy a kilogram at Sh.250.

Alternatively, the trader and fishermen “eye” the catch and come to a mutual agreement on its
price depending on its size. Kinyua prefers the second arrangement.

Once back at his joint, its sheer hard work as he hangs the fish from the large window. He then
embarks on deep frying and selling the fish and serving customers until he sells the last fish.

“I don’t keep the fish overnight. I only buy what I am able to sell for the day. I buy and sell a
bucketful of fish every day,” says the trader.

Kinyua does not regret leaving his job where he earned Sh.25,000 monthly for self-
employment.

In fact, he is a happy he is own boss and makes more than double that amount. He started the
fish eatery last year after several pitfalls in employment.

Kinyua narrates that in his first job at Kutus market, he was employed to sell mitumba clothes.
He saved every coin and enrolled for a driving course. He also upgraded his wardrobe but that
did not go well with his employer and he was fired.

After hustling for a while, he got a job as a driver and would frequently drive his boss to
Nairobi.

“On our journeys back, we would stop at Sagana to buy fish. He would send me to buy. I
interacted with the fish mongers and developed an interest in what they did,” he says.

Coincidentally at that time, a friend had been requesting Kinyua for connection to a job. Kinyua
thus resolved to open a fish joint and have his friend operate it.

308
“The friend was a university student and I would pay him Sh.400 every day. Whereas my salary
as a driver would be delayed, I was paying him without fail. That only hastened my resolve to
quit employment,” he says.

Once he quit his job and was fully into the fish business, Kinyua was concerned that
transportation cost ate heavily into his profits.

To source for fish, he was hiring a motorcycle and a rider at Sh.800 and fueling it with about
Sh.500 every day.

When he bought his own motorcycle, he bypassed that expense and is now able to cover longer
distances to get best fish.

Kinyua says his business is profitable especially now that he has loyal clientele. He makes a
profit of about Sh.300 per kilogram. He sells the big fish at around Sh.1,500 but the few gigantic
ones can fetch as much as Sh.3,000.

As we were talking about his business, Kinyua received several calls from police officers, a
teacher, a pastor and business people who form his customers who make orders.

He faces the challenge of stiff competition but is able to withstand it by offering services of the
highest quality. In fact, his shed does not have the characteristic fishy smell of some fish
eateries.

He frequently wipes his working bench to keep off flies. Satisfied customers of his fish refer
others to him.

*Finally;*

I hope Kinyua`s business success story has been an inspiration to you.

Sometimes in our daily activities and professional/employment work we come across business
ideas that can change our financial life but we are blind, we don`t see this ideas. Or if we see
them, we are lazy in implementing them.

This article should inspire you to open your eyes and mind to various profitable business
opportunities that surround your daily activities.

309
*82. HOW TO START A MOTIVATIONAL SPEAKING BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Do you love speaking in front of a crowd, inspiring people and have a likeable personality?

Then you should consider starting a business as a motivational speaker.

Everyone likes a passionate speaker who motivates them to accomplish what seems impossible
and fuels them with hope.

Motivational speaking is also a business which once you get right, you’ll reap a lot of rewards
while leaving an impact on people’s lives.

Big names like Robin Sharma and Zig Ziglar have all built a strong brand in this industry and so
can you.

*So how much are motivational speakers paid in Kenya?*

*Wale Akinyemi*

He is a top rated motivational speaker, business strategist, consultant, newspaper columnist

and has authored a number of books.

The fee for speakers in Wale’s category is between Shs.100,000 and sh.150,000 per hour. This
amount can go up depending on the client.

*Sunny Bindra*

Another highly rated inspirational speaker who doubles up as a management consultant,

310
educator, columnist and board advisor.

His take home is not less than Sh.100,000 per hour.

*Pepe Minambo*

The public speaker and a columnist with the Nairobian charges corporates between Ksh.80,000
and Ksh.100,000 per hour for corporate gigs.

His other charges are:

SMEs and mid-size companies - between Sh.60,000 and Sh.80,000 per hour.

Schools - Ksh.25,000 and Ksh.30,000 per hour.

*Dr. Ayub Nteng’a PhD*

A mentor, emotional intelligence authority, writer, life coach and happiness therapist.

Dr. Ayub Nteng’a motivational speeches will leave you feeling so good about yourself even
when the odds are stacked against you.

He has established his name among the best of the best in the professional speaking field. Dr.
Ntenga charges range from Ksh.60,000 to Ksh.80,000 per hour.

*Ngugi wa Thiongo*

While he does not reside in Kenya, Ngugi spirit lives with us through his thought provoking
novels.

His pay dwarfs that of his counterparts in Kenya by far. He charges USD 20,000 (roughly Ksh.2
million at current rate) for international speaking engagement.

*Here are the basics of starting out a motivational speaker business;*

For beginners, a motivational speaker is someone who has mastered a certain subject or
undergone a difficult experience that has elevated him/her into a better person.

311
They have a way with words that will push an audience to want to maximise their potential.

Corporates and learning institutions use these speakers to bring the best out of their
employees.

It is worth mentioning that we have different types of speakers-though some see themselves as
all rounded.

Here is how they can be classified:

*1. Personal development*

The most common type of speakers we have in the country. They mostly talk of their situation
and how they overcame adversity to reach the pinnacle of their career which has a profound
effect on the audience.

*2. Business*

A speaker in this field is knowledgeable on matters business. He rejuvenates business

executives and sales people to give their best.

3. We also have *youth mentors* and *community speakers.*

*How to become a motivational speaker*

*Knowing your area of expertise:* You cannot be a jack of all trades. Define your area of
expertise and let that be your specialty. If you have knowledge in business, then it becomes
easy when you give talks around that subject.

*Sharpen your public speaking skills*

Most of us have a story to tell but how to tell it in front of a crowd is the biggest challenge.

Oratorical skills require practice.

You can start in front of your family and graduate slowly to a small school as you gain
confidence to tackle bigger crowds.

312
We also have schools that offer public speaking courses.

*Who is your target audience*

Important to know who you are targeting. Once you know this, it becomes easy to know what
you should work on.

*Presence online *

Social media platforms are an effective marketing tool every motivational speaker should have.

When you apply for a gig, chances are very high that whoever is potentially giving you a job will
check you online.

*Getting Started*

One advantage of being a motivational speaker is you do not need hundreds of thousands to
start.

The major capital you need to invest in is yourself.

Start by identifying your area of expertise depending on your back ground, interest and
expertise.

Some places that are most receptive to motivational speakers are;

*Schools (primary, high school and university)

*Corporates

*Churches, etc

You also need to fully invest in yourself and your skills by;

*Developing public speaking skills:* strong public speaking skills are a must have for any
motivational speaker. You can invest in some lessons and tutorials on public speaking and even
though you won’t be perfect overnight, practice makes perfect.

313
*Gain experience:* become an expert in your field by going to school, gaining work experience
and trying out new opportunities. Successful speakers have gone through success and failures
then talk about what they have learnt during their speaking engagements.

*Maximize on your life story:* life stories draw people in and make you more relatable.

*Build your Networks*

Networks and recommendations are what will take you far in this business. Build your networks
by joining professional speaking organizations, reaching out to various trade groups, schools
and corporates and joining reputable clubs and societies like Rotary.

Market yourself to your networks by creating and sharing business cards, brochures and having
a website which should include testimonials and short clips from your presentations.

*Build your Brand*

Every professional needs to intentionally build a reputable personal brand.

However, motivational speakers should take their brand seriously since that is what will sell
you.

Before you start building your personal brand, take time to think about who you are, what you
have achieved and how you want others to see you.

To get your brand out there, have professional headshot images of yourself taken, build your
online presence through branded social media pages and a personal website.

With time you can also venture into other fields. Most successful speakers are also authors, T.V
show hosts, etc.

*Set a Speaking Fee Rate*

Determining what your speaking fee should be can be so stressful especially because when
starting out, you may have to do some speaking engagements for free.

Here are some important questions to ask yourself before choosing a speaking fee rate;

314
Will travel expenses be included? What will be the mode of transport?

What audience am I speaking to? Speaking to experienced professionals for example will
definitely cost more than a speaking engagement with high school students.

Is accommodation covered? As a motivational speaker, you have to travel a lot. Set your
accommodation standards from the beginning and don’t accept anything that is not decent.

What’s the audience size?

Whatever you do, make sure you do not work for free for too long and don’t underprice
yourself.

However, the more times you speak, the better you get, the more you should charge.

If you are an author or have DVD’s of your talks, you can sell them during the events.

*Get Registered*

After you have everything ready, register your company and get the relevant licenses.

You also need to get certified by the National Industrial Training Authority (NITA) to have an
edge in the industry.

*Final Word*

Would you venture into motivational speaking as a business?

I leave that for you to decide.

315
*83. HOW TO START AN AUTO SPARE PARTS BUSINESS IN KENYA*

With many cars on Kenyan roads, the auto spare parts business is a booming business in Kenya.

People need to change auto parts from time to time and when a car breaks down, thereby
providing a large market for auto spare parts business.

To start the business, you should have one thing in mind; that there is competition, very stiff,
but if you do what we mention below in this article then it will be a smooth sail for you.

First you should understand that most Kenyans import cheap cars from Japan, either by SBT or
purchase locally from Car Bazaar.

Having this in mind, the spare parts to source include Toyota car spare parts, Mazda spare
parts, Isuzu spare parts and Nissan spare parts.

These are the vehicles that dominate the Kenyan roads.

From our research, you need at least half a million to start the business. I guess it’s quite some
amount but you can manage.

Data we have here shows that over 80% of Spare parts businesses in Kenya post profits of over
Sh.100,000 per month. But there are selected few that make up to Ksh.3 million per month.

*Research the Market*

This is one of the most crucial things to do before starting a business. Research helps you
answer some of the questions you might have like; who are my target customers? Which place
is most suitable for the business? How long will it take the business to pick up?

316
All these will help you get a better plan for the business.

To win in business, you must first understand the market and how the business works.

As such, you need to do a comprehensive market research. When researching the market, seek
to understand auto spare parts in demand, good business location, auto spare parts pricing,
where to source auto spare parts, etc.

*Write a Business Plan*

Once you have carried out comprehensive market research, the next thing is to write a business
plan.

A business plan acts as a roadmap for any business.

You get to layout your business goals and ways on how you plan to achieve them and also the
period you are sure to have accomplished them.

A business plan is very helpful since it keeps you on track with your goals, helps you identify
your areas of weakness, and will also help you with investors.

If you have researched the market, it becomes very easy to write a business plan. You will need
to put down your findings on a paper.

Some of the items to list in your business plan include:

*Business location

*Startup capital

*Auto spare parts suppliers

*Strengths and weaknesses of the business

*Risks and how to mitigate them

*Identify a Good Business Location*

317
The next thing is to find a good business location for your automobile spare parts.

Look for a place where there are many cars or near a business related to motor vehicles.

For instance, you can start your auto spare parts business near a car wash, petrol station or
a garage.

These are complementary businesses that can help you get customers.

*Register Your Business and Secure Business Permits*

For every business in Kenya, there are legal formalities to go through before setting up the
business.

First, you will need to register the business and then get a business permit which you will be
renewing annually. You will also be required to have a KRA Pin for tax payment and a National
Health Insurance Fund for health insurance and you are good to go.

It will cost you around Ksh.1,000 to register your business on E-Citizen while business permits
will cost your around Ksh.10,000 annually.

You will need to present your KRA certificate and a copy of your ID.

*Cost of Starting an Auto Spare Parts Business in Kenya*

The cost of starting an auto spare parts business in Kenya depends on the type of spare parts
you are selling, business location, and the size of your business.

To start a small spare parts business in Kenya, you need at least half a million.

Most of the money will go into buying spare parts inventory.

*Fast Moving Auto Mobile Spare Parts in Kenya*

To make significant revenues from the auto spare parts business, you need to stock fast-moving
spare parts.

318
They include headlights, rear lights, brake lights, steering wheel, tires, batteries, fuses, shock
absorbers, fuel filters, muffler exhaust, lubricants, transmission fluid, windscreen, side mirrors,
brake pads, catalyst converter, fuel pump, control arm, and radiator.

When buying car spare parts, also consider dominant car brands like Toyota, Suzuki, Nissan,
Mazda, Suzuki, etc.

*Where to Source Auto Mobile Spare Parts in Kenya*

There are many places you can source auto spare parts for your business in Kenya.

First, if you have the means, you can import directly from countries like Japan and Germany.

If you don’t have the means, you can source automobile spare parts from major towns like
Nairobi, Kisumu, Mombasa, Eldoret, Nakuru, Thika, Meru, and Nyeri.

Look for reputable auto spare part wholesalers in any of these places.

*Best Places To Buy Automobile Spare Parts In Kenya*

Below is a list of the best places to buy automobile spare parts in Kenya.

The list focuses on renowned dealers who sell genuine spare parts, both new and used spare
parts for all vehicle models.

In no particular order, here is a list of the best places to buy automobile spare parts in Kenya.

*1. Sparesworld Limited*

They offer the best and highest variety of automobiles spare parts at the best possible price.

Contacts: 0799 036 144, 0799 036 133

*2. Motorshop Kenya*

Motorshop is Kenya’s largest auto media vehicle that provides a platform where car buyers and
owners can buy and sell cars, and all types of vehicle spare parts.

319
Location: Marsabit Plaza, Ngong Road, Nairobi.

Contacts: 0707 522 033, 0724 629 596.

Email: info@motorshop.co.ke.

*3. General Automobile Corporation Ltd*

The company provides spare parts for cars, a full range of Japanese vehicle trucks, agricultural
and heavy machinery parts and equipment.

Contacts: +254 111 510 289, 0796 510 289.

Email: sales@gaclmsa.com

*4. Amex Auto Parts*

Amex is an automotive parts megastore dealer, distributor and seller in Kenya, with branches in
Nairobi, Kisumu and Nakuru.

Contact: 0714 300 400

Email: marketing@amexautoparts.com.

*5. Shamas Motor Parts Limited*

They offer quality and affordable, used and new spare parts for all car models available in
Kenya.

Location: Off Baricho Road, Nairobi.

Contacts: 0796 212 916, 0745 718 120.

Email: parts@shamasea.com.

*6.Simco Autoparts Limited*

Simco Autoparts is one of the major distributor and wholesaler of motor vehicle parts in Kenya,

320
stocking a wide range of popular brands.

Location: Simco Plaza, Lusaka Road, Industrial Area, Nairobi.

Contacts: 0722 700 622, 0733 912 078.

*7. Kompressor Auto Spares*

They sell quality spare parts from renowned German car brands, Mercedes Benz and BMW.

Contacts: 0712 983 322, 0722 983 322

Email: info@kompressor.co.ke

*8. Maben Auto Spares Ltd*

They sell high-quality vehicle accessories and spare parts, both new and used spare parts.

Contact: 0726 696 078.

*9. Impala Auto Spares Ltd*

They are leading importers, retailers and wholesalers of auto parts in Kenya, with branches in
Nairobi and Kisumu.

Contacts: 0714 365 315, 0734 365 315.

*10. Kasimolo Auto Masters*

They supply the best products available, from new auto spares to aftermarket car parts for
Subaru, Toyota, Nissan, Volvo, Honda, BMW, Mercedes Benz and Volkswagen.

Contacts: 0722 267 301, 0722 623 775

Email: info@automasters.co.ke

*Is Auto Spare Parts Business Profitable in Kenya?*

321
The profitability of your auto spare parts business depends on some factors like business
location.

The profit margin of the motor spare parts business is between 10% and 20%.

Data we have here shows that over 80% of Spare parts businesses in Kenya post profits of over
Sh.100,000 per month. But there are selected few that make up to Ksh.3 million per month.

To make it in the business, ensure that you have spare parts for dominant car brands and then
establish your business in a busy location.

The best and cheapest way to obtain spare is by importing direct from the source through
credible online spare parts companies.

*Finally,*

Starting an automobile business in Kenya is easy, but capital intensive.

For many people wanting to start this business, their biggest challenge is startup capital.

If you want to start the business, look for areas near car parking, petrol station, garage, or
carwash.

Then make sure to sell quality and genuine spare parts. If customers trust that you sell genuine
spare parts, they will refer their friends to your business.

322
*84. TURNING YOUR EMPLOYMENT SKILLS INTO A BUSINESS*

Mobile phones have become essential in our everyday life. Mobile phones are used to
communicate, send, receive money and learning purposes.

They have also created opportunities for people who repair them. Many people have bought
mobile phones and from time to time, they break down. This has led to an increase in demand
for mobile repair services in Kenya.

I met with Bolton Majale, who owns Boltech phone repair company, and here is his story.

Bolton Majale has had an interest in taking electronic gizmos apart and repairing them since his
days as a student at Kisumu Technical College.

So when he got a job with a leading smartphone dealer in Nairobi on completing his electrical
engineering diploma, it was a dream come true.

However, two years later, his dreams took a different turn.

“I was a phone repair technician and would sympathise with clients whenever they were told
their phones were beyond repair by my employer,” Mr Majale, 29, said.

“The truth was that some of those phones could be repaired, but the dealer wanted to sell
more gadgets.”

He slowly began to see these clients as a potential market for a business idea he had been
thinking about starting.

“I used to compare the small salary I was getting with what my employer was earning, and

323
realised I would never be financially independent at the rate I was going. I wanted to establish
my own service centre.”

Service centres at the time gave priority to phones on warranty, Majale said, which meant that
those whose warranties had expired had to pay for repairs, or buy new devices. This is where
the enterprising young man saw an opportunity, and he registered his company, Boltech Ltd.

Though he was sold on the idea of going solo, it was not easy; it got to the point he even missed
the small monthly salary he used to get.

“I didn’t have any capital besides Sh.40,000 that I had borrowed from a friend. The first three
months were so terrible that I couldn’t sustain basic business costs like rent, which was
Sh.10,000. I eventually had to quit and go back to employment,” he said.

Getting clients was also not as easy as he thought it would be as he had yet to build a
reputation; the line of business he was getting into relies mainly on referrals, not walk-in
customers.

“I worked for three months and then quit again. I borrowed another Sh.40,000 from several
friends and rented an office on Moi Avenue,” Majale said.

“I paid the rent for two months and a three-month deposit in advance, but the landlord was
auctioned, which forced me out after a month.”

Not one to give up easily, he moved to another office along Taveta Road, but clients with
smartphones found the location off-putting as it was along a somewhat insecure section of
Nairobi’s River Road area. Still, he was able to save some money from the clients he did get.

To make his business easier to find and more appealing, he moved once more. This time to
Kenya Cinema. Within no time, business was booming for Boltech, and Majale hired five
technicians to keep up with demand. He charges between Sh.500 and Sh.20,000 for repairs.

“We built our reputation by repairing phones within 40 minutes to eight hours,” he said.

This turnaround time was informed by the growing number of people addicted to their devices
who could not stand the idea of leaving them at a service centre for days.

“Phone dealers are very reluctant to direct clients to private repair centres like ours because

324
they fear it might make their clients think we are more competent,” he said. “However, if they
are willing, I would like to create a working relationship with them.”

Boltech’s client base has since expanded to the counties, with the company receiving phones
from other regions through courier services. Majale also offers pick-and-drop services to save
clients the hustle of finding parking in Nairobi’s business district.

“My vision in the near future is to have service centres across the 47 counties, with trained
technicians from these regions,” he said. “I would like to work with county governments to
train local youth.”

Majale has opened a training college, where he charges Sh.25,000 in fees per trimester, with
each course taking a minimum one year.

Some of the challenges Boltech still grapples with include lack of trust from customers, failure
to pay for services rendered and competition from multinational brands.

“My ambition is to be the biggest service centre in the region, recognised by all major brands as
their first stop to service their customers’ devices,” Majale said.

*Finally*

If you have been wondering if a mobile repair is a good business, it is worth trying.

It can take you about 30 minutes for a minor repair, while a major repair can take up to 2 hours.
It means that you can repair at least 5 mobile phones in a single day.

Revenues depends on customer's traffic to your business. If you have many customers, it is
possible to make Ksh.5,000 every day from mobile repair business.

325
*85. START A SELF DEFENSE TRAINING BUSINESS*

Unfortunately with the increase of violence going on, the need to be able to defend yourself or
someone else is becoming more and more necessary.

Personal and gender based violence has created a need for extra awareness and knowledge of
how to deal with these problems and what procedures to put in place to prevent these things
from happening.

This has led to a demand for effective self-defense training.

Offering a self-defense course means that clients will come to you to learn the simple, effective
self-defense techniques that really work, without the expense and long-term commitment of
learning a martial art.

The cost of starting your own self-defense course business depends on whether you provide
your own venue for the courses, hire space in an existing venue (such as a gym), or provide
courses at the client’s premises.

It is recommended that in the initial start-up phase of your business you look at renting space
at a local gym, and offering classes at the client’s premises.

Working from home will require that you have a personal computer, cell phone and other
home office essentials such as a printer.

If you shop around you could purchase this equipment for less than Ksh.25,000. You will also
need to factor in costs for liability insurance and a website.

*Target Market*

326
With the amount of violence in today’s society, there is no shortage of clients willing to pay for
self-defense courses. It is just a matter of getting your business known.

The biggest part of this business is finding clients and this is pretty much like any other online or
brick and mortar business when it comes to getting started.

As businesses will form a large part of your potential clientele, you are going to want to create
and maintain a website that looks as professional as possible.

You will also want a listing in the Yellow Pages and it may be a good idea to join local
networking groups to help you in spreading the word about your business.

Have brochures made with details of your service, then call businesses, organizations and
institutions in your area to schedule a self-defense demonstration with the owners and their
staff members.

Hand out your brochures at these demonstrations and keep a detailed list of all businesses,
organizations and institutions you have approached in order to follow up with them at a later
stage.

Because word of mouth is effective in local markets, ask for referrals to other businesses from
those that utilize your services.

Also consider approaching gyms and schools in your area and offering your services.

Make arrangements with school administrations to visit local schools and provide a show and
tell session on self-defense.

Here you can demonstrate to the children what self-defense is all about. Concentrating on
discipline, self-respect and self-control you will have the opportunity to work with the children
for approximately one hour in a classroom setting.

Other marketing activities include handing out fliers, business cards, and advertisements at
local shopping centers, malls, and grocery stores in your area.

*Income Potential*

327
Decide how much you will charge for your classes and lessons. Look at the local competition
and on the Web for self-defense courses in similar areas.

There are a number of ways to structure your fees: per session, multi-session packages,
monthly memberships, corporate, etc.

You may also have design beginning, intermediate and advance classes – and charge different
fees depending on the level of training required.

Keep in mind that many people associate price with quality; your clients may value your
services more if you charge the same or more than the competition.

When you develop your schedule and fees, consider that time and convenience may be more
important to your clients than price.

Next, set a preliminary schedule of how many classes per week will be offered.

Finally, estimate the average class size. This is the most difficult part to predict, so just make
your best guess.

From your fees, class schedule and attendance estimate, you can project your revenue.

*Training*

You do not need to be a black-belt in a martial arts discipline to successfully operate a business
in self-defense classes, though a certification in martial arts is helpful.

Some of the systems that will best prepare you for teaching self-defense are the various forms
of Karate, Taekwondo, Jujitsu, Aikido, Savatte, Thai Kickboxing, or another of the more than
2,000 fighting forms which exist across the world.

As a self-defense instructor you will be running your own business and making your own hours.
You will be working when you want — at your own pace.

Your certification makes all this possible because you will have a valuable skill people will be
willing to pay for. And that’s because you will hold the “key” to making huge impacts on their
lives—helping them to protect themselves and their loved ones.

328
You should establish a curriculum for the techniques needed to confront nearly every hostile
personal situation.

These should include breaking holds, quick counters to aggression, quick disabling techniques,
using ordinary items as weapons, areas vulnerable to attack as a defense, how to counter
yourself against weapons, and fight-or-flight decisions.

Because of the physical activity involved in the training, it is a good idea to equip every student
with a Gi – a martial arts uniform made from heavy canvas held at the waist with an Obi – a
white, heavy cotton belt tied in a square knot.

As well as karate uniforms, training tools should include rubber knives, rubber clubs and guns,
and other soft imitation weaponry. These will facilitate the training much more than merely
pretending the items exist.

You may want to establish a connection with a wholesaler of martial arts equipment and
uniforms, as this could be a profit center for your business.

*Finally,*

Your self-defense classes can be held in a wide variety of arenas from a garage or a gymnasium
to an empty room at a local school.

All that is necessary is a clear area for movement the size of which should be determined by the
number of students in the class.

Most self-defense courses are conducted as a side business by their operators, and classes are
often held in the evening and at weekends.

Many of these are also operated adjacent to another business such as fitness centers, churches
and schools.

Some of the larger and more successful self-defense businesses are ’stand-alone’ operations
with their own buildings, and classes are held at all times of the week.

It is a great Idea that you can start and make a living in Kenya.

329
*86. LAND VS CAR: WHICH ONE SHOULD COME FIRST?*

Investments either in a piece of land or a vehicle is all about buyer preference. But there has
always been a divisive debate on what between the two should come first. So which ought to
come first?

Andrew Kari, 28, is thinking about investing within a year or so. For young men and women
about his age and are just about done with the hippy and adventurous lifestyle, two investment
options feature prominently.

Should it be a car or a parcel of land?

“After three years of an adventurous young life and miserly contract and commission jobs, I
now earn enough to allow me to pay my rent, service and utility bills, buy my food and clothing,
enjoy the pleasures of life and have enough to save,” Kari begins.

“At the moment, I am unable to invest in both options. I am in the process of deciding on which
one to take first. Friends and family have advised differently on what should be my first
investment option, so I am yet to decide,” he says of the choice between a car and land.

“I have thought of investing in my first car, a sports car maybe, for about Sh. 1.2 million; a
BMW, perhaps. This would mostly be for status sake because I do not live far from my
workplace and commuting is not a hustle. I do not have a family yet. I also have in mind that the
status car may not be suitable for when I have a growing family.

“My other investment option is land, as buying a ready house is still beyond me. I have talked to
a number of my friends and family, and most of my male age mates advise that I buy a car,
arguing that it is still too early to get into serious investments like land. They say that a car will
not only be a statement, but also be an easier way to move from one ‘happening’ joint to
another.

330
“My family, especially my mum, is open to whatever my heart desires, but she is more inclined
towards me investing in land. She says that even if I do not build on it, land value appreciates
with time.

“I am yet to decide, but I am leaning towards the land option more and more, because with
time, I will have a family of my own that will need to be sheltered in a bigger house. That means
paying more rent, though I also know that they will need to move here and there, and a car will
come in handy then.”

Mr Kariuki Waweru, a property valuer and real estate investment advisor, says it will make
more economic sense for Kari to invest in a parcel of land or a two-bedroom apartment.

“At the end of seven years, the value of the car will have depreciated to about 30 to 40 per cent
of its initial value, and may need a change of many parts or even its whole body,” says Mr
Waweru.

“On the other hand, real estate is durable, and the land underneath a development is
practically indestructible. It can also be bought with the expectation of attaining a better return
on investment,” Waweru adds.

He argues that it is also probable that the car owner will still be living in a rented house and
thinking of buying a bigger car to fit their new position at work or the growing family.

He says: “If this math holds true, in seven years, one who chooses to invest in the vehicle will
have forfeited owning a two-bedroom master en suite apartment in the outskirts of the capital
city, or buying a plot of land and building a house to shelter his/her family.”

Cash is always in short supply for many university students and saving is the last thing on their
minds. However, Moses Muriithi went against the grain and started saving to raise capital for a
real estate business when he was a third-year student at Kenyatta University.

Mr Muriithi dreamt of going into business straight from campus and he was determined to raise
capital at all costs. That he saved part of the Higher Education Loans Board (HELB) credit is a
testimony to his burning desire to realize this ambition.

His target from the start was real estate business and immediately after stepping out of campus
he set up his company known as Fanaka.

331
“While in the university I did online jobs such as data entry and website designs and got paid
through PayPal. Whatever I earned I used to invest in land,” he says.

“By the time I started Fanaka in 2015 I already had several plots to start with. As a result of my
small earnings together with some cash I had saved from HELB loans I had some Sh.40,000
which I used as capital.”

He used part of this amount to acquire an online account which he used to source contracts
from foreign organizations for IT-related tasks.

“Mostly I handled web designing and data entry where I could earn up to Sh.100,000 a month,”
he explains adding that after four years he had already accumulated five 50 by 100 plots valued
up to Sh1.4 million.

His firm has now made great strides, handling a long list of customers. It focuses on low and
average income earners who are looking to own land or house on the outskirts of Nairobi.

“Our projects mainly target people who under normal circumstances wouldn’t be considered
wealthy. Our average price for land is Sh.450,000,” he says.

“Most of the pieces of land we sell range from an eighth to a quarter of an acre.”

The company, which operates in Ruai area of Nairobi, has already completed six projects in the
past 12 months.

“Already we have completed two projects in Kamulu and Joska, one in Ruiru East, another one
in Kamakis, Ruiru and one in Malaa,” he reveals.

In two years the enterprise has grown rapidly, recording a Sh.80 million turnover last year.

“Our profit margins are low but we strive to make a lot of sales to earn more,” he says.

He has eight people employees who are on permanent terms.

To attract customers, the firm ensures that the pieces of land it sells are in good locations with
necessary amenities such as water, electricity and all weather roads.

332
“This makes it possible for clients to develop them. That these plots are not far from the city is
also our high selling point,” Mr Muriithi says.

The firm also ensures it conducts due diligence on all transactions to ward off fraud. The
integrity of the deals, he says, has given his firm an edge in a sector swamped by con artists
swindling unsuspecting victims.

“We ensure the plots have ready titles to facilitate the client’s in doing the search at the lands
offices before they commit themselves. We also make sure the plots are affordable to even low
income earners, with some of our plots going for as low as Sh.300,000,” he says.

The entrepreneur credits his success to their flexible modes of payment where a client can pay
30 per cent deposit and the balance paid in one year. The firm is also tapping on social media,
property sites and their website, fanaka.co.ke as marketing and advertising tools.

But as any business, Mr Muriith’s venture is not short of challenges, the key of which is getting
enough funds for expansion.

“Also land brokers who at times exaggerate land prices have proven to be a thorn in the flesh,
but with time we have managed to deal with them,” he says.

His advice to those new in business (Real estate companies in Kenya) is to ensure integrity and
transparency reigns adding that clients keep referring other people because of the trust
created.

“They also need to be patient. It took me about 4 months in business to sell the first plot,” he
adds as he challenges his fellow youth to create job opportunities instead of waiting to be
employed.

*Finally,*

The story of wealth creation is the back-bone of the structures that exist in our society today. At
one point in time, we are all at the starting point (like in a marathon race).

We all live in a bucket-carrying world. But who are you? Are you a bucket carrier or a pipeline
builder?

The problem with the bucket-carrying strategy is that it gets a bit tiring and monotonous with

333
time. And you can easily find yourself jobless anytime – which means the concept of a “secure
job” is actually an illusion.

Intelligent, wealthy people are pipeline builders. Make a point of joining them today.

*87. THE FRENCH BEANS FARMING SIDE-HUSTLE THAT CAN MAKE YOU KSH.100,000 PER
MONTH*

Have you been thinking of tapping into the benefits of Kenya’s export market in the Euro and
the United States?

Well, believe you me, you can start your own small venture right now and be a part of those
who feed the nations.

You only need to think about planting French beans and in less than 2 months you will be
thinking of exporting your first produce.

French beans grow in warm-wet parts of the country. These are areas like Thika, Murang’a,
Machakos, parts of Kajiado, Uasin Gishu, Nakuru, Western Kenya and Kisumu. The soil has to be
well drained and water supply should be adequate.

*Getting Started*

Don’t invest in French beans until you consult local export agents for mentorship, training and
market advice.

This is a very important step because these are the institutions that will buy from you and sell
the produce at the international market.

334
You will need to talk to them so that you can familiarize with the right kinds of crop species,
chemicals and packaging methods prior to making an investment.

Examples:

*Fresh Produce Exporters Association of Kenya (Located in New Rehema House, Rhapta Road,
Westlands)

*Homegrown Kenya Limited

*VegPro Kenya Limited

*Wamu Enterprises

*Everest Enterprises

*Kenya Horticultrual Exports Limited (KHE)

*Find arable land and prepare it*

An acre of land typical costs Ksh.10,000 to Ksh.20,000 to lease per year. The best land (ideally)
is one that is near an international airport so the export agents can easily access your farm.

Those targeting Nairobi may want to think of areas like Murang’a, Gatundu, Kirinyaga, Mua
Hills, Ngong and Ngoliba.

Lease land can also be found in places like Mwea although the soils in those areas tend to be
depleted of minerals due to years and years of intensive farming.

*Find seeds and plant*

Your export agent will be able to advice you on the best seeds, fertilizers and chemicals to use.

Typically, an acre of land requires a 25Kg bag of seeds which costs Ksh.22,000 on average (1
seed per hole). Note that with irrigation French beans can be grown throughout the year.

*Basic Farming Tips*

335
*Land should be ploughed and furrowed before planting season

*Single rows of 30cmx15cm or double rows of 60cmx30cm are recommended

*You will require about 80 Kgs DAP and 60Kgs of CAN fertilizer per acre. NPK fertilizer may also
be used on less fertile land to stimulate crop flowering.

*Pesticides like “Confidor” and “Thunder” can be used

*The harvest*

French beans take around 50 days to mature after which you can harvest them over the next 8
weeks. On average an acre piece of land can yield 4 to 6 tonnes of crop.

Note that, because these are highly perishable crops, it is important to harvest when there’s
ready market.

*How much to Invest*

In order to start a fully-fledged farm (including leasing the farm, ploughing, irrigation, seeds,
labour, fertilizer and chemicals) you will need to set aside a budget of at least Ksh.130,000. This
cost may actually reduce with successive planting seasons.

*How much to Expect*

During the high season (September to March), you can sell a Kilogram of your produce at an
average price of Ksh.100. Thus if you harvest 5 tonnes from your acre piece of land over period
of 2 months then the returns would amount to Ksh.500,000.

The low season in this business lasts between April and August and prices per kilo tend to
plummet to Ksh.50 on average.

*Final Word*

It’s not a must to become a full-time farmer in order to engage in this business. And you don’t
need to be a landowner either.

All you need to do is get mentorship from those who understand the business of exporting

336
products, lease a piece of land near your current place of residence, hire labourers and only
visit the farm once or twice a week.

So, YES, you can actually start this as a side-hustle as you explore further options to enhance
your investment strategies.

*88. HOW UNEMPLOYMENT PUSHED ME TO START AND RUN A SUCCESSFUL AFRICAN

FASHION BUSINESS ONLINE*

Is entrepreneurship a solution to the massive unemployment challenge in the country?

Some would argue that young people should rely on their own hustles to make a living due to
the huge gap between available jobs and the number of qualified people.

However, other people are of the view that entrepreneurship is a tough game that has its own
obstacles such as raising capital, acquiring licenses and the huge rate of entrepreneurship
ventures that have failed.

This was an interesting conversation I had with Joyce Wagaki, an entrepreneur who started
from scratch and is slowly building her brand in African inspired fashion.

If you had told her 5 years ago that she would be a successful entrepreneur, Joyce would have
laughed that idea off as impossible.

How could she be an entrepreneur yet she was a Journalism and Media Studies graduate, with
an amazing voice and a ‘bright future’ in the media industry?

“Before I graduated, I got a 3 month internship at a leading media house. We did a voice test
and my voice set me apart from the other interns landing me reporting duties both on radio

337
and on the lunch hour T.V bulletin. I knew then that my goal in life was to be a news reporter
and eventually become a news anchor.” Joyce said.

After finally graduating from media school, Joyce was positive it wouldn’t be long before she
got a job. She prepared her C.V and her Cover letter and started applying for reporting jobs in
the media.

She didn’t get any positive responses immediately but she kept applying, kept working on her
C.V and following up on the jobs she had applied for.

About 3 years after her graduation with no success in getting employment, Joyce’s sister who
was accommodating her in Nairobi got another opportunity in China leaving Joyce to fend for
herself while sending her money from time to time for her upkeep.

Seeing her job applications for news reporter/news anchor were not bearing any fruits, she
went an extra mile and sent her C.V with voice recordings of herself hoping this would set her
apart.

Unfortunately no station picked her and this left Joyce frustrated and disappointed.

“I knew I couldn’t go back home because I did not want to burden my parents. Even though my
sister supported me, I still needed my independence.”

One day, Joyce’s sister saw some handbags in China which had unique prints. Amazingly, the
bags were so cheap. She reached out to Joyce and asked her if she would be interested in
selling the bags in Kenya.

“At first I was reluctant because I had never thought of being an entrepreneur. However, my
sister convinced me to give it a try since one of my strengths was the ability to convince
people.”

Joyce’s sister sent the first batch of 20 bags and 20 ear rings. True to her word, the bags had a
unique design and print compared to the bags in the market then.

“I knew that my livelihood depended on the sale of those bags and ear rings so I did everything
I could to sell them. I started by selling to my close friends and church mates.

I also went to town daily with a backpack stashed with some bags and walked office by office

338
selling the bags. Sometimes, I didn’t make any sales, I had to deal with some clients who were
so rude but that did not deter me.”

However, this whole time, her mind was still set in the media. She sold bags during the day and
in the evening, she did her recordings and kept applying for jobs.

“Impressively, I managed to sell all the 20 bags and ear rings and made a profit of Ksh.30,000.
My sister had bought and shipped the bags and ear rings at only Ksh.10,000 in China. Since the
bags were unique, I sold them at Ksh.800 and Ksh.1000 per bag and the ear rings at Ksh.250.”

This experience made Joyce rethink her initial decision of being employed full time in the media
to actually taking entrepreneurship more seriously.

Her sister kept sending her bags from China and with time, she expanded her collection to
leather bags which were more official compared to the printed ones.

She even opened a face book page, (Bags and Leather) to take advantage of the online market.

Joyce sold the bags for a while and the returns were great, she was able to pay her bills but due
to unavoidable circumstances, the bags business was not sustainable.

“I had to think on my feet since I couldn’t keep running an unsustainable business and I still had
financial obligations. I thought of going back to applying for jobs but considering how far I had
come, this wasn’t an option for me.” Joyce said.

One day Joyce had gone to Eastleigh to meet up a friend. However, as is the typical Kenyan
style, her friend kept her waiting for over an hour.

“I was so frustrated when my friend eventually never showed up and called to cancel our
meeting. Instead of wasting my day, I decided to take a walk around Eastleigh and window shop
because Eastleigh was popular for getting quality items at affordable prices.”

As she was window shopping, Joyce met some ladies selling deras. At the time, she didn’t even
know what deras were and deras were still a new concept in Nairobi.

“I got curious and asked the lady to tell me more about deras, how much they cost, how they
are made, e.t.c. She sold me a material for Ksh.300 then directed me to a tailor who sew the
dera for me at only 50 shillings and in a few minutes, the dera was ready.”

339
Joyce was so impressed with the end result that she wore the dera to church the next Sunday.
Being a lover of taking photos, she took a photo of herself wearing the dera and posted it on
facebook that Sunday evening.

“When I woke up the next day, I was surprised to get a lot of requests from my comment
section and inbox from people who loved the dera and wanted one for themselves.

I was so shocked by the numerous requests but I also saw this as a great business opportunity.
Also most people perceived Eastleigh to be unsafe and I took advantage of that by being the
middle person between the traders and my clients.”

However, Joyce still hadn’t figured out how she would run the dera business since she needed
people’s sizes thus each dera needed to be custom made. So she asked people to send her their
measurements and design preferences and she would ensure they get their deras delivered to
them at a fee.

That was when Joyce opened Gaki Collections, a face book page that she used to sell deras.

“With time, one of my clients asked me if she could get African sandals to wear with her dera.
At that time, I had no idea where I would get African sandals but one lesson entrepreneurship
had taught me was, You do not tell a client No, Just say Yes and figure it out later.”

That is exactly how Joyce started the Gaki collection sandal line which consists of custom made
sandals tailored to a client’s needs.

All a client needs to do is send details of their shoe size, what color and design they would like
their sandals to have and Joyce makes sure she gets the sandals made and delivered anywhere
in the country.

Since my business was purely online, I knew there was more to social media and in order for my
business and brand to grow, I needed to pick up social media and digital marketing skills.

“That is when the She Goes Digital program came along. Through the program, I learnt how to
boost my page, make use of online ads and figure out details such as what time my audience is
active online.

I made use of the skills I gained through the program and by the end of 2017, I had shipped my

340
goods to Ghana, Liberia and U.S.A and I got even more clients online.”

*Final Word*

Our take-away from this interview is that we are all gifted in many ways. However, we need to
have the heart to explore.

You don’t need to close up your mind to employment as the only source of income, open up
your mind to more possibilities.

*89. START A SMALL ORNAMENTAL FISH BUSINESS IN KENYA; BE YOUR OWN BOSS*

Ornamental fish business in Kenya is estimated to grow at a steady pace over the next 15 years.

However, despite the growing domestic demand, very few of our local entrepreneurs seem to
have taken up this idea.

As such, the niche-specific market has had to contend with an under-supply for many years. In
fact, the vast majority of ornamental fish sold in Kenya and Africa in general are imported
mostly from Israel, Eastern Europe and Far East.

And as we found out during our research, breeding of tropical ornamentals is usually a small-
scale business, and there is nothing really complicated or high-tech about it.

You can therefore start your own smallholding today, and begin supplying nearby retail shops
with cheaper and high-quality fish without the costs of international transport, customs
clearance and the stress to the fish associated with being transported for many hours.

341
Here’s a step-by-step guide on how you can produce better fish quality than the imported stock
and how you can make money out of it.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

First you will need to find a suitable location for your venture. An ideal ground is one that has
adequate supply of water, preferably located in an environment that is neither too hot nor too
cold (23 degrees to 28 degrees temperature is recommended).

As such most of Nairobi, Central Kenya, Central Rift, Western, Nyanza and Coast would be ideal
places to begin your search for land.

*Step 2: Build a Pond*

A typical liner pond costs about Ksh.30,000 to construct. The size of the pond will depend on
the number of fish you want to keep. For instance, a 250ft X 250ft pond is adequate for 3000
ornamental fish.

You can seek help from the National Aquaculture Research Development and Training Centre in
Sagana Kirinyaga County for additional advice on best practices of ornamental fish farming.

*Step 3: Buy Fingerlings*

You can start with as few as 60 ornamental fish fingerlings. Small gold fish fingerlings cost
Ksh.150 (estimate) each, Black Molly cost Ksh.400 each and Orandas Ksh.500 each.

You can mix these three species to provide diversity to your customers.

*Step 4: Manage The Farm*

Ornamental fish are best fed using flakes and pellets. The water in the pond also needs to be
changed at least once every month.

The fish normally reach maturity in 1 to 2 years, and although they can live up to 20 or more
years, as a commercial farmer, you will want to begin exploring the option of selling them as
early as possible.

*Step 5: Build Aquarium Tanks (Optional)*

342
You can choose to sell your fish directly to people who make aquariums or you can learn the art
(of making aquarium boxes) yourself so that you can tap in even more profit.

For instance, an empty aquarium box measuring one-and-half square feet currently goes for
Ksh.10,000.

*Step 6: How To Market Your Fish*

Ornamental fish are priced per inch. Hence, the longer the fish, the bigger the price tag on it.
For instance, a 6 inch gold fish (priced at Ksh.150/- per inch) will attract Ksh.1,000.

And since an aquarium is a lovely sight to behold that uses minimal electricity power in the
house, you can market your product directly to homeowners, commercial offices or even
schools.

You can also look up some high-end malls in the city (such as Yaya Center and Sarit Center) for
potential market.

So, in other words, the market is readily available…you only need to be good at prospecting and
pricing.

*The Dos*

*Visit the National Aquaculture Research Development and Training Centre or their agents for
training and mentorship.

*Consult with farmers who are already in this business to get an idea of the challenges they
encounter.

*Consult a few buyers in your area or region to get an idea of the kind of quality they are
looking for.

*The Don’ts*

*Don’t overcrowd your fish in the pond (1 inch of fish per 4 litres of water is recommended).

*Don’t add too many new fish into your pond at one time, get a few first and see how they

343
adjust to their new home.

*Don’t use pesticides near your pond, generally maintain high hygiene standards around the
fish.

*How Much To Invest*

Building the pond will cost you about Ksh.30,000 and buying new fingerlings will cost you about
Ksh.20,000.

You can start with 60 fish, which if well fed and maintained, can multiply to over 10,000 in a
year.

*How Much To Expect*

If you sell half of the fish (5,000) per year with each fish priced at Ksh.500 then you can expect a
sale volume of Ksh.2.5 million.

And since the cost of maintaining a pond isn’t that high, then you can look forward to a pretty
decent profit margin of around 80%.

*Final Word*

There’s an old saying that goes, “opportunities are missed because they come dressed in
overalls and look like work.”

So today, you can make a choice whether to spot an opportunity or to fear work and continue
blaming others for your misfortunes.

Ornamental fish farming in Kenya presents a wonderful opportunity for anyone, young or old,
to explore.

344
*90. SIMPLE BUT MONEY-MAKING IDEAS YOU CAN START WITH LITTLE CAPITAL*

If you are jobless, you have been tarmacking or you are struggling to make ends meet, this
article is for you.

You may not have millions of shillings in the bank to start a business, but that doesn’t mean you
don’t have any options.

Let me surprise you. There are so many ideas you can explore with next to nothing and make
serious returns out of them.

All that is required of you is to provide the skills, work ethic and a bit of marketing.

In short, that is what is called “sweat capital”.

In the world of start-ups, “sweat capital” is worth more than monetary capital.

Enough of vague statement. Let’s get practical. Here are 2 business ideas that require very little
monetary capital to set-up but can make you good money.

*1. Distributing Black Coffee*

If you live in towns like Nairobi, I am sure you have come across some guys who distribute black
coffee in matatu termini.

Have you ever stopped to inquire how much they make per day?

Well, at it turns out, this venture is one of those “opportunities that come dressed in rags” kind
of things.

345
For starters you will require a 10 litre capacity flask, some disposable plastic cups and well… a
bit of hard work.

*Budget Breakdown*

*Thermos Flask - Ksh.5,000 for 10 litre thermos

*Disposable plastic cups - Ksh.1,000

*Sugar - Ksh.400

*Coffee - Ksh.200

*TOTAL* - Ksh.6,600

As long as you are willing to give it your best, there is no reason why you should walk away with
less than Ksh.1,000 per day in profits.

How?

You might want to ask.

Well, a 10 litre coffee thermos contains 65 x 150ml cups of coffee. Sell each cup at Ksh.10 and
you will make Ksh.650 per flask.

If you can make three trips per day – once in the morning and twice in the evening – then we
can talk about Ksh.650x3 = Ksh.1,950.

Subtract cost of water, sugar and coffee and you realize you can make a cool Ksh.1,500 per day.

*2. Smokies and Eggs Business*

This small business can earn you Ksh.48,000 per month.

Self-employment is good. It is the only thing you can do day and night and feel contented, that
you have done something meaningful.

You cannot compare employment and business. This is because with a business you are your

346
own boss, but with employment, your boss is always on your neck regardless of the effort you
put in.

Business is however not for everyone, especially not for the faint-hearted.

Small-scale businesses have been on the rise in our country, especially due to the high cases of
unemployment. If you are thinking of starting something, then the smokies and eggs business is
a choice you might want to consider.

First and foremost, you need capital, less than Ksh.10,000. For starters, you need a smokie grill
or trolley that goes for around Ksh.6,000, a supply of smokies and eggs and of course a source
of the fire.

For smokes, you can get them at the nearest Farmer’s choice Shop, where a packet of smokies,
containing 22 pieces goes for Ksh.330.

As for the eggs, you can get supplies from your nearest shop or source from friends, where
normally a tray goes for Ksh.300 or Ksh.280, depending on your supplier.

A strategic location to locate your business is also necessary. You need to place your business
where people can easily access it. For instance; near bus stops and stages, around learning
institutions, around bars and clubs, around places hosting social events, or generally any other
place you think people can easily access.

The profit margins in this type of business are huge. Allow me to take you through.

When you buy a packet of smokies at Ksh.330, with 22 pieces, which means each piece goes for
Ksh.15.

So how about you sell a piece at Ksh.25?

You automatically get a profit of Ksh.10. And if you are in a highly-populated area where you
can sell like five or more packets, you get very high returns.

If you manage to sell five packets a day, with each packet containing 22 pieces, you will have
sold 110 pieces. If you sell each at Ksh.25, you make Ksh.2,750. The expenses you will have used
that day are averagely 330 X 5 = Ksh.1,650.

347
Plus kachumbari cost which is averagely Ksh.100 for tomatoes, onions and dhania. That adds up
to Ksh.1,750. Total profits from that sale will add up to Ksh.2,750 – 1,750 = Ksh.1,000. Simply
put, you will make a profit of Ksh.1,000 in a day.

If you decide to sell eggs as well, your profit will be elevated. Take for instance you sell
averagely 2 trays of eggs per day. That is 60 eggs, with every egg costing Ksh.20, thus making
Ksh.1,200 a day.

The expenses involved for eggs per day are Ksh.600 for two trays of eggs. That means, the
profit you will make in a day for eggs is Ksh.600

The best part is here… If you decide to do both eggs and smokies, your monthly profits/income
estimates will be Ksh.48,000 in a month.

How awesome!

And just in case you do not have time to run the business due to other engagements, you can
hire someone for the day at Ksh.200 per day. You can also invest in more than one smokie and
eggs business and employ people to work for you.

*Finally,*

Most people do not want to venture into this 2 kinds of businesses I have explained above
because they feel it is of those who are not educated.

How about you give that a second thought now?

You can actually do this as a side hustle.

For instance, if you are a regular student in college, you might need an extra penny at the end
of the day and this might be a good idea for you.

After classes, you can do this in the evening till late in the night.

Even if you are already employed you can do this alongside your full-time job.

This 2 businesses are also stress-free. They only require basic culinary skills, and of course
marketing and communication skills to keep your customers and get new ones.

348
You can do it on a part-time basis or even consider full time.

There’s an old saying that goes, “opportunities are missed because they come dressed in
overalls or rags.”

Don't let your ego prevent you from venturing into this profitable opportunities.

*91. HOW TO START NYAMA CHOMA BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Nyama choma is one of the favorite dishes for many Kenyans. Many Kenyan men love nyama
choma, and it is one of the most ordered food during festivities and weekends.

Businesses dealing with nyama choma and beer thrive due to their high demand.

You can start a nyama choma business in almost any part of the country and start making a
good income.

It is estimated that only 1 % of businesses which sell nyama choma make losses. The remaining
99 percent are swimming in profits.

In this article, we are going to show you how you can start a nyama choma business in Kenya.

*Find a Good Business Location*

For you to succeed in the nyama choma business in Kenya, you need to set up your business in

349
a reliable location.

Some of the best locations to set up your nyama choma business include near a pub, hotel, or a
club.

You can also start one near universities and colleges, or social places, market centers.

Some of the best towns to start nyama choma business include Nakuru, Gilgil, Mombasa,
Kiambu, Nairobi, Busia, Kisii, Nairobi, Murang’a, and Mtwapa.

*Decide on the Type of Nyama Choma to Sell*

The first thing you need to do before starting a nyama choma business is to decide the kind of
nyama choma you want to sell.

You can sell a wide variety of nyama choma like goat, beef, chicken, pork, and even rabbit.

Identify which kind of meat people in your locality love most. Most Kenyans prefer goat meat
over beef.

*Find Reliable Meat Suppliers*

The next thing you need to do to start nyama choma business is to identify reliable suppliers.

For instance, if you are around Nairobi, you can source meet from slaughter houses in Dagoretti
or Kitengela.

If you are around Thika or Murang’a, you can get meat supply from Kabati.

If you are around Mombasa, you can get meat from town market opposite A One Supermarket.

*Cost of Starting a Nyama Choma Business*

The cost of starting nyama choma business in Kenya depends on the size of your business and
business location.

Starting a nyama choma business outside a building would cost you less than inside a building.
You will need at least Ksh.20,000 to start a nyama choma business in Kenya.

350
Grill meat roaster – Ksh.7,000

Meat stock – Ksh.5,000

Business licenses – Ksh.5,000

Space rent – Ksh.8,000

*Is Nyama Choma Business Profitable in Kenya?*

Most people I have talked with indicate that they make Sh.2,000 to Sh.10,000 per day in
Nairobi.

In Mombasa, especially Mtwapa, they make Sh.1,000 to Sh.7,000 per day.

The profit in Kisumu and Kisii is between Sh.500 to Sh.4,000 per day.

The best towns to start nyama choma business are Thika, Nairobi, Kiambu, Mombasa, Mtwapa,
Kisumu, Kisii, Nakuru, Naivasha and Busia.

Kenyans love goat meat more than beef. They also love chicken meat, especially those in
Nairobi.

Nyama choma business is one of the most profitable meat businesses you can start in Kenya.

The high demand for meat and nyama choma makes it a good venture.

To make it in the business, start one near areas with a high population like market centers.

*Tips on How to Make it in the Nyama Choma Business in Kenya*

To make it in the nyama choma business in Kenya, do the following:

*Sell some extras like mutura and soup

*Ensure that your business premise is always clean

351
*Hire someone who knows how to roast meat

*Look for soft meat

*Identify fast moving nyama choma; goat, beef etc

*In Conclusion*

Starting nyama choma business is a profitable venture in Kenya. Its demand is high and it is one
of the most preferred food.

You can sell a wide variety of nyama choma like goat, beef, pork and chicken.

Identify which one is fast moving and then sell more of it. You can also sell extras like mutura
and soup to generate more profits.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*92. EVER HEARD THE STORY OF THE TAXI DRIVER WHO ENDED UP OWNING AN ENTIRE
FLEET OF TRANSPORT VEHICLES? OR THE GROCERY LADY WHO GREW FROM ONE SMALL
KIOSK TO OWNING AN ENTIRE ESTATE OF RENTAL APARTMENTS?*

Well, behind all those sweet stories are little-known financial institutions commonly referred to
as SACCOs.

This is how SACCOs work – You become a member, set your saving goal and start saving.

352
Let’s say you start today and target to save Ksh.50,000 in the next 10 months. After you reach
that target, your SACCO gives you a friendly loan that is as much as 3 to 4 times your savings.

So you get Ksh.200,000 which you can use to expand your business further. Easy, right?

If you are thinking of joining a Sacco, one of the first things you need to consider is a list of the
best SACCOs to invest in Kenya.

There have been cases of many Kenyans losing their hard-earned money to dubious Saccos.
Therefore, you need to be very careful before joining any Sacco.

SACCOs helps members pull money together by making monthly contributions. Members can
then access loans at low interest rates and get dividends from the SACCO at the end of the
financial year.

A friend of mine who has worked for Kenya Airways for 10 years was initially struggling to save
money to buy a plot. After being initiated into Wanandege SACCO, he saved Ksh.200,000 for
two years.

Later, was given a loan of Ksh.700,000. He used the loan to buy a plot in Kamulu and is now
building a house. What was amazing is that the loan was attracting interest rate of 1% per
month, which is so insignificant as compared to interest rates charged by local banks. Soon, he
will be a proud owner of a home in Nairobi.

SACCOS also buy land and sell it cheaply to their members. This is one thing that makes many
Kenyans proud. You might get a SACCO selling a plot in Kitengela to its members at Ksh.150,000
and if you move 10 meters from the location, you will be shocked to find an individual selling a
plot similar to the one owned by the SACCO at Ksh.500,000.

In 2019, one of my friends joined a SACCO in Nairobi. He started buying shares worth Ksh.5,000
every month. Today, he has shares worth over Ksh.300,000 in the SACCO.

He is a happy man because each year he is assured of Christmas from the SACCO in terms of
dividends. Unlike banks where shares trade at prices which ordinary Kenyan is unable to buy,
shares from SACCOs are always affordable.

It’s very hard for Kenyan SACCOs to make losses. Once you have your money in a SACCO, you

353
are assured that it’s safe and chances of making losses are minimal.

I have witnessed several banks closing down because of being declared insolvent, but never
have I witnessed a SACCO in Kenya going through receivership or failing to meet members’
targets.

SACCOS like Ushuru, Stima and Harambee have grown so big that they are threatening the
existence of banks in the country.

*SACCOs are important because:*

They encourage you to save - SACCOs require you to save consistently and this, in turn, enables
you to cultivate the discipline of saving frequently.

They are a sure investment - SACCOs pay out dividends on the savings of their members.
Compared to other investments, saving in a SACCO has a more guaranteed return.

Emergency loans - Some SACCOs offer developmental and school fees loans that can be
processed within a day, depending on the borrower’s urgency.

You should join a SACCO because it will come in handy when you need to get a line of credit.
Most importantly, when you do need this line of credit, you will have access to some of the
lowest interest rates in the country.

The interest rates charged by SACCOs are usually not subject to change. In fact, a majority of
SACCOs lend at 12% annually, which is below anything banks have charged even when base
rates were at their lowest.

Do not wait for tomorrow, save now and try to save as much as you can in a SACCO. The
benefits you will reap later in life are worth the effort it will take you today.

354
*93. CAN YOU MAKE MONEY ON TIKTOK?*

Are you wondering how people make money on TikTok? Or maybe how you can make money
on TikTok?

But first what is TikTok?

TikTok is a Chinese based mobile app that allows you to create and upload short-form videos
from 3 to 60 seconds. People use the app to create lip-sync and comedy VIDEOS which are very
popular in the app. People showcase their talents like music and dance in the app.

Unlike YouTube, as a video sharing website, you cannot make money directly from tiktok at the
moment. Meaning you cannot monetize your TikTok videos for money.

But that is not it. You can still make money from Tiktok. Here are 5 Ways You Can Make Money
on TikTok.

*1: Sell Your Own Products or Services to Your Followers*

When we talk about tiktok we are talking about teenagers. This people are always online. It’s
time you take advantage of that. This actually one of the easiest ways to earn money from
Tiktok.

Here is how it works. You make a products that you can sell to your followers. This doesn’t have
to be a big deal, create something simple and sell it. This can be phone case with your photos
on it or you signature.

If you are talented on drawing, sell your artwork to your followers. They will love it.

355
In order to promote any product/service, you need a following. So if you are still not getting a
lot of followers, consider networking on other social media platforms like Instagram, Facebook
and Twitter etc.

In addition to promoting your services, do like or comment videos created by others so that
people will get to know you.

*2: Sell Other People’s Products*

Make money on Tiktok with affiliate marketing. How this works is that people will pay you to
promote their products/services on tiktok for your followers to buy.

While doing this always remember that your followers followed you for you and not because of
the products you are promoting, so be caring enough not to spam them with promotion videos.

For example, if you are uploading promotional videos daily for seven days, then there is a good
chance you will start losing followers. And you don’t want that, do you?

*3: Earn Gifts By Going Live On Tiktok*

By going live on Tiktok your fans can send you gifts that you can convert into real money. The
app offers three types of virtual items (Coins, Gifts, Diamonds) through its Virtual Diamond
Program which is available to all users.

When a user has at least 1000 followers or more, they can do a live stream directly from the
app. As the creator is live, his/her followers can send in virtual gifts that the creator can convert
into cash. But In order for the followers to send in the Gifts, they should first buy coins using
various payment method like credit/debit card. Once the gifts get to the creator, it will be
converted in Diamonds another virtual gift which now the creator can redeem for real money
using a verified PayPal account.

On conversion 50% of the diamonds will be kept by the content creator as TikTok and
my/Google will keep the remaining amount.

Tip: Being active on tiktok and regularly posting awesome videos on the app will boost your
growth. Try going with trends on tiktok as there are lot of people checking out trends on tiktok
and they are most likely to find your videos if you always join trending topics.

356
*4: Become A Tiktok Influencer*

Tiktok is no different from platforms like Instagram and YouTube. You can become a tiktok
celebrity and this will make you big money. Plus becoming popular on tiktok can drive traffic to
your YouTube where you can double the amount of money you are going to make on tiktok.

The most outstanding thing about tiktok is that you can definitely become an influencer
overnight. Unlike other social media platforms where hard work and a lot of effort is needed to
become an influencer tiktok makes things super easy for its users by having a section where it
displays all good videos. Even without following the person, you will be able to see their videos.

Work with businesses/companies and get paid as an influencer on Tiktok.

*5: Earn From Amazon/Jumia Referral Links*

Join Jumia (for Kenyans) or Amazon affiliate program and get paid when people click on your
unique link to buy products from Jumia/Amazon. Get paid a referral commission of certain
percentage for every new customer you can bring.

This was kind of hard during the first days of tiktok but, the latest version of tiktok now allows
you to add any links on your bio page. Take advantage of this, it has become more popular and
everybody is doing it.

*Finally,*

Tiktok can be a very super helpful tool on making money online if used properly. Try being
active on Tiktok for higher chances of fast growth.

Your followers will most likely buy your products/services or products/services you market for
others if you present it in a way that doesn’t look like you are just after money.

So make it seem like you are actually trying to help them out. Discounts is what I’m talking
about, like If they can save some money in using your link, then they will be really motivated in
purchasing a product.

There you have it, 5 Ways You Can Make Money on TikTok.

357
*94. WHEN A BUSINESS IDEA COMES TO YOU IN AN UNEXPECTED PLACE, RUN WITH IT*

Kenya is a growing nation and everyone seems to be moving towards making it a 24 hour
economy. People are either busy at work or at their business.

Many are the times that these people need to run errands but they don’t have the time! What
could be better than having someone to run these errands for you?

George Kamau is the founder of HCS Errands, a company that runs a variety of errands for
people who may be too busy to run them on their own. This is an idea that was conceived by
coincidence.

As George was busy looking for a job from office to office and getting little to no response he
noticed one thing.

In most of these offices he visited he would hear of the receptionist either struggling to get
someone on phone to deliver company documents or they would be complaining about delays
in the delivery of their documents.

It occurred to him that this was it! It was time to try and venture into the world of
entrepreneurship. Running errands such as delivering packages among other services would be
his entry point.

Services he offers include making deliveries/courier services, data entry services, government
online related services, banking services etc.

This is one of those businesses you can start with very little money or literally zero capital. As
George himself puts it, “The most important capital in this business is the idea, a positive
attitude and commitment. In terms of money you need transport money which was a challenge

358
for me when starting out since I was jobless and didn’t have money, so I would sometimes have
to borrow from friends then refund upon being paid.”

Despite this hiccup in the beginning, George has been able to persevere due to his resilient
nature. He adds that entrepreneurship has shaped him up and he is happy that he has been
able to create opportunities for young Kenyans with the skills.

The young CEO is a proud employer to five other people, two stationed in the office and the
rest work in the field “The company has really grown from the time when I would do everything
by myself to now where I have people to assist me. To be more effective as a businessperson
you need a team of people who understand your vision”

The business has not been without challenges. For one George says entrepreneurship is a lonely
journey. “You will find that very few people believe in you. Some view this business as that of
the illiterate! It’s up to you to believe in yourself. Work with those who support you, strive to
be the best and you will see that the doubting Thomas’s will get on board eventually”

George adds that in this business one must remember that the client is the king. Provide to
their level of demand and ensure your services offer them a solution.

He attributes his success to God, hard work and being dynamic. Despite all the challenges he
faces he is very confident in his business and sees a bright future ahead.

He urges the young people who may want to go into entrepreneurship not to be afraid to start,
“Don’t let challenges weigh you down you can start with the little that you have. Use the
resources that are within you, visit places that mentor young people and be open to learn.”

359
*95. HOW THE HASSLE OF GETTING BABY ITEMS GAVE BIRTH TO AN ONLINE BUSINESS*

Online shopping is a rising trend worldwide. With many individuals immersed in their careers,
time and convenience are considered valuable. Many individuals have thus had to rely on
online shopping.

When Makena Murungi and her husband James Bukusi were expecting their first child, getting
into the online business was not something they thought about.

It is the challenges they faced while trying to prepare for the arrival of their child in acquiring
the right baby stuff and everything that their child would need, that brought a lot of frustration
to them.

Luckily for them, they had networks across the country who provided a means to get some of
the items they needed.

Due to everyday constraints, they realized that not every soon to be parent had the
convenience and time to move from one shop to another in search of the right items for their
babies.

“We realized that during pregnancy, and by extension after childbirth, the mother has to mostly
by herself, go through a tough experience getting the right stuff for herself as well as the baby.

“The father may sometimes be available to run to the shops buying these things, but more
often than not, he does not get the right details of what the mother or the little one really
needs.”

To cover the gap they had identified, the couple started off by buying some baby products and
advertising them through their Facebook pages. With Ksh.15,000 as their capital, they were
able to sell most of the goods they had bought.

360
They soon realized that if they set up an online shop, they would be able to sell more. With
their little background knowledge in e-shopping, they decided to set up an online shop –
something that would be more accommodating and easily navigable compared to Facebook.

June 2018 thus marked the beginning of the Mother and Baby Shop
https://motherbabyshop.co.ke

This is now an online marketplace dedicated to “convenient provision” of all the supplies that
an expectant mother requires, and what the baby needs until they attain the age of five.

On their website, one can make diaper subscriptions and conveniently have them supplied with
their related necessities such as baby wipes at their homes after making their payment either
through mobile money or credit card. Customers also have the option to pick the goods
themselves from the company’s physical location in Ngara, Nairobi.

“We sought to fill the gap of catering for the mother and the baby. We realized that there could
be others in a situation similar to ours, that due to their busy schedules they are unable to go in
search of these items.”

With a team of four bikers who are subcontracted to make deliveries across Nairobi and
couriers to make deliveries outside Nairobi, they are able to serve between 60 and 70 clients a
month.

It takes a day to make deliveries to clients within Nairobi but for those outside Nairobi, they get
their deliveries a day after making an order.

A peek into their website just shows how much they supply. Murugi talks about how their
online shop largely deals with original products as they work with internationally renowned
brands, something that enables them to stand out from the competition.

With many online shopping sites, theirs too faced challenges. At first, it was difficult for them to
trust those that had been tasked with making the deliveries to get the goods to clients and in
good condition.

Many of their clients too found it hard to pay for items before receiving them. With them
sometimes feeling that what they saw on the website could be different from what they got.

361
Despite this, however, their online shop has expanded and not only deals with new mothers
and babies supply but has also included parenting books, and after-birth care products as well.

“We supply baby nursery furniture, including cribs, and baby cots as well. We have a variety of
up to 500 different products for both the mother and baby.”

The couple’s target is for the business to be a leading enterprise for provision of mothers and
babies items, in East Africa.

Their advice to upcoming entrepreneurs is that online businesses offer endless possibilities for
investing. However, one has to conduct research, and understand their target customers’ needs
then seek ways to solve those needs.

*96. FRUIT VENDORS WHO LIVE LIKE KINGS*

*Josiah Akolo*

Josiah is an entrepreneur who has just joined a rare club of millionaires. The banana trader in
Nairobi made his first million 3 years ago, two years after he started the business venture.
Josiah shares his story.

“The first time I touched Nairobi was in 2010. At that time, I had completed my high school and
was ready for any challenge in life.

Immediately I settled in Nairobi I came face to face with the challenges of living in the city. The
first thing to hit me was that everything I did required money. I was forced to be innovative.

362
With Ksh.2,000 in my pocket, I decided to sell second hand clothes. The business was at first
not good because the location did not have traffic. In a day I could make Ksh.100 to Ksh.300.
That forced me to move to Jogoo Road from Ruiru.

I did the business for two years, making my meagre profit. After realizing I was not moving in
terms of financial stability, I decided to diversify. That was when I started selling bananas and
Njugu alongside the mitumba.

My first shock came when I realized bananas were fetching me twice as much as I made from
Mitumba. Immediately I decided to drop mitumba business and adopt fully the banana
business.

Selling after selling, I realized my dream was coming true, but I didn’t know how exactly I could
upgrade from selling at retail price to venturing into wholesale business. It is at this time when
one of my friends suggested I present my title deed for a loan from a local bank. Luckily, I
received Ksh.150,000 from the bank.

I took a truck from Gikomba market, together with one of my Kisii friends, then off to Keumbu
Kisii. I was charged Ksh.10,000 for transport and also paid Ksh.3,000 for loading and offloading.
One truck of bananas costed me Ksh.45,000.

The first trip yielded Ksh.7,000 in profits. That was after I sold my bananas for a period of 4
days.

The business continued and with time I learnt the tricks and later managed to repay my loan for
a period of 3 months.”

*Christopher Ngugi*

When the hustle and bustle gets real, no power can decelerate it. For decades now, running a
green grocery is a business that has been treated as feminine. However, for Christopher Ngugi,
45, this has been his hustle for the past 22 years.

After a fall out with his cousin over pay, Ngugi, then a young boy, moved out and opened a
small informal roadside grocery in Nairobi’s Kayole estate. Little did he know that this was
where he would spend his adulthood.

363
“My decision to run a grocer came through experience. As a teenage boy, I was employed as
sales person in my cousin’s shop. However, my cousin took advantage of me and on many
occasions failed to pay me my dues. After working for two years, I decide to quit. I only had
Ksh.800 at hand. Several thoughts crossed my mind among them going back home, but I finally
decided to choose a business that I could easily join with this cash. That is how I landed in a
green grocery,” he narrates.

Twenty two years below the line, Ngugi now a family man is still in his green grocery and has a
tale to tell.

“A green grocery is a business many people ignore but the fact is, there is real business here. A
bigger percentage of the neighbourhood buys from us. Initially, when I started, I would make
close to Ksh.10,000 per day because we were very few then. The numbers have since increased
but business is still good. That’s why I am still here 22 years down the line,” Ngugi says with a
broad smile on his face.

According to Ngugi, the love he has for his job has seen him keep his business intact despite
encountering negative energy from some people. “With love and positive attitude towards
what you do, you can achieve a lot in life,” says Ngugi.

“I have so far bought two plots here in Nairobi. My first born graduated a year ago. I currently
pay fees for two children in private schools. All these I have managed with the funds I get here.
However small business is, respect, dedication and perseverance is what will make you
succeed.”

“No one supervises me but discipline, dedication and perseverance has kept me going every
day. I don’t complain waking up early because at the end of the day, I get huge benefits,” he
says.

Ngugi’s advice to youths who sit back waiting for free things is; “ trust yourself and don’t listen
to what people say about you and what you do. Know where you have come from, where you
are headed to and what you want and you will surely achieve a lot.”

*Peter Njine*

Across the road just a stone throw miles away in Komarock estate is Peter Njine, a fruit vendor,
who has been in the industry for the past seven years. Before venturing into fruits business,

364
Njine worked in the same industry but felt he was underpaid and decided to quit and start his
small stall.

Njine believes there is a very big difference between formal employment and running a
business. His key tenets are not very different from Ngugi’s – discipline, dedication and hard
work.

“I don’t think anyone can employ me now. My hustle does it all. I love what I do and it in turn
pays me handsomely. My seven years in this business has not gone to waste. I have had a lot of
personal achievements including buying a plot and building my own home. I don’t pay rent,”
stresses Njine.

According to Njine, people who choose what to do are those that have people they depend on.
“How do you rule out an idea you have not tried just because you feel it’s feminine or it is not
paying?” poses Njine.

Njine only needed to accumulate Ksh.4,000 to start his hustle but today, he takes home an
average Ksh.5,000 from his hustle. “I love the fact that I am my own boss. On a good day, it’s
not a miracle to take home Ksh.5,000. I am here to stay and take this hustle to the next level.”
says Njine.

*Finally*

For you to succeed in business, you must persevere: money does not come just like that, people
may steal from you, you may make losses, you may meet stiff competition. But all these will
come to an end when you become resilient.

If you have a business idea, don’t say I will start when I get capital: if you are this kind of a
person, then I can assure you the idea will be dead. Look for all means to get capital, you can
even sell land.

We all have the opportunity to make it in life, but what some of you imagine is that success is
reserved for specific people. All the wealthy people you see around started from somewhere.

No business is small, what is needed is discipline and determination – you will make it.

365
*97. BEST BUSINESS FOR FRESH GRADUATES IN KENYA*

For many, life in college presents an opportunity to mingle with friends and spend plenty of
free time exploring various curiosity points in life.

When the graduation day comes, though, most graduates are not prepared for whatever
challenges life has to offer. Whether to venture into business or pursue the ever-scarce
positions in formal employment suddenly becomes a dilemma.

In the midst of all this confusion, some get completely lost in life – losing precious moments at
the peak of their lives.

Who is to blame? Is it our porous education system that falls short of equipping our learners
with important skills? Is it the society that fails to create a good example to the young
generation? Or is it the government which has failed to do its role?

Business is the way to go especially for fresh graduates who are seeking to find a footing. More
often, fresh graduates wonder which best profitable business to do in Kenya before they secure
employment.

It’s hard to get a straight answer from your peers but with deep thoughts and research, it’s easy
to identify a viable opportunity.

Below I list some of the most profitable businesses to do in Kenya with little capital as a
graduate.

*Academic writing*

366
Academic writing has become a primary source of income for thousands of fresh graduates in
Kenya. Currently, over 3,000 graduates are heavily involved in academic writing. Of course this
is one form of employment; however it doubles as a business.

When you are dealing with academic writing, what you need is a computer and internet.

The first step to joining this elite group is by identifying the best academic writing jobs.

Below are some of the best academic writing sites for Kenyans:

WriterBay

Uvocorp

Essay Shark

Asiawriters

Bluecorp

Academia Research

Freelance Writing Center

Writerslabs

Quality Writers

Allwriting

PowerPapers

WriteDom

4Writers

In freelancing, you can make up to Ksh.20,000 per day and at least Ksh.15,000 every month.

367
*Blogging*

Blogging is one of the best ways to earn passive income in Kenya. As a fresh graduate, you are
full of energy, enthusiasm and creativity.

The beauty of this business is that you don’t need a lot of capital; the average cost of starting a
blog is Ksh.5,000 and it takes less than a week to launch one.

The best advice I can give you; never wait for someone to push you to start a blog, seek
information online, approach web designers and spend a few coins. At the end of the day, you
will have something to keep you busy and to make a living from.

*Online shop*

Another unique idea involves online shop like Jumia. To start a small online shop you need a
capital of as low as Ksh.10,000 up to Ksh.50,000.

I have designed websites for a couple of companies in Kenya and I can confidently say, in this
business, it’s not about the capital but how best you can market your company. What is
required is a website design where companies can advertise their products.

*Boutique*

Boutique is more suitable to female graduates. Since this business requires time and patience
to grow, a fresh graduate will be the best person to launch it.

Boutique business works well when you know your customers in person. Since you had friends
in college, you can use them as your first customers.

You can source stock from Eastleigh or Gikomba at a throw away price or fly to Dubai or China.
Boutique starting capital is as low as Ksh.50,000.

*Farming*

Many youths in the country have shunned farming, most of them have migrated to the city in
search of employment. The reality is, the city can’t accommodate everyone. Farming is one of
the most lucrative ventures, sadly our youths don’t want to get dirty.

368
If at your village there is land, don’t waste time in towns, migrate to the village and embark on
farming.

*Car wash*

This is a business you can do without incurring losses. As a graduate you need as little as
Ksh.50,000 up to Ksh.250, 000 to start a car wash anywhere in the country.

Sometimes back, my cousin told me he had Ksh.80,000 but wasn’t sure what he could do with
the money for him to start generating an income.

I fronted the idea of car wash. This is what he told me,”Hii business ikianguka utanilipa hii
pesa”.

I told him, “Nitakulipa double”.

I proposed for him Kericho and for sure he set the business up. It’s now two years na kijana
ananipigia asante kila siku.

*Photocopy, Printing and Movie business*

In one room, put a business of selling movies, printing and photocopying documents. I propose
that you set it up near colleges and universities.

*Selling KASNEB notes & other Academic notes and past exams online*

If you did KASNEB courses, you can rake in a lot of money if you start a business where you sell
KASNEB past papers, answers and notes online. Just start a website and source the notes from
various institutions and sell them.

*Cosmetics shop*

If you are a lady, being fresh from college is the best time to start a cosmetics shop. It may look
awkward at first but when you cash the first profit, you won’t think of employment anymore.

*Web design*

369
For those who pursued IT and Computer Science courses in college, don’t wait for the
government to employ you. Time is important and the early you think of web design business
the better.

In Kenya over 100 websites are created daily. Services for creating a single website cost
Ksh.15,000 to Ksh.50,000. If you can create at least one or two websites per week, that’s cool
money.

*Executive salon*

Graduates living in Nairobi have the best chance to make money. Nairobi women love beauty
and decency. By starting an executive salon, you will bring services closer to your estate.

I know women who run salon business in Nairobi and make profits in the tune of Ksh.5 million
per month.

There is actually one salon in Kilimani which charges Ksh.20,000 per single head and the owner
walks home with at least Ksh.3 million every month.

*Finally;*

Sure, you may not have all the money required to start your business and luck may not be on
your side as far as finding a job that’s relevant to what you learned in campus is concerned.

But that should not put you down. Get your hustle up, stop the blame game and most
importantly – swing to action.

370
*98. IS MANICURE AND PEDICURE BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

Beauty standards in the 21st Century have really changed compared to past years. Nowadays
beauty treatments are not only limited to women, men too enjoy getting a professional
manicure and pedicure done. This makes starting up a nail parlour a viable business idea
especially if you have a passion for making people look beautiful.

This article will help you learn how to set up a nail salon business by answering these key
questions;

How much money do I need to get started?

What licenses do I need?

What are the basic equipment and items will I need and what is their approximate cost?

How do I get started?

How much profit can I make?

*GETTING STARTED*

Running a nail salon has its glamorous side but it’s also a lot of work. As the owner of your
salon, you need to be conversant with all aspects of your business and also figure out how to
make the business sustainable and maintain cash flow.

That said, before getting into the nail salon business, it is advisable to learn by actually working
in one. Take up a job at a fairly successful nail salon, learn the ins and outs of successfully
managing the business, find out what it is you can do differently, know what are some of the

371
latest nail art techniques and equipment and how much revenue you can expect to make as
profit.

As with any other business, you need capital to get started. The least amount you need to open
up a small nail salon is Ksh.100,000 excluding licences and permits.

*LOCATION*

A good location is key to the success of a nail parlor. It is advisable to choose a location with
high foot traffic for maximum visibility. This might set you back quite a generous amount due to
high rent and a small outdoor advertisement board to help your business stand out.

Rent prices vary from town to town. In Nairobi, depending on the street and proximity of your
space from the road, prices vary from Ksh.60,000 on the higher side to Ksh.18,000 to
Ksh.10,000 on the lower side excluding goodwill.

You also need to set aside an extra Ksh.20,000 to Ksh.30,000 to hire a carpenter and interior
designer to revamp the space to fit a nail salon.

*BASIC EQUIPMENT AND ITEMS TO START-UP (APPROXIMATE PRICES)*

5 sets Acrylic Nail Tips – @Ksh.2,000 each

Acrylic Nail Kit – Ksh.10,000

Nail File and Clippers kit – Ksh.2,000

10 Nail Buffer blocks – @Ksh.300 each

Nail Polish LED Light Dryer – Ksh.4,500

Nail Polish (200 pieces) – @Ksh.100

10 Nail Cleansers bottles – @Ksh.500 each

10 Nail Polish Removers – @Ksh.100 each

10 Nail Glue bottles – @Ksh.300 each

372
10 Nail Moisturizers bottles – @Ksh.500 each

5 Manicure Bowls – @Ksh.700 each

5 Staff Aprons (depending on number of staff) – @Ksh.500 each

Water Heater – Ksh.1,200

Furniture (Seats, Tables, Décor) – Ksh.7,000

TOTAL – Ksh.77,700

*GET LICENCED*

You will require a single business permit from your county government to operate the nail
salon. The cost of it will depend on the size of your business and from an analysis from your
area ward rep. A small salon will cost Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.15,000 per year to license.

*GET STARTED*

So you have already identified a suitable location for your nail parlor, gotten the relevant
licenses, furnished your work space and bought basic equipment to start with and hired a few
staff members to help you. So what’s next? It’s time to open shop.

The first thing you need to do is have an effective marketing strategy that will help you get
clients. This can include opening a social media business page, passing out flyers in the
neighborhood, having an outdoor advert sign, having a discount for your first customers and
depending on your budget, you can organize a grand opening event.

*INVESTMENT VS. PROFIT*

To start small, you can start with as little as Ksh.100,000 and keep re-injecting your profit as the
business grows.

Depending on your price list and the services you offer, a nail salon can make you between
Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.15,000 on a fairly busy day or even more if it serves high end clients.

373
*FINAL WORD*

Nail parlor is a wise and timely business idea that doesn’t necessarily require too much capital
and has a lot of potential. In fact, research by popular beauty magazine, NailsMag suggests that
82% of nail salon goers return to get their nails done.

This idea is still a soft target in most towns in Kenya that you can take on.

Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. Don’t just sit there, start small and dream
big.

*99. HOW I MAKE KSH.1.2 MILLION PER YEAR FROM GARLIC FARMING*

Samuel Mwenda’s garlic onions farm is located off the Meru-Nanyuki Road in Kisima, Buuri sub-
county.

The farm owner has seen his fortunes rise to millions from the crop. On a good year, he makes
up to Sh. 1.2 million from his produce that is planted on parcels of his 10 acre farm on
rotational basis.

It has been 13 years since he started garlic farming, after finding the going tough with tomatoes
and French beans he was farming on his 10-acre farm.

“I started farming by growing the two crops, but the profits were minimal due to diseases.
Tomatoes were prone to diseases making me spend more on pesticides. On the other hand, the
market for French beans was small,” says Mwenda, who has been a farmer throughout his adult
life, also keeping sheep, growing wheat and potatoes.

374
So in 2003, he planted his first garlic plants on quarter acre, testing the waters after getting
seeds from a farmer in Timau, where garlic is widely grown.

Garlic has a dormancy of up to eight months after planting. To break it, he stored seeds in sisal
sacks for warmth to enable the shoots to sprout in three to four months.

Other farmers use a bio-stimulant hormone, which breaks the dormancy and helps the seeds to
germinate in less than a month.

“It took me about 10 months to get my first harvest after waiting for about five months during
the dormancy period and four-and-a-half months for the crops to mature,” says Mwenda,
whose investment was Sh.50,000.

“I planted 45kg of garlic and harvested close to 1,000kg, which I then sold at Sh.260 each kilo. A
kilo of garlic seeds yields between 30Kg and 40kg. It was a surprise and motivation to me.”

But before the harvest, all had gone well until when the crop was attacked by thrips. “All along,
I had known that garlic is hardly affected by diseases. But I realized my mistake, the garlic farm
bordered a maize plantation with the cereal acting as a host for the pests,” he recounts.

To control thrips, he also learnt that the pesticides used are crops specific which means you
cannot apply chemicals used to control thrips in French beans and baby-corn to control the pest
in garlic.

Mwenda says garlic plants need fertilizer like CAN and NPK 1717 to boost the yield.

However, he adds that some diseases like blight and rust may also affect the plants on the farm,
therefore, appropriate pesticides should be used.

“I grow cloves that I have stored to break dormancy. The larger the clove, the bigger the bulb
during harvesting. When planting at 10cm between plants and 30cm between rows, I use 100kg
of fertilizer and some other 100kg of the top-dressing fertilizer before the garlic starts forming
tubers,” says Mwenda, noting mulching helps the crop grow better.

Garlic is ready for harvesting when the leaves wither. One uproots the crop, cuts the roots and
the stems and separates the bulb for drying.

375
Mwenda grows the crop on a rotational basis on half-acre portions, planting 200kg on each.
This method has ensured he earns throughout the year and helps keep diseases at bay.

“Since I started garlic farming, I have been planting the crop twice a year. I grow the Gatumani
type but l am planning to change the variety because there are others that mature faster,” he
offers, adding from each portion he harvests about 3,000kg.

He sells a kilo at Sh.360 when demand is high.

In May, the farmer earned about Sh.600,000 after selling 3,000kg from half-acre.

“My expenses include labour, buying of seeds at Sh.200 a kilo and pesticides costs. With the
money I ended up with, I was a happy farmer,” says Mwenda, who through garlic (and his other
farming ventures) has been able to educate his eight children to college level and start a sheep
farm where over 100 Merino animals thrive.

According to Mwenda, demand for garlic peaks between August and September, when a kilo
goes for between Sh.300 and Sh.400.

And from December to January, prices are lower since the market is flooded with the
commodity.

However, despite the price fluctuation, garlic prices do not fall below Sh.200 a kilo.

His greatest challenge remains pests and diseases, which include rust and thrips.

“Thrips are a big enemy of the crop. I spray twice or thrice per week depending on the stage of
maturity and the rate of infection,” he says, noting an influx of imported garlic from Asia has
started to cause worry among farmers.

Head of Agriculture Department at Meru University of Science and Technology Dr Peter

Masinde says garlic can grow in wide range of climatic conditions.

“Cool conditions with an adequate soil moisture for early growth, followed by warm, drier
conditions for maturation, harvesting and drying are ideal,” he says, adding bulbing of garlic
requires longer exposure to daylight.

376
He adds that cloves stored at temperatures higher than 25 degrees Celsius will not bulb
properly when planted.

“Bulbing requires that first the cloves or the plant be exposed to low temperatures. When the
plant has about 12 to 14 leaves size, bulb swelling can start but this needs long days and warm
temperatures. Exposing the plants to cold temperatures for too long can cause clove formation
in all leaf axils, hence the bulb appears to be rough,” he warns.

Garlic, just like ordinary onions, need nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium nutrients for higher
yields.

“Adequate nitrogen is necessary for maximum bulb production, while excess reduces the
yields,” says Dr Masinde, noting that the amount of nitrogen and phosphorus fertilizers to apply
should be determined after a soil test is done.

Other major pests in garlic farming include cut worms, leaf minors and nematodes, and can be
controlled by use of approved insecticides.

*Preparing Garlic Seeds*

To make seeds, one buys or harvests the garlic onion and then dries in the sun for one month
before disinfecting in chlorine.

The next step is to clean the onion bulbs using organic soap. The purpose for doing this is to
wash away the disinfectant and dirt.

After the cleaning, it is important to prevent mould formation on ‘bruised’ onions. Organic salt
is used to do the work.

At this point one should mix a bio-stimulant in water and the onions immersed in the solution
for 12 hours. This is to break the onion’s dormancy, which lasts up to eight months when
planted. The stimulant makes the seeds germinate in two weeks.

If not added, and the rest of the procedures are followed, it takes about three months.

The onions are then stored in a room whose temperature should be controlled to 20 degrees
Celsius for germination to take place.

377
The treated onions are left in the room for two weeks before they are then dried in the sun for
two days.

The garlic bulb seeds are ready for splitting into parts called cloves, from which shoots will
emerge.

*Finally,*

Garlic farming is a lucrative venture with the demand for the crop peaking in the months
between May, June, July, August, and September where a kilo cost anywhere between Ksh.300
and Ksh.400.

When the demand is stable from December to January, the prices decline to around Ksh.200.

Nevertheless, it is important to note that despite the price instabilities, it is unlikely that garlic
will fall below Ksh.200 per kilo any time soon.

Under good agricultural practices an acre of garlic produces between 4000kgs to 5000kgs.

*100. HOW MY RETAIL SHOP CHANGED MY LIFE FOR GOOD*

The retail business in Kenya provides a livelihood for thousands of people. To succeed in the
shopkeeper business in Kenya, you need creativity and skills.

Retail shops mostly sell general household items like sugar, rice, cooking oil, flour, snacks, etc.
They thrive in towns and rural areas. There are many retail shopkeepers that have gained fame
from the success of their businesses.

378
I previously met with Korir, a successful business man in Eldoret. Below is his business success
story.

I had been unemployed for close to 10 years after finishing my secondary education. I did not
enroll in tertiary education since I was getting a few jobs as a casual laborer to dig people’s
land.

By then, my salary was more than enough since I did not have many needs. To till the land until
1 pm, I was paid Ksh.250 per day and I would work for six days a week. This translated to
Ksh.1,500 per week and Ksh.6,000 per month. Therefore, I didn’t see the need to enroll in
tertiary education.

*How I Started My Retail shop*

Before starting my shop, I had been unemployed for some years. The gardening work that had
made me not enroll in tertiary education was not forthcoming. Things changed and my life lost
meaning.

I started drinking a lot to beat stress and forget my situation. Most of the people we finished
together in high school had finished their college education and some had good jobs. This made
me hate myself and thought myself as a failure.

To stay busy and make a living, I thought of starting a retail shop. I wasn’t sure if I wanted to
start one, but it was just a way to keep myself busy.

Luckily, my parents supported me with startup capital. They rented a shop in Huruma Estate in
the outskirts of Eldoret town. They also bought stock for my business and paid business license.
All along, my parents were not happy with my drinking and wanted to find a way to keep me
busy. I didn’t know that this would be my game changer.

After doors, my business started performing better than I expected in the first month. This was
attributed to the fact that prices for products in my shop were relatively lower than those in
other retail shops. I must have set lower prices since I hadn’t spent a single coin to start the
business. Although the prices were relatively lower, at least I was not selling products at a loss.
This made many customers buy from my shop. The shop became too busy until I didn’t have
time for drinking.

*How My Retail Shop Grew to a Wholesale Supplier*

379
After eight months of operating a retail shop, my business had grown significantly, making
Ksh.35,000 profit every month. One thing that attributed to high profits for my business was
that I could source products from direct suppliers at low prices. My father had introduced me to
the suppliers. I saw this as an opportunity to start a wholesale distribution business.

I borrowed a bank loan and bought a Toyota Hilux second hand for Ksh.1,200,000 for
distributing goods. This is how I started my stock distribution business. However, I decided to
retain my business. I decided to employ my sister in my business. She managed the business
well and it kept on growing. I would supply stock to my shop, which increased our profits. The
cost of operating my retail shop became cheaper, and I could pay my sister and still retain high
profits.

Today, my retail shop and the wholesale distribution business generates over Ksh.150,000 a
month. I am happy that my parents had seen potential in me and decided to help me open a
shop.

My encouragement to everyone is not to let their current situation deter them from achieving
their dreams. Do not let your degree or lack of degree stop you from doing what you can do
best. My businesses helped me to quit drinking and I have managed to build my life over the
years. It is now three years in the business and exactly two years since I quit drinking.

*Challenges I Face in My Retail Shop*

The main challenge I was facing in my retail shop was the delayed delivery of stock by suppliers.
This was a challenge when I started my retail shop, but it created an opportunity for me. I
started supplying stock when I realized that other retailers were also facing a similar challenge. I
now supply goods to my stock and my competitors’ shops.

Loss of revenues, before hiring my sister to work in my retail shop, I had hired another lady and
money was disappearing. Every time I did calculations of items sold and the money at the end
of the day, they were not balancing. This made me fire her and employ my sister. I no longer
face the same challenge.

*Is a Retail Shop Business Profitable in Kenya?*

Yes. With a good business location, you can make huge profits from a general shop. Business
revenue from your shop is enough to pay retail shop expenses and give you a 30% profit.

380
Getting cheaper suppliers will help you maximize profits. When setting prices for your products,
ensure that they are not above those of your competitors.

You can also boost your retail shop income by starting an M-pesa business and Bank money
agency.

*Final Word*

Starting a shop business in Kenya is a profitable venture. It is one of the ventures that employ a
majority people in Kenya. To succeed in retail shop business in Kenya, make sure that you offer
quality customer service and have a unique business from that of your competitors.

*101. THE ULTIMATE GUIDE TO BLOGGING BUSINESS*

Compared to the rest of the world, Africa is very poorly represented on the internet. Our
continent makes up 15 percent of the world’s population but contributes less than one percent
of all the information and knowledge content online.

Original and creative African content is in short supply on the web and only a few smart
Africans are already making money online by applying their passions, natural abilities and
common knowledge.

This article lets you in on ALL the secrets of this under-explored goldmine and how you too can
join the party!

*Blogging is a huge business opportunity for Kenyans and Africans*

You would be amazed at how ordinary young guys and girls outside Africa are rewriting their
financial destinies by doing amazing stuff that they enjoy.

381
While many people complain about unemployment, blogging is fast becoming a popular way
for young and creative people around the world to make money online and achieve financial
freedom.

Why wouldn’t anyone start a blog? It’s easier than a 9-to-5 job or running a business, it’s cheap
to start and can make you some decent money.

Let’s consider some background before we delve into the heart of this interesting opportunities
we will consider here.

According to the Internet World Statistics, there were less than 5 million Africans who had used
the internet by December 2000. By 2020, the number was over 634 million!

Despite how amazing this huge leap sounds, it only represents less than 50 percent of the total
African population. There is still a lot of upside potential for the internet in Africa!

The internet presents a dream opportunity for African entrepreneurs to own and start a
business. Compared to a physical business, an internet (online) business requires very little
startup costs, has a global reach, provides a fair playing ground for merit, is amazingly flexible
and never closes or goes to sleep!

Despite these unbelievable advantages, only one in every 10,000 Africans owns a website or
blog, compared to a global average of 100 per 10,000 people.

While there are many ways to make money online, this article focuses on how you can use the
power of the information, knowledge and experience you already have to make an income for
yourself on the internet.

So, if you are passionate or knowledgeable about anything – gossip, sports, politics, animals or
whatever – there is a very good chance that there are millions of people around the world
searching the internet for information you may already have!

Let’s see how you can tap into this largely unexplored goldmine.

*Note:* The words ‘blog’ and ‘website’ are used interchangeably throughout this article. A blog
refers to a website which has information that is updated frequently. All blogs are websites, but
not all websites are blogs.

382
*What sort of blog should you start?*

Information is the currency of the internet and smart entrepreneurs across the world have are
using their knowledge, life experiences, passions and hobbies to make money on the internet
by providing information that is valuable and relevant to millions of people across the world.

All of us have unique experiences from our lives, past or present jobs, successes and failures
that other people around the world can learn from.

Every day, people flock to Google, Yahoo and Bing to search for all kinds of information – to
learn, solve a problem or just to have fun.

Now, given the vast opportunities on the internet for African content providers, we shall
examine a few of the major categories you should consider for a website or blog. Let’s take a
look at the kinds of blogs you could start today!

*(1) Social news and Gossip blogs*

People are crazy for social news and gossip. We have been like that for centuries and will
remain so for as long as modern civilization continues.

We all love to know the latest gossip about a celebrity or politician in a recent personal or
public scandal. And there is an endless supply of this kind of information – everyday there are
rumours, divorces, cheating, controversies, embarrassments, successes, failures and many
other events that make human society so interesting.

There are millions of people surfing the internet everyday for these types of information. We
want the latest news, opinions or gossip on entertainment, fashion, lifestyle, sports and so on.

If you have a way of knowing these things before many people do, or just have a natural ability
to transmit them, why not start a blog and make money from your ‘gossip’ hobby?

A few of my favorite Kenyan gossip blogs are ghafla.com and cnyakundi.com. You should follow
these links to see how these Africans have transformed ordinary everyday gossip into amazing
thousand-dollar businesses!

*(2) News and opinion blogs*

383
Everyone has an opinion and am sure you have one too. Even if you don’t, opinions can’t be
that hard to form in today’s world. Every day, there are uncountable events happening around
us that form the basis for discussions, arguments, analysis, criticism and praise.

This is exactly how newspaper houses have made money for centuries. They sell you
information you may already have but, with an interesting twist.

The internet now makes it possible for anyone to own a newspaper house. You could focus on
any interesting area (and we have lots of them in Africa). Politics, healthcare, technology,
agriculture, business and sports are just a few parts of our daily lives that have a rich supply of
daily news and opinions.

If you have a passion and basic knowledge in any area, you could consider starting a blog to
cover that topic. If you remain creative and consistent enough with your content, you may soon
become the next celebrated blog in that area!

*(3) Guides, Tutorials and ‘How-to’ blogs*

More than 40 percent of people who come online want to learn how to do or make something.
People want to learn a new skill – like how to operate a new device or appliance they just
bought. Some others come online to learn how to cook or bake a new recipe, speak a foreign
language, replace a bad bicycle part or how to use a new release of computer software.

Tips and tricks for everyday gadgets (like smartphones) are also very popular and interesting
areas.

Free online resources like YouTube offer everyone the opportunity to provide video lessons and
include them in their blogs. In addition to reading your lessons, people who visit your blog can
also watch practical videos to help the learning process.

If you have skills in any area – it doesn’t matter how weird, simple or complex – there are lots
of people on the internet who need to know how to do it too.

Are you very good with devices?

Can you repair a clock, bike or car?

Are you great at cooking local dishes and recipes?

384
Are you good with any computer programs?

Can you train a dog?

Do you know certain ‘secrets’ about attracting the opposite sex?

The possibilities are endless! There must be something you know or can do quite well. The best
part is, you don’t even need to be an expert at it – just love doing it!

allnigerianrecipes.com is one of my favorites. It hasn’t got a great design, however, it’s a

website that teaches how to cook all kinds of local Nigerian food, and includes videos, tips and
tricks. What a great way to convert your hobby into a great website!

learnigbonow.com and yorubaforkidsabroad.blogspot.com are great websites that teach two

major Nigerian languages. Although some of the products come at a price, these websites are
proof of how natural abilities (like languages) can be used to make money on the internet!
Many foreigners would love to learn our tongues, but there are not enough opportunities on
the internet!

We need to start creating stuff and putting them online. And fast!

*(4) Review websites*

It’s usually cheaper to learn from other people’s experiences, instead of yours. And people tend
to use this tactic a lot.

When considering the purchase of a new gadget, using a new service (like restaurants or
airlines), or trying to find a new apartment or hotel in a different part of town, referrals and
recommendations from people who have actually bought the products or used the services you
are considering can be invaluable.

People love reviews especially when they are very sincere, trustworthy and unbiased.

Have you used a great (or terrible) product or service before?

Have you noticed any remarkable (or horrible) customer service in any major industry (like
banks, hospitals, restaurants, hotels) in your country?

385
You may be ignoring a huge opportunity to write approving or disapproving articles that are
bound to interest a lot of people on the internet!

Review websites that have won the trust of consumers tend to wield a lot of power. Affected
businesses tend to follow these websites very closely to monitor customer reactions to their
products and services.

A lot of consumers will also love to use review websites to vent their frustrations or admiration
for products and services they have used. All you need to do, as the blog owner, is to preserve
the trust of your audience by being the unbiased umpire.

A good example in this category is Tripadvisor.com, a website that provides accommodation

reviews for African hotels in addition to restaurant reviews and travel tips. Afropop is another
great website that provides reviews for African music albums.

Am sure there are a lot of opportunities for Africans to run more review websites.

*(5) Entertainment and Game websites*

A large proportion of internet surfers are actively involved in recreational activities. Watching
movies, playing games and interacting on social media have become the most popular activities
on the internet nowadays.

Iroko TV, a movie content website focused on African movies (especially Nigerian and
Ghanaian), is a major destination for Africans at home and abroad to entertain themselves with
the latest movie releases. Battabox.com is a growing entertainment website from Nigeria
featuring highly entertaining video content directly from the streets!

iRoking.com is a music version of Iroko TV serving African music on the internet. mdundo.com is
also another great website for African music.

Entertainment definitely goes beyond movies and music. Online gaming is set to become the
No.1 activity of internet users as bandwidth and internet speeds improve across Africa. Puzzles,
Quizzes and other forms of gaming with an African twist should provide the unique and original
content that would set your website apart.

386
Kuluya is a strong mover in this area. It has a lot of very interesting, creative and engaging Afro-
centric games. You should give it a try.

*(6) Interest websites*

These websites are built around a central theme and usually provide a lot of information about
a particular hobby, product, interest or event.

For example, you could start a blog about your experience living in a particular city. It could
feature pictures of great parts of the city – the food, traffic, people, fashion and so on.

If you love and have a taste for African art or fashion, a blog dedicated to this topic would be a
rich source of information for other art enthusiasts around the world. If you have a passion for
gardening or hunting, we are sure a lot of people around the world would find that very
interesting too! (Don’t forget to add a lot of photos and videos to engage your audience).

If you love to take photographs, a photo blog would be a great idea. Your photo blog could
include very lovely photo shots that are made up of places you have been and seen.

These are the kinds of creative and original African content that is poorly represented on the
internet!

*How to make money online in Africa, from your blog*

There are frankly a lot of ways to make money from your blog. However, we shall only examine
the broad categories here…

*(a) Advertisements*

Remember, a blog is much like a magazine, only an electronic version of it. Just like paper
magazines and newspapers, adverts are a major source of income for a blog.

With your blog, you could sell ad space directly to advertisers or subscribe to any of the Pay-
per-Click services such as the popular Google Adsense program.

Per-per-Click really means that if your blog visitors click an advert that interests them, you earn
a fraction of the fees the advertiser paid to Google.

387
Most times, these adverts are related to the topic or theme of your blog which makes it very
likely that your visitors will get curious and click. Advert income can be very huge if your blog
has a lot of visitors who come by very often (high traffic).

Do not worry. It’s not all as complex as it sounds. I will teach you everything you need to get
started. Just keep reading…

*(b) Sell your own products*

This is another great way to make money from your blog. If you have created a blog with very
rich and useful information, it’s only natural that after a while, some of your visitors will
demand a summary or detailed e-Book that has all the information they need in one place
instead of always scanning through your blog.

In addition, you could sell special fast-track or advanced courses. For example, if your blog is
about teaching a local or foreign language, you could offer a free 7-day course to catch the
interest of your visitors and prove the value of your product. Visitors who want the full course
would gladly buy from you if they like what they got in the free course!

The mistake most people make is that they focus the energy of their blog on selling products.
Expectedly, this hardly ever works. You need to build a connection with your audience so that
they can trust you and then buy from you. You should give free advice and offer help.

It’s all about reciprocity. If you help your blog visitors, they will surely be happy to buy whatever
you are selling because they trust you.

*(c) Sell other people’s products – Become a Reseller or Affiliate*

Let’s say you have started a blog that uses your experience in losing weight and keeping a fit
body. You provide diet advice, fitness tips and encouragement for people who are having
weight problems. There are lots of dieting and fitness products and businesses out there that
would be interested in reaching the kind of people who visit your blog.

Apart from just advertising these products, an affiliate program allows you to earn a
commission on any sale that is referred from your blog.

388
For example, if you review books on your blog, Amazon.com’s affiliate program would be a
good one to join. When your blog visitors buy a book through your blog based on the reviews
you made, you earn a healthy commission from Amazon.com; everybody wins!

However, you must be careful that the kind of products you promote are very good and do not
damage the trust you have earned from your blog followers. As a basic rule, only promote
products and services you have used. And if you haven’t used them, the honest reviews of
people you know and trust should suffice.

Never betray the trust of your visitors for some dollars. It’s never worth it!

*(d) Sell your services*

So, your blog teaches people how to design websites, start a poultry farm, or bake a special
kind of cake. You have very detailed tutorials on your blog including very clear and practical
Youtube videos.

While all this basic information should be sufficient for your readers, some of them will want a
more hands-on or private tutorial. Depending on what you are teaching, you could set up
private classes in person or over Skype and charge a consulting fee (could be per hour, per day,
or just a flat fee).

You could take this a step forward if you constantly receive a large number of private requests.
You could organize a live training, conference or workshop and have them pay to attend. Of
course, tools like GoToWebinar or Zoom allow you to do this over the internet.

Sometimes, many of us underestimate the value of the knowledge and skills we have and how
badly others want to pay us to teach them.

*(e) Sell a membership or subscription*

Apart from the free information in your blog, some of your visitors may be interested in paying
for subscriptions to your weekly (or monthly) newsletters. In addition, you could have a private,
reserved or VIP area of your blog that has premium content and can only be accessed by paid
members.

389
However, the success of this strategy depends a lot on the enhanced value your blog followers
will get from premium membership. Most times, if you give out a lot of free advice and
materials and people love them, they are more willing to sign up and pay for ‘extras’.

*(f) Sell your blog*

Yea, you read that right! It’s called flipping. For those of you who are knowing this for the very
first time, there is a huge and unbelievable ‘second hand’ market for blogs and websites. My
jaws totally dropped when I saw the dollar amounts most blogs are selling and have been sold
for.

Have no doubt about it. A successful blog or website is like prime real estate. As long as it is
making money day after day, there are thousands of investors out there who are jumping all
over themselves and willing to pay top dollar to get their hands on it.

You don’t have to take my word for it. Go to Flippa.com and see for yourself what’s going on
there. As at the time of writing this article, more than two hundred million dollars worth of
websites and blogs have been sold on Flippa to date!

And why would anyone sell a blog? Exactly the same reason why people sell houses they
bought and built over the years. Some people need urgent money. Many others use it as their
own strategy – build a great and successful blog and then sell it! Not a bad strategy at all if you
can handle the emotional attachments.

But first, you need to build a successful blog in order to sell it at a mouthwatering price. If you
set your mind to it, it’s totally possible. Keep reading to find out how…

*4 Key things you should consider before starting your blog*

We could give you a long list of things you need to do or have before starting your blog but it’s
best to stick to the basics. If you don’t fit these basics, there’s no need to bother about the
detailed points…

*Creativity*

You would need a lot of this to stand out from the crowd. Let’s face it, there are virtually
hundreds of blogs existing for almost every idea you are likely to come up with. Why would

390
anyone visit your blog and not one of the others? Is your information richer in content and
more presentable?

Is it more detailed or summarized? Is your blog layout and design more inviting and friendly to
users? Are you more engaging with your visitors and more willing to answer their questions and
solve their problems? What exactly will make you stand out?

One great tip you could use is to search for the blogs that are already offering the kind of
information or service you are considering. A simple search on Google, Bing or Yahoo Search
would do.

Is there a lot of competition in that space?

Do the blogs do a good job of providing quality information?

What are your opinions as a visitor?

Can you do a better job?

*Passion*

Passion is very important because it will always show in the quality of your written content and
the way you attend to your blog. Passion is the only thing that would keep you going in the long
(or short) periods before your blog starts making any money.

It’s easy to see how many blogs fail in less than a year of starting because their passion was
dead from the very start. Most people are drawn in by the promise of making money from a
blog but lack the passion to keep them going.

This is why it’s VERY important that you build your blog around a topic, skill, knowledge area,
ability or hobby you are interested in and passionate about. Passion, or a lack of it, is usually
the fine line between your success and failure as a blogger.

*Hardwork*

Hardwork has become underrated because many people are still under the illusion that they
can mint money through a blog. While this is true (yes, it is), it will only happen after you have
put in all the required hardwork.

391
You must be willing to learn a lot (and I mean a lot), do a lot of research and roll up your sleeves
to write and satisfy your audience. The competition out there is tough. To stay ahead, you
should be ready to do the work that many others are unwilling (or too lazy) to do. Hardwork
pays off… always!

And if you think working hard on your blog is too much hardwork (even in the face of the
personal and financial satisfaction that’s possible), maybe you should really get a day job (or
continue in the one you already have) and let’s compare notes in a couple of years. I would love
to say: I told you so!

*Consistency*

Consistency is another big reason most people fail with blogs. At the beginning, you are really
excited about starting something and the prospects of making money real soon. You tell your
friends and family about your new blog (even though you have only five pages of content).

You stick to it for the next few months but can’t see any increase in your blog traffic. And then
you stop writing for a while before you finally give up and focus on starting another blog or
something else.

Trust me, very few things in life will test your patience and faith like starting a blog. To succeed
in this business, you will need to keep focused. Try what works and stop what doesn’t.

Keep learning and improving your writing and technical skills until you hit the jackpot!

Until then, see you at the top!

392
*102. HOW TO REAP FROM MANGOES BY MAKING POWDER OUT OF THEM*

The mango harvesting season is just around the corner here in Kenya (it typically starts in
October onwards to February). Soon truckloads and truckloads of the commodity will make
their way into the city fighting to get a share of the ever competitive market.

Back in the villages where these nutritious fruits are grown, over 60% of harvest will go to
waste simply because it will not get to the market on time. That’s a cycle that keeps repeating
itself year after year… and you can bet that this year the same story will be replayed.

But is there something a small entrepreneur can do about it? The answer is yes. In developed
countries, they don’t let their mangoes go to waste. Instead, they make mango powder out of
them and distribute it all year round. That clever way of doing things saves the farmers from
losing their precious harvest and creates new opportunities for problem solvers to profit from.

Let’s talk about how you can get started on this kind of project.

*Why Mango Powder Business Has Great Potential*

By converting mangoes into powder, you will essentially be engaging in something called value
addition. As you know, mangoes are highly perishable and therefore by converting them into
powder you will be increasing their shelf-life and getting more value out of them.

But who buys mango powder? You might want to ask.

Well, the answer is simple – anyone who loves mangoes would buy mango powder if the
product is marketed to them. Yoghurt companies, cake bakers and even juice makers are just a
few examples of potential buyers of this powder. You can even sell it to households that have
embraced healthy eating habits.
393
Globally, mango powder is popular in Asia and USA communities (popularly refer to it as
Amchoor) who use it to fortify meals and juice.

*How You Can Get Started*

First you need to get in touch with farmers so that you can secure a steady supply of mangoes.
Typically, a kilo goes for Ksh.15 during the peak season. Almost every part of Kenya produces
mangoes but the semi-arid Eastern region is the top producer (producing 60% of Kenya’s
mango harvest per year). Some of the places you can shop include Kirinyaga, Murang’a, Embu
(Ishiara) and even Kitui.

Aside from the mangoes you will need a biomass solar drier which you can either make at home
or purchase ready-made. You will also need a grinder whose job will be to convert dried mango
peels into fine powder.

Another optional addition is sodium benzoate, a food preservative, which you may need to
enhance the shelf-life of your product. You can find this and other preservatives at any local
shops that sell food colors.

Lastly you will require some transparent packaging bags and a sealer – you can get these in
shops that sell polythene bags.

Mangoes (Opening Stock) – Ksh.10,000

Solar Drier – Ksh.10,000

Grinder (Food Processor)* - Ksh.5,000

Sodium Benzoate – Ksh.1,000

Packaging Equipment – Ksh.5,000

Miscellaneous – Ksh.5,000

BUDGET – Ksh.36,000

394
*For huge commercial production you can use a manual grinder which costs Ksh.90,000 or an
electric one that costs Ksh.400,000.

*The Returns*

Well, the math is simple. You need 120 mangoes to produce 1 Kilogram of Powder which goes
for Ksh.1,000 on the market. 120 mangoes will cost you Ksh.300 at the farm price. We are
therefore talking about triple returns after value addition.

Therefore, Ksh.10,000 worth of mangoes would give you roughly Ksh.30,000 in returns.
Ksh.100,000 worth of mangoes would give you Ksh.300,000 in returns… and so forth.

*Final Word*

This can be a good idea especially if you approach it from the angle of making change in the
society as opposed to making some quick bucks. But the most interesting bit about it is that by
venturing out with your small amounts of capital you can empower others around you and
possibly even pioneer a local industry that would change agri-business forever – cheers to
mango powder.

*103. HOW TO START A SMALL IRON NAIL (MISUMARI) FACTORY*

With Africa’s rapid population growth, demand for housing and other infrastructure has
increased exponentially. In Kenya, the construction sector contributes to 7 percent of the
country’s GDP.

Whichever way you look at it, demand for construction products is on the rise and that is why
we are talking about nail production as a business you can engage in.

395
What if you could start a small nail production facility so you can be supplying this growing
industry with normal nails, roofing nails, U-nails and steel nails?

What if you could partner with those producing roofing sheets to explore a wider market?

Indeed, the opportunities here are limitless; but first let us show you how to put this together.

*Getting Started*

*Step 1: Know How Nails Are Made*

Nails are made from wire, through a special machine that cuts it into the desired shapes and
sizes. The machine comprises three main parts i.e. wire reel (wire drawing machine), actual nail
making machine and nail washing machine.

So you simply roll the wire to the reel and then feed it to the nail making machine. You will
collect your ready nails after they are taken through the nail washer.

You can adjust the settings of your nail maker so that it produces desired size, shape and
diameter of nails. Actually the whole process if much easier than it sounds. You may want to
watch a few YouTube videos to get a hang of it.

*Step 2: Acquire The Machine*

Unfortunately, the machine is not available locally and that’s where access to the global
marketplace comes in handy. You may want to go shopping on platforms like Alibaba and Ebay.
Alternatively you can arrange to attend the annual Canton Fair to do some shopping (this will
set you back Ksh.187,000 typically).

A typical nail making machine will cost you Ksh.400,000. The machine averagely churns out 700
nails per minute.

*Step 3: Acquire The Wire*

Wire is the raw material for producing nails. Generally it’s recommended to go for the Q195
low carbon wire. This costs about Ksh.30,000 per tonne.

*Step 4: Set Up The Factory*

396
Lease some land preferably in a place near a major town. If in Nairobi, you can think of places
like Kitengela, Mlolongo, Ruiru and Athi River as perfect spots. Naivasha is also a nice place
given its proximity to the Northern Corridor and the upcoming inland port.

*Recommended Budget*

The budget starts from as low as Ksh.500,000 to as high as Ksh.1,000,000. That of course
depends on how smart you are in terms of leveraging on resources such as digital media and
personal networks.

*Expected Returns*

A 50 Kilogram bag of nails goes for Ksh.4,200. So one tonne of raw wire would give you back
Ksh.84,000.

So if you manage to supply at least 50 hardware shops within your vicinity (and sell one 50Kg
bag to them per month) you would achieve sales of at least Ksh.210,000 per month. A well
marketed nail production facility can rake in as much as Ksh.5,000,000 per annum in sales
revenue.

The good thing is that there are no limits to how many clients you can get. By simply using a
couple of ingenious sales tactic you can easily attract a large number of recurrent clients.

*Final Word*

This is a great opportunity because first, it goes a long way in helping a country like Kenya
realize it’s fullest manufacturing potential. Besides that, it is an opportunity that is scalable and
interesting to pursue. But as usual, I leave it up to you to decide whether to take it up or not.

397
*104. I USED TO SHARPEN KNIVES FOR KSH.10 BEFORE I STARTED MY GARLIC EMPIRE
BUSINESS*

Few years ago, Moses Githaiga from Kieni constituency, Nyeri County, used to sharpen knives
for a living. He used a bicycle to move from house to house sharpening clients’ knives for as
little as Sh.10 per knife.

“After one year of sharpening knives, I started selling red onions. I would travel to Kiawara
Market in Kieni constituency where I would buy the onions from the farmers and sell them in
Nyeri town,” Githaiga explains.

However, he soon realized there was a huge shortage of garlic in the market.

So he decided to tap into that.

“I bought 20 kilos of garlic from an agro vet shop without realizing that garlic takes six months
from seed level to maturity. Two months are spent in the nursery and the next four months in
the shamba,” says the 29-year-old farmer.

To get more information, he went online and did research on all things about garlic.

“I did intense research online on garlic farming and got a lot of useful info to boost production. I
also spoke extensively to different agrovets who broadened my knowledge on the same. With
time, I became an expert,” he says.

Armed with info, Githaiga decided to produce his own seedlings to reduce the amount of time
wasted waiting for the crop to mature.

398
Red onions and garlic usually need two months in a seedbed and then four months on the farm
before they are harvested. However, Githaiga ensures that once processed, the garlic seeds
germinate and are ready to be transplanted to the farm directly.

This means it only takes the garlic farmer four months to harvest the crop unlike red onion
farmers who wait six months to reap their produce.

“I set up a processing centre where I prepare the garlic seedlings. To begin with, I dry the garlic
and then sterilize it before I soak the garlic in a cocktail of organic hormones after which I put
them in a cool area to germinate,” Githaiga says.

He says the use of organic hormone stimulates the garlic seedling to mature faster and thus
they germinate in two weeks.

He sells the seedlings for Sh.390 per kilo. Between February and May, he says he sold 6,000kgs
of seedlings which raked in Sh.2.34 million. One advantage of preparing his seedlings is that it
reduces the amount of time for the garlic to be harvested once planted.

Garlic also has a longer shelf life and can remain edible for up to six months and the profit
margins are better than that of onions.

With seedlings ready, his journey to farm garlic was now halfway complete, he had seedlings
and was ready to start farming.

“I rented an eighth of an acre in Kiawara and planted garlic and after four months I harvested
500kgs and sold a kilo at Sh.250 making Sh.125,000,” Githaiga shares.

The next season, he increased the acreage to half an acre and reaped 1,900kgs earning
Sh.475,000. The following season, he planted garlic on three acres and reaped 10,000kgs of
garlic earning Sh.2.5 million.

This gave rise to Saumu Centre Ltd, which sells fresh garlic and garlic seedlings to various
markets.

“I realized I could make money selling garlic because the market prices rarely fluctuate. This
means regardless of the month I harvest, I still make good money,” Githaiga says.

He, however, could not match demand for garlic.

399
“The demand is high, and the price of garlic rarely fluctuates from Sh.250 which means you can
sell it throughout the year if you plant every month,” Githaiga says.

To address the problem, he approached farmers and offered to train them on how to plant
garlic.

“I trained them on how to plant and care for garlic. Unfortunately it became clear they could
not access any seedlings which forced me to begin processing fresh garlic into seeds and
eventually seedlings for sale to farmers,” Githaiga says.

Saumu Centre (Located at Tawala, Nyeri-Nyahururu Rd, Nyeri - Phone: 0729 829532) now has
about 500 farmers who buy seedlings as well as sell their produce every four months, which is
over 200,000kgs of garlic for sale.

Currently Githaiga has planted garlic on six acres and expects to harvest at least 24,000kgs,
which could earn him Sh.6 million.

The seedling business takes up most of his resources because he has to pay for labour costs and
train farmers.

“I have five permanent employees who help with the processing of seedlings and occasionally I
employ casual laborers when I need to process a large order of seedlings,” says the farmer.

To reap bumper harvest from garlic the key principles are to ensure that you use manure in the
soil, water once a week and one bag of NPK 171717 fertilizer and one bag of CAN fertilizer at
the end of the second month.

“Weeding is also an important step in garlic farming and depending on the size of your farm,
you may need to either use chemical weeding or manual weeding which would be costly,” he
notes.

Githaiga prefers chemical weeding to reduce the cost of paying laborers as much as Sh.10,000
to weed each acre.

But what are the challenges he faces?

Githaiga says his biggest headache is access to clean water.

400
“Garlic consume a lot of water so every time I need access to volumes of water for the crops.
Kiawara area is semi-arid so I rely on irrigation and sometimes rain water. I also set up a water
pan near the farm to ensure my garlic plants do not wither,” he explains.

His future plan is to expand his business to tap into the lucrative international markets.

The Saumu Centre proprietor says he is yet to sign any deals to export fresh garlic.

“I realized that the export market would demand large volumes of fresh garlic which I cannot
supply. I will explore the international market once I am sure I can meet the huge demand. In
the meantime, I will focus on the local markets,” Githaiga says.

*Finally*

I hope Githaigas success story is an inspiration and enlightenment to you.

If You Are Born Poor It’s Not Your Mistake, But If You Die Poor It’s Your Mistake.

Even though Githaiga used to sharpen knives for a living, he always believed he can do more
with his life and was determined to achieve more.

Success comes to those who are busy looking for it.

*105. HOW KENYANS MAKE MONEY THROUGH ONLINE WRITING*

About 50,000 graduates are churned out of public and private universities in Kenya every year
piling into the number of unemployed youths in the country.

401
With a growing young population and the value attached to university education for a better
life, most Kenyans join universities with an intention of getting an academic qualification that
can land them a good job. The reality however, is quite different.

According to Kenya Bureau of Statistics, it takes a Kenyan university graduate an average of five
years to secure a job in Kenya today.

After their study, most of the graduates move to the city where grass is deemed to be greener,
before they are hit hard with the high rates of employment.

In the face of a weak economic growth, there has been a fervent call for university graduates to
become entrepreneurs rather than seek employment.

Kennedy Juma landed in academic writing field after moving out of his parents' house.

"I was broke and was looking around for a teaching job when my friend Nyasuma introduced
me to online writing," said Juma.

He was earning a meager Sh.80 per page back then but had to keep writing in order to sustain
himself during the school vacations.

More than two years after graduating with a degree in Information Sciences, Juma continues to
thrive in the writing industry which he had first considered a survival means.

"I wasn't looking for an employment, I was only after a means of survival after which I would
continue with my studies and become a Computer Security expert and ensure systems are full
proof," he explains.

Juma agrees that many graduates who miss out in the scramble for the few decent employment
opportunities have decided to venture into online writing business.

Many studies have revealed that the future of those with university training dims with the dark
fact that many of the employed are not engaged in the jobs for which they are qualified.

Out of frustration and desperation, the young citizens especially from poor backgrounds turn to
drug addiction, illicit deals or find menial jobs for their survival.

402
Online writing has come as a blessing in disguise as it provides employment to most of the
Kenyan unemployed youth.

Online writing accounts can be acquired either through buying or opening one. Most people
prefer to buy account as the process of opening one is very rigorous and competitive.

"A good account goes for between fourty thousand and two hundred thousand. However, it is
very important that one writes before acquiring an account," Juma explains.

He continues, "In order to reap full returns from the investment placed in buying an account,
you need to understanding the writing process, the language required, plagiarism issues and
the structure,"

In a month, one can earn in excess of Ksh.150,000. In a good month, the amount can exceed
Ksh.300,000.

The amount of money earned is dependent on one’s efforts.

Academic writing jobs pay Ksh.200 to Ksh.2,500 per page. In a day the average number of pages
one can write is 10, meaning that you can make Ksh.2,000 and above every day, translating to
over Ksh.60,000 per month.

Apart from academic writing business, you can also become a blogger. The good thing about
blogging is that you are your own boss.

403
*106. HAVE YOU EVER THOUGHT ABOUT THE TATTOO & BODY PIERCING BUSINESS IN
KENYA?*

You know our country is changing. A fad previously looked down on has become a big business.

This is what has happened to individuals who specialize in carrying out body art—the practice
of piercing and tattooing of the body for the purposes of beauty, as a sign of identification with
a particular group or in worst case scenario, to send a sign of rebellion and independence.

The more urban population is increasingly taking on to the tattoo religion. The rapid changes in
the social scene and growing popularity of aesthetics largely influenced by mass media are fast
turning tattooing into more than a fad — it is a business.

Take the case of Bernard Komen, Hong-Kong trained body artist who opened up a one-man
tattoo shop in Nairobi.

In a span of three years, his business, Kwemz Ltd, has expanded to Mombasa and looking into
opening up shop in other parts of Africa with huge potential in tattoo business like South Africa.

Though the Mombasa office is fully operational throughout the year, he mostly depends on
tourism seasons to make a kill.

He says the case is different in Nairobi where the youth and middle-aged group — both
professional and non-professionals — frequent his shop throughout the year for different types
of tattoos and body piercing.

404
"When we were setting up back then, many people were not into tattoo, it was still considered
a preserve of few individuals in the society," he says.

"Many people associated tattoo with rebellion, worship, and class," he notes.

"This has changed as many individuals across all age groups and social class are now donning
various types of tattoos," he says.

It is understood that peer pressure; liberalised society, fashion and the changing aesthetics are
some of the factors driving many Kenyans into tattoo.

"We are also seeing youths between 18 and 35 years getting interested in tattoo to show their
affiliation to a feeling that is deep within their hearts," he says.

According to Komen, the fast growing media, fast Internet and social networks in the country
are a blessing to local tattoo businesses.

He says youth now have various channels through which they can research and learn more
about various types of tattoos.

"This has helped us grow the number of clients over the past two years. We expect the number
to grow as more mediums of research are being opened up," he says.

Kwemz Ltd specialises in tribal, religious, Celtic, cosmetic and the Gothic tattoos. In a good
month, Komen takes home Sh.100,000 after all expenses have been paid

Francis Kyalo, founder of Tattoo Shop Ltd along Nairobi’s Tom Mboya Street, says he charges
between Sh.1,500 to Sh.10,000 for his services.

"There is no standard cost for tattoo design," he says. "If you want a large tattoo design
covering a large part of your body, then it will cost you more."

"The prices are based on the size, colour, and other details a tattoo client chooses," he says.

In a week, Kyalo serves up to 10 clients.

"I attribute growth of the tattoo business to many media outlets that have emerged in the past
few years," he says.

405
"Through various channels and Internet, many get to learn about different tattoos," he says.

He says that unlike in the past where a majority of the clients were men, the landscape is fast
changing. "There are as many women coming for tattoos as are men," Kyalo says.

"Most of our clients say they are looking for beauty from a tattoo," he says, adding that others
also do tattoos in respect of their significant other and mentors in various disciplines.

Tattoos are probably better and safer now than they have ever been.

"Tattoos are today more creative and varied, and in many cases applied by highly trained and
skilled body artists," Kyalo says.

The type of design of a tattoo is completely up to the client and where they feel most
comfortable to have it done.

The arm, shoulder and back are among the commonest areas tattooed. There are, however,
people who also have tattoos in the most likely of areas including on their rear, thighs, boobs
and eye brows.

Komen says a good first step is to shop around for a reputable tattoo artist, as well as spend
some time using books, magazines, and the Internet to locate a perfect tattoo design.

"Once you are sure you want to get a tattoo, it’s always a good idea to understand how the
tattoo process works."

A professional artist would observe the hygiene and use the right equipment to lessen the pain
that comes with tattooing.

"Getting a tattoo is a lifelong commitment and one that entails some risks, but if you know
what to expect, the whole tattoo process will be a lot easier."

Just as the art of doing tattoos is big business, so is the business of removing them.

As individuals get older, relationships break or for some reason associations are broken, and so
comes the need to do way with a tattoo.

406
While tattoo removal is yet to pick as a business in Kenya, it is booming business in other
countries.

*107. HOW TO START AN ONLINE BUSINESS IN THE NEXT 13 MINUTES*

Sometimes back, December last year, I visited one of my friends. We grew up together and his
dream had always been to become a journalist.

Now he is a radio reporter but the reality, I suspect had set in for him, he doesn’t sound as if he
loves his job. More so, money doesn’t come as much as everyone thought journalists should
have, so he was considering doing something else.

Since he knows me to be an entrepreneur, he wanted my advice to which I generously gave by

showing him how he could start an online business the same day we met.

Unfortunately, he didn’t follow my advice, and I’m sure 99% of the people who will read this
article will do nothing about it, but 1% is worth working for anyway, so let’s continue with this
article as I show you how you can start an online business right now.

*Use the internet to teach others what you know*

I love business. I started my first major business at age 15. Nothing has made me high as much
as creating and selling things, concept or an idea. Business is my life. But I also teach business
and make money doing so.

If today I’m a medical doctor, guess what I will be doing? I will be on social media especially
YouTube giving people medical advice.

407
If today I’m a soldier, imagine what I will be doing? I will be on YouTube, teaching people about
personal security and maybe warfare if the army policies allow me.

If today I’m a musician, I will be here teaching people how to compose songs, perform on stage
etc.

What if I’m a teacher? Well, I know a lot of people on social media especially YouTube making
money by teaching people English, Economics, Geography, etc.

What if the only thing I know is how to draw? Well, search YouTube for DP Art drawing. What
the lady does is to draw for you to see. As at the time of writing this article, she has 533,000
subscribers.

Think about that for a minute.

I don’t know any law in the world which says it’s a crime to teach others what you know. What I
know instead is that, if truly you know something, you will love talking about it and you might
even like teaching other people and what is as sweet as making money helping others while you
do what you love?

I mean, it is a win-win situation.

My business articles have been shared all over social media and have been read by many
Kenyans (both in Kenya and diaspora) and many other Africans all over African countries.

Yes, most of these people will just read and move on, but a good percentage of them change
their lives just because I share my thoughts with them. How else can anyone contribute in a
little way to the world? Yet, you can make money doing so, and you can even start in the next 5
minutes.

It only takes about 30 seconds to open a YouTube channel, about one or two minutes to open
other social media channels, and that’s it.

*Understand how the internet works so that you can promote your products and services
there*

408
More than half of the world’s population uses the internet every day, but a very tiny
percentage of these people have an understanding of how the internet works. When you don’t
understand something, how can you make good use of it?

My life changed in the year 2009 when I understood that I could use a software to know what
people are searching for on the internet. To even make me crazy, this software is for free.

So I started thinking, if I can understand what people are searching for in my country, I can
know what products or services to create and market to them. This singular information
changed my life.

There are thousands of other things you need to understand about the internet. For example, if
you create a blog or website for your business or company, you can track the people who visit
the blog or website and remarket to them anywhere they go on the internet. Facebook and
Google will help you do that.

There are tons of other things that can change your business or life about the internet, social
media and YouTube, but you have to search, learn about them.

I challenge you to lock yourself indoors for a week and spend all your time on Google learning
how the internet works and how people use the internet to promote their businesses and make
money.

You can create something, a free blog, a social media or YouTube account immediately after
reading this article and then start learning how the internet works. Your life can change with a
single piece of information.

*Stop waiting till you figure everything out*

The journey of life is like a spiritual journey. You will never get to a period of time when you will
understand everything about God, never.

If you want to wait till you know everything about God before you believe he exists, then you
will become an Atheist and so many people in our world today are like the atheists. They never
start pursuing their dreams, just because they have no perfect understanding.

Well, I have some bad news for you; you will never have a perfect understanding of anything.

409
I remember my first attempt using social media to promote my idea. It was so stupid that I can’t
even get my head to tell you about it, very shameful.

I remember my first website or even my first two or three attempts on YouTube. They were all
stupid, and I wish it weren’t me so that I can shame the person who did all that. But it was me,
and it’s just normal for anyone to make mistakes. You just have to start something immediately
and keep moving.

*Be willing to sacrifice several months or a few years*

I met a guy sometimes ago who told me about his attempts on the internet. This guy posted like
two or three videos on YouTube, and because nobody watched them, he stopped posting.

When I started blogging years back, I had to sacrifice a year before I started making money,
reasonable money, I mean.

Today I see a lot of people who get discouraged simply because they have tried one or two
things on the internet and failed. If success is as easy as ask-and-get, why are there only a few
people who get it?

If everyone who tries something can get a result in three months, why won’t everyone become
successful?

But I know what is going on here. Most people are products of school and in school you were
never taught how to fight. You were only taught how to get grades and get jobs then get paid
forever.

Nothing in school teaches you how to work for free for a long time and that’s why some people
will tell me that they started a business six months ago and because they have not been making
a lot of money or any money they want to give up.

*Finally,*

By far, the greatest things that have ever happened to me, happened after I started. Start and
decide never to look back. Yes, you will make some silly mistakes, but they won’t matter after
you have succeeded.

410
*108. STRAWBERRY FARMING IN KENYA: HOW TO MAKE KSH.100,000 PER MONTH ON 1/8TH
ACRE LAND*

Strawberry farming has huge income potential and can easily turn you from a job-seeker to a
job-creator or from an employee to an employer in less than 12 months.

Would you like to find out how? Keep reading the next few paragraphs.

The small red fruits arrest the eye as George Muturi, one of the renowned strawberry farmers
in Kenya, puts them in a plastic container in his farm in Iganjo, Nyeri County.

He picks the strawberries from their vines one by one and later drops them in the container.

“The strawberries I will harvest from this small portion of land are enough to fill this 40 litre
container,” says Muturi as he walks in his farm picking the fruits.

Soon, the farmer fills the container. He carries the fruits into his house for storage before
returning for more.

“Strawberry farming is a good venture. The returns are good because the market in Kenya is
largely undersupplied. I sell mainly to supermarkets.’ says George Muturi

Muturi shifted from cabbage farming to strawberry after incurring losses.

“It was about four years ago. I would plant cabbages, but they would not do well. I shared my
frustrations with a friend and he introduced me to strawberry farming,” says Muturi, who is
based in Iganjo, Mathira East.
411
“I used to make between Sh.10,000 and Sh.15,000 after every harvest of my cabbages. Now I
harvest at least 100kg of strawberry a month.”
He isolates supermarkets, groceries and factories that make juice as markets for the fruits.

“There is also good market if one can manage to export the fruits,” Muturi, who harvests and
packs between 500 and 700 pallets of strawberry each day from his three-quarter acre farm,
says.

Muturi buys more berries from some 20 farmers in the village, who he has recruited into the
business, including Mary Nyawira, who sells 65kg a day from her half-acre farm.

There are three types of strawberries namely Junebearing, Everbearing and Daily Neutral. Most
farmers in Iganjo grow the Daily Neutral type.

“I started with Everbearing but the yields were not much. Unlike Daily Neutral, Everbearing
could not resist the cold season in Nyeri.”

With the help of four workers, whom he hires every day at Sh.200 per person, Muturi starts
picking the red-ripe berries at noon.

Once he is done on the farm, he packs them in the pallets, which he arranges in cartons for
transportation to the market.

“Strawberry ripen every day, the reason why we must harvest. Once they mature after three
months, you can harvest them continuously for three years before uprooting and planting new
ones,” he says.

Strawberries grow well when the weather is dry.

“I make more money when the weather is hot. Every month I earn more than Ksh.100,000, but
this increases during the dry season.”

Muturi also sells his strawberries in Nairobi. He transports them from Nyeri every day at 3.am.
He starts the journey early so that he can sell the fruits when they are still fresh.

“This gives me enough time to return to my farm, tend to the crops and plan for the next trip.”

412
Currently, a kilo of the berries goes for Sh.400, and on a good day, he can sell 200kg, out of
which 120kg are from his farm.

Some of the supermarkets that buy his produce are Naivas, Jamaa, Magunas and some new
upcoming supermarkets.

Strawberries can grow in almost every part of our country provided there is constant water
supply and stable temperature in the range of 10 – 30 degrees Celsius.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

Of course, you need some land to plant your strawberry crop. 1/8th of an acre would be
adequate for a beginner but if you are in an urban setting you can invest in a few containers
(which you can then put in your backyard) and start farming.

Once you have secured a good piece of land in a place that has adequate water supply start
looking for seedlings. The best variety to go for is “Chandelier Strawberry” which is perfectly
suited for the Kenyan environment.

You will require about 3,000 seedlings for a 1/8th piece of land. Given that each seedling costs
Ksh.10 then your minimum investment in seedlings alone will cost you about Ksh.30,000.

On top of the cost of purchasing seedlings you’ll need to add an extra Ksh.15,000 for transport,
fertilizer and agro-chemicals.

*Step 2: Prepare The Land*

Till the land, remove weeds and then soften the soil. Later on, add some manure (rabbit, sheep,
goat or cow manure will work) and ash to ensure a healthy supply of nutrients to your crop.

Proceed to plant your strawberry seedlings leaving a distance of 30cm in between rows. Also,
leave at least 50cm space between any two sections of the farm.

*Step 3: Look For Market Early Enough*

It takes about 70 days for the crop to mature and produce the first fruits. But because the fruits
are highly perishable (stays fresh for 4-5 days after harvesting), it is advisable to start looking
for market early enough to avoid incurring losses.

413
Demand is readily available in major urban markets especially among green-grocery suppliers.
You can also access a larger market by marketing to companies like Brookside, Trufood, KCC
and major supermarket chains. In that case, you will require to invest in good packaging and get
accreditation from The Kenya Bureau of Standards.

*Step 4: Harvesting and Selling Your Produce*

A 1/8th piece of land can produce between 30kg and 50kg of strawberries per week and each
kilo goes for about a minimum of Ksh.200 and can rise up to Ksh.400 depending on demand.

Now assuming your small farm produces 50Kgs per week then that means you can make a
minimum of Ksh.40,000 per month using only a very small portion of your land.

Moreover, you can increase your farm’s productivity by investing in aquaponics through which
you can triple the productivity of your farm to make at least a minimum of Ksh.100,000 per
month on just 1/8th of an acre.

It is possible to recover your initial investment (or break-even) within just 6 months of starting
the farm!

*Final Word*

You don’t have to be an agriculture expert to succeed in Strawberry farming in Kenya. All you
need to do is find a good piece of land (e.g. in Isinya, Machakos, Kiambu, Nakuru, Naivasha,
Kilifi…or simply anywhere near a potential market).

Then you need to source for the right seedlings – and this is where you need to contact KARI for
assistance. Alternatively, you can talk to other successful farmers in your region for assistance
in sourcing for the right crop.

What about marketing? Package your product nicely, take a few photos and post on various
market-based Facebook groups. Also, carry a sample of your product with you and take it
directly to your potential buyers.

Invest in a few business cards or fliers that you can leave with your potential customers so that
they can contact you when need arises.

414
If you’re out there wondering what business to do with your little capital, don’t let this
opportunity pass you. Start small today and good things will come your way!

*109. HOW VANILLA GROWING CAN EARN YOU A FORTUNE*

Vanilla is one of the orphaned crops by Kenyan farmers yet according to experts the crop can
fetch a farmer over Ksh.16,000 per tree if well taken care of. This is because it has a wide areas
of application that include flavouring food, drinks, soaps, ointments, perfumes and incenses.

A tree of vanilla can bear up to 80 beans. Only one vanilla bean measuring 10 to 12 centimetres
long goes for Sh.200 and given an acre can accommodate over 200 trees, a farmer can be sure
of raking Ksh.3.2 million within three years after planting.

“Vanilla has huge monetary value attached to it despite the fact that it is not famous among our
own farmers. The crop is well grown in other countries such as Uganda, Comoros and
Madagascar in both small and large scale,” said Shabbir Burbar, director of Maimun Ingredients
Company which deals in food flavours, food colour, food-grade ingredients and additives for
manufacture of food and drink products.

“Farmers may be shying away from the crop because of the duration it takes to mature but
most parts of Kenya have the right condition for its cultivation and there is both local and
export markets ready upon its maturity.”

According to Burbar, the major export markets for vanilla beans include European countries
and the United States though the demand depends on the quality.

“Since 1990s I saw my uncle import vanilla from Madagascar or Uganda but Madagascar vanilla
was his favourite because it is of quality than the Ugandan vanilla,” said Burbar.

415
Vanilla can also be used in baking and dairy products such as milk, yoghurt, and ice creams, and
in desserts, chocolates, cookies, pancake and soft cheese.

There are several companies and suppliers in Kenya such as Noble Cause Enterprises in Nakuru,
Signature Spice, Katco Ltd in Nairobi, Dahiraan Enterprises Ltd and Risola Foods among others
which were dealing in vanilla about 16 years ago but were forced to close up or change to other
lines of business due to low supply from farmers.

“I decided to focus on honey production and supply after dropping vanilla several years back
because there were less vanilla farmers who could not meet our supply demand and there
were no signs of more farmers taking up the venture,” said Mr. Vincent Labatt, Entrepreneur
and Owner of Noble Cause Enterprises.

“At a point we started importing from Uganda where there is more vanilla farming with the
hope that the situation will improve in Kenya but we finally decided to stop vanilla business
when we found it was no longer economical importing the produce.”

In October 2015 Kenya Agricultural and Livestock Research Organisation (Kalro) launched
programmes to increase vanilla seedlings, which were scarce, using tissue culture technology.
The move was expected to attract more farmers in hot and humid areas like the Coast, lake
regions and parts of western Kenya to take up the business.

Vanilla is the second most expensive spice in the world, after saffron, due to highly labor-
intensive methods of cultivation according to a Ugandan news journal.

Vanilla is a crop that is seldom grown in Kenya. However, a farmer in Mwapala, Kwale County, is
reaping big from the crop, that fetches as high as Sh.25,000 a kilo.

“I ventured into vanilla farming in 2018, and this will be my fifth year growing vanilla,” says
Andrew Simiyu, who owns Kusini Farm.

“I stumbled upon it while conducting research on the most lucrative plants one can grow here
in the tropics, and quickly realized it grows in places with similar weather conditions as ours.”

He says that it cost him Sh.250,000 capital since the crop was imported. Nevertheless, he
reveals that it is now cheap to start as vines are easily accessible.

416
He started growing the crop on one acre, then expanded to two acres, and he intends to
increase the acreage to ten.

“Vanilla requires shade and support to thrive; therefore, I took advantage of the trees that are
available in the farm such as mango trees and cashew nut trees,” says the father of one.

He started with 1,000 vines but lost half the crop due to lack of experience and extreme
drought. He, however, later recovered and now, he has about 3,000 vines.

Currently, the farmer sells vanilla vines at different prices depending on size. He sells a 60cm-
80cm cutting at Sh.150, one metre cutting at Sh.300 and one and a half metre cutting at Sh.500.

“The longer the cutting, the faster it will reach maturity. For 60-80cm cutting, it will take two to
three years,” says the farmer, who grows a variety known as vanilla planifolia.

For me, it takes two years to mature and another six months to bear fruits after flowering, but
the duration to maturity depends on the length of cutting/vine. The longer one, let’s say one
and a half metre, matures faster than shorter ones,” says Mr Simiyu.

Before he ventured into vanilla farming, he did a lot of research and travelled to several places
in order to get firsthand knowledge of the crop.

The main challenge he faced at the beginning was mainly lack of water, especially given that the
county suffers extreme dry spells. Also, he says that vanilla is labour-intensive during planting
and pollination, which is done by hand and not by bees.

Akilo of treated vanilla goes for Sh.25,000, the farmer says.

“We are selling our beans locally and in most cases, clients contact us from recommendations.
Here in Kwale County, we sell some of our produce in Diani Beach, where there are hotels,
resorts and tourists,” adds the farmer.

“Vanilla farming is very rewarding and I highly encourage those who have available land and a
passion for farming to take it up. It will definitely change you and your family's life. It is also a
long-term venture as the plant can keep producing up to ten years or more with good
management,” says the 35-year-od.

417
The farmer adds that in the near future, he intends to expand his capacity to ten thousand
plants, to produce enough for export and for sale locally.

“Also, to set up a vanilla training facility at our farm for other farmers to come and learn from,”
he reveals.

Vanilla is used to add flavour to drinks such as yoghurt. The produce is also used to make some
medicines.

*Final Word*

The idea of vanilla farming in Kenya is still a soft target that you can take on. Remember,
nothing good comes on a silver platter. You can either wait for things to happen or go out and
make them happen.

*110. IS MOVIE SHOP BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

The entertainment industry in Kenya and around the world is a great industry to venture into.

Many Kenyans own a TV, a DVD player, or a laptop making movies and series a great
entertainment option at the comfort of their homes.

Some own TV decoders but accessing the current movies and series requires them to pay for a
premium subscription. We also have international online platforms such as Netflix and
Showmax that give access to TV shows, movies, and series on a subscription basis. Both services
are deemed expensive by many people and have pushed many towards movie shops.

418
Movie shops in Kenya have been seen to bridge this gap for many Kenyans at a low price. With
as low as Ksh.20 and a maximum of Ksh.50 depending on the location, Kenyans can enjoy the
latest series or movies.

The movie shop business is one of the lucrative small business ventures for young Kenyans. As a
young aspiring entrepreneur, this is a good and profitable business idea to pick especially if you
are a movie junkie.

Richard Mukunu is one of the young people profiting from the movie distribution business in
Kenya. He runs a small movie shop – Richin Entertainment near K.U Ruiru Campus in Kiambu
that gives him about Ksh.40,000 to Ksh.60,000 a month.

Depending on the location, your movie shop can make you Ksh.1,000 to Ksh.5,000 or more in a
day, and by the end of the month you will have made a good amount. With time, you will even
be able to open other movie shops.

“I started my movie shop in January 2019 and so far, considering my location, I would say the
business has been profitable.” Richard.

*What you need to start a small movie shop.*

Before you get things started, you need to know what you are doing and how you are doing it.
This comes with answering some basic questions that give you an idea and a picture of your
movie shop business.

What equipment do I need for my business?

How will I acquire the movies and series?

Who is my target audience and what’s the best location?

What licenses am I required to have?

How much capital do I need to start?

*Licenses you need.*

419
Just like any other business in Kenya, you need a permit to operate a movie shop business. You
will need a single business permit from your county government to operate. The amount you
pay for your permit depends on the size and location of your movie shop. It can cost you from
Ksh.2,500 – Ksh.15,000 per year depending on the size of your business.

There is an additional license specifically tied to distributing video content and music in Kenya
and you cannot operate without it. Those who have operated without it can tell you the horror
they have gone through by having their equipment confiscated and some charged.

You will need to get a license from the Kenya Film Classification Board (KFCB) for Ksh.3,000.

“I pay Ksh.2,500 annually to Kiambu County Government for my single business permit and an
additional Ksh.3,000 for my regulatory license from KFCB.” Richard Mukunu, Richin
Entertainment.

*Location.*

Just like any other business, the location you choose for your movie shop business will
determine the success and profitability of your business.

“You need to know who your customers are and go where they are.” Richard Mukunu.

Knowing who consumes what and where puts you on a higher bet of choosing the right location
and going where the demand is.

“The young population consumes movies and series more and going to where the youth are, is
the wisest idea. I chose this location because it’s near a campus and the people who reside
around are mostly young people/students and young families. These two groups consume
movies and series more.” Richard.

As you look for a location, settle on a location where the demand is high. Think of a location
near a campus, a college, a student’s hostel, or in a town center or a shopping center near an
estate.

And, don’t forget about the rent for the space you plan to use. The good thing about a movie
shop business is that it does not need a big space to operate. You just need a

420
d a small shop or stall that accommodates your equipment and allows you to set up a sitting or
a waiting area for your customers.

The area you are located in will influence the rent you pay for your space. For example, a stall in
town might cost you about Ksh.10,000 – Ksh.20,000. However, spaces in local estates or local
towns will cost you way cheaper.

“A stall around my area, Ruiru, will cost you around Ksh.7,000 – Ksh.10,000 per month .”
Richard.

*Equipment you need.*

There are equipment you need to make your shop a movie shop. You just need the basic
equipment to start.

For some, all they need to operate their movie business is a good computer and very fast
internet. If you are copying movies into DVDs you need to make sure your PC is strong enough.

A good and powerful computer will help you store and convert your movies into different
formats or into a format that can be played on most machines

Apart from a good computer and speedy internet, you could consider adding a LED T.V, and
woofer speakers. Also, remember the other items such as furniture for the sitting area, movie
posters for display, blank DVDs, and a DVD duplicator.

“You don’t need to buy brand new equipment for your movie shop. I got my LED T.V, and my
computer as refurbs and they have served me pretty well. You need to make sure your internet
is strong and speedy as this saves you a lot of time.” Richard Mukunu.

*Where to get your movies.*

Movies and series are the products you are selling and you need to have a concrete plan on
how and where to acquire your products.

You can either buy your movies online or from other movie shop owners. There are different
sites online where you buy your movies and pay for them through online payment methods
such as PayPal. You can buy the movies as singles or pay for subscription services.

421
“I buy my movies online through several subscription services and I approximately pay Ksh.300
to Ksh.500 and get unlimited access. However, some subscription services such as HBO are a
little bit more expensive. Others are limiting in terms of region access and for others, you have
to wait until they premier in several regions before you access them.” Richard adds, “I
sometimes buy movies from other people after they have bought them and I find this cheaper.”

Depending on the size and how you want your movie shop to be, your total capital will vary
from others. You can spend as much or as realistically less.

“I started my small movie shop with a capital of about Ksh.70,000.” Richard Mukunu.

Others spend even Ksh.150,000 or more and it depends on what you want.

“This is a great business to venture into especially for young people to make money, grow, and
contribute to the Kenyan economy.”

*Final Thoughts.*

Starting and running a small movie shop does not require crazy skills or specific skills.

Sometimes back one of my friends Edwin insisted that I get a movie at his shop.

He knew that I love movies but nowadays am busy and rarely get time to watch.

So on this sunny Saturday, I decided to take the long walk to his movie shop since I didn’t have
much to do that afternoon. On arriving at his movie shop I ordered for a bottle of soda as I
waited for YOUNG SHELDON season 1 to burn.

It was quite a beehive of activity in that tiny room. Guys strutting in and out buying movies,
mostly on DVDs but some came with flash disks and laptops

“Seriously, how much does Edwin make in this business?” I wondered.

Yea, I know a movie goes for only 50 bob but the number of guys trickling in that tiny room was
astonishing. I decided to order for season 1 and 2 of MONEY HEIST just to spend more time and
roughly gauge what this friend of mine makes in an hour or two.

422
15 mins, 30 mins….2 hours later I had counted about 25 guys walking in and none of them had
carried just a single movie on their way out. It was either two or three on the minimum.

And the movie boy was quite a salesman.

“hujaona Quantico? Wacha nikuburnie hiyo leo. Nakwambia utarudi kesho ukitafuta season
2…”

“Na ushaona blindspot? Wacha nikuonyeshe tra

iler yake…”

The movie seduction continued…and more business was done.

Okay maybe 25 guys buying movies in a span of just two hours doesn’t surprise you that much
but let’s get down to numbers and see what that translates to.

Like I said each person walked away with at least two movies and that translates to 100 bob per
person.

100 multiply by 25 makes a whooping 2,500 bob in just two hours!

Ok, that’s gross income you might say. What of the expenses incurred in buying blank CDs?

I know a quality blank CD would cost around 10 bob and if you do the mathematics then you
will realize that my friend Edwin would have pocketed a net of Shs.80 per person.

Multiply this by 25 and you get a cool 2,000 bob in just two hours!

So what do you think the guy gets after a hard day’s work? 5,000, 6,000 or 7,000 maybe…

Seriously, how many white collar workers can beat that? Maybe a few employees in big blue
chip companies but not many can beat that figure in just a single day.

But if you haven’t sat in a movie shop a whole day and counted the number of folks buying
movies you wouldn’t think much of this business. You would look at it in terms of the “tu 50
bobs” and you would say it’s a “peanut” business that doesn’t amount to much.

423
You would be seated at your desk waiting eagerly for your monthly Ksh.40,000 salary but you
got nothing on this movie guy. He makes what you make in just a week with not much sweat.

*Bottom line!*

In the world of business no money is considered small. Don’t ever look down upon these 'small
businesses’ that seem to make pennies per transaction/sale.

Look at it in terms of the volume that it racks up after a whole day or a month and you will
realize it was never a small business in the first place.

*111. HOW TO START A CLINIC IN KENYA*

Health is one of the essential services in Kenya and is among the most under-served. There are
very few health facilities in Kenya while many of the available ones do not have health
equipment and enough doctors.

The ratio for doctor to patients is wanting and needs to be addressed. The demand for health
services is high and there is need to bridge the gap.

Starting a clinic is a noble idea and you can grow a profession in it.

Health is wealth, which is why as humans we would always want to be in good health. Those
who for one reason or the other have found themselves bed ridden, so wish that they could get
back to their feet to pursue their dreams, hopes and aspirations.

424
Looking at the medical profession, you may want to agree with me that enrolling to study as a
medical doctor for instance and then later on emerging successful at the end of the years of
study may not be an easy task.

This is because of the several amount of money that is needed to study these courses and the
fact that doctors aren’t even paid as well as they would love to.

Consequently, after one may have emerged successfully and have worked to garner some
hands-on knowledge, the next thing that just may crop up on the minds of these individuals
may be to own a health clinic.

Owning a health clinic sure does require some good amount of money; however that is not to
say that the returns on investment aren’t a rewarding one.

As a matter of fact, there is ample opportunity to make profit when one starts a health clinic.

So, if you are in the medical professional, and are looking to start a business like this, then you
may want to take the following tips seriously.

*1. Market Survey is Key*

Even though that you may or may not have background knowledge of what setting up a health
clinic is all about, it would still be very vital that you do a market survey.

What does this survey entail you may ask?

It simply means that all vital information has to be researched upon. Like how much it costs to
start a health clinic, the registration processes, licensing, how many employees to start with
and what have you.

Do ensure that all these are tackled so that you would be starting armed with loads of
information.

*2. Determine the Type of Clinic to Start*

You have got to determine from the outset the type of clinic you want to run. Would it be a
general clinic, or would there be consultants on ground to man core areas. Consultants like;
pediatricians, orthopedists, surgeons, dentists, amongst others.

425
This step is very vital because once you are able to determine the area of specialty then you can
then channel a lot of focus to see that things work as planned.

*3. Get Trained*

The training that you need may not only be in the area of medicine. You also need to go and get
some business training.

This is important so that you are able to grasp some foundational knowledge on how a business
is run. Accounting and what have you.

You also need to be a trained doctor to run a health clinic. You may consider enrolling for a
course in medicine if you are really bent on starting a health clinic.

If you do not have background knowledge in medicine or do not have the luxury of time to go
back to school, then you may look at hiring a doctor to help you man core areas while you see
to other aspects of the business.

*4. Draw up a Business Plan*

A business plan is one of the very important things that you must work at putting in place. Why
is this important, you may ask?

This is important because all the information on how you want your business to be must be
contained in this template.

If you do not understand how things work here, then you may consider getting a template from
the internet. Otherwise, you are required to hire the services of a professional business plan
writer.

More often than not these people are consultants who help people proffer solutions on how to
run their businesses right.

*5. Register Your Business*

It is mandatory to register a business in Kenya and especially a health clinic. Register your clinic
with medical practitioners and dentists board before starting operations.

426
Otherwise, you may have problems registering it once you have commenced operations. It
costs Ksh.1,000 application fee and Ksh.5,000 registration fee.

You must meet the following requirements to open a clinic in Kenya.

*Business registration certificate

*Inspection report from a qualified medical personnel

*Form IX duly signed by a medical officer

*Make a payment of the relevant fees

*Architectural plans of the building in case of a hospital

*6. Get a License*

Once you have registered your clinic, you can go ahead to obtain licenses. To do so, you need to
provide business registration certificate. An official will be sent to inspect your premises and
ascertain that it complies with health requirements.

You will then be issued with a license if you have complied. There is a renewal fee for the
medical practitioners and dentists license costing Ksh.10,000 every year.

*7. Get Partners*

This might be especially important if you do not have a medical background. You would
therefore need people who already are on this path to help boost things. On the other hands,
even if you are in the medical line, you may think to get partners regarding funding, amongst
others.

*8. Get a Facility*

Now is a good time to rent a facility. If on the other hand you have got the funds to out rightly
buy up a property, then that would be a great step to take.

427
If you are looking to rent be sure to tell your potential landlord for what purpose you need a
facility and how you want it to look like.

Remember you would require patients’ wards, administrative offices, injection rooms and
others.

The cost of starting a clinic in Kenya depends with the size, services to offer, business location
and number of employees to hire. To start a small general clinic, you will need at least
Ksh.250,000.

The startup capital will go into hiring premises, hiring staff, installing equipment, buying drugs,
registering and obtaining licenses.

*9. Hire Employees*

There is no room for trial and error; as such you would need to employ workers who have
experience. This is imperative because you need those with hands- on experiences to help
boost your business.

When you conduct interviews, do ensure that you get other professionals on the board as
interviewees so that they can also help in the screening exercise. You would need nurses,
doctors, office administrators and all what not.

*10. Start Operation*

Once you begin operation, then you can begin to advertise your business. You can print flyers
and brochures to give to people around the neighborhood. Or you can begin to tell corporate
organizations about your new business and how they could send their employees there under
health insurance scheme.

Also, make sure that you are friendly to patients. Patients prefer to visit health facilities where
they are handled properly.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

428
*112. CONVERT YOUR NATURAL ABILITIES AND KNOWLEDGE INTO A BUSINESS.*

Every human being is born with a unique and special contribution to the world. The sad reality
is, less than one percent of humanity is confident enough to find and exploit their natural
potential.

In my experience, I have found that everyone has some skill or knowledge that can be turned
into a business. The interesting thing about this principle is that you don’t need to be the best
at anything to succeed in it.

A lot of people make the mistake of thinking they have to be the best at something before they
can make money out of it. Not true.

Here’s a reality check:

The most gifted people in almost every field are usually too SCARED, and can hardly muster the
guts to start a business.

Have you ever wondered why most of the people who really start businesses in Africa don’t
have MBAs and PhDs?

In my opinion, I believe the more a person knows about a subject, the greater the fear they
have to take risks. I call it the ‘curse of knowledge.’

The truth is, you don’t need to have the largest fountain of knowledge to use it to your
advantage. What you actually need is confidence to apply the knowledge that you have (or can
learn). Unfortunately, most people do the reverse; they spend all their life acquiring more
knowledge that they will never use.

429
In my experience, knowledge is overrated. What we need is passion, creativity and courage to
exploit the knowledge and skills we currently have.

Linda Ikeji isn’t the best writer in Nigeria, by any means. Yet, her blog is one of the most
successful in Africa, earning her thousands of dollars in income every month.

Linda is not a trained journalist, but millions of Nigerians depend on her blog for a daily dose of
breaking news and society gossip.

By applying some creativity, she has successfully transformed her keen interest and passion
into a viable business.

Faustina Sakyi, the highly successful Ghanaian cassava farmer is not by any means the most
skilled cassava producer in her country. She doesn’t even have a university degree.

But by applying some basic knowledge and experience in farming, she has transformed her
small cassava and gari products into a multinational export commodity.

Just by applying ‘common sense’, this woman was able to earn enough money to rise out of
poverty.

Bimbo Balogun was a novice at making African bead jewelry and was only ‘passing time’ with
the art until she discovered by accident how lucrative a venture it was. Today, her bead jewelry
is worn by celebrities and public figures in her country.

One thing is clear from the stories of these entrepreneurs: they are hardly masters or experts at
what they do. Their successes prove that determination, passion and a will to take action with
what you already have may just be all it takes to succeed as an entrepreneur.

Are your natural abilities in cooking, writing, organizing, farming or influencing people? Do you
have a basic but specific knowledge of a trade, product or market?

Even if you don’t have the knowledge or skills, but have a strong interest and passion for it, you
can learn it.

There are several free platforms on the internet e.g YouTube where Africans can learn anything
for free these days.

430
You should take out a sheet of paper and list all the things you know and can do quite well.
Remember, you don’t have to be the best at any of them.

In my experience, I have found that most of the things on your list are likely to be things you
have known all your life, and can do almost effortlessly, but you have always taken them for
granted. People may have often praised these abilities but you never gave too much thought to
it.

Think deep, they can’t be that far away.

*113. FROM BORROWING A LAPTOP TO GROWING A MULTI-MILLION CONTAINER BUSINESS

IN – HOW THIS YOUNG MAN DID IT*

The first time I heard of this young man was in my local church. Owing to shortage of space in
the church compound, the church management had ordered for a fabricated container which
would work as an extra storage area and office for the women leader.

A story was told of a young man who had found his star out of converting shipping containers
into affordable housing. At first the story didn’t impress me so much because it sounded like
just any other hustle out there. This was until the NTV N-Soko Property show aired it; and being
an avid viewer of the program, I had no choice but to sit down and watch.

That is how I met Moses Ndura (not physically though). A young man with a bushy but neatly
trimmed beard in his late twenties. At an age where most of his agemates were still struggling
to make headwind in their white collar-jobs, Moses seemed to have taken a different path. And
his decision seemed to be paying him back, handsomely. Being the curious type, I felt I needed
to find out more about him.

What inspired him to walk on the path least trodden? How did he raise capital to build what
looked like a well to do facility at such a young age? The problem however, is I did not have a

431
way to contact him – I badly needed to build a rapport with him but I did not know how to go
about it.

So finally, after almost two years of trying, I was able to contact him through a friend and that’s
how we arranged for this interview. What surprised me is that he was so humble and
approachable.

As you can imagine, I was very eager to hear (or at least see) what secret potion this man was
using to power his dreams.

*Starting From Scratch*

Moses finished his undergraduate training in 2012 and fortunately for him he was able to
secure an internship almost immediately after that. That opportunity alone gave him a chance
to travel to different parts of Kenya and learn a thing or two about digital media (by then digital
media was not as popular as it is today).

Unfortunately the internship came to an end in December that year and the young man was
once again out in the cold struggling to make ends meet. Within no time he was thrown out of
his rented house because he could not afford to pay for it. Because he could hardly afford the
basics, he was forced to travel back to his rural area in Kiambu in the outskirts of Nairobi.

He resorted to helping his family back in the farm given that his folks were heavily reliant on
subsistence farming. As much as he wanted to raise funds for matatu fare to Nairobi for his job-
search missions, his family could only offer him a roof over his head and some food.

After spending several months in the village, Moses decided to register a business name. The
process involved going to Sheria House in Nairobi to fill up some manual forms. He made this
decision even though he neither had capital nor a business idea in the first place.

It was more like making a shot in the dark. It costed him Ksh.2,500. But in so doing, he
happened to discover a potential business idea.

“I figured I could start registering business names for other people back in the village at a small
fee,” says Moses, a father of one.

432
“My bedroom became my office area. I even borrowed a laptop from my rural friend, which I
used to kick-start my operations,” recalls the young man who now co-owns what is probably
one of Kenya’s fastest growing SMEs.

Using the money raised from his new-found business, he was now able to raise enough money
for matatu fare from his home to Nairobi every day. Soon, his job hunting mission was on
course.

Then one day he landed a job as a salesman for a company called KopoKopo which used to
popularize Safaricom’s Lipa Na Mpesa product. His payment was purely on commission.
Knowing he had no other option, he decided to put his best foot forward, working at no pay for
almost three months. When the contract ended, he was paid a lumpsum of Ksh.130,000.

*A Tough Call*

He put this money to good use by purchasing a second-hand laptop worth Ksh.30,000 and
renting out a shared office space in town at a cost of Ksh.8,000 at Ngengi House in Nairobi. This
time round he wanted to set up a digital marketing agency – whereby he would approach small
business owners and convince them that he could actually market them using Facebook.

“I would help them create and maintain Facebook pages at a cost of Ksh.2,500 per month,”
adds Moses who reckons that the internship he undertook after college played a role in helping
him conceptualize this idea.

Because of the cheap fees he was charging, his only way to sustain his business was by finding
as many customers as possible. He discovered that this was indeed a tough call. So one day as
he was busy chasing for more opportunities, he was approached by one client who had one
special request.

“I will give you a deal. You help market my shipping containers and I will give you a commission
of Ksh.10,000 per container sold,” said the client.

With each empty container (40 Feet) going for as much as Ksh.300,000, Moses figured that he
could combine his sales and digital skills to take on the deal. And so besides doing the usual
Facebook marketing for other clients, he set out to market the containers as well.

433
In just a few months he discovered that the container business was actually outperforming his
other venture. Moreover, there were so many other digital marketing companies being set up
and it was becoming increasingly difficult to maintain clients.

“What I would struggle to make in one month in my other business is what I was now making
weekly in the container business,” Moses recalls.

*The Container Business*

So using all the savings he had managed to set aside, he went in full-throttle into the container
business bringing on board the person who gave him the idea as a co-founder alongside two
other colleagues. And besides just selling empty containers they decided to take it a notch
higher by actually fabricating those containers for their clients.

This being a value added service meant that they could make a lot more per sale. They even
ventured into building residential houses using containers, of which a one bedroom house goes
for Ksh.850,000 which is 40 per cent cheaper than a normal house.

That’s how Containers World Kenya, a company with an estimated annual turnover of over
Ksh.500 million, was born.

Today, they create employment for over 100 people. The business has expanded to Rwanda,
Uganda, South Sudan as well as Tanzania. They have served quite a number of clients from the
UNHCR, KENHA, IEBC, Kenya Defence Forces (KDF) to small shop owners looking for stalls. Their
offices located along Rangwe road in Nairobi have become a bee-hive of activity.

Looking back, Moses admits that it has not been an easy journey especially given the fact that
this is a relatively new idea in Kenya and many people are yet to embrace alternative building
technologies.

At barely 30 years of age, Moses Ndura acknowledges that there are immense financial
challenges in the country – making it difficult for young people to start their businesses. To
overcome this challenge, Moses advices young people to start small, with whatever they have,
provided they maintain a forward-looking approach to everything.

“I did not have to borrow money from my relatives to start, I simply discovered small
opportunities around me which I harnessed in order to build onto my bigger ideas,” sums up
Moses who provides mentorship to upcoming entrepreneurs when called upon.

434
*The Take-Away*

Indeed, our take-away from this interview is that you don’t need to have a bank account full of
cash in order to venture out from your comfort zone. Had Moses Ndura settled down in his
rural area of Kiambu, he probably would still be there surviving on illicit alcohol and blaming his
parents for not helping him pursue his dreams.

So what’s your excuse? Get up, identify opportunities around you and make a difference.

*114. CANDLE MAKING BUSINESS IN KENYA – A SIMPLIFIED START-UP GUIDE*

Candle making in Kenya is a profitable venture for anyone who would like to make a difference
in the society and nurture a business at the same time.

In this article, we take a sneak peek into what it takes to start a successful candle production
and retail business with least possible capital.

*Why Candles*

Frequent electricity blackouts coupled with the fact that only 40% of Kenyans have electricity
power supply means that market for candles in inexhaustible.

Besides basic lighting needs, candles are required for birthday events, burials and even church
ceremonies.

Scented candles are also in great demand for their aromatherapy and aesthetic value.

*How to Get Started*

435
You need to invest in a candle making machine, wax, wicks, water, good packaging and room.
Of course, you also need to scan the market before you venture into it just to ensure that you
get your facts right.

We would advise you to pick a unique niche and specialize in it to gain a competitive edge. As
your business grows, you can then expand your niche and start offering a wide variety of
candles.

For instance, you can specialize in scented candles niche, lighting candle niche or even soy
candle niche as you begin.

*Where to Get the Candle Making Machine in Kenya*

You can search for this machine from your local Jua Kali vendors. Alternatively, you can browse
through classified ads websites like jiji.co.ke to find sellers.

During our research, we typed in the words “Candle making machine in Nairobi” and this gave
us a variety of options.

From that point you can contact one of the sellers and (when certain) place an order.
Alternatively, you can import the machine from China or India.

*How Much To Spend on Candle Making Machine*

The machine is the most costly investment you will require to make in this business. Price of the
machine may vary depending on its make and features.

On average, though, the cost comes down to the number of mold holes in a machine. For
instance a 20 mold hole machine costs around Ksh.20,000 while a 100 mold hole one costs
Ksh.100,000 or thereabout.

The greater the number of mold holes, the better the production capacity.

*Other Materials*

Candle wax is the most vital material unit for your candle making business. Wax is normally sold
in 25KG boxes. Each box of wax can produce up to 1000 candles.

436
Besides wax, you need wicks (utambi) and packaging material. You can also invest in fragrance
oils and dyes so that your candles stand out from the pack.

One well known importer of candle making Material in Nairobi Kenya is DESBRO who have
offices along Kampala Road in the Industrial area.

*Cost Breakdown*

-Candle Making Machine Ksh.20,000 (minimum)

-Candle Wax – Ksh.4,500

-Other Materials – Ksh.500

-Transport – Ksh.500

*Profit Estimation*

If you produce 1000 candles per 25kgs of wax then price each candle at Ksh.10. This would
equal sales of Ksh.10,000 per unit of production.

Now let us do the profit math.

Ksh.10,000 (Sales) – Ksh.4,500 (Candle Wax) – Ksh.500 (Other Materials) – Ksh.500 (Transport)
= Ksh.4,500

So each unit of production gives you approximately Ksh.4,500. That is approximately 95% profit
margin.

*How To Make Candles*

Once you have the machine and all the raw materials the process of making candle products is
quite straight forward.

*You start by pre-heating the wax to melt it.

*Then you pour the melted wax into the mold-holes to the brim.

437
*You can add color (dye) or fragrance, however if you’re making plain candles you can skip this
step

*Make sure the wicks (utambi) are placed carefully.

*Leave the wax to cool at room temperature (preferably overnight).

*Remove the candles and trim the wick (utambi).

You can always find more detailed guides on how to make quality candles freely on YOUTUBE.

*Are You Still There Waiting To Start?*

You cannot win a marathon race if you don’t start the race. If you are yet to venture into
entrepreneurship and are looking for small business ideas in Kenya then the candle making is
something worth pondering upon.

*115. THE BIG-MONEY HAIR & BEAUTY INDUSTRY AND WHY YOU SHOULD INVEST IN IT*

The hair and beauty industry has evolved over the years and is becoming a worth investment.

It has become a huge business in Kenya over the years, with salons, cosmetic shops and hair
and beauty institutions being rolled out every other day.

The Industry has evolved over the years becoming financially bigger by the day.

An average Kenyan lady spends an estimate of Ksh.1,500 to Ksh.3,000 per month. On the higher
side, one would spend Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.7,000 per month. However, with the wig business in

438
play, hair expenditures have also been on the rise as wig prices range between Ksh.5,00 to
Ksh.80,000 and above.

The inception of wigs into the industry made it a booming industry. More ladies are continuing
to buy into the idea of wigs hence expanding the industry. The highest quality wigs are
imported from overseas and are usually expensive.

The diversity in this business has gradually come up with luxurious high-end salons that not only
offer hair services but also extend other services making it a complete self-care package.

In today’s world, a lady who visits the salon might not necessarily be looking for hair services &
products. Other services incorporated into the modern salon include; massage and Spa
treatments, Body waxing, Body art (Tattoos/Heena), facials, manicures, and pedicures.

Among the many small business idea choices in Kenya lies the barbershop business commonly
known as kinyozi. This business ranges from executive barbershops to small and simple
barbershops.

A barbershop (locally known as Kinyozi) is a good example of a sustainable business because

people will always need haircuts. Fashion styles may come and go, but hair cuts aren’t a fad or
trend – they’re a basic necessity. Moreover, Kenya’s middle-class is growing at an alarming rate
and you can jump onto this tide by starting your own executive barbershop.

One good thing about Kinyozi business is that it is not seasonal. Business flows in as usual come
rain come shine. This makes it a worthwhile venture to delve into.

When I started writing about profitable businesses in Kenya in our business Ideas Group I got
these questions a lot, “What’s the most profitable business in Kenya? What business can I start
with Ksh.20,000 to make Ksh.1,000 daily? What is the best business in Kenya….”

In my mind, all the three were tricky questions because — while one small business may be
profitable to a specific entrepreneur, it may not be as much profitable to the other.

I did not realize this so soon and so my answers kept conflicting…

One day I would say, saloon business was the best, the next car wash, tents for hire… then
grocery store business.

439
Not until sometimes ago when I was at my favorite Kinyozi. The shop was full of executive
clients waiting for executive cuts.

And I thought to myself; if there are 15 seats in this shop — all serving — each client paying
Ksh.300 for a cut,

Then by the time we all walk out, the house makes Ksh.4,500. In like what, 30 minutes?

Not so much money after all, right?

Now assume — each barber serves 5 clients per day.

Give or take, this shop makes Ksh.22,500 per day.

Hypothetically.

If those figures don’t make this business the best then I don’t know what does.

Most entrepreneurs opt to use social media to market the business and eliminate a competitor
who does not market online.

Some salons also offer a variety of snacks and beverages for every client. These are
entrepreneurs who have mastered public relations and are aware that good customer service
attracts and sustains clients.

With the craze of many women also embracing keeping short hair, these entrepreneurs have
further started unisex salons that offer services to both men, women, and children, that not
only deal with plaiting hair but also handle barbering services.

Investing in the beauty industry still remains a good venture despite the fact that it pays after a
period of time. With good services, good marketing, and affordable charges, it is possible to
sustain and make a profit off of this business.

440
*116. WAYS TO MAKE MONEY ON INSTAGRAM*

Instagram is one of the most popular social media platforms in Kenya. According to statistics,
2.2 million Kenyans logged into Instagram in September 2021.

That number is expected to continue growing due to its popularity among the young and
vibrant.

This means that you can make money from Instagram, not just by using it as a social media
platform but also through marketing and advertising.

While there are several ways to earn an income from Instagram, I found the ones below to be
the most effective.

Before we dive into the list, let’s answer one question that you are probably asking yourself;

*How many Followers Do You Need to Make Money on Instagram?*

Having a large following can help you make more money on Instagram, but it is not the only
factor that will determine your earnings.

The number of followers you need will depend on how you plan to make money from your
account.

For example, if you want to be an influencer marketer, you will need a lot of followers before
brands or advertisers can notice you.

On the other hand, if you want to be an affiliate marketer, you will not need a huge following
since you are only paid after a certain action is taken.

441
Additionally, the amount you earn may also depend on how active your followers are. Those
with 20,000 followers who actively interact with their content will make more money compared
to someone with 100,000 inactive followers.

The secret is to create engaging content that can evoke comments, likes and even shares from
your followers.

So, now you know how many or what kind of followers you need to make money, but how
much can you really make?

Let’s quickly answer that below.

*How Much Money Can You Make on Instagram?*

The amount of money you can make on Instagram will depend on several factors. First, it
depends on your experience as well as the level of expertise in marketing and advertising.

Secondly, how often you post on Instagram will also affect your earnings. Your followers engage
more with your content when you post frequently.

Instagram’s algorithm also tends to place users that are active on top of the newsfeed.

The type of products or services you offer will also determine your earnings. If you sell products
that are popular, for instance, beauty products, you might make more than when selling, say
TVs which people only buy once in a while.

If you are an influencer, a copywriter, a graphic designer and so on, the amount you make will
depend on the arrangement you had with the brand.

The bottom line is, you can make good on Instagram when you put in the right strategy and
make sure you are doing the right thing. If you are known for fashion ideas, your followers will
not take you seriously when you start promoting real estate products or you know… gas
cookers?

Enough of that, let’s show you how you can make money on Instagram.

*How to Make Money on Instagram in Kenya*

442
1. Become an Affiliate Marketer

2. Become an Influencer Marketer

3. Sell Your Own Products and Services

4. Become an Instagram Account Manager

5. Include Sponsored Ads on Your Instagram Stories

6. Become an Instagram Copywriter

7. Design Instagram Graphics for Companies

*1. Become an Affiliate Marketer*

An affiliate marketer promotes other peoples products online and earns commissions when
people make purchases using their affiliate links. This is different from an influencer marketer
who doesn’t have to necessarily make sales in order to be paid.

You can easily create an Instagram account and then promote the product(s) by creating
content that is relevant, simple and easy for your audience to understand.

The best way to make money on Instagram as an affiliate marketer is by identifying a niche with
high interest among your audience.

You can also create reviews for specific products, like online courses, physical products or
digital downloads then leave a link to purchase on your bio.

You don’t need a lot of followers to make money from affiliate marketing. Just be persuasive
and knowledgeable about the products you are promoting and you are good to go.

*2. Become an Influencer Marketer*

A social media influencer is someone whose opinion or popularity has a big impact on the
market of a product, service or idea due to his/her large online following.

443
It’s very easy to make money on Instagram as an influencer because you just need to make
quality and engaging posts about a product or service that you believe in.

Unlike affiliate marketing, you don’t have to directly sell a product and make sales in order to
be paid. Just share valuable information about the benefits of using it and you will make sales
naturally.

The best way to monetize yourself as an influencer is by partnering with brands or even small
upcoming businesses who will pay you for posting their products on your pages or stories.
Posting sponsored content is also a great way to make money on Instagram.

Remember that to be successful as an influencer, you will need a massive following of at least
100,000 followers who actively engage with your content.

*3. Sell Your own Products and Services*

This is another way to make money on Instagram where you can build an audience around your
product(s) or service(s). The best ways to do this include; creating attractive pictures of the
products, sharing a tutorial on how to use the product or service, giving discounts and then
following up with your customers to sell more.

Instagram has made it fairly easy to sell your products online, simply by adding the “shop now”
button on your bio.

Some of the easiest products to sell on Instagram include; books, music, beauty products,
fashion items, digital products such as online courses and much more.

*4. Become an Instagram Account Manager*

This is another way to make money on Instagram where you help companies, businesses and
individuals to manage their Instagram accounts.

A lot of brands and businesses have social media managers whose job is to engage customers,
create posts and also respond to customer concerns on the platform.

Another key component of this job is being creative as you develop strategies for the brand to
make money from Instagram.

444
As an account manager, you will be paid based on how many followers the brand has or the
number of engagements you have made in a month. You can also agree on a fixed fee per post
or based on how many posts you will be producing each month.

*5. Include Sponsored Ads on Your Instagram Stories*

The introduction of Instagram stories in 2016 made it easier for brands to engage with potential
customers and also run Instagram ads.

This means you can make money on Instagram by including sponsored ads in your stories. The
first step is to create a compelling story that will get the attention of your audience.

Once you have done this, come up with a topic related to the product that your advertiser is
promoting and ensure the content is interactive, engaging and easy to understand.

If you have a huge Instagram following, you can make good money using Instagram stories. You
can be paid a fixed fee or based on how many people view the ad.

*6. Become an Instagram Copywriter*

If you are good at writing, becoming an Instagram copywriter could be very lucrative for you. As
a copywriter, you will simply be writing captions or posts for companies, brands, businesses in
order to build their Instagram audience and drive traffic to their sites.

The best way to do this is by coming up with engaging content that will encourage viewers to
comment on your post or share it with other people. This will raise awareness about a
company’s products and services.

Companies invest big money in Instagram advertising and they need great copies to help make
their campaigns effective. That is why they are willing to pay good money for the best
copywriters.

So, if you have a way with words and you can produce captivating stories and content, this
could be a great way to make money on Instagram.

*7. Design Instagram Graphics for Companies*

445
This is another way to make money on Instagram where you create graphics such as logos or
flyers for various companies in exchange for payment.

Usually, when a brand runs a campaign on Instagram, they want to accompany it with visually
appealing graphics.

However, most are not willing to create these graphics themselves as they do not have the
design skills. That is why they are willing to pay a designer or graphics creator to come up with
these designs for them.

The best part of this method is that it’s very flexible as you can either create graphics on your
own using a platform such as photoshop.

You will need to have a good portfolio for this method to work as companies have the right to
choose who will be creating their graphics.

*Conclusion*

Instagram is one of the fastest-growing social media platforms and many people are making
huge money using the platform.

If you have good marketing skills, creativity and a lot of free time, then you can also make
money on Instagram in Kenya.

Even if you don’t have a huge following, there are ways to make some cash. The key is being
creative and creating quality content.

446
*117. IF YOU HAVE GOT A WAY WITH MAKEUP, WHY NOT START A MAKEUP ARTISTRY
BUSINESS?*

If you have got a way with makeup -- you know how to create magic with powders, lipsticks and
shadows -- then this could be the business for you.

A makeup artist is someone who uses cosmetic techniques and processes to create beauty
upon the human body. In its simplest form, it enhances a person’s appearance, bringing out
color and features and hiding or smoothing out flaws, using cosmetic products.

As a makeup artist, you will help clients look their best for weddings or other special events,
give makeovers to people who want to update their everyday looks and more.

Some advantages to this business are that you can start part-time and on a shoestring. If you
live in an area with a viable film industry, you can also become a makeup artist to the stars (or
star-hopefuls) by working on TV or movie projects.

Target those planning a wedding by establishing relationships (be sure to leave brochures and
business cards) with wedding-oriented businesses like wedding consultants, bridal shops and
caterers.

Work up referral networks with event and party planners, too, along with public relations
agents.

Reach out to hair salons as well for potential partnerships.

Primarily, a makeup artist makes money by charging fixed prices for a variety of different
makeup services. You may also make money by selling makeup and makeup supplies.

447
How much you can charge customers varies significantly because of the variety of services that
makeup artists offer. For instance, you may offer basic makeovers for Ksh.1,500 to Ksh.4,000,
more specialized makeovers for Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.6,000, and more extravagant makeovers (such
as for a wedding) for Ksh.10,000 to Ksh.30,000.

For all of your prices, be sure you have researched your local competition and are not over (or
under) selling yourself.

The amount of profit you can make depends on the exact number of customers you have and
the exact services they request. A makeup artist performing 49 or more makeovers a week, for
instance, will make a six-figure profit, though realistically, it will take time to set up a regular
stream of new and returning customers.

As your business and your own experience grows, don't be afraid to increases your prices. If it is
within your skill set, try to diversify your business: being able to do both hair, nails and face
makeup, for instance, makes you twice as marketable.

*Perfect Your Skills*

Any well-established artist will tell you that practice and continuous learning is what
differentiates between an average make-up artist and an exceptional one. As a make-up artist,
your profession is one where you need to know your art inside out.

You are working on people’s faces, bodies and your clients put their absolute trust in you. As a
result, you can never practice enough. By practice, we mean use yourself, use your friends, your
family members, even dolls and if possible volunteer your services as much as you can.

We can’t stress enough just how transformative practice is for an artist.

Moreover, although beauty school is definitely not a must for success, if you can afford it, don’t
miss the chance. There are several things you can learn in school that you can’t pick up on
YouTube, blogs or books.

In addition, school teaches you more than make-up and beauty, it teaches you professionalism,
marketing, ethics among others.

448
It’s false to assume that being a make-up artist is inborn and school is a waste of time. On the
other hand, never underestimate the power of passion and what YouTube or the Internet can
teach you about beauty and the make-up industry.

*Find your style*

What do you envision yourself doing ten years from now? This is an imperative question for any
make-up artist, seasoned or beginner; it helps shape your style and approach.

While it is possible to specialize in everything, having one or two specialties is more

advantageous. Moreover, as you determine your specialty, study your surroundings and your
market, like any other business it is beneficial to know your competitors or what is needed in a
market.

For example, in Kenya, you need to ask yourself where make-up artists are needed or in high
demand. Fields such as Special FX and fashion make-up are skills that are still unexplored but
that have a growing need. As the local film industry grows for example, you want to be that one
artist who can transform a beautiful girl into a monster, or whatever else would be required for
the movie or show.

However, the market shouldn’t be your only determinant of specialty, your passion should also
play a part. Thus, if you love weddings and know you can excel as a make-up artist for
weddings, then by all means, do it.

In fact, there are so many more fields from makeovers, magazines, photography, salon, theatre,
you really just need to research and find your niche.

Moreover, you can also decide to think outside the box and create an unknown style.

Eventually, as you find your niche, it will also help you build up your make-up kit, a kit that will
include all the tools you will need to provide your services.

*Market yourself*

Once you have developed your skills, created your portfolio and found your style, you don’t
need to wait for an agent to market you, you can market yourself.

449
In fact, thanks to the internet, self-marketing has become extremely easy and efficient.
Basically, all you need is a social media account and some online connections and you are set to
go.

The make-up industry world has changed drastically with the presence of social media, with a
blog, an Instagram account and a YouTube page; you can accomplish wonders and get your
name out there faster than ever before.

Still, it is not as easy, you need to have an established network to create traffic and buzz about
your work.

Furthermore, what is often ignored but is important is acquisition of business cards. Although,
it might cost you some money, print out business cards. Business cards make you easier to
contact and give you a look of professionalism, so hand them out to whomever you can.

*Finally*

Ultimately, it takes time and patience to build up your reputation but the make-up industry is
growing, especially in Kenya, so don’t be afraid to follow your dreams.

*118. SIX CROPS THAT CAN MAKE YOU RICH IN KENYA*

The agribusiness journey continues to be an exciting one. It is more so with Kenyan farmers
now able to access international markets.

The youth are also coming in with ever more advanced technologies that have not only brought
farming solutions nearer to the farmer but also made then more affordable.

450
While agribusiness in Kenya is on a fast growth, the following crops have an even greater
advantage:

*119. DRAGON FRUIT*

It is not by coincidence that we have chosen to start with this crop. Dragon fruit is a relatively
new crop on the Kenyan soils but the kind of profit potential it has leaves everyone who gets to
know about it in awe.

Take one acre for example: dragon fruit plants are vines of the cactus family. As such, they have
to be provided with support such as a post or a concrete structure to remain erect.

The ideal spacing for dragon fruits is 2x2m which means an acre can accommodate 1,000 of
these support posts.

On each post, 2 vines are planted hence the plant population per acre is 2,000. Each of these
vines can give you 30 fruits per year, each fruit weighing on average 0.5kg. That translates to a
yield of 30,000 kgs per acre every year.

Now what's crazy is the price of the fruit per acre and I would like you to check this out for
yourself if you are lucky to be near a supermarket that stocks these fruits.

When we last checked, the price was at Ksh.800 per kilo at the farm gate of the largest dragon
fruit farm in Kenya so far, Boffar farm, Naivasha.

Have you done the math? It comes to Ksh.24 million per acre per year.

Of course, the price of dragon fruit in Kenya at the moment is too high because 90% of the
fruits that reach our supermarket shelves are imported.

451
As more farmers take up dragon fruit farming in Kenya, the price of the fruit will come down.
Going by the statistics of the fruits we currently produce and sell locally such as strawberries, a
sustainable price will be in the range of 400 per kg.

But even with such, a farmer will still be making a cool Ksh.12 million per acre every year.

The best thing about dragon fruit farming is that once you establish your farm, you have over
30 years to reap from it. You can visit Richfarm Kenya's demonstration farm in Kiritiri Embu or
call them on 0724698347 / 0723213602 for more information.

*120. PASSION FRUIT*

If you are looking for a high-value crop that can produce an income in the first year, take a look
at passion fruit farming. Passion fruit farming has nearly unlimited advantages from extended
life span exceeding three years after establishment to ability to intercrop.

While the capital needed to start a good size of passion fruit farm is not very low, the benefits
and profit are worth every investment you make.

Demand for passion fruits has continued to rise in 2022, especially with the coming of Covid 19
which has made people want to eat more healthy foods, more so fruits.

In the wake of health awareness, companies like Coca-cola, Afia juices and Del-Monte are also
doing more in fruit juice production.

Some of them are already sourcing various fruits from farmers to tap fresh fruits processing
segments.

452
Despite all the interest by fresh drink processors, the supply of this fruit has been low even this
year. This presents an opportunity for you as a farmer.

The crop produces high yields under proper care, for instance, a yield of 50,000kg of passion
fruit per hectare has been reported in Kenya. The average price of one kilo of passion fruits is
Sh.50 in various market centres in the country.

However, you can still sell at a higher price through direct marketing. From one hectare, it’s
possible to earn over Sh.2,000,000; an earning that exceeds many other farming enterprises.

Furthermore, the maturity and ripening of the fruits, does not happen at the same time; some
take three days others one week while others two weeks. This is an advantage, as it will allow
you to harvest weekly, and have time to market the produce.

Starting as a small grower you will find lots of eager buyers at your neighbourhoods and
supermarkets.

*121. STRAWBERRIES*

The demand for strawberries is bursting at the seams and the supply is low. This is because of
the strawberry flavour that is used in the production of yoghurt, ice-creams, jams and in
perfumes.

Companies that use these fruits in Kenya are relying on imports. This is sufficient justification
why strawberry farming is and will remain lucrative agribusiness in the years to come.

Strawberries can grow in almost every part of our country provided there is constant water
supply and stable temperature.

453
A one eighth of an acre would be adequate for a beginner but if you are in an urban setting you
can invest in a few containers (which you can then put in your backyard) and start farming.

It takes about 70 days for the crop to mature and produce the first fruits. But because the fruits
are highly perishable (stays fresh for four to five days after harvesting), it is advisable to start
looking for market early enough to avoid incurring losses.

An eighth piece of land can produce between 30 kg and 50 kg of strawberries per week and
each kilo goes for about Sh.200 at the current wholesale market price. Now assuming your
small farm produces 50 Kgs per week then that means you can make Sh.40,000 per month
using only a small portion of your land.

Once you plant them, 70 days down the line you will get your first harvest. This will continue for
up to three years with two to three harvesting seasons every year.

Like any other business with attractive returns, strawberry farming in Kenya requires capital.
Chandler is the most popular variety. Strawberries are runners, so once you plant, you do not
need to buy other seedlings as you can propagate them by removing the splits from the parent
plant.

You don’t have to be an agriculture expert to succeed in strawberry farming. All you need to do
is find a good piece of land. Then you need to source for the right seedlings – and this is where
you need to contact Richfarm Kenya on 0724698357 for assistance.

Alternatively, you can talk to other successful farmers in your area for assistance in sourcing for
the right variety.

454
*122. MUSHROOMS*

Mushroom production of late has captured the attention of the Kenya’s farming community
with most mushroom farmers boasting amazing profits.

Mushroom are land and rainfall independent hence making them the better option for those
looking to maximize revenue from their land usage.

For those without space to garden, growing mushrooms for profit can produce a great return in
a small space.

Exotic mushrooms, such as oyster and shiitake, make sense, as they can be grown indoors
without soil. They only require a house and your attention. Mud thatched houses can create
the right climate for mushroom growing.

The demand in Kenya is unsatisfied with data indicating that we are only producing 500 tonnes
of these mushrooms against an annual demand of 1,200 tonnes.

Mushrooms can be grown using various substrates from agricultural wastes such as cereal
straws such as maize stalks, bean stalk, wheat straw Coffee pulp, coffee husks, paper waste,
papyrus, water hyacinth, banana fronds etc.

Cotton husks, maize cobs, banana leaves, papyrus, grass straw, paper wastes, sugarcane
bagasse and hay. Spawns ‘seeds’ can now be easily obtained from Richfarm Kenya.

Oyster mushrooms, for example, produce around 10kg per square foot of growing space in a
year’s time. At the current price of Sh.400 a kilo, that’s Sh.400,000 worth of mushrooms from a
10’x10′ space!

455
Exotic mushrooms do not travel well, so as a small local grower you will always have an edge
over distant producers. In most supermarkets, the oyster mushrooms are also the first items to
sell out.

Before, mushroom farming has been a very complicated venture requiring lots of chemistry,
biology and attention. So many people were discouraged by this but not now, Richfarm Kenya
has simplified it so much that anyone can do it.

There are training sessions every week and starters can even buy already prepared and seeded
mushroom production bags such that they are in production in less than 1 month.

*123. ONIONS*

Although onion prices reached the lowest in 2020 with a kg selling for as low as Ksh.20 at the
farm gate, this is a crop that is still worth a shot at.

It is not so much of a goldmine as it was in previous years but my prediction is that there is
going to be an abnormal rise in onion prices very soon since so many farmers abandoned the
crop when the prices went low and remained so for a long time.

Done well, 1 acre of onions should yield 20,000 kgs or more. If you sell the crop at Ksh.20 per
kg, your revenue will be Ksh.400,000 in just 5 months.

The cost of production usually goes to an average of Ksh.120,000 per acre so you are still
making profits.

The kill will be when these prices start going up, most likely in early 2021, something that seems
sure to happen.

456
Can you imagine how much you will earn if you harvest your 20 tons when the price are at 80
per kg!

That is not a far dream; the prices have many times been on such a high.

*124. PAWPAWS*

This is a crop that few farmers know about and that is where the opportunity lies. It is a tree
that is quite resistant to dry conditions and hardy to pests and diseases. Once planted and well
established, just a little care will be required from time to time.

There are various varieties of pawpaw and now we even have the dwarfs which start producing
fruits from the ninth month.

With a line spacing of 2 m and tree-to-tree spacing of 2m, one acre can carry 1100 trees. Each
of these trees produces 40 to 50 kg of fruit every year giving you about 40 to 50 tons of fruit per
acre every year.

With a kg selling at an average of Ksh.30, you can easily make 1.2 to 1.5 million shillings from an
acre of pawpaw every year.

The initial cost of planting an acre of pawpaw is low since each seedling can be bought at an
average of 50 shillings meaning you will only need 55,000 shillings to buy seedlings for one acre.

The rest is labour and a bit of fertilization. The cost would hardly exceed 100,000 shillings.

*Finally*

Well, while dragon fruit caps our list of the five most profitable crops in Kenya this year, we
have two unique crops we would like you to research more about:

457
1. Kiwi fruit
2. Black berry farming in Kenya

*125. HOW I MAKE UP TO SH.200,000 FROM A BUSINESS I STARTED FROM OLD MATTRESS*

“The mind is limitless. It can be stretched by new ideas without losing its original dimensions,”
says 28-year-old Lillian Wairimu, who built her career from an old rugged mattress.

Wairimu, the founder and CEO of Vee 3 Creative, began her beanbag company at 24 and has
seen the company grow over the years.

Beanbags are large cushions used as seats and loungers, offering a versatile and fun alternative
to contemporary furniture. Beanbags are experiencing a worldwide renaissance.

Originally a simple toy for children, it has evolved into an amazing assortment of luxurious
furniture that are comfortable and give a touch of elegance and style.

In 2012, Wairimu was overly excited to graduate with a Bachelor of Commerce degree in
marketing from the Africa Nazarene University. Little did she know that life was not as smooth
as she had hoped.

For one-and-a-half years, all she could get were contact jobs that ended in frustration. She had
to act fast to provide for herself and her little son who was looking up to her.

After serious soul-searching, Wairimu stumbled upon an idea that would bloom into a viable
business. “I noticed this old rugged mattress in my room and started thinking what I could do
with it,” she recalls.

458
She pored over the Internet and discovered that beanbags could be made from mattress chips.
The self-taught beanbag maker depended on YouTube videos and Google instructions to
sharpen her skill.

She created a Facebook page and posted pictures of a few beanbags that she had made,
earning her several nods from her online friends. Since then, she has leveraged on online
marketing to find clients.

She is also the proud owner of Woodley Mart, a shop located at Adams Arcade on Ngong Road
in Nairobi, where she sells beanbags, travel pillows, throw rags, throw pillows and cushions.

Wairimu gets clients from all over the country and uses G4S for deliveries outside Nairobi. For
clients who cannot visit her store, she uses online platforms such as Facebook to communicate
and cut deals.

Beanbag business doesn’t require much capital, all you need is Sh.10,000. Wairimu started with
Sh.5,000. She used Sh.3,500 to make her first beanbag and sold it for Sh.4,000.

“As a beginner and with such a profit margin, I realized that I needed a business plan that would
help me assess the market. I was also advised to diversify according to my market research. This
worked very well,” she says

She uses locally available materials but imports the special cartoon materials used to make
children’s’ beanbags. She believes in customization and a tailor makes the beanbags to fit her
clients’ specifications.

“For the outer cover, we use American suede, khaki, canvas, leather and fur. Dustless
Styrofoam which we import, is used to fill the bags and give them the desired shape,” she
explains.

For safety purposes, a beanbag has two linings; the inner lining that has a zipper and the outer
one that is removable and can be washed or changed. A small beanbag weighs four kilos, the
medium seven kilos and the large 12 kilos.

For factory stitching, which is a three-piece work; bottom, side and zipper, she does it at
Industrial Area in Nairobi.

459
In a month, she makes over Ksh.200,000 profit depending on the season. She says holidays,
especially towards the end of the year, are a better season compared to the beginning of the
year, when people start to plan their budgets.

Her biggest clients are corporates, the expatriate community and residential home owners.

‘’We have made beanbags for companies like Growth Africa, Roths Child-a consultancy firm,
and Tuko Media. Today, offices are becoming more like homes as lifestyle becomes increasingly
important. Employees need a place where they can get off their feet and embrace a few
moments of peace,” she says.

Her greatest motivation and driving force is the excitement to do more, and the appreciation
from clients.

She says plans in the pipeline include opening branches in Rwanda and East Africa.

“I want my brand to grow like Java. To be known not only for beanbags but as an exclusive gift
shop that stocks collector pieces by different designers,” she says.

For Wairimu the beauty of entrepreneurship is the realization that your hard work is paying off.

The future is looking bright for the young woman who started off with only Sh.5,000. She now
has seven employees. Her plan is to franchise her business and she has already ventured into
the Ugandan market.

*Finally,*

The moment graduates complete their undergraduate education, their hopes are up there, you
can’t convince them that jobs are scarce in the country; they will even spit at you.

Six months down the line, you meet a number of them in the street, dejected, resigned and
embarrassed to speak out their cases, but we understand them anyway.

Most of them have sent over 1,000 applications to companies and no one has been
sympathetic enough to give them even an internship.

This is the moment a graduate starts becoming innovative.

460
If you find yourself in such a situation, you better stop thinking about employment and figure
out a suitable business to start so that you can scare away some common conditions like
depression.

If you succeed to secure employment when you still own some business venture, well and good
but don’t allow yourself to be a slave of your academic papers.

*126. HOW I MAKE MONEY FROM SELLING BEEHIVES IN KENYA*

Having lived in the city for eight years, Danson Kithinji never thought that he would, one day,
return to the village to farm.

But the 2007/08 post-election violence forced him out of Nairobi city to his rural home in
Kavutiri village, Manyatta constituency, Embu County.

“I returned home and decided to try my hand in bee keeping. I had some experience in this
because the relative I was living with in Nairobi’s Kawangware was doing it,” he says.

In 2009, he established Nyukiz Care Services project a journey, which was filled with various ups
and downs before he finally became a respected bee farmer in the area.

“Starting was not bad because I had some experience. I had done bee keeping for the years
while I lived in Nairobi. I knew the tricks of the game. But my focus was making and selling bee
hives,” he says.

Kithinji used his Sh.5,000 savings to buy timber, which he used to construct five bee hives. “I
went round my neighbourhood and managed to sell all of them making Sh.25,000. I bought
more timber and built 15 hives, but it was not easy selling them. It took some time before I sold
all of them,” says the farmer.

461
When the hives were not selling, he got discouraged and almost gave up.

“There was a time nobody was buying my hives and at some point, I wanted to quit. But
somebody advised me to go to the Ministry of Agriculture offices and they would advise me on
what to do,” he says.

The ministry gave him valuable insights and offered to train him on marketing the structure. He
was also trained on how to come up with modern bee hives that stored more honey, which was
easy to harvest.

That was his turning point.

“After that experience, I started making modern hives and people noticed that they were more
superior than the traditional one. Slowly I started making good sales,” he says.

After a year in the business, he starting getting good returns. He now has clients from his home
area and has orders from as far as Uganda.

Between July and September he sold 120 hives at Sh.5,000 each pocketing a cool Sh.600,000.

Farmers also flock his farm to learn about best practice in bee keeping.

Kithinji uses pine and cypress to construct bee hives since it produces some scent that attracts
the insects. After, selling bee hives to his customers, he stocks them with bees and advises the
farmer on good bee management.

“I have constructed my own small-sized bee hives, which I have placed on top of my house to
trap bees and transfer to customers’ hives to ensure their hives are stocked. I sell hives stocked
with bees at Sh.6,000 each,” he says.

His apiary, which has 40 modern hives is situated at a forested area. Other than making hives,
he also keeps bees. He harvests honey after every four months and sells each kilo at Sh.600.

Last month, he sold 200 kilos of honey.

So what is his secret to being a thriving bee farmer?

462
“Easy. I harvest my honey in four months yet it normally takes six to seven months. The trick is
to place the hive near a source of flowers and water. Bees also love a cool environment so
direct sun light is a no-no,” he says.

Kithinji challenges other youth to embrace the venture because it is promising.

Njaunini Kimotho, a bee-keeping officer based in Runyenjes Sub-County, agrees that bee
keeping is rewarding fetching high returns if farmers get it right.

“Unlike other farming ventures, bee keeping is stress-free. If you make an apiary near a forest,
you are assured of plenty of honey because the bees have easy access to nectar,” he says
adding the venture is viable in a small piece of land.

Kimotho says the hives should be placed where the farmer can easily reach and harvest within
shortest time.

“They don’t need heights for easy harvesting. One and a half metres height is good,” he says.

The major challenge in bee keeping is honey badgers. To curb this, Kithinji uses galvanised wire
to suspend the hive.

Sugar ants and safari ants are also a menace, but he smears grease on the wire and applies
ashes at the base of the trees around the apiaries.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

463
*127. IS THE PERFUME MAKING BUSINESS PROFITABLE?*

I’m just going to be straight up about it…

Perfumes are arguably one of the most profitable products in the world.

The reason is because creating the actual perfume liquid is ridiculously cheap and can be sold at
an extremely high margin. For example, it may cost you just Ksh.50 to make a perfume that can
be sold for Ksh.500 or Ksh.1,000.

That kind of margin is almost unheard of, which is why almost every luxury brand has their own
line of perfumes. The opportunity is wild.

However, there’s a caveat to this.

While the cost to create super high end perfume is cheap, the cost to market it is not. The
reason is that fragrances are hard to sell especially online. It’s much harder to convince
someone to buy a fragrance versus other types of products because they can’t smell it through
their phone or computer screens.

It’s also a product that requires expensive packaging, which is critical because that’s what drives
up the value of the perfume.

If you can overcome these problems, then it’s an amazing business to be in.

*The Cost of Starting a Perfume Business*

The cost of starting a perfume business can vary wildly.

464
You have to take in consideration the type of cologne, quality of cologne, quantity of cologne,
and more. Many of these things are going to come down with what manufacturers you decide
to partner with and what you’re trying to do.

Overall though, you can expect to spend anywhere between Ksh.50,000 to Ksh.150,000.

This pricing includes solid cologne, which you will be on the lower end of the estimate. Liquid
cologne will naturally be on the higher end. This is also with average packaging costs. For more
expensive packaging, you can expect to be in the top 10% of that range, if not more.

With that said, perfume is a business where you can start homemade first.

If you decide to go the handmade route, you can get started with less than Ksh.5,000 for solid
cologne and less than Ksh.10,000 with liquid cologne. This includes average packaging. Again, if
you decide to go with premium packaging from the start, you will need to spend much more.

None of these estimates includes marketing costs.

*Making your own perfumes at home*

Research shows that Kenyans spend over Ksh.5 billion a month buying beauty products. These
include bath and shower products, cosmetics, skin care, baby care, oral care and perfume
products.

Talking about perfume products, the local industry is largely dominated by foreign
multinationals; which begs the question – are there not enough Kenyans who can control their
own market?

There is demand for scented perfume and even if you were to sell your product at 500% mark-
up it would still be cheaper than most of the big brands on the shelves today.

The secret to conquering this market when you are a small investor lies in producing a high
quality product that can get you intimately connected with your target market.

But what does it take to create a perfume brand that can be loved by many people?

As it turns out, the underlying concept is very simple. You can even start a small “factory” in
your bedroom and grow with it.

465
*Step One: Come Up With Your Secret Recipe*

Your recipe is your business’s secret. And how do you come up with one?

The answer in simple you need to roll up your sleeves and learn. Youtube is an example of a
free platform where you can learn how to create a simple perfume recipe in a matter of
minutes.

Although there are many recipes being suggested out there, you only need to experiment with
a few until you can find one which appeals to you so that you can make a product out of it.

*Step Two: Find Your Ingredients*

In order to create a perfume you only need three ingredients (how you mix them is what
matters) – essential oils, ethanol and a fixative (optional).

Essential oils and fixatives are sold together and they are available at local fragrance shops and
even on sites like jiji.co.ke and jumia.co.ke. Go for quality brands such as Ylang Ylang or
ElCaptain.

As for ethanol you can find it cheaply from those companies that manufacture methylated spirit
or alcohol-based products. A good place to commence your search would be Kijabe Street
(Nairobi), Industrial Area (Major towns) or Athi River (Machakos).

Alternatively you can use Vodka provided it’s the odourless type.

Remember, what you cannot find locally, you can always import.

*Step Three: Test Your Product*

Once you have mixed all the ingredients according to your secret recipe you will be able to
develop a final sample. Keep perfecting this sample until you are sure it is the very best you can
create. You can even spray yourself with it and ask your friends for an opinion.

*Step Four: Market to a Small Market*

466
The secret to succeeding in this market lies in creating an intimate connection with your
customers. So start by selling your product to your friends, family and close accomplices. For
instance, you can offer to be refilling their spray bottles at a competitive fee.

*Step Five: Get KEBS License*

Step 4 above will help you understand your market even better and as such you will be able to
improve the quality of your perfume. But before your product can be sold to the general public
you will require to obtain a KEBS license. This will cost you Ksh.32,000.

*Step Six: Brand Your Product*

In order to brand your perfume, you will require two things spray bottles (glass bottles) and a
label. You can import or buy locally 1,000 bottles to start with and these will cost you Ksh.10
each so set aside Ksh.15,000. As for the labels, you only need to approach a good designer cum
printer for assistance.

*Step Seven: Your Own Product*

Finally, your product is ready for the market. You have a brand, a KEBS license and an existing
customer base. Now it is time to take on the big markets and swim with the big fish.

*How Much To Invest*

You will require Ksh.50,000 to get up to Step 4 after which the business can become self-
sustaining.

*How Much To Expect*

This will depend on your pricing and brand positioning. But on estimation, a small entity can
earn you over Ksh.100,000 per month if you do your homework.

*Final Word*

Remember that every big company you see out there started just as a small dream. Coca cola
for instance only sold 25 bottles of soda during its first year of operation.

467
KFC was started by an old retiree who was surviving on pension – but when he cooked a special
chicken for his friends a global company was born.

Even those big perfumes you see out there once started as small and hopeless entities. It’s
continuous marketing, persistence and consistence that keeps them going.

So don’t let anybody tell you that you can’t do it. There is nothing that can stop you from
starting your own perfume business in Kenya.

*128. HOW TO GET THE CASH FLOWING WITH DAIRY GOATS*

Raising dairy goats is gaining popularity as a profitable business.

The uptake of goat milk is increasing because it is highly nutritious and more easily digestible
than cow’s milk. It also has a unique taste and flavour.

Along with producing milk, dairy goats also produce meat, mohair, hide, leather and manure.

Farmers who rear five dairy goats stand to benefit 45 per cent more than those farmers rearing
one dairy cow. This is because goats do not need much feeds and space to keep yet their milk
always retails at high price as compared to that of a cow.

According to Hellen Kamba, a farm manager at Shambah Dairies farm based in Kangema,
Murang’a County and which offers trainings to smallholder dairy goat farmers, dairy goats need
less land or space and feeds as compared to the same number of dairy cows.

“Farmers need to be aware that a half an acre of Napier grass can support five dairy goats while
the same measure of Napier grass only supports one dairy cow. With this knowledge out there
farmers can make the right decision on which venture to pursue,” said Kamba.

468
She says that one dairy cow can give 20 litres of milk a day and a litre of dairy cow milk sells at
Sh.37 while five dairy goats can give 13 litres of milk daily fetching Sh.103 per liter.

“This means that in a single day five dairy goats farmer will earn about Sh.1,339 from the 13
litres much higher as compared to Sh.740 from the 20 litre of milk of one dairy cow farmer and
yet the production costs of the dairy goats farmer will still be much less than the dairy cow
farmer,” said Kamba.

Hellen advises farmers that dairy goats should be given a balanced diet like proteins rich feeds
such as desmodium, lucerne, calliandra, green leaves and nutritious salt lick, which is constantly
in their cages.

“To achieve maximum production from your goats, 50 per cent of your efforts should go to
feeding, 25 per cent to their general care and 25 per cent to proper breeding,” said Hellen,
adding that they feed their animals on hay and premix daily.

Kiringai Kamau is a dairy goat farmer and a beneficiary of Shambah Dairies. After his coffee
farm failed, he decided to buy the goats at Sh.12, 000 each from Nyeri. Today he is one of the
suppliers of goat milk to Kibidav Dairiesin Murang’a.

Shambah Dairies farm has three breeds of goats namely Alpine (German, British and French),
Toggenbergs and Saanens.

George Murithi rears dairy goats in Limuru, and gives insights how to go about the venture. He
started with three goats.

For good breeding, he says, good nutrition, housing and health management are key.

“The returns from commercial dairy goat farming mostly depends on selecting breeds, feeding,
housing and some other management,” says Murithi.

*Housing*

Build a pen that will shield the goat from rain and the sun. You can put electric lighting if need
be.

The shed should be well fenced to prevent thieves - the animals are rather pricey so the risk of
theft is high.

469
The pen should be clean, dry and well ventilated. It should also be free from pests and rodents.
You should always use fresh hay or straw for bedding.

Initiate activities, even installing toys, so that your goats can move around. This helps in making
them healthy and active.

Murithi used Sh.64,350 on materials and labour to build a shed for his 23 goats.

*Selecting the breed*

While choosing the dairy goat breed, ensure it has high production and quality milk. The
popular dairy goat breeds in Kenya are Saanen, Toggenburg, Barbari and Jamunapari.

Murithi has the Toggenburg breed, and bought one goat for Sh.16,000.

“These breeds are hardy and have the ability to adapt to virtually all agro-climatic conditions
while producing to their maximum. Their farming has given me an opportunity to live a decent
life,” he says.

Farmers are also applying artificial insemination (AI) to improve the genetics of their breeds.
For dairy goat farming, AI is more effective than using bucks, Murithi says.

*Rearing kids*

Most of the dairy goats give birth to multiple kids only once every year. Raising the kids is an
intense job for the producers.

Murithi says most dairy goat farmers keep the female goats and sell the bucks after a few
months. You can also keep the female kids for milk production and sell the bucks when they
reach slaughter age.

*Feeding*

Murithi feeds his goats at 6.am with brachiaria grass, supplementing with other feeds such as
corn. Some farmers also produce their own feed, which is easier and safer at the end of the
day.

470
*Milking*

Out of the 23 goats, Murithi is currently milking 14, which give him an average of 20 litres a day.

He sells a litre at Sh.200 to his customers, many of them being those who have been advised by
doctors to take goat milk on medical grounds.

“Goat milk has good rewards unlike a cow’s and its price does not fluctuate, guaranteeing
steady income,” he says.

Goats have minimal expense with high return and occupy a much smaller space compared to
dairy cows, Murithi says.

He sells mature Toggenburg dairy goats at between Sh.16,000 and Sh.25,000 while a kid goes
for Sh.8,000.

To boost his knowledge on goat farming, Murithi attends various seminars organised by
farmers’ associations.

Paul Kang’ethe, a veterinary doctor, says one of the common diseases farmers should watch
out for is mastitis. This disease especially affects milking goats.

Dr Kang’ethe says farmers should also look out for worms, goat plague and blue tongue.

Other diseases are rinderpest, salmonella infection, tuberculosis and nitrate poisoning.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

471
*129. THE STORY OF A YOUNG MAN WHO DEVELOPED A MULTI-MILLION REAL ESTATE
COMPANY IN KENYA*

All successful people have a story on their journey to success. Among them is a Moses Murithi,
who started his journey to success with only ksh.15,000.

As a university student in engineering at Kenyatta University, Moses was broke like any other
university student trying to survive the harsh conditions on campus. These students find
different ways to make ends meet including using the HELB loans that are supposed to fund
their education.

Moses was among the students that would depend on the higher education loans board to
survive since he did not have a job at that time.

As this loan would suffice him only for a short period, the young entrepreneur knew he had to
find a way to make money.

After searching, he was able to make an extra coin with online writing and data entry job. At
first, Murithi did not know anything about writing, but with determination, he was able to learn
and save enough money to buy his first writing account. His first writing account costed him
Ksh.15,000.

However, things soon took a different turn after he was scammed, leading to the loss of the
account just a week. He only had one job from this account and was not even paid.

But he did not give up, Murithi chose to stand from this fall and move forward. He believes that
the person who sold the account to him repossessed the account taking advantage of murithi’s
lack of knowledge on changing credentials.

472
Moses had no choice but to go back to writing under other experienced writers, who even
helped him to know some of the essential things he did not know about owning writing
accounts.

As wise as Murithi was, he worked hard, earned money and saved. Though there were hard
seasons, the least Murithi could make was Ksh.40,000 per month.

He then bought a better account at Ksh.100,000 with the money he had been saving. This was
the beginning of his breakthrough into the business.

By the time Murithi was done with his studies, Murithi was owning 3 accounts with five writers
under him, making at least Ksh.140,000 per month.

The biggest of Murithi’s challenges while at school was losing many friends since he had to
somehow isolate himself so that he could concentrate and focus on his commitment. That was
the cost of his decision to make money.

While his classmates were busy wondering where to look for employment after school, Murithi
had already created employment.

The next chapter of his journey soon came after his savings were to a level that could enable
him to buy a piece of land. While he was interested in a piece of land along Kangundo road, the
agent in charge showed him a piece of land that was 11 kilometers away from the main road.

Murithi saw this as an opportunity to sell pieces of land that were close to the road since no
other agency was doing that. That is how Fanaka was born.

Before Fanaka started, he did his research on products, industry and market, then decided
which path to take. He decided the company would focus on one particular area so that he
could get as much information about the area as possible, learn the different techniques and
also understand the system.

After 3 years in the company, the company has already employed twenty employees and
successfully handed over its projects to its clients in Kamulu, Joska and Malaa. In 2019 only, the
company had 6 projects in 50 acres of land along Kangundo road.

He stresses that the continuous success is due to doing research, honesty, consistency and not
going out of his means. Also, having an office within the ground of the projects, having land in

473
prime areas and following all the necessary procedures in acquiring the land has won the hearts
of many of his clients.

Finally, the successful entrepreneur adds that one of the biggest challenges he is facing is
acquisition of land in a market full of cartel and conmen.

To conquer this, the company conducts an in-depth research to establish the real owner of any
land before buying it.

*Final Word*

Remember that every big company you see out there started just as a small dream. Coca cola
for instance only sold 25 bottles of soda during its first year of operation.

KFC was started by an old retiree who was surviving on pension – but when he cooked a special
chicken for his friends a global company was born.

Even those big real estate companies you see out there once started as small and hopeless
entities. It’s continuous marketing, persistence and consistence that keeps them going.

So don’t let anybody tell you that you can’t make it.

Everything starts from nothing, so don`t be afraid of starting a business with little or nothing.

Start where you are, with what you have. Don`t plan to start big or perfect. Nothing starts big or
perfect.

Start small (or stupidly). Keep on learning. Keep your vision alive. Keep on growing and you will
become a successful business owner.

474
*130. HOW I MAKE KSH.510,000 PER WEEK FROM MY ONE ACRE CHILLI FARM*

When Ruth Kamau made her maiden tour of the outskirts of Ngoliba town, one of the
agricultural nerve centers of Kiambu County, her brilliant idea as she planned to venture into
agribusiness was to plant onions.

She had never farmed anything before, her experience was in real estate.

This was two years ago. But as Ms Kamau slowly drove back home through the bushy paths of
Ngoliba that sunny evening, still weighing in on the decision to plant onions in such a dry place,
she stopped to chat with a man who was holding a red chilli.

“These do very well here. They make good money in town too,” the man told her.

It turned out that the unsought-for insight was all the 33-year-old needed to make a final
decision. And looking back, this is the best decision she made.

Apart from the sprawling pineapple fields owned by Del-Monte on the Thika-Garissa highway,
off Thika town, Ms Kamau’s expansive chilli farm is one of the few most spectacular views
dotting one of the driest areas of Kiambu.

After four years in real estate, she had saved Sh.4 million. She leased 12 acres of land in Ngoliba
town where land is leased at Sh.10,000 an acre a year. She also bought enough mulching paper
for her first crop of demon chillies, pipes and pumps and Goodman’s’ Fresh Farm was poised to
roll.

“With these, the chillies have all it takes to thrive under this climate,” she says, motioning dark
reels of mulching paper neatly stuck on knolls of soil on the chillies planted in straight lines.

475
She explains that the mulching paper, imported from China, ensures that water is not lost
through evaporation. Additionally, it minimizes the need for a lot of weeding as the paper
prevents growth of grass around the plants. “They look like plastic bags but they are not. In
fact, we dispose them off on the farm because they decompose easily,” she says.

She points to the countless opportunities in agriculture which she says are available to those
ready to roll up their sleeves.

“The problem is that young people these days don’t like getting dirty,” she says. “Even then,
you must strategize well. First find a sure market for your produce even before you start
thinking of where to get land.”

She explains that as part of the extensive research she carried out about chillies, just before she
embarked on farming, she sought to find out who would buy them.

“Not every customer who comes forth is guaranteed to honour their end of the deal. You must
therefore do your homework on them very well,” she advises.

Goodman’s Fresh Farm is full of activity on Fridays, the harvesting day where more than 50 men
plunge into picking green and red chillies which have taken three months to mature. Each piece
of work, including harvesting, all the way to exportation is done in a day. “That is why I bring on
board many workers,” Ms Kamau says.

The harvested green chillies are transported to a packing house in Nairobi where they are
packed in carton boxes, weighed, labelled and taken to the airport.

“I export every bit of my crop to a market where I know I wouldn’t be exploited,” Ms Kamau
says.

She says though she exports tonnes of chilli to Germany every week, she is yet to meet her
customers’ demand and is looking to expand her production on a 100-acre farm she wants to
buy in Naivasha.

Ms Kamau says she sells a kilo of the demon chillies at Sh.170. She enjoys juicier profits when
she plants bullet chillies, a species she rotates on the land with the demon chillies.

In a good week, she says each acre of land gives her up to three tonnes of chillies, and she gets
Sh.170,000 from each tonne.

476
“I see it as my side hustle, which I have become more passionate about than my regular job,”
she says.

The journey of Goodman’s Fresh Farm has however not been easy.

She says making early morning tours to the farm from Nairobi to have regular hands-on-
experience at least twice every week is not an easy task.

“I have had enough share of trust issues and learnt the hard way that to succeed as a farmer,
you can’t always trust people with your venture, regardless of who you bring on board. That is
why I always create time to drive all the way here every week,” she says.

She also recounts a past aching experience when she was forced to uproot an entire 12 acres of
chilli after the young plants suffered a severe bacterial infection.

“I thought I had all the soil tests done until I figured out rather late that I had failed to do a
pathology test on the soil,” she says adding that she has been forced to treat the seeds to
improve their resistance to bacterial infection before she plants them.

She has a lean team of five permanent workers — a manager, an agronomist, a watchman and
two workers.

“I trust the manager and the agronomist. Being an entrepreneur, I leave the farming expertise
to the two and only stick to what I know, which is business” she says.

She, however, recalls having had to deal with an unqualified agronomist who made her make
losses.

“I had not done enough background check on him but went ahead to pay him Sh.6,000 per
week without knowing that many farms he had previously inspected had collapsed.”

The agronomist, according to Ms Kamau, would also collude with a local agrovet store to sell
her fake chemicals and fertilizers at high prices.

“It is the only agrovet store around here, only that it is stocked with fake farm chemicals that
are sold to unsuspecting farmers,” she narrates.

477
According to Ms Kamau, there are very few chili farmers in that area and they all still rely on the
rogue farm chemical store for their chemicals and fertilizers. “Most of them find it tedious to
travel all the way to major stores,” she says.

The virgin Ngoliba lands covered with wild bushes are also a nuisance to farmers as they are
home to pests and other disease-causing organisms that easily cross over to nearby cultivated
fields.

*Finally*

We have to let our unemployed youths see farming and agriculture as a business. Yes, business
not a dirty thing.

What happens is that whenever you mention “agriculture”, the picture that appears in the
brain of an average African is the picture of his grandfather holding a jembe or the picture of his
father struggling in a maize farm.

He hates this picture, so he resists any idea of becoming a farmer.

The first thing we have to do, if truly we want our unemployed population to venture into
farming is to re-orientate them as per what agriculture is… in the modern world.

In the modern world, farming is business.

My father was a tea farmer. I spent my first 11 to 12 years in a tea farm. I later moved to a
nearby town with my mother but still I continued following my father to his other farms he had
in the town.

I know what it means, so if anyone suggests the idea of living like my father, I will resist the
idea.

But you see, things have changed so much. Farming has been modernized and you can now
become a millionaire as an agricultural entrepreneur.

The second thing I think we should do is to sensitize our unemployed youths the importance of
entrepreneurial skill … if they want to succeed in agriculture business.

478
You see, our grandfathers needed not to be business-minded when they were farmers. All they
had to do was to plant their crops. All they had to do was to rear their cattle and sell them.

But in our days, because we are trying to progress from a small scale farming to a mechanized,
commercialized farming, then, business skills are very important.

This is my call to you my fellow African… seek to acquire business and financial education.

If you are well educated, you can get into agriculture business and any other business and
become successful.

When I mention education above, let no one confuse my statement for formal education. If you
went through the previous education systems, chances are you were educated/prepared for
employment.

Since there are no more “good jobs” for our graduates, isn’t it stupid that school continues
teaching every child how to be an employee?

But am happy our government has changed our education system.

Whenever I talk about education, you can be sure I am not talking about school. Am talking
about acquiring knowledge from people who have made it in your area of business interest.

Visit their businesses and learn from them or read a book or articles they have written.

And I will see you at the top as a successful business person.

479
*131. WONDERING WHAT VENTURE YOU CAN START WITH KSH.20,000? TRY MANAGU
BUSINESS*

Many people have come to realize the dangers of surviving on junk, processed food and red
meat; a feat that has led to a boom in demand for indigenous foods such as Managu.

To give you the perspective, 10 years ago, managus worth Ksh.10 used to be enough to feed a
family of four for two days. But today, even with Ksh.50 one would struggle getting enough
stock to feed two people for a day.

With such growth in popularity, it’s possible to say that there is no better time to venture into
the business of planting, packaging and wholesaling managu.

You only need to think smarter than everyone else and launch your business with as little as
Ksh.20,000 and end up making as much as Ksh.1.2 Million per year.

Read on to find out how.

*What Is Managu?*

Managu is a kikuyu word for the African nightshade plant. The Swahili call it Mnavu, Luhya’s call
it Namasaka, Luos refer to it as Osuga, Kambas simply call it kitulu while the Kipsigis call it
isoiyot.

The herbaceous plant normally grows to about 1 meter high, producing many leafy-branches.

Native to the African climate, this vegetable is hardy meaning it requires little or no
maintenance to thrive. You plant the seeds in a rainy seasons and they are ready for harvest in
as few as 45 days.

480
You then pluck off the top leaves of every shoot (harvest), leaving other leaves to grow bigger
and greener. You can do this repeatedly (once per week) over a period of 3 months making
good sales with each harvest.

*How Much Money To Invest*

50 x 100 piece of land – Ksh.5,000 (lease per year)

Manure & Fertilizer – Ksh.5,000

Labour & Transport – Ksh.5,000

Managu Seeds – Ksh.1,000

Other expenses – Ksh.4,000

Total Budget = Ksh.20,000

*How Profitable Is It?*

A 50×100 piece farm can produce anything between 200Kgs and 300Kgs of fresh managu every
week. The average price per kilo is Ksh.30. That means you can make a minimum of Ksh.6,000
per week or Ksh.24,000 per month.

The returns are even better if you increase the acreage of your farm. For instance, an acre of
land can produce managus worth over Ksh.140,000 per month.

Each harvesting season lasts for three months bringing your income to Ksh.420,000 per season.

There are three seasons in a year – meaning a year of consistency can bring you Ksh.1.26
Million.

*Challenges*

Finding good productive land

Inconsistent rain patterns

481
Prices tend to fall during bumper harvest seasons

*Finally*

Apart from just planting managu, you can scale up your business to include other indigenous
vegetables like terere (amaranth), kunde, spinach and mrenda.

And to explore even more profitability, you can start packaging and branding your produce and
deliver it directly to the market.

There are even some farmers who dry their managus, package and export it. There also others
who dry the vegetables and use it to fortify other food products – e.g. terere wheat flour.

So, in other words, your opportunities as far as this kind of business is concerned are virtually
limited.

*132. UNDERRATED BUT PROFITABLE PEANUT MAKING BUSINESS*

Did you know that homemade peanut butter not only tastes better, but is also healthier as you
are in control of the ingredients you use?

Furthermore, did you know that you can make some extra money by selling peanut butter?

And all you would need is roasted peanuts, salt, sugar, cooking oil and a food processor or
blender.

Purchase raw peanuts and roast them in a sufuria or an oven if you have one. Once they are
hard and crunchy, place them in a blender or food processor.

482
Blend until the nuts begin to form a paste. Add a little bit of oil, salt and sugar and continue
blending. In the end you should have a creamy nutty texture.

Package the peanut butter into 100gm, 250gm and 500gm jars. Label and sell.

*Experiment with Flavors*

Your peanut butter does not have to be plain. You can spice things up by adding chocolate or
cinnamon for an extra kick to your flavors. To give your peanut butter a healthy edge, you can
use flax seed oil instead of cooking oil, because the former is rich in omega 3.

*Pricing*

When it comes to pricing your peanut butter, there are various factors you will need to
consider. The price of the peanuts, the amount of peanut butter produced per kilogram of nuts,
oil, electricity, jars and labor. 500gm should go for around Ksh.450, while 100gm should go for
at least Ksh.80.

*Go Big or Go Small*

The size of the peanut butter jars depends on your target audience. If you are looking to sell to
low income earners, it is advised that you package them in the smallest jar possible. 100gm
should sell between Ksh.80 to Ksh.100.

This is an amount that most low income earners can afford. It is hard for a low income earner to
purchase the larger peanut butter jar sizes in most supermarkets because of the higher price.

Meet Esther Kojwang, a 26 year old mother of one, a Hotel and Hospitality Management
graduate currently pursuing an MBA. She is the owner of Eastnat Limited, which deals in the
production of homemade peanut butter, natural honey, shea butter, ghee and coconut oil.

She shares about her entrepreneurial journey.

*The idea*

After trying a hand on several businesses that failed, trying employment which left me so
dissatisfied and unhappy, my young, stressed and broke self-quit my job and travelled to the
village to pay my grandmother a visit.

483
Being around grandmas has this calming effect. It’s therapeutic. It was groundnut harvesting
season hence she sent me to the shamba to go harvest.

While at the shamba, I took more selfies than harvesting, posted them on facebook and once
my friends saw them they said they wanted me to bring them nuts of which I promised to
deliver. I not only promised raw nuts, but also peanut butter.

*What happened next*

I did not know how or where I would get a machine to grind the peanut butter in bulk but
luckily, my sister Lorraine came in handy. She told me where I could hire a machine and grind
my products. I hired a machine that helped me start off.

A week later I was back in Nairobi with 76 jars of pre-ordered peanut butter. I sold them in
three days. That was a sign that my idea was viable.

*Running a start-up*

Money is always the biggest challenge that hinders people from starting a business, but once
you decide to give it a shot you realize that money is the least of your problems; creating value
is the biggest challenge.

If you have a good idea in that it has a social impact hence creates value, you are good to go.
Growth will follow. I would love my business to grow at a faster rate but that requires a huge
capital input.

I have been bootstrapping and ploughing back a large percentage in order to possess the
equipment needed to process efficiently. I bought my own machines last year and have been
processing the products from my house.

Since mine is a small business, I rely on one person to do my deliveries. If he happens to be

away, deliveries become very difficult and too expensive as these forces me to hire riders.

I intend to purchase my own motorbikes to make deliveries faster and more affordable. I
deliver countrywide and have customers as far as Uganda. In this case, the various courier
companies come in handy.

484
*Where I am not*

I am not yet a millionaire, but at least I am paying my own bills and keeping my business afloat.
Business is a sacrifice whereby in the initial stages you work round the clock, always thinking of
ways of getting better.

I envision Eastnat being the number one producer of organic food products in Kenya. I hope to
expand my business and sell a wider range of natural products with time.

Entrepreneurship is a learning process. You can never learn everything you need to be an
entrepreneur before you begin. If you try that, you will forever postpone starting up. The best
thing is to start now, make mistakes, learn from them and do better tomorrow.

Personally, I tried four businesses before and they all failed. Each time I failed, I thought I would
never try again but I guess I was wrong.

Also, patience is a value that all entrepreneurs must have. If you are not patient, then train
yourself to be patient. Entrepreneurship can be very trying hence without patience one can
easily give in.

Finally, I am passionate about entrepreneurship and it really makes me happy to see people in
my age group or even younger going into business, especially manufacturing. I believe our
country’s economy would be better only if we made Kenyan and bought Kenyan.

*Finally*

I hope you are inspired by Esther Kojwang `s business success story.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

485
*133. THE SHOES BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The business of selling shoes is lucrative and at the same time challenging. So many Kenyans
are engaged into this business and are making good money.

It has been established that venturing into women shoes is more profitable that men’s shoes
because the former moves faster than the latter.

Shoe business has become one of the most profitable businesses in Kenya, especially when
Eastleigh town started importing shoes and clothes in bulk.

When starting selling shoes, you can decide to sell women shoes, men shoes or children shoes,
but women shoes tend to be more profitable than men shoes.

To Start the business, you need to identify a suitable location, where you can get regular flow of
customers.

One of the best estates in Nairobi for this business include Githurai, Embakasi, Donholm,
Kawangware, Nairobi CBD (Moi avenue, Gikomba, Muthurwa), Kitengela, South B and Jogoo
road.

You need at least a capital of Ksh.200,000 in order to operate a meaningful store, but if you
intend to sell second hand shoes on a busy street then Ksh.20,000 is enough.

If you will open a shop in Nairobi CBD, you need to set aside at least Ksh.150,000 for goodwill
and a monthly rent of not less than Ksh.40,000.

486
Obtain a license from Nairobi County offices situated opposite Nairobi Law Courts. The license
goes for between Ksh.15,000 – Ksh.30,000 yearly depending on the size of your business.

Visit Eastleigh stalls and identify someone who can supply you with cheap shoes. There are so
many suppliers in Eastleigh.

Alternatively, you can import from Dubai or obtain from Gikomba market if you will be selling
mitumba shoes.

I spoke to some of the people who run shoe business in Nairobi CBD and most of them
confirmed that they make profits ranging from Ksh.2,000 to Ksh.15,000 per day.

Ensure you stoke more women shoes than those of men; they move faster.

After completing university, Faith Kithome had a hard time securing employment. This
frustration led her to consider entrepreneurship as a way of meeting her needs.

She identified an opportunity in the shoe business in Nairobi’s Kahawa Wendani thanks to the
large population of university students who formed her main clientele.

When it came to choosing her target market, she decided to focus on women’s shoes, as they
were not only affordable for her, but also a little research showed that women bought more
shoes than men.

Months into the business, she realized that most of her sales were from online inquiries and
required her to deliver the shoes to town.

Whenever she had to deliver shoes to town she had to close her shop thus losing out on
potential sales. This led to the decision to relocate her business to the city centre where she
felt, she could interact with most of her clients.

Her sales improved with the move, and she now wishes to expand her business. Thus, I linked
her up with Hellen Wangui, the founder of Helwas Men’s collection to share with her nuggets of
wisdom with regards to the shoe business.

Hellen, the founder of Helwas Men’s collection, started the shoe business with only Sh.7,000
capital. She highlights that capital is not an obstacle with regards to pursuing a business idea.

487
Start with what you have in hand. Initially she sourced the shoes from Kamukunji, but as the
business grew and her capital base grew, thanks to ploughing back profits into the business, she
now imports her stock.

Statistics indicate that small businesses fail within the first three to five years. In order to avoid
being part of these statistics, you have to wisely use the resources within your sights.

In the shoe business it is vital that one stocks only those shoes that do move fast in order to
ensure that one does not end up with dead stock which is expensive for the business in the long
run.

*134. START A CHILDREN'S ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS*

If you love children and enjoy having fun, starting a children’s entertainment business is
something you should seriously consider.

Children, especially the younger ones, have lots of time in their hands during the weekends.
Many of them easily get bored and parents have
devised ways to keep them busy by taking them out to have fun and get entertained.

There is therefore a great business opportunity in children’s events and entertainment

business.

Starting a children’s event and entertainment business is a great way to earn good money every
weekend, public holidays and on special occasions such as birthdays and other children’s
parties. It will also help children and parents enjoy special occasions.

*Equipment*

488
To set up a children’s entertainment business, there are particular equipment that you will
need to keep the kids entertained. Most of the equipment are available locally therefore this is
a business you can start right away.

A bouncing castle, is one key equipment that such a business will

obviously require. These castles are available locally or can be imported. They come in a variety
of shapes, colours and sizes. This is an inflatable toy designed like a house that is blown up
using a pump and children pay inside. When not inflated, it can be folded and carried around
easily. With less than Sh.100,000 you can get a good bouncing castle to start
with.

Another equipment that will come in handy is the trampoline. This is also for jumping and it is
safer to have one that is secured on the sides with nets to prevent the children from falling off.
These are also available locally and come in various sizes, most of them circular,
but there are also rectangular ones. These should cost you about Sh.40,000 to Sh.60,000 each
depending on the size. They are assembled and disassembled on site so carrying them around
will be easy.

You can also have other play toys such as clowns, masks, balls, balloons, etc that the children
can play with for a change. Since you may have several children showing up at the same time, a
variety of play equipment may be necessary to keep them busy throughout since not all may
have the time or even space to jump in the castles or trampolines at the same time.

*Location*

Your children’s entertainment business will require to be located in a place that is frequented
by parents and their children such as a busy shopping mall or a shopping center.

You may also look for an empty yard that is clearly visible and easily accessible, probably
located next to a busy road or center.

Other places where parents frequent over the weekends such as a car wash yards, recreation
parks, major restaurants etc may also be ideal locations for your children’s entertainment
business. You can also set up your business in an open space in your estate.

Approach the management of the places such as a busy mall, shopping center, car wash or
restaurant and request them to permit you to set up your temporary business within or next to

489
their premises. It could be within or next to the car park or entrance of such a place, depending
on the space available.

*Operation*

Having been granted permission by the management to set up within the mall, shopping
center, restaurant compound, or wherever else you have settled on, it will be time to agree on
the days you will be open for business.

These would be mostly weekends, Saturdays and Sundays. Public holidays will also be ideal as
many children and their parents will be free.

Depending on your location and size of your main equipment, bouncing castle and trampoline,
you may charge anything between Sh.50 and Sh.100 per hour of play.

The children need to be watched as they play to enhance safety of the children and of the
equipment. Within a busy area, you are assured of 50 kids or more.

You may even entertain as many as 100 kids by the end of the day. That will translate into good
income for you. Your return on investment will be very attractive. You are likely to bring back
the cash you invested in your business

within months.

*Advantages of this business*

1. High Demand

2. It can be fun.

3. It can grow into other, complementary areas such as face painting, invitation to children
events etc.

4. No special skills required.

5. Easy to start.

*Disadvantagees of this business*

490
1. Kids can be hard to handle and kept from being bored.

2. Weekend hours will be your primary work hours.

3. It can be slow and/or competitive depending on your area.

Apart from locating in a particular place, you can also offer your services at children special
events such as birthday parties, baptism celebrations and more.

Word of mouth and building your reputation is key to a successful venture. Once parents see
and hear about your wonderful talents and equipment, you will be booked up!

Remember, setup can take about 2 hours or more, therefore, always arrive much earlier to set
up your equipment on time.

Keeping children waiting can stress them up and may make them not fully enjoy your services.
Always make sure that by the time the first kid
arrives, your equipment are all ready for use. Kids can be very impatient, so don’t keep them
waiting.

This is a business you can start very quickly and does not need many requirements.

Why not start one today?

491
*135. PASSION FRUIT FARMING IN KENYA: PICK MONEY WEEKLY BY SELLING TO AN EXPORT
COMPANY*

The compound that hosts the public library building in Simoti location, Bomet County is
normally a beehive of activity every Friday. He is one of the farmers in this region who have
taken up passion fruit farming and sell through export companies.

Well, it is not students who meet here but a group of passion fruit farmers. They congregate in
the compound every Friday afternoon with their harvest for sale.

Majority use motorbikes to ferry up to three 90kg bags of their produce to the collection
centre, others carry the fruits on their backs.

“The harvest varies from farm to farm and some of our members bring over 100kg every week
while others as little as 5kg,” says Joseph Koech, Simoti location chief and the chair of
Chepkikon Self-Help Group.

The area has experienced a boom in passion fruit farming that has seen farmers shift from
maize and tea.

Chepkikon members came together in 2012 after being trained by TechnoServe, an NGO.
Initially, the group had 75 members but currently, only 50 are active.

After the training, each member bought 80 seedlings for planting at Sh.20 per piece. This was
enough to cover a tenth of an acre.

Koech planted 160 seedlings in his farm in Chongenwo village. The grafted seedlings are planted
in 0.6 by 0.6m holes in a spacing of 2m between rows and 3m within rows. The top soil is mixed
with well-composted manure.

492
One then should erect strong posts along the rows at 6m intervals to support the plants that
take six months to fruit but production peaks at one year. The farmers sell their fruits to D-
Fresh Limited for export.

At the collection centre, the fruits are sorted and graded then packed in 30kg crates for
transportation to Nairobi where the maximum residue level is checked before being cleaned
and packed in 2kg packets for Europe.

A tree should give at least a kilo of fruit every week but in ideal situations, the yield goes to over
2kg per tree, per week. Harvesting is mainly done every week but this can be affected by
routine field practices like pruning and chemical application.

Koech’s biggest harvest in a week has been 156kg and the lowest 50kg. During our visit, we
witnessed Koech recording 108kg, equivalent to Sh.7,560 if the buyer pays the least price of
Sh.70 per kilo.

“Sometimes we are paid up to Sh.80 per kilo, which is why a farmer who harvests even 5kg
every week earns a good amount of money in a month,” he says.

Florence Kurgat of Kaptebengwet village, who also grows passion fruit, says the crop has helped
her pay school for her children after tea prices dropped.

“I planted 140 seedlings in 2012 and I don’t regret the decision to venture into passion fruit
farming. If it were not for passion fruits, I would have no source of income because the price of
tea, which I also grow, has gone down.”

During our visit, she had just brought 110kg of the fruits which will fetch her more than
Sh.7,000.

Ruth Koech has less than 30 plants in her farm and she gets between 10-25kg every week
earning her enough money to supplement her family’s budget.

However, all is not rosy for the passion fruit farmers because they have to contend with
destructive pests and diseases that attack this precious fruit. The biggest challenge is the fungal
Die back disease, which makes the branches wilt and die especially from the tip backwards.
Once affected, the branch has to be cut off otherwise the entire plant will die.

493
James Saina, an agronomist at Kaimosi Agriculture Training Centre, says that to curb Die back,
farmers should avoid planting their passion fruits in shaded areas and in case of attack, the
disease can be treated using Ridomil.

Passion fruits are also attacked by the fungal Fusarium wilt and the viral Woodiness disease
that Saina says though serious, can be controlled if a farmer observes proper handling of
seedlings and keeps the field free from vectors.

“The seedlings should be grafted in a clean environment and the grafted section should be
sterilized to avoid entry of the diseases. Disinfect pruning instruments too to avoid viral
attacks.”

Saina advises farmers to spray the fruits immediately after harvesting, then ensure that no
harvest is done until the stipulated 7-21 days are over, depending on the chemical used.

A farmer should not sell fruits during this period, she should burry them. Margaret Mosbei of D-
Fresh Ltd says produce for export should not be too small and should have an even, smooth
and shiny skin. The fruit should also be packed fresh from the farm and should be at least 85
per cent purple.

“During sorting, the green and the overripe ones are rejected just as those that show signs of
disease attacks.”

The fruits are tested for maximum residual level to ensure that traces of chemicals used in their
production do not exceed the set standards.

*136. HOW TO START A RETAIL PORK BUSINESS IN KENYA*

While I was in campus, there was one meal I came to love; Pork. I never grew tired of it.

494
Why?

Because it isn’t so common where I come from. But mostly because each bite tasted like the
choirs of umami-clad angels singing on my tongue.

And I loved every bite.

It wasn’t just me. It was everyone who lived around campus. The eateries would be packed and
the butcheries would sell out.

How so?

Let me first spoil you with some statistics about the pork business in Kenya before we continue
with my story.

The demand for pork in Kenya is very high. In 2012 alone, the pork produced in Kenya was
approximately 12,950 tonnes, which meant there was a deficit in the quantity of produced pork
countrywide.

The pork industry has become even more popular since then but not to the point that demand
has been met.

There is therefore a need for more business people to venture into the pork industry in Kenya
to bridge the gap.

If you’re wondering whether to start a pork business, stop wondering. Simply start. If that
seems like a too vague response, here’s how to start a pork business in Kenya with all the facts
you need to know;

*1. CHOOSE YOUR BUSINESS.*

There are several forms in which you may start your pork business, big or small. It’s all up to
you. You could be creative and figure it out but the most common are;

*Pork Delivery Business:* – People do this using a bicycle or motorcycle. It is perhaps the most
labor-intensive and needs a couple of operational logistics to work. However, it does not cost

495
too much to start. For one, you do not need a premise because what you do is deliver pork to
people, cooked or raw, in small quantities and packaged wherever they need it.

*Butcheries:* Like most butcheries, a pork butchery sells raw pork by the gram, chopped or
whole.

*Hotels:* Pork hotels could have many different types of food but the main thing is that the
cuisine is pork. Whether fried pork, barbecued pork, glazed pork, bacon, ham, sausage or other
pork dishes, the common ingredient is pork.

*Butchery and eatery:* Most people go for this option because it gives a variety of options to
you. You can meet the market’s demands for raw pork and cooked pork at the same time.
Operations are also easier in terms of acquiring meat and picking the parts.

*Barbecue joints:* They are joints that serve barbecued pork. It is another easy way to start
because the cuisine is mainstream; barbecue.

*Outside catering:* With outside catering, you provide pork cooking services to clients at a fee.

*2. GET A LICENSE.*

There are various licenses required to run a pork business. These are the very basic licenses that
you ought to get to start your business;

*Single-User Business permit:* It is usually issued by the county to all businesses. It varies
between businesses from Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.20,000 depending on the county.

*Public Health Licenses:* This is needed for all premises dealing with food. The Kenyan system
is not as strict when giving health licenses and they generally cost Ksh.3000.

*Medical Health certificate:* All your workers need to have medical health certificates which
typically cost about Ksh.1,500.

*Fire inspection license:* It’s always safe to have a fire extinguisher wherever cooking is
involved. For this inspection and license, costs vary from county to county, the average being
Ksh.2,000.

496
*Outdoor advertising license:* Costs for this usually vary depending on the type you want and
size. Of course, you do not necessarily need this and could opt for the other means of
advertising.

*3. CHOOSE THE LOCATION FOR YOUR BUTCHERY.*

Choosing your location is very important even if your business is mobile.

There are several factors you need to take into account.

Accessibility: You should look at how easy it is to get to your premises by foot and car. Look at
things like road conditions, parking, visibility, etc.

Foot traffic: Place your premises where there are a lot of people walking on foot rather than
highways.

Utilities: It is important to be in a place that is accessible to important utilities such as electricity

and water.

Demographics: Find areas that are populated so that you have more consumers.

Style of operation: The area around your premises should reflect your style, whether fancy,
elegant or young.

Competition: Observe the competition around you. Similar businesses around you may make
your business a bit difficult.

When setting up your pork business, it’s not only the location that you need to look for but also
the arrangement of spaces within your premises.

Be smart when picking out where your kitchen will be, entrance, eating area and style of the
premises.

In most cases, the kitchen is usually better being the furthest and the entrance being the most
visible area. I have seen eateries with the kitchen being right at the front and it seemed to work
for them.

That being said, the sky’s the limit.

497
*4. IDENTIFY PORK SUPPLIERS FOR YOUR BUSINESS.*

Some people may want their pork business to start from pork farming which is another area
altogether.

However, if you want to simply buy pork, you could go to your cattle slaughterhouses, pig
slaughterhouses, farmers, and brokers.

It is important to buy meat that is inspected for legal purposes and health’s sake.

Some major pig slaughterhouses to help you out are;

Datfarm - Ridgeways Kiambu.

Kitengela Slaughterhouse - Kitengela.

Ndumboini slaughterhouse - Ndumboini, near Waiyaki way.

Utudi - Nakuru.

There are other many more slaughterhouses in various parts of the country that I can`t list
them all here.

Find out the nearest slaughterhouse to where you want to set up your pork business.

*5. GET SETUP AND EQUIPMENT.*

As part of setting up, you need equipment.

The list of equipment you may need is;

*Weighing machine.

*Furniture: Seats and tables.

*Cooking apparatus.

498
*Cooking utensils.

*Customer cutlery and crockery.

*Tap and sink.

*Freezer.

There are a couple of other things you may need depending on the business, for example for
delivery, you may need packaging and a means of transport.

For a butchery, you may need a grinder. It all depends on the type of pork business you want to
start.

*6. HOW TO RUN A PROFITABLE PORK BUSINESS IN KENYA.*

Successful businesses all come down to operations. Running a pork business is what will make
the difference in aspects like sales and profits.

The various operations involved in a pork business are;

Buying good pork: You need to know where to buy pork, what type of pork and cuts you need,
the quantity of pork and delivery of the pork to your premises.

Choosing pork quantities: This should all depend on the scale of your business and how many
consumers will be coming in to avoid wastage.

Preparing the pork for serving: preparation involves cleaning, preservation and weighing for the
consumers to carry or eat.

Cooking the pork: This depends on the type of business and cuisine. For a butchery, you serve it
raw and for an eatery, you have to cook it with accompanying dishes too.

Serving customers: This requires professionalism, speed, warmth, and efficiency among the
servers.

Receiving payment and accounting: This needs to be done efficiently, by trustworthy people to
avoid making a loss.

499
Choosing staff is very important as they influence operations the most.

*7. HOW MUCH DOES IT COST TO START A PORK BUTCHERY IN KENYA?*

A business isn’t a business without profit. Unless you’re running charity your numbers need to
add up.

Eventually, what you desire to get out of a business should be more than the initial capital and
operational costs.

Capital involved in running a pork eatery includes.

*Licenses and permits fee.

*Equipment purchase prices.

*Premises rent.

*Workers’ s salaries.

*Food costs.

*Utilities’ cost.

To exceed your capital, you need to price the pork relatively.

Raw pork retails from Ksh.400 to Ksh.700 per kilogram.

For cooked pork, the pricing is a bit higher but you can go as high as you want, depending on
the cuisine and accompanying services like ambiance.

When it comes to the pork industry, aggressive price-based competition is uncommon so you
don’t need to lower your prices extremely for the market.

On the contrary, Kenyans find it hard to trust most pork butcheries and eateries because of past
experiences so pricing it higher may earn you a few points.

500
What will influence your pricing is;

*Location.

*Style of operations.

*Supplies.

*loyalty.

*Expenses.

*8. COMPETITION AND SURVIVAL.*

Pork businesses have been coming up more so now than ever, which means there is still
opportunity. Of course, pork is not as popular as beef but it has grown tremendously over the
past three years.

The Pork industry continues to grow, with more people getting into it. For survival, you need to
bring something special to the table. There are already eateries like the PorkPit in Ruaka
adjusting to restaurant trends and digital advertising and delivery trends to meet their
consumers’ needs.

There are various trends in the food industry and to become relevant, you need to keep up.
Some of these trends include;

*International cuisine.

*Delivery of Raw food and ingredients.

*Cooked food delivery through applications like Jumia Food and Ubereats.

*Partnerships with other companies; You can partner with other companies to make your work
easier. Glover, Jumia, and UberEats could handle delivery and have Visa handle marketing
events like Burger Week. EatOut also helps with advertising.

*Digital advertising: There are various ways to do this; Youtube, Instagram, Facebook,
influencer marketing, etc.

501
*Selling in supermarkets.

*Nutrition-conscious cuisine options.

Do not forget the basic ways of handling competition though. You ought to know the
competition, differentiate, step up your marketing, and most importantly, know your
customers.

*Also, note that…*

There are some key things that may lead to poor sales and these include:

*Poor location: Accessibility is key.

*Poor food quality: No one comes back for bad food.

*Mismanagement: It encompasses a lot from accounting, cleaning to basic operations like

opening and closing hours.

*Losses: Direct losses happen with theft, natural disasters or poor fund control. This may
redirect the business accounts to covering losses. A business can recover from small losses
though.

With all this in mind, I believe you are ready to kick off your pork business in Kenya.

502
*137. YOUNG FARMER MILKS HIS WAY TO WEALTH*

Douglas Kanja, when he was at 26-year-old, unlike most of his agemates, he ventured into a
business that most young people would frown upon — farming.

He earns about Sh.1 million a month from his farm.

Mr Kanja graduated from Strathmore University and hit the road looking for a job.

He got one and only months later, his life was to change in a way that he could not have
imagined. “We had done exceptionally well and our director gave us fat bonuses.

Straight away, I knew what I had wanted to do with my share — I always wanted to buy an
Audi.”

Mr Kanja got the car purchase process in motion, but when he was about to pick his car, an
assignment at a ranch changed his thinking and priority.

“I grew up in the city but I have always loved the farm, the open spaces and the animals. When
I went to this white man’s ranch to repair his computers and saw cows being reared in a truly
modern way, I was fascinated.

I asked the man a few questions and knew that was exactly what I had to do,” he said. “While
still at the farm, I called the bank and cancelled the car transaction. After that, I spent the next
two months visiting dairy farms and learning all that I could.

“I discovered not just an interesting business opportunity but a really enjoyable one.

503
I saw people living quiet lives far from the hustle and bustle of the city and making much more
money in peaceful and involving ways.”

Armed with his Sh.330,000 bonus, he went about looking for three cows to get started.

In 3 years, Mr Kanja grew his herd to more than 100 worth about Sh.12 million. He has done so
with self-drive, focus and sacrifice.

“I denied myself the Audi but that was the easier part,” he said.

“Cows require constant attention and my typical day starts at 4 a.m and does not end until after
8pm. Besides, there is a lot of hands-on management that has meant that as a young man, I
have had no time to do the things that young men do.”

But he has no regrets. “Dairy farming is the best thing I could have done. In no other business
can your stock be doubling every year. But with each of my cows delivering a calf every year, I
am most contented with what I am doing.”

In a country where unemployment is giving young people sleepless nights, he repeats what
most entrepreneurs have, for years, told people looking for jobs.

“The opportunities in farming generally are inexhaustible. With a fast growing population and
more people choosing to live in cities, the demand is becoming exponential for farm products,”
he said at his Kimende farm on the Nairobi-Naivasha highway.

He sells his milk at Sh.30 a litre. He discloses his winning formula: “Dairy farming is 70 per cent
management and only 30 per cent inputs.”

“Develop the right kind of breeds, feed them “with intelligence and ensure their comfort.” He
feeds his cows on a Total Mixed Ration (TMR) that includes maize meal, bran, ground omena,
ground hay and green fodder.

He milks them three times a day, cleans their sheds regularly and even provides mats for
sleeping.

“The more comfortable, happier and better taken care of a cow is, the more productive it is,”
says Mr Kanja, who breeds only Holsteins but is currently experimenting on a Holstein-Borana
crossbreed. “I import female semen from the USA and Canada.

504
The Holsteins are the world’s best milk producers but they possess some vulnerabilities in
disease resistance hence the decision to crossbreed with the hardy Boranas.”

He says the secret will be raising the bar high like what is happening in the US.

“The best I am doing is 55 litres per cow per day. In the US, the standard is between 60 and 80
litres per cow per day.”

This will mean working harder, he admits. “This is my life and I will not stop until I hit the crest
of international benchmarks.”

He has attended breeders’ shows in Dubai, Oman, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Europe and
America. Because of the cows, “I am my own boss, I love what I do.”

An IT graduate, he wants to build a biogas power plant to “offset my entire energy bill and still
power this whole village.”

He is exploring bio fertilizer, integrating feeding, vet care, milking and supply in one
computerized system to “access from anywhere in the world on my mobile phone.”

He does not dream of starting a processing plant.

“If I were to open a yoghurt plant on the side, it would mean that I have to take my eyes off the
cows which may be counterproductive.

I will let other entrepreneurs worry about that and I can supply them with the milk.”

505
*138. HOW TO MAKE OVER 700,000 KENYA SHILLINGS PER YEAR FROM A SWIMMING POOL*

Do you own a swimming pool or thinking about owning one?

Are you wondering if owning a swimming pool is worth the cost of installing one?

How about generating income from it and help recoup the money spent on constructing it?

In this article we would like to help you see how to make over 700,000 Kenya shillings per year
from a swimming pool. And actually you can make much more even up to 1 million Kenya
shillings and above.

Many people own swimming pools but have never thought about monetizing it for some
serious cash.

You can actually recoup the money you spent on constructing it if you make it an income
generating venture. This can be done by opening it up for the public and charging them to use
it. You can also offer swimming pool lessons.

Even if you are not an experienced swimmer or have knowledge on training people how to
swim, you can employ someone.

If you live within a populous community, you can target them as your clients. Even in a rural
setting where you are the only one with a swimming pool in a wide area, you can still make it
happen. In rural areas people can travel for long distances for such facilities.

506
Whichever the case, make sure you create good awareness about your venture. You can make
cheap posters even in black and white and place them at strategic places. If you offer good
services, you will get a lot of good referrals.

*Why you should consider monetizing the usage of your swimming pool*

The cost of constructing a swimming pool can be high and some wonder if it’s worth the
investment. However this is one of the reasons why you should consider monetizing its use. It
will help you recoup what you spent on construction.

Owning a swimming pool is not an install and forget project. A swimming pool needs regular
maintenance and occasional repair as well as replacing some components. All this needs money
to do. By monetizing the use of the pool you will be able to do it comfortably without resulting
to your other sources of income.

Entrepreneurs see a business opportunity in almost every situation. Monetizing the use of your
swimming pool can be a good source of income for your household. After the effects of Covid19
hit the whole world, many people have embraced the idea of having more than one source of
income more than before.

Another way of monetizing your swimming pool is by offering swimming lessons. If you are an
experienced swimmer you can do it yourself. You will actually enjoy it because swimming is a
hobby to many people and everyone enjoys doing their hobby. On the other hand if you are not
experienced or don’t have training skills or time, you can employ someone do it. You will be
killing two birds with one stone; generate income and create employment.

By monetizing the use of a swimming pool through charging people to use it or offering
swimming lessons, you can also help create employment. Since you will need a worker(s) like a
life guard/trainer, maintainer etc. you will be creating employment for someone.

*How to make over 700,000 Kenya shillings per year from a swimming pool - the math*

So how do you make Ksh.700,000 and above per year from your pool?

Here’s the math:

*Charging swimming sessions:*

507
No of target people per week = 50

Charges per session = Ksh.300

Amount earned per week = 50 × 300 = Ksh.15,000

Amount earned per month = 15,000 × 4 = Ksh.60,000

Amount earned per year = 60,000 × 12 = Ksh.720,000

So we see from swimming sessions alone charging Ksh.300 only you can earn Ksh.720,000 per
year.

Remember: You can make more money if you target more than 50 people per week. With
aggressive marketing you can get a lot of people to swim at your pool per week.

NB: during the hot seasons, school holidays and public holidays, you will have more clients. Also
depending with your target clientele, you can charge more per session.

*Offering swimming lessons:*

No of target people per month = 5

Charges per person = Ksh.3,000

Amount earned per month = Ksh.3,000 × 5 = Ksh.15,000

Amount earned per year = Ksh.15,000 × 12 = Ksh.180,000

Kindly note that during school holidays and the festive session, you will have many clients so
you will significantly increase your income. You can also charge more if you target a higher
income level class.

*Total potential earnings per year*

Ksh.720,000 + Ksh.180,000 = Ksh.900,000

508
That’s shy of just Ksh.100,000 to make it 1 million Kenyan shillings which is achievable.

However it’s important to factor in the other expenses that you have to incur. These may
include: swimming pool treatment chemicals, power bills, salaries, repair and maintenance etc.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*139. WHICH ONE WILL GIVE YOU MORE MONEY IF STARTED WITH A LOAN? RENTALS VS
DAIRY FARMING*

If you have a quarter acre plot that you want to develop, should you take a bank loan to build
your apartments or should you grow your money to build it?

If it were up to me, I would use the title deed to borrow money from the bank for a business,
but not to build rentals.

If you borrowed 10 Million from the bank to build one bedroom units in the same plot, you
would probably just build 10 units if each unit costs you Ksh.700,000 to finish plus the
perimeter and other amenities.

If you rent out the units at Ksh.7,000 each, it gives you Ksh.70,000 per month. This is equivalent
to Ksh.840,000 per year.

If you were to commit 50% (assuming) of your income to repay the loan and interest, you
would need to pay Ksh.35,000 per month for 24 years to repay the loan. This mean your 10
units only gives you Ksh.420,000 per year.

509
All you have is the pride of being a landlord but broke and miserable.

You will be having the pressure of trying to impress your friends since they think you are a
landlord. You will get a nice car to match your status and sink further into debt.

There are people servicing 25 year loans while breaking their backs unable to quit their abusive
work environments because of loans.

They become good candidates of mental health issues such as depression, lifestyle conditions
such as alcoholism and High Blood Pressure and Ulcers. This in turn makes them absolutely
unable to find value from their property or income.

All this while your title deed is living inside a bank vault with auctioneers ready to come and
make your life worse. It becomes a vicious cycle which many don’t want to admit.

A bank loan is not your ticket to being a rich landlord. It’s a ticket to your stress.

If you want to develop your property using banks, then use the title deed as collateral to get
smaller amounts which you can flip into a practical business and generate enough money to
either start 50 percent of the rental houses project by yourself and negotiate lower rates from a
financier or to build it cash all by yourself and enjoy your earnings.

What if on the same quarter acre you buy 10 good Friesian cows at Ksh.150,000 per cow.

Friesians go upto Ksh.1 million per cow but let’s go with the common average Friesian cow.

Every hotel, home, school, business needs milk and milk by products on a daily basis.

Each Friesian cow will give you approximately 15L per day. (Friesians are known to produce as
much as 50L per cow per day or more)… But let’s assume you are a startup farmer and not yet
equipped to make good yields.

If you sell 150L per day to the local market, at 40 bob per liter then your 10 cows can earn you
Ksh.6,000 per day.

So, your 10 Friesians that costed you 1.5 million to buy now gives you a total of Ksh.180,000 per
month.

510
Using my own experience I can deduce that each cow will spend about Ksh.3,000 on feeds and
supplies per month if you haven’t grown any hay or grasses, and your farmhand could cost you
Ksh.8,000 in salary (he steals kidogo milk per day anyway but it’s ok)…

So with a capital of 2 Million which is cost of 10 Friesians plus cost of construction of a simple
but efficient zero grazing unit that takes up a very small space, with good supply of water and
chaff cutters etc, you are making Ksh.180,000 gross per month.

If you deduct your expenses and remained with Ksh.150,000 a month, you are making 1.8
Million a year.

You can repay your entire loan in just one year if you were to dedicate every coin back into the
loan.

With a quarter of an acre you still have space to grow some grasses in rotation to supplement
feeding or if you rather buy all the feeds you can still keep chicken on one corner of the walled
property and earn extra income from eggs which can pay your bills.

So, you look foolish with your cows while your neighbor has flashy apartments next-door…

*His income per month from the rentals is Ksh.70,000 gross.

*His annual income Ksh.840,000 gross

*His loan repayment per month Ksh.35,000.

*His annual income net Ksh.420,000

*His net income per month is Ksh.35,000

*His utility bills… Who knows.

*His loan duration 24 years

*His loan 10 Million

*His happiness level Minus 10

511
As for you who looks foolish with your cows;

Your income per month Ksh.180,000 gross

*Your net income per month Ksh.150,000

*Your annual gross income 1.8 Million

*Your total loan 2 Million

*Your happiness level plus 10.

You can live free and smile every day holding a bible and quoting verses while your neighbor
will hire online bots to smear you at how corrupt or criminal your enterprise is.

It’s because modernity has made many blind to practical money making solutions.

You may have a known salary as a receptionist, but your side hustle can make you park a Lexus
570 next to your boss in the company executive parking lot and your noisy colleagues will call
for your lifestyle to be audited.

Don’t be a slave to indoctrinated methods of growing money, start flipping your thoughts
today.

Retire your ego, close your eyes and take a leap of faith.

*140. START A SUGARCANE JUICING OUTLET AND MAKE KSH.10,000 PER DAY*

If you want to succeed in any business you first need to learn the art of casting your net where
the fish is.

512
One business opportunity that can help you cast your net wider is that of processing sugar cane
juice and selling to the public.

This trend has already gathered momentum around the coastal area and Nairobi and Kisumu
are just getting started.

So what about you start your own outlet in areas like Embakasi, Ongata Rongai, Machakos,
Thika, Nakuru, Garissa or even Turkana?

This business thrives in places with warm temperature as people seek to restore energy and
quench thirst.

Initially, the idea might sound petty, but a planned and well-run sugarcane juice business can
be a major profit earning venture in Kenya and Africa in general.

Let us take a closer look at what you basically need to set up such a business.

*Step 1: Spotting The Opportunity*

This business can do well in a populated place with a community of mostly people who earn
above Ksh.10,000 per month. That is to say, you can locate this business even in a place like
Kibera and still make some sales.

Alternatively, you can locate the business in a high-end area like Kileleshwa and target the high-
end market.

It’s virtually a business that you can start anywhere in this country although hot, coastal and
semi-arid areas seem to have the best fortunes.

Normally, sales are better during the hot season than during the cold season (for obvious
reasons).

*Step 2: Get The Machine*

A sugarcane crusher or juicer is the most important asset you will need to conduct this
business.

513
If you are a small investor then you can start with a small manual machine which is made by our
Jua Kali artisans around the country.

On the other hand, if you are planning to set up a more organized and efficient outlet then an
electric machine would be your best investment option.

*Step 3: Book An Outlet*

There are two options when it comes to booking an outlet. First, you can choose to go all out
and lease a space in one of the busy streets along major urban centres in the country.

That will of course necessitate for a county single business permit license and rent payment
(the advantage being that you will most likely get more customers).

The second option is to put the machine in your home and market your products door-to-door
or through online media until you generate enough market to sustain a fully-fledged outlet (this
is a cheaper alternative but you may not get many customers).

*A small space of 5×5 square feet would ideal.

*Step 4: Put Your Tools of Trade Together*

Now that you have spotted the opportunity, bought a machine and identified an outlet you are
pretty much almost ready to get started.

The only few tools remaining are: aprons, hygienic gloves, drinking glasses (disposable cups),
glass jars and a dustbin in which to collect the sugar cane remains.

Remember, since this is a food and beverage business you basically want to ensure that you are
upholding the highest possible levels of hygiene.

*Step 5: Get Your Canes And Start*

As you set up your business, be sure to shop around for the cheapest sources of quality cane. If
you have means, you can order directly from places like Kisii and Western Region where canes
are sold at throw-away prices.

514
The good thing with sugarcane is that they are not highly perishable and hence you can acquire
your weekly supply in bulk.

*How Much To Invest*

A good electrical sugar juicer goes for between Ksh.100,000 and Ksh.150,000. Overall, it will
cost you a maximum of Ksh.200,000 to set up the business including paying rent, licenses and
acquiring tools.

*Machine – Ksh.125,000

*Sugar Cane – Ksh.10,000

*Licenses – Ksh.10,000

*Tools – Ksh.10,000

*TOTAL* = Ksh.155,000

*How Much To Expect*

2 long canes can produce 4 liters of cane juice. You can purchase such canes for about Ksh.40/-
each and sell the juice produced for Ksh.400 translating to nearly 5 times returns. On a good
day you can sell about Ksh.10,000.

*A cup of cane juice goes for Ksh.50/- in Kayole area of Nairobi, the same goes for Ksh.100/- in
Kileleshwa area of Nairobi.

*In the coastal areas sugar cane juice is commonly known as “mkwaju”

*The bagasse (waste) that remains after the sugarcane has been crushed can be sold to farmers
as animal feeds

*Final Word*

This is a good idea particularly if you identify a good place to locate your business and if you
invest in good marketing and customer maintenance tactics. For instance, you can introduce
different sugar cane juice flavours by adding some ginger and lime to your drink.

515
In addition, you can introduce a fruit juicing business on the side – this will support you when
the sugar cane juice business is not performing well.

*141. HOW TO START THE FITNESS AND WELLNESS INDUSTRY IN KENYA*

Many Kenyans are now into physical fitness, primarily driven by the urge to live a healthy life.
Science keeps on giving us reasons to exercise and keep fit.

As more and more people appreciate the benefits of regular exercise, more will be keen to join
a gym.

This is also helped by the fact that most working-class Kenyans claim to be too busy to exercise;
therefore, joining a gym is their only option.

Well-to-do people lead a sedentary lifestyle–working, taking the car, and then going to the bar.
Life has put a lot of pressure on them, giving many of them no choice but to turn up at a gym if
they want to survive.

Starting a gym business in Kenya can be a lucrative idea. This will especially do well in middle or
upper-income areas. This group has the reason to exercise and the means to pay for it.

With the number of them consciously aware that they need to flex and stretch their muscles
regularly, you will likely get a steady stream of clients from these groups.

Low-income areas also have a market for a gym business; therefore, do not overlook these
areas.

*Location*

516
Choosing a good location for your gym business is of utmost importance. This ensures that your
area is accessible for people who want to exercise and use gym equipment.

You have to, therefore, determine whether a location that you are eyeing for your fitness gym
business is accessible to the majority of your target market.

A gym business needs ample space. The best location would be upstairs in a tall building, say
2nd or 3rd floor, away from the distraction of the streets below.

Upper floors also tend to be cheaper to rent than the ground floor. It will also be more
affordable to rent space within a residential area. This may be convenient for your clients since
they can frequent the gym on weekends.

A good space big enough to accommodate your gym business will cost Ksh.10,000—Sh.100,000
per month in a middle—or high-income residential area.

*Equipment*

The gym business requires some essential equipment to start with. Some equipment can be
costly because of its commercial nature and because few shops sell it.

You may visit some well-established gyms and check on their equipment. This can form part of
your market research and competitor analysis before you set up your gym business. You can
then offer better or newer equipment.

Any gym worth talking about should have a treadmill. Nearly all clients expect to use this, one
of the most fundamental gym equipment. You should, therefore, ensure that you get one, a
simple one to start with if you can’t afford an advanced model.

These are used by those wishing to lose weight by running or walking but do not have the time.
Various treadmills are available in supermarkets and various sellers on jiji.co.ke

Prices range from Sh.70,000 — Sh300,000. They have multiple functionalities, speeds, sizes, etc.

A good gym should also have an elliptical trainer, a static exercise bike, weight benches, and
dumbbells. For clients who wish to build up or tone their muscles to look good, you should have
many weights they can use.

517
For another Sh.100,000—Sh.150,000, you will get all this equipment in supermarkets. You may
add other equipment after some time to have a complete set. You may also add more
depending on your client’s needs.

Here is some most important gym Equipment that you need to buy:

*Treadmills
*Ellipticals
*Stationary Bikes
*Training bench
*Free Weights
*Kettlebell set
*Weight Machines
*Fitness ball

*Staff*

Apart from the equipment, a good gym is as good as its staff. You will need qualified personnel,
such as trainers and nutritionists, to help you run your gym business.

These people should be able to advise and train your clients. Many clients come to a gym with
specific objectives.

While most may want to lose some weight, others may want to keep fit or gain muscle. Others
may have been instructed by their doctors to attain certain fitness limits. Your staff should be
able to deal with such diverse objectives.

Ensure you hire qualified, experienced, and well-trained staff. You also need an excellent
receptionist to talk to existing and potential clients when they enter the gym.

*License*

You will require a business permit/license from the county government to set up your business.

If you will play music, you will also require an MCSK permit.

Depending on the size and noise expected, you may need NEMA clearance.

518
*Charges*

Many gyms charge differently depending on the time of day. They have off-peak charges and
high-peak charges.

Off-peak is when very few people frequent the gym, from 8 a.m. to 3 p.m. During these hours,
charges are at their lowest to attract more clients.

Peak hours between 5 a.m. and 7 a.m. and evenings from 4 p.m. until closing attract many
clients. Weekends and public holidays also attract more clients.

Depending on your location, offerings, and size, you can charge Sh.200 – Sh.500 daily or
Sh.3,000 to Sh.10,000 monthly.

You may also enroll members and discount them when they pay for one year. Membership
should entitle clients to free reserved parking, complimentary refreshments, free daily access,
dedicated professional and nutritional advice, or other extras.

This will encourage more people to become members and pay for a longer duration, like one
year.

*Health and Safety*

Health and safety are essential parts of running a gym and involve several concerns depending
on what services you provide.

Upkeep of the gym and the machinery/equipment is necessary, as poorly maintained

equipment can fail and cause injury. People can also slip on floors, so you must install carpet or
non-slip mats.

Ensure safety measures and rules are observed to make your gym safe for clients. Hygiene
should also be followed to avoid diseases.

Ensure clients use towels to wipe out sweat during workouts, and equipment should also be
cleaned before and after every use. You don’t want all the equipment covered in sweat. This
helps to prevent the spread of contagious diseases.

519
It is necessary to have washing facilities where clients can shower after exercising. These should
be kept clean and neat and should have hot water.

*Market Your Gym Business*

It would be best if you told people about your gym and activities. Today, the world is online, so
you should consider online marketing alongside traditional marketing methods.

Get on relevant social platforms, showcase your gym and facilities, and promote your business.

Also, be sure to get a website; it gives the impression that your business is significant, even if
you are starting.

Attracting clients may be easy, but retaining them may be a challenge. Good customer service
and extras such as music, TV, refreshments, ambience, extra offerings, and sound/varied
equipment may keep clients returning.

Offerings such as aerobic and dance classes can also attract and retain clients.

Women love Zumba and it has been slowly gaining popularity in recent years. This could be
attributed to the fact that it is a fun way of keeping fit as it is dance.

Also women are enrolling more for martial arts classes, especially self-defence. Most prefer
kick-boxing, karate and taekwondo.

Some people are not necessarily interested in losing weight; some just want a well sculptured
body.

Generally, men are more into building their bodies and looking more masculine while women
are more about losing weight and looking curvier.

The first thing most women want is to lose the belly.

*How Much Does it Cost to Start a Gym in Kenya?*

The cost of starting a gym in Kenya depends on your business size and location. To start a
medium gym business, you need to invest around Ksh.500,000.

520
Gym business requires sophisticated equipment and a lot of space, which translates to higher
rent. You should get gym equipment from a reliable supplier and request a discount.

*Finally,*

The gym business is constantly evolving, so it is important to keep up with the latest trends.
This includes new equipment, new classes, and new ways to promote healthy living. You can
ensure that your gym is always ahead of the curve by staying up-to-date.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*142. EXPERT EXPLAINS HOW FARMERS CAN RAKE MILLIONS FROM FATTENING THIN CATTLE
IN THREE MONTHS*

David Gakuo and his business partner Betty Gikonyo have been reaping the benefits of
venturing where no one else in Kenya had dared to. The two veterinary doctors saw an
opportunity in the beef industry and grabbed it.

Dr Gakuo and Dr Gikonyo have established the first commercial feedlot farm in Kenya, where
livestock are fed and fattened up in a process known as finishing before they are sold off to the
highest bidder.

The two set up an intensive system of beef production that focuses on feeding cattle for 90
days on concentrate feeds till they reach the desired market weight.

The feedlot system is a universally used practice in beef production but had never been
introduced into the country for commercial purposes until the two doctors took it up.

521
“We offer a unique opportunity to save beef farmers from huge losses. The toughest part for
most farmers is to ensure the animals reach the desired market weight and fetch good prices,”
says Gakuo. Their farm is located in Milimani village, Kieni Constituency.

Most beef farmers in Kenya are pastoralists based in arid and semi arid areas prone to harsh
climatic conditions. This leaves farmers vulnerable to losing their prized livestock and end up
selling high value animals at throwaway prices.

“We ask farmers to sell to us their cows when they are a year old instead of staying with
animals that put pressure on the pastures and then during the dry season it is too late to save
them,” Gakuo says.

Gakuo travels to various livestock markets where he buys cattle for between Sh.18,000 to
Sh.30,000 depending on the breed. Most of these are normally emaciated or underweight.

The animals are then transported to his farm in Kieni where they are vaccinated and isolated
for two weeks before they are introduced to the paddock where the rest of the animals are
kept.

“We make sure the animals are not carrying any harmful diseases so they do not infect the rest
of the herd. They are then tagged and weighed before the feeding programme starts,” Gakuo
says.

Gakuo and Gikonyo have two paddocks, each occupying an acre and with a capacity of 400
cattle, which means that on a good year, the duo is able to rake in millions from their venture.

“Unlike ordinary farmers who combine grazing on pastures and animal feeds, the feedlots are
zero grazing units that focus on animal feeds with the intention of fattening the animal,” Gakuo
says.

The farmer says while the product of dairy cows is milk and beef, for beef cattle the product is
the calf.

Each year, a healthy beef cow should calf, which means if you have five cows, you should have
10 animals by the end of the year. The number will keep increasing each year.

522
However, increasing your herd potential will only happen if you make room for these animals
by avoiding straining the resources at your disposal. Gakuo has come up with his own formula
to ensure maximum results within 90 days.

He has also set up a feeds factory which produces and sells his own brand of animal feeds.

“We came up with a formula for animal feeds which contain high energy, optimum protein,
vitamins and minerals by combining, grains, cotton seed oil cakes and commercially
manufactured supplements,” he says.

“Making our own feeds and establishing the factory, allows the business to save on money and
adds revenue to the company,” he adds.

After three months of intensive feeding, Gakuo sells an animal at between Sh.60,000 and
Sh.90,000 depending on the breed.

“The market for high quality beef products is lucrative because there is a high demand for
meat, locally and internationally. We never have a problem selling our animals,” he says.

“We restock every month and we sell the animals at the same rate, so it is a source of steady
income. We plan to expand the farm from two acres to six acres of land with six paddocks,” he
adds.

Gakuo insists that the beef industry offers an opportunity to create jobs and ensure food
security for all Kenyans, especially in arid areas.

“Currently, we are forced to import cotton seed oil cakes from neighbouring East African
countries since they are a crucial ingredient for our animal feeds. The cotton industry should be
revived to save us from this extra cost,” he says.

He says ranchers and pastoralists who have large tracts of land but fail to make the most from
their animals can benefit from their venture.

“High quality breeds are the next important step in improving the quality of meat. Farmers
need to be facilitated to access the best animal breeds and artificial insemination methods in
the region,” Gakuo says.

523
The veterinarian says the feedlot industry could offer beef farmers even those in harsh climatic
areas to improve the quality of their animals and ensure they earn more money in the market.

*Finally,*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

*143. WHY NOT START TAMARILLO FARMING AND WATCH YOUR MONEY GROW ON TREES?*

If you have been dreaming of eating the fruits of your own labour then the idea of farming tree
tomatoes (aka tamarillo or matunda ya damu) is a literal way to do just that.

The oval-shaped fruit is gradually taking over the market and supermarkets are scouting for
farmers to help them meet growing demand.

One good thing about this crop is that once you plant a few seedlings you do not have to care
of them everyday which means you can set-up a farm somewhere near your current place of
work and monitor it remotely as a side hustle.

On the hilly outskirts of the cool Kapsabet town, Arap Kosgei is sending tongues wagging.

Kosgei is farming tree tomatoes, a crop many in this part of Kenya have never seen before, the
reason residents of Chebarbar village would not stop talking about him.

524
He is farming Tamarillo, a crop that resembles tomatoes and is also known as Tree Tomato.

“I started growing Tamarillo out of curiosity. I credit it to my wife because had she not bought
some tasty fruits from the supermarket and came with them home, I would not have ended up
farming them,” says Kosgei, whose wife is a school principal.

Out of curiosity, Kosgei wanted to know if the fruits would grow in his farm so he can be picking
straight from there instead of having to buy them from the supermarket where the price was
really high.

He then searched online for tree tomato seedlings and found them at Richfarm Kenya.

“I was excited when I received the 30 seedlings I had ordered. I transplanted them and only 27
trees survived. They did well thereafter even though with quite a number of challenges.”

Kosgei attended a workshop on horticultural farming in Kapsabet town later where he took
keen interest in cultivation of the crop.

He figured out where he had been going wrong. “I discovered that I had spaced them
incorrectly besides failing to take care of them properly. I wish I had engaged the company that
had supplied me for advice but I thought I only needed to plant and wait for the fruits.”

Armed with the knowledge he had received from the workshop and a constant support from
Richfarm Kenya, he ordered and planted 110 seedlings spacing them at the recommended two
by two metres space.

He mulched them during the dry season and pruned them correctly as advised.

“Transplanting is done when the seedlings are between 60 to 70 days old or when the seedling
is 20 to 30cm long. Planting holes should be dug 30 to 45cm deep with a diameter of 60cm to
accommodate sufficient volume of manure,” explains Kosgei.

When his crops started to flower they attracted several residents who came to his farm to
inquire about them.

“It is a lucrative venture and since I am the only farmer in this region, the market is
overwhelming. Customers even book them before they ripe. They come from as far as Eldoret,”
says the farmer, who notes that the crop requires sufficient irrigation during the dry season.

525
According to Kosgei, growing Tree Tomato is not labour intensive and requires little capital to
start.

“The crops take about a year to mature. One then picks fruits twice a week for the whole year
except when you spray them to kill pests.”

Not all tree tomato seedlings are good. Some take too long to grow and their fruits are bitter
and unsightly. You need to look for high quality seedlings that are grafted.

A good breed is the red otaria family that only takes 8 months to mature. The reason the red
otaria type is popular is because 97% of it is edible and it has no seeds inside.

A seedling goes for Ksh.50 from HCDA and KARI recommended nurseries in the country. An acre
of land will require 1,200 seedlings amounting to Ksh.60,000.

Remember, you can always start small e.g. on 1/8th acre which requires 300 seedlings and thus
a smaller budget of Ksh.15,000.

Each tree produces an average of 20-30kg of fruits annually. you, therefore, would pick
approximately 20-30 tons of fruits yearly from one acre and sell a kilo locally at between Sh60
and Ksh80.

For a small farm like the 1/8 acre one you will require about Ksh.20,000 to get started.
However, because we always believe in thinking big, we shall give you estimates for an acre of
land for purposes of planning.

Of course, the bigger the land, the better the returns.

On average a single tree produces 20Kilograms of fruit per year (harvested once a week). So
using the 1 acre farm as an example and assuming only 1000 out of 1200 trees mature then we
can set our realistic expectations on a minimum of Ksh1,600,000 revenue.

1000 trees x 20 Kgs x 80 (Price per Kilo) = Ksh1,600,000 per year. (Or Ksh 133,000 per month)

Remember, this is a very minimalistic approach and you can even make more money if you are
really serious about it. For instance the price per kilo currently varies at between Ksh100 and
Ksh150. Also, the likelihood of losing 200 trees is very low.

526
“I get buyers from surrounding areas and beyond. Some come to pick from the farm here;
others I supply to them.”

He says his production is steady except when the weather is cold.

Other crops he grows include grafted avocados, bananas and passion fruits.

He also grows flowers like daisies, roses, lilies, dew and landers.

“Successful farmers are normally adventurous. They try out different plants especially unique
ones. Many people thought the crop could not grow because not a single farmer had ever
attempted planting it before in this area,” says Kosgei.

He advises farmers to diversify their crops to meet the dynamic consumer preferences.
However, he counsels that one should seek advice and information before investing in such
enterprises.

“Farmers should read as much information about their venture of interest as they can find. For
tree tomato farming, you should find all the information starting from propagation to
harvesting.” He says, and adds that farmers should also seek information from others who grow
the crop.

*Final Word*

How many investment opportunities in this world allow you to inject Ksh.130,000 to reap
Ksh.1,600,000 per year?

Well, very few. That is why the idea of planting matunda ya damu is a timely one.

You can start small today and build onto bigger things. If you do it so well, you can ditch your
current occupation and focus on more potential revenue streams such as selling seedlings and
value addition e.g. producing tree tomato juice.

What a lucrative business idea!

527
*144. HOW TO START AN OFFICE SUPPLIES BUSINESS*

Offices need a regular supply of their various needs day-to-day like paper, ink, paper clips, and
many other things.

Schools are also big users of office supplies, which can even be among your major markets of
the business you are thinking of setting up.

An informal survey of the number of offices and schools in the area of your planned business
would be helpful.

When you start your office supply business, ensure that the space you occupy has enough
storage capacity for the various office supplies that you have to keep in stock in preparation to
servicing your clients.

Your stockroom must be of the all-weather type, meaning your supplies, especially paper, may
not get wet even if there are strong winds and rains that may hit your area every now and then.

You should have also a closed van that you can use for hauling the office supplies from your
supplier or for delivering them to your clients’ offices.

*Identify Your Source of Office Supplies*

Your location should also be near enough to the suppliers you would tap to provide you with all
the office supply items that you need to be ready with, whenever your customers and clients
call for them.

528
If you can get suppliers willing to deliver to your place the items you need, so much the better,
so that you can substantially cut on your own transportation costs. That will also mean some
savings for you on overhead expenses for personnel.

All the suppliers you will work with must have appropriate communication facilities so that you
can easily contact them anytime.

*Locate Your Store Centrally*

The other important factor to consider in deciding where to locate your store is its central
location relative to the business offices and the schools that will be your main clients and
customers.

This should make your many delivery trips of office supplies to them easy and convenient for
you.

If you can also get a store space, where there is considerable pedestrian traffic passing by all
day that will be an added source of income. You can set up a retail portion of your store for
small transactions with individuals needing to buy your office supply items.

You have to make the existence of your store known to the public, especially to the
establishments that you will be supplying with the office supplies. You can initially spread this
information when you conduct your survey of the area in the town or city where you intend to
do business to determine how many offices and schools are there that will be your market for
your goods.

When you have finally decided where to locate the store, go around the offices and schools a
second time, this time with your business card detailing more information about your new
store.

If you have established your own website, your business card should include this information
for those who might choose to order office supplies from you online.

*Estimate Demand*

It's important to identify if there is enough demand for office goods suppliers in your area.

529
If you plan to operate in your region, find out who your competitors are and what you are up
against.

Having a clear idea about the types of products being in demand on the market, who the key
players are, and what competitive edge you have over others. These are all factors that are
critical for your business.

If your competitors are already selling the products you have in-store, you may have a difficult
time generating more revenue.

A smart strategy is to be niche-specific about your products and focus on office goods that
others aren't offering. For example, you may decide to sell only recycled papers or office
furnishings. Many stores stick to supplying only electronic products, and there are many
independent retail suppliers as well.

*Build Strong Customer Relationships*

This goes without saying but building meaningful connections is key to succeeding in your
business.

Interact with your clients and actively engage with them. Learn about their likes/dislikes,
interests, product and pricing preferences, and more.

The more you learn about your customers, the better offerings you can provide, thus leading to
business growth in the process.

Some customers may have special requirements and it's crucial that you talk to them. Ask for
feedback and collect surveys to find out what your buyers prefer.

Offer exclusive discounts and bonuses for referring customers.

If you get your customers involved in a social way with your business, they are more than likely
to recommend it to their friends and acquaintances.

*Stay in Tune with Future Developments*

As technology evolves and the ways people work change, so will office supply goods.

530
Be prepared to stock up on digital goods and accessories for office employees. There are many
workers who prefer to buy electronic items such as tablets, styluses, and touchscreen devices.

Remote workforces have a high demand for computer equipment and may request spare
components for custom rigs.

With the advent of AI and AR technologies, the state of the education industry is undergoing a
drastic shift.

Many customers will also be picky about your store's location. Some may not want to walk long
distances and prefer ample parking space. Your customers may want free home delivery
services and some may be willing to pay extra for couriers over long distances.

Research all these aspects and plan your business strategy accordingly.

*How do I get customers to choose my business?*

If you're trying to win customers and get them coming back for return purchases, you have to
make sure that your business stands out from its competitors.

Some good ways to do that are by offering certain kinds of exclusive products, frequent
discounts, promotional offers, and by launching free delivery services.

Your store timings also influence sales and you can generate more revenue by staying open
longer hours.

*Final Word*

The ball is in your court. Remember, even those big office supplies businesses you see today
were once small ideas that seemed too difficult to implement. So psyche yourself up and go for
it – all the best.

531
*145. APPLE FARMING IN KENYA & HOW PEOPLE ARE MAKING KSH.750,000 ON 1/4 ACRE
PLOTS*

They say an apple a day keeps a doctor away. But what if you could get into apple business to
keep poverty away?

Most of the apples that we eat here in Kenya are imported either from Middle East or South
Africa. This is because exotic trees require a lot of work and are quite delicate.

The fact that apples have to be watered frequently, sprayed with chemicals and still demand
lots of attention makes them a less-attractive venture to go for if you are a small mwananchi.

But not anymore…

The reality on the ground however, is that we have an ever-growing demand for apples yet only
a handful of apples are produced locally.

What if you could start an apple farm, using locally-bred seedlings that unlike exotic ones
require minimal care?

Let me give you a short story about Wambugu Apples, a Kenyan innovation that holds great
potential for agribusiness enthusiasts like you and me.

Peter Wambugu is the name of a man who used to work as a mechanic in the streets of Nyeri.
So one day, he got an idea of planting apples. He tried planting some exotic breeds, but as usual
they did not perform as well as he expected.

532
Then he remembered that a long time ago, during the days of Mau Mau, his forefathers had
survived in the forests where they used to plant a special kind of African apples.

So Wambugu set out for the Aberdare forests and searched for some of the remnants of these
orchards. He found them, and using his little knowledge on grafting, grafted them with the
exotic varieties.

Luckily the grafted variety grew very well and within 11 months they started producing some
awesome fruits.

What impressed Wambugu even more was the fact that the fruits that came from his trees
were larger and sweeter than ordinary apples. He discovered each tree could produce between
300 and 500 fruits per year.

Word went out about his invention and caught the ears of the Kenya Agricultural and Livestock
Research Organization (KALRO). They visited his farm and named his apples The Wambugu
Apple”.

Not only had Wambugu’s little-known apple species wowed scientists, it attracted market from
far and wide.

From a mechanic who used to survive in a hand-to-mouth lifestyle to supplying hotels like
Mount Kenya Safari Club and owning over 20 acres of land in the leafy neighbourhoods of
Ihururu in Nyeri County, the man is getting a juicy bite in a field that’s otherwise seen as a
preserve of formally trained agriculture experts.

Moving on swiftly, Wambugu’s apple trees have a lifespan of 50 years. Each seedling goes for
Ksh.1,000. He sells each fruit at between Ksh.50 and Ksh.100 depending on the season.

*How to Become an Apple Farmer in Kenya*

You only need to get the original Wambugu seedlings from his farm in Nyeri or from other
certified suppliers across the country. Training is offered to first-time customers.

The species can grow in most parts of the country (from coastal areas to highlands and even
lowlands) provided the soil is not water-logged.

533
So let’s say you start with 50 seedlings…allowing for 3m by 3m spacing, you can comfortably fill
a quarter acre farm. That will cost you about Ksh.50,000 plus an extra Ksh.50,000 for transport
and managing the farm. So total Ksh.100,000.

The harvesting season comes every 9 to 13 months. With each mature tree producing at least
300 fruits, a conservative estimate of 15,000 (300X50) fruits per harvest would certainly be a
fair bet.

Given that each fruit retails at a minimum of Ksh.50, a total of Ksh.750,000

(15,000×50=750,000) would certainly not be an overestimation.

*To Invest Or Not To Invest?*

So far this looks like a lucrative venture to get into. However, if more and more farmers start
doing it, we might have an oversupply and prices may start coming down.

The best way to go about this is to invest as early as possible and take advantage of the
prevailing opportunities to make some good returns.

*146. FURNITURE MAKING – AN INTERESTING BUSINESS IDEA*

Interested in the furniture business. You’re about to learn how to start a furniture business that
is very likely to succeed.

The furniture business continues to boom as the demand for home and office accommodation
grows across Kenya.

534
When people move into a new home, they need a bed to sleep on, wardrobes for their clothes,
chairs, a dining table, sofas, kitchen cabinets and all kinds of furniture. Like households, offices
also buy a lot of furniture too.

Kenya’s growing economy and its large and rapidly growing urban population are some of the
reasons why the furniture business is experiencing good times.

In this article, I shall share with you inspiring stories of two entrepreneurs in two different
African countries who started small in the furniture business and have now built hugely
successful ventures.

This article also explores some of the reasons for the growth in the furniture business across
Kenya and Africa and shares a couple of tips to help aspiring entrepreneurs to start and succeed
in the furniture business.

*First, An Inspiring Furniture Business Success Story from Nigeria*

A few weeks ago, I met Ibukun Awosika who used to work as a Showroom manager for Alibert,
one of Nigeria’s well-established furniture companies.

She quit her job to start her own furniture business with a focus on high quality locally-
manufactured office furniture.

She instantly faced two serious challenges. First, she had no technical experience in furniture
making; she studied Chemistry at the university and had only worked at Alibert for a little less
than three months before she quit the job.

Second, local furniture businesses faced stiff competition from furniture imported from USA
and Europe which were very popular in Nigeria at that time.

Unlike most wannabe entrepreneurs who would have waited for ‘favourable’ conditions and
‘perfect’ timing to start their business, Ibukun went ahead with her idea in spite of her little
experience and tough competition.

She started her small furniture business by hiring three carpenters, two tailors and two
sprayers. Because she could not afford any of the big machines, her workers used their own
basic tools. Work requiring larger machines were outsourced to bigger workshops for a fee.

535
To succeed in the business, Ibukun knew she had to match the quality of both the big and
established furniture makers in Nigeria and the imported brands.

In time, her dedication to quality paid off and she started attracting some noteworthy
customers.

Her first clients were some of the banks and multinational companies which used to be
supplied by the big furniture companies. She established a reputation for high quality and the
business grew through referrals by satisfied customers.

Ibukun grew the business by reinvesting her profits to purchase her own new machines and
equipment.

In a bid to develop the local furniture industry and create jobs, the Nigerian government
introduced a ban on imported furniture in 2004. This change presented a huge opportunity for
local furniture businesses like Ibukun’s.

To exploit this advantage, her company, The Chair Centre Limited, formed a joint venture
partnership with Sokoa SA, arguably the biggest office furniture maker in France. Under this
partnership, a modern furniture manufacturing factory was built in Nigeria for the local
production of world-class and international standard office furniture.

Today, Ibukun is the Managing Director of the Sokoa Chair Centre, a local company that sells
several models and designs of office furniture and rakes in over two million dollars in sales
every year.

Ibukun’s experience is an inspiring story of a visionary entrepreneur who in spite of her

inexperience and little capital was able to transform her small furniture company into an
amazing multi-million dollar enterprise. Truly inspiring!

*Another Amazing Success Story!*

This time, our inspiring entrepreneur is from Uganda. And guess what? She’s also female!

It appears the ladies have found an interesting business opportunity in furniture, an enterprise
that is perceived to be traditionally dominated by men.

536
Eve Zalwango owns and runs Awaka, a startup furniture business that produces custom-made
furniture pieces from locally sourced wood in Uganda.

Located in Kampala, the capital city, Awaka (which means ‘hope’ in Uganda) makes and sells
sofas, beds, dining tables, and many other custom-made furniture pieces.

Unlike traditional furniture businesses that sell the items they make to customers, Awaka is
quite different. Customers specify the design they want (type of wood, colours, shape, size etc)
and Awaka makes the furniture! Yes, completely custom-made!

In a market where most furniture items are poor quality and overpriced, Awaka has built a
reputation for itself as a business that offers reasonably-priced furniture, art and décor by
Ugandan craftsmen.

Locally sourced wood such as Mahogany, Mvule, Iron wood, Elgon Olive, Mugavu, Enkalati and
Sudanese teak are some of the wood used to produce Awaka’s beautiful and durable furniture
pieces.

In fact, her furniture pieces are so artful; no nails are used in making them. Awesome
craftsmanship!

Due to the high artistic quality of her work, her biggest individual clients are high-income and
elite consumers who can afford these furniture. In fact, more than 80 percent of her clients are
foreigners (expatriates) who live in Uganda.

Eve’s business has also attracted some big corporate clients in Uganda like MTN, Umeme, Total
E&P and the China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC). And business is really booming
for this promising startup. Awaka makes between 10 and 15 deliveries every week and makes
up to $200,000 in sales every year.

Eve was featured on CNN’s African Start-Up programme sometimes back. She shared her story
about how she grew a small furniture business with less than 10 employees into a successful
venture with over 30 permanent staff and trains hundreds of youths every year in its elite
carpentry and joinery course.

As part of her dream to do business sustainably in Africa, Awaka partners with Uganda’s
forestry authorities to plant over 10,000 hardwood and softwood trees every year to ensure a
sustainable supply of raw materials – today and in the future.

537
*Why Is The Furniture Business Booming In Africa?*

The furniture business is not just booming in Nigeria and Uganda; it’s booming across Africa. As
is my usual practice, let’s look at four strong factors responsible for the huge growth in the
furniture business on our continent. Here they are…

*#1 – Africa’s Real Estate Boom Is Rubbing Off On The Furniture Business.*

From Lagos in West Africa to Nairobi in East Africa, it is very difficult to not notice the vast
amount of construction work in many of Africa’s cities and towns.

Residential estates and complexes, office buildings, guest house lodgings, three and five-star
hotels, new schools and campuses are rising up everywhere.

The demand for all kinds of accommodation is rising very fast on the continent and there is a
growing investment in real estate to satisfy this demand.

As more people move into new homes and open new business offices, furniture will be
required. When new schools are built, desks and chairs will be needed. New hotels will often
require tastefully designed beds, wardrobes and several other fixtures and fittings.

I guess you see the connection here; higher demand for home and office accommodation is
leading to a high demand for furniture pieces!

Nobody builds, buys or rents an apartment in order to live in an empty space.

What is a home or office without furniture? It’s too difficult to imagine!

Just remember this simple rule: Wherever the real estate business grows, the furniture
business grows, and vice versa. Wherever people are looking for accommodation, they will
soon be looking for furniture too!

*#2 – The Growth Of Africa’s Cities Favors The Furniture Business*

Cities and other urban areas are the major source of demand for furniture products around the
world.

538
The demand for furniture is much higher in the urban than in rural areas. How come?

Because there are more offices, modern accommodation, hotels and schools in the cities and
these are the biggest buyers and users of furniture.

As a result of sustained migration from the rural areas, more than 40 percent of Africa’s one
billion people now live in urban areas (cities and towns).

At the current rate of growth, more than 500 million Africans will live in cities by 2030. As the
population of Africa’s cities and towns increases, this will naturally increase the demand for real
estate; residential accommodation, office space, hotels and schools.

At the moment, just a little over 50 African cities have a population equal to or more than one
million people. At the current rate of migration, the number of cities in Africa with over one
million people is expected to reach 65 by the year 2030.

Because more people are flocking to cities and towns in search of jobs and a better life, they
are helping to increase the demand for accommodation.

Don’t forget, when the demand for accommodation rises, the demand for furniture is never far
behind.

*#3 – Fast Growing Economies And Rising Income Levels*

While the global economy is predicted to grow by 2 to 3 percent between 2024 and 2030,
Africa is expected to grow by nearly 6 percent, making it one of the world’s fastest-growing
regions.

This positive trend will usher nearly 300 million Africans into the middle class and will lead to
huge spending on real estate and construction for housing and office accommodation.

Of course, whenever and wherever there is an investment in a real estate or construction

project, there is always an opportunity for furniture businesses.

Africans in this economic ‘middle class’ are usually urban dwellers who hold salaried jobs or
own and operate a small business. Many of them are young, educated, and more aware of
modern consumer tastes and trends in furniture and interior decoration.

539
This segment of consumers are willing to spend more on furniture and fittings that suit their
higher tastes.

*#4 – Favourable Government Policies In Some African Countries*

For many years, imported furniture from North America and Europe dominated African markets
and made it very difficult for local furniture businesses to thrive. This is still the case in many
countries on the continent.

However, in countries like Nigeria, imported furniture has been banned since 2004. This has
allowed several local furniture companies to grow and become very successful. A classic
example of such a success is the Sokoa Chair Centre, a partnership between a major French
furniture maker and a local Nigerian company.

In Kenya, the Public Procurement Oversight Authority (PPOA) released regulations that restrict
government offices and public entities from buying imported furniture. All government
spending on furniture goes to local Kenyan furniture businesses.

This is huge because the government is arguably the biggest spender in Kenya and local
furniture businesses will get a huge boost from this initiative.

Banning imported furniture is a good way for African governments to develop and support local
furniture businesses. As more countries on the continent impose bans on imported furniture,
smart entrepreneurs can seize such opportunities to tap into a very lucrative market.

*Want To Start Your Own Furniture Business? Here Are Four Success Tips!*

You may have always had an eye for the furniture business or maybe you have been inspired by
this article and would like to start or invest in a furniture business. Afterall, if these amazing
entrepreneurs from Nigeria and Uganda could pull it off in the business, you too can surely give
it a go.

Here are a couple of tips you should have in mind as you consider this promising business idea.

*#1 – Skill Is Not A Mandatory Requirement!*

Did you notice something common in the experiences of the successful entrepreneurs I shared
with you earlier in this article?

540
Yes, you’re right; none of them are skilled craftsmen or artisans in the furniture business.

When they started, they knew nothing about joining pieces of wood together or the technical
details of carpentry, finishing and furniture making.

How come? How is it possible that these amazing entrepreneurs were able to build successful
furniture-making businesses without having any technical skill in furniture making?

Well, you shouldn’t be surprised. It’s not always our job as entrepreneurs to make stuff.
Instead, we ‘organize the making of stuff.’

Why do you need to make the furniture yourself when you can hire experienced and talented
craftsmen who are well versed in the art of furniture making?

Many of these guys can produce very beautiful and durable furniture but often lack the
exposure to sell their work for a good price. That’s where you, the entrepreneur, come in. You
identify the needs of the market and use your hired craftsmen to produce the furniture that the
market wants.

Don’t get me wrong, skill is always important. You, the entrepreneur, may not need skill to start
this business, but you need a lot of skilled labour to produce the kind of quality and beautiful
furniture that customers will want to pay for.

The better skilled your workers, furniture makers and craftsmen are, the better your products
will be!

*#2 – Start Small But Dream Big*

Starting small is our most favourite advice. Ibukun started her multi-million dollar furniture
business in Nigeria by hiring machines she couldn’t afford to own.

She didn’t even have an equipped workshop when she started the business! Today, she runs
one of Africa’s largest indigenous furniture businesses.

Furniture business is one of those few flexible types that you can start on a small scale. Starting
small allows you to take action while you learn the business and grow. Waiting until you have

541
all the capital to buy all the equipment you need and hire all the talented craftsmen you want is
a futile strategy.

Waiting to ‘start big’ is one of the Reasons You May Never Start A Business In Your Lifetime.

*#3 – Find A Unique Spot In The Market And Fill It!*

It’s very likely that you will not be the first furniture business in your area. You need to find
something extra that will make you stand out from the other furniture businesses out there.

Like Awaka, the successful Ugandan furniture business that builds only custom-made furniture,
you have to find a niche for yourself. Focus on building a brand that will be remembered for
quality, beauty, convenience and eye-catching designs.

Don’t forget that any business that is easy to start usually attracts a lot of competitors in due
course.

Finding a niche for yourself will protect you from the copycats who will definitely flood the
market when they find out there’s money to be made. As long as your products stay unique and
you keep your customers loyal, success will definitely be yours.

*#4 – Local or Imported Furniture? Which Is Best?*

Should you start a business in local or imported furniture? Is local furniture more preferable to
imported varieties, or vice versa?

The simple answer is: it depends.

It depends on the taste, preferences and demand of the people in your market.

Some consumers (like hotels, offices and rich people) prefer foreign furniture for reasons of
brand appeal or because they ‘perceive’ the locally produced items as poor quality. Some other
people cannot afford imported furniture because they can be very expensive.

Whichever type of furniture (local or imported) you decide to deal in should be based on the
needs and demand of the customers you plan to target.

542
Some buyers are more concerned about beauty, quality and durability, and will pay high prices
to get furniture that meets these requirements.

Some other buyers are highly influenced by cost and their choices are limited to the price of the
furniture. They will love to have beautiful and high quality furniture only if it can fit into their
budget.

The bottom line is: you need to know what your target customer wants and then you give it to
them!

*Now you know how to start a furniture business in Kenya and Africa…*

The furniture business never runs out of fashion. People buy new furniture all the time either as
first time buyers or because they can afford bigger and better designs/models.

Everyday people like you and I buy furniture. New offices open across our cities and both small
and big hotels are always looking for interesting and beautiful furniture.

Especially in a fast-emerging economic region like Africa, the demand for furniture will continue
to grow in leaps and bounds!

We believe that the opportunity and information I have shared with you in this article can be
taken further by your creativity and energy.

To your success!

543
*147. BUYING PRODUCTS WHOLESALE AND SELLING THEM ONLINE*

Many businesses import goods in bulk and sell them at a profit from a particular page online,
you can also create some of your products or goods yourself, which is cheaper, and sell them
online.

One of the best ways to do this is through WhatsApp by creating a group and starting adding
people you know then they also help add others.

Explain the purpose of the group, which is to sell certain products. You can then team up with
other importers to bring in goods that you want to sell.

During shipping and after the goods arrive, keep updating members to psyche them up and
receive orders.

I tell you, there are so many individuals in Nairobi who are currently doing well using this
approach. Their main focus is household and women products.

Rosemary Mukhangabwe had a novel idea of selling fish in Embakasi, Nairobi, but she lacked
the means of publicizing her business.

Besides, she had no cash to rent a stall at the shopping centre, buy cold storage or even pay
county government licenses.

But she soon realized that she could use her smartphone to run her agribusiness.

Rosemary joined a WhatsApp group in her neighbourhood and soon started selling fish using
the app.

544
“Advertising has never been easier for me since then. All I do is post the stock I have, which I
store in my fridge in my house. Members and buyers come for them or I deliver,” says
Rosemary.

She also sells fruits through the several WhatsApp groups she belongs to.

The trader started by buying fish from the City Market in small quantities and selling to her
customers. Now she brings in fish herself from her rural home in Budalang'i, Busia County.

“I purchased fishing gear for some youth there and we got into an agreement that I be fetching
fish from them at subsidized rates once or twice every week, while they are free to sell to
anyone else the rest of the days,” she says.

She travels to Busia every Sunday and buys the fish directly at the lakeshore, stores in ice boxes
and travels back to Nairobi where she prepares the stock and then posts pictures on the three
WhatsApp groups she belongs.

“I sell the fish from my house at between Sh250 and Sh650. If I were to do business the
conventional way, I would have had to rent a stall, pay licensing fees and market levies, which
are huge business costs.”

She uses power in her house to run her freezing equipment.

“Orders begin trickling in almost immediately I post the pictures,” she says, concurring that the
platform’s prompt response from customers is a huge plus.

Evans Mwangi and Ann Lepishoi sell flowers at City Market in Nairobi and heavily use
WhatsApp to do so.

“One of our group is called Flower Baskets. We post photos of our products to members and
those who like them make orders. Others send their requests and we exchange photos of the
stock we have. If they like them, we deliver,” they say.

Their customers come from Nairobi and its environs. They sell a basket of flowers at Sh2,000,
while a rose goes for Sh50 and a bunch of 12 flowers at Sh400.

545
WhatsApp’s convenience, the ability to reach a huge number of potential customers at once,
quick response from the clientele and the freedom from other business running costs are what
are attracting farm produce traders and farmers to the app.

It all begins with uploading photos of their produce in the group, then members put in their
orders or share them with other groups.

But the success of WhatsApp group messaging depends on the discipline of members.

Zidi Aluoch, who specialises in construction of bio-digesters and training on food safety
protocols, says she is in an estate WhatsApp group where people buy and sell their products.

“Members post different commodities they have because they get ready market. People sell
eggs, chicken, goats, and vegetables and non-food items enabling many to buy from trusted
sources,” says Aluoch, who lives in Syokimau.

Since she deals with bio-digesters, she posts once a month photos of her products and has been
able to get market.

Haggai Oduori, an Assistant Research Fellow at the Tegemeo Institute of Agricultural Policy and
Development, Egerton University, says social media is a potential game-changer as far as
marketing and reaching out to customers is concerned.

Besides the fact that it is affordable to use compared to making phones calls, it also allows one
to reach many people at once, through the WhatsApp groups, and a buyer also sees photos of
what he intends to buy, explains Oduori.

He adds that because WhatsApp groups are created by people within social circles, it becomes
easier to build trust between buyers and sellers (because they know each other), thus, making
marketing easier.

“You need not to worry about issues of quality and standards since the seller can send photos
and videos of the commodities he sells,” he explained, pointing out that mischiefs (of group
members sending photos uploaded from the internet instead of what they have in real sense)
are only common in groups where members have not established trust among each other.

*Peer-to-peer information sharing*

546
From crop health to prices of various commodities and connecting with a number of online
buyers in real time, farmers across the country can now get immediate advice via WhatsApp
groups.

Farmers and experts share ideas on different issues, crucial market information as well as new
market opportunities.

Because smartphones are increasingly becoming more affordable, interactive app such as
WhatsApp which comes with the phones have increased in popularity.

It is increasingly being embraced by smallholder farmers as an alternative marketing and

adverting tool.

*148. HOW TO START A CHIPS BUSINESS IN KENYA (EASY WAY)*

Thinking of starting a chips business in Kenya?

You’re in the right place.

Fast food, particularly chips, has become a staple in urban areas across Kenya.

With the increasing demand from busy professionals, students, and even families looking for a
quick meal, this industry is more promising than ever.

Despite health trends warning against “junk food,” chips cafés continue to thrive, especially in
cities like Nairobi.

547
The market is growing, driven by urbanization, and the availability of fast food options remains
attractive to many.

In this article, I will walk you through how to start a chips business in Kenya—from what you
need, to avoiding common pitfalls.

*Is a chips business profitable?*

Yes, a chips business in Kenya can be quite profitable. Here’s why:

*High Demand:* Chips (French fries) are a popular snack enjoyed by a wide range of people in
Kenya, from students to office workers.

*Low Production Costs:* The primary ingredients, potatoes and cooking oil, are relatively
inexpensive and readily available in Kenya.

*Flexible Pricing:* Depending on your target market and location, you can adjust your pricing
to maximize profits.

*Scalability:* You can start small with a basic setup and gradually expand your operations as
your business grows.

However, like any business, profitability depends on various factors:

*Location:* A high-traffic area with a good customer base is essential.

*Quality:* Using good quality potatoes and maintaining hygiene standards are crucial for
attracting and retaining customers.

*Pricing:* Finding the right balance between affordability and profitability is key.

*Competition:* Understanding and differentiating yourself from competitors can help you
stand out.

*Marketing and Customer Service:* Effective marketing strategies and excellent customer
service can build a loyal customer base.

548
*Efficiency:* Managing costs, minimizing waste, and streamlining operations are essential for
maximizing profits.

*What You will Need to Start a Chips Business in Kenya*

Before jumping into the business, it’s important to understand the essentials you’ll need.

Starting a chips business in Kenya involves a combination of licenses, equipment, and proper
planning.

Here’s a breakdown of the key items and their associated costs:

*Deep Fryer* – You will need this for frying the chips. A basic fryer can cost anywhere between
Ksh.15,000 to Ksh.100,000 depending on its size and brand.

*Potato Cutter* – This will help you cut potatoes into perfect chips. It costs about Ksh.3,000 to
5,000.

*Warmer* – A warmer is essential for keeping your chips fresh and ready for customers. They
can range from Ksh.5,000 to 30,000.

*Cash Register* – While not mandatory, a cash register is useful for tracking sales and reducing
cash leakages. A basic model can go for around Ksh.10,000.

*Fridge or Freezer* – Especially if you buy raw materials in bulk, a freezer or fridge helps keep
perishables fresh, costing around Ksh.30,000 to 40,000.

*Licenses and Certifications:*

*County Business Permit* – The cost varies depending on the county, ranging from Ksh.7,000
to 40,000.

*Health License* – You must pass a health inspection to get this, and it costs around Ksh.3,000.

*Fire License* – Required for fire safety, averaging Ksh.1,500.

Budgeting for these items is crucial, but don’t forget that you will also need an initial stock of
potatoes, sauces, sodas, and other related items.

549
*How much do I need to start chips business in Kenya?*

The capital needed to start a chips business in Kenya varies depending on several factors,
including the scale of the business, location, equipment used, and desired level of
sophistication.

Here’s a breakdown of some potential costs:

*1. Small-Scale/Home-Based Business*

This can be started with as little as Ksh.5,000 to Ksh.20,000.

This typically involves manually peeling and cutting potatoes, using basic frying equipment, and
selling in small quantities locally.

*2. Medium-Scale Business*

This may require an investment of Ksh.50,000 to Ksh.200,000.

You may invest in semi-automatic equipment for peeling and cutting, larger frying capacity, and
packaging materials for wider distribution.

*3. Large-Scale/Commercial Production*

This could require a significant investment of several million Kenyan shillings.

It involves fully automated production lines, advanced packaging solutions, branding, and
extensive marketing efforts.

Here’s a list of some specific costs to consider:

*Equipment:* Potato peelers, slicers, fryers, de-oiling machines, packaging machines, weighing
scales, etc.

*Raw materials:* Potatoes, cooking oil, salt, flavorings, and packaging materials.

550
*Business permits and licenses:* Costs vary depending on the location and scale of the
business.

*Rent:* If you’re not operating from home, you’ll need to factor in rental costs for a suitable
space.

*Utilities:* Electricity, water, and gas costs.

*Labor:* If you plan to hire employees.

*Marketing and advertising:* Costs to promote your products.

Step-by-Step Guide on How to Start a Chips Business in Kenya

*1. Identify Your Location*

Location is everything. You need to position your chips café in a high-traffic area—think urban
centers, near office buildings, or bus stations.

In Nairobi, for instance, chips businesses thrive in busy areas like Moi Avenue and Tom Mboya
Street.

Your location will not only determine your customer flow but also influence your pricing and
branding strategy.

*2. Plan Your Capital Investment*

Starting a chips business requires a minimum capital of around Ksh.20,000, but it could go as
high as Ksh.5 million depending on the location and size of the café.

Here’s a basic breakdown of what you might need:

*Deep Fryer – Ksh.40,000

*Potato Cutter – Ksh.4,000

*Warmer – Ksh.15,000

551
*Renovation & Equipment – Ksh.50,000

*Licenses – Ksh.30,000

*Rent + Goodwill (CBD) – Ksh.150,000

*3. Set Up Your Equipment and Layout*

Once you’ve secured a location, it’s time to organize the layout of your café.

Aim for a smooth flow from the payment counter to where food is served.

The interior should be appealing, clean, and functional.

If you are short on space, consider a standing or takeaway café to reduce seating costs.

*4. Source the Best Potatoes*

Not all potatoes are created equal.

Varieties like Zangi and Ndogo are preferred for making chips because they have high dry
matter, which means they absorb less oil and result in crispier fries.

Building a reliable relationship with suppliers will save you headaches down the line.

Most chips businesses source their potatoes from markets like Wakulima in Nairobi.

*5. Prepare and Serve High-Quality Chips*

The secret to success in the chips business lies in how you prepare your fries.

Blanching—boiling and then cooling the potatoes—can make a huge difference in taste. Using
the right type of cooking oil is another critical factor.

Always ensure that your oil is fresh to avoid an unpleasant aftertaste that can turn customers
away.

*Profit Estimates of a Chips Business in Kenya*

552
Profit estimates for a chips business in Kenya can vary significantly depending on several
factors, such as the scale of the business, location, efficiency, and pricing strategy.

However, here are general estimates and examples to give you a better idea:

*Small-Scale/Home-Based Business:*

*Investment: Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.20,000

*Daily Sales: Ksh.1,000 – Ksh.3,000

*Profit Margin: 40-50%

*Estimated Monthly Profit: Ksh.12,000 – Ksh.45,000

*Medium-Scale Business:*

*Investment:* Ksh.50,000 – Ksh.200,000

*Daily Sales: Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.10,000

*Profit Margin: 30-40%

*Estimated Monthly Profit: Ksh.45,000 – Ksh.120,000

*Large-Scale/Commercial Production:*

*Investment: Several million Kenyan shillings (This are those Chips and Chicken restaurants
located in Nairobi CBD)

*Daily Sales: Highly variable depending on distribution and market reach

*Profit Margin: 20-30%

*Estimated Monthly Profit: Highly variable, potentially reaching hundreds of thousands or even
millions of Kenyan shillings.

553
*Examples:*

A study by the Kenya National Farmers’ Federation (KENAFF) indicated that a group of 20
farmers processing potato crisps could generate a profit of Ksh.4,100 from a single bag of
potatoes costing Ksh.2,500.

Numerous small-scale vendors operating from roadside stalls or small shops report making a
decent living from their chips businesses, with daily profits ranging from a few hundred to
several thousand shillings.

*Tips for Success in Starting a Chips Business in Kenya*

To ensure your chips business stands out and thrives, here are some tips to guide you:

*1. Prioritize Quality*

When it comes to food, quality is king.

Ensure that your chips are always crispy, well-cooked, and delicious.

This starts with selecting the right potato variety.

As mentioned earlier, Zangi and Ndogo varieties work best because they produce long,
aesthetically appealing chips that customers love.

Quality doesn’t end with the food—ensure your kitchen, service, and overall cleanliness are up
to standard.

A clean café attracts more repeat customers and positive word-of-mouth.

*2. Provide Exceptional Customer Service*

Service matters just as much as the food.

Make sure that your employees are friendly, efficient, and well-trained to serve customers
promptly, especially during peak hours.

554
Quick service is vital in fast food. Ensure staff are polite, responsive, and maintain cleanliness
standards.

Offering a superior customer experience, from how your staff interacts with customers to the
presentation of the chips, will help create loyal customers.

*3. Strategic Pricing*

Price your products appropriately based on your target market and competition.

For instance, in Nairobi’s CBD, prices for a plate of chips range from Ksh.120 to Ksh.150
depending on the location and quality of the establishment.

Lower prices attract higher volumes of customers, especially in high-traffic areas, while
premium pricing can work in more upscale settings.

However, don’t sacrifice quality for the sake of cutting costs—this could drive customers away.

*4. Location is Everything*

The location of your chips business will significantly impact its success.

High-traffic areas like Nairobi’s CBD or near colleges and office blocks are ideal.

According to the research, the most successful chips cafes are located in urban centers with
diverse, middle-class populations who spend on fast food for convenience.

A strategic location not only brings in more customers but also helps establish a solid market
presence.

*5. Offer Variety*

While chips will be your primary product, offering complementary items like sausages, smokies,
bhajias, and sodas can increase sales.

Many successful fast-food outlets also serve chicken, with profits from chicken contributing
significantly to their overall revenue.

555
If you have the resources, consider offering popular beverages like fresh juice or Coca-Cola
products, as these are customer favorites that pair well with chips.

*Common Mistakes to Avoid When Starting a Chips Business in Kenya*

As with any business, there are some common mistakes that new entrepreneurs often make
when starting a chips business.

Here’s how you can avoid them:

*1. Mismanagement*

One of the leading causes of failure in the chips business is poor management.

This can range from mismanaging staff to failing to track daily expenses and revenue.

For example, in many cafes, employees engage in under-the-table deals, selling food at a
discounted price and pocketing the difference.

Implement proper cash controls like installing a cash register and regularly auditing sales to
prevent such leaks.

*2. Choosing the Wrong Location*

Another mistake is selecting a location with insufficient foot traffic or a mismatch with your
target audience.

For example, opening a chips café in an area dominated by low-income earners or heavy labor
workers, who prefer meals like ugali and sukuma, may not yield the desired success.

Always assess your location carefully and understand your target customers.

*3. Cutting Costs at the Expense of Quality*

While it’s tempting to reduce expenses by buying lower-quality ingredients, this can backfire.

For instance, choosing low-grade cooking oil or potatoes will negatively affect the taste of your
chips, which will quickly drive customers away.

556
Quality must always come first—use good ingredients and don’t compromise on preparation
methods like blanching, which enhance the flavor and texture of your fries.

*4. Lack of Consistency*

Once you establish a loyal customer base, maintaining consistency is key.

Customers expect the same quality of chips and service every time they visit.

If the quality fluctuates or the service deteriorates, they will look for alternatives.

Ensure that your processes are standardized, and your staff is trained to deliver the same level
of quality at all times.

*Troubleshooting Common Problems in the Chips Business*

Starting a chips business comes with its own set of challenges.

Here’s how to troubleshoot some of the most common issues:

*1. Fluctuating Potato Prices*

Potato prices in Kenya can fluctuate depending on the season.

To manage this, consider buying in bulk during low seasons and storing potatoes properly to
avoid spoilage.

You can also build relationships with reliable suppliers to get better deals during price hikes.

For those looking to avoid the hassle of sourcing daily, frozen chips can be an alternative,
though they require careful handling and storage to maintain quality.

*2. Rising Operational Costs*

Electricity, cooking oil, and staff wages are some of the major operational expenses in the chips
business.

557
To reduce these costs without sacrificing quality, invest in energy-efficient equipment and
source cooking oil in bulk to take advantage of lower prices.

Monitor your utility usage closely to avoid unnecessary waste.

*3. Staff Turnover and Training*

High staff turnover can disrupt operations, especially if new hires are not well-trained.

Invest in training your staff to ensure they understand your processes, from food preparation to
customer service.

Offering competitive wages and creating a positive work environment will also help reduce
turnover and keep your operations running smoothly.

*Chips Business Alternatives in Kenya*

Not all chips businesses are created equal.

Depending on your location and budget, you might want to explore different formats:

*1. Takeaway Cafés*

If you’re operating in a small space or want to minimize setup costs, consider a takeaway-only
café.

These work well in busy urban areas like Nairobi, where people are looking for quick meals on
the go.

Takeaway cafes reduce the need for seating and cut down on interior décor costs, allowing you
to focus on product quality.

*2. Standing Cafés*

Another option is the standing café, where customers eat their chips on fixed counters without
seating.

558
This setup allows you to maximize space and serve more customers in a shorter time, especially
in high-traffic areas.

Standing cafés typically charge lower prices but can still be profitable due to high volume sales.

*3. Bar Stools Fast Food Cafeterias*

For areas with a more diverse or affluent clientele, offering seating with bar stools and counters
provides a better customer experience.

These setups are typically more expensive but allow you to charge a premium for the added
comfort and atmosphere.

When considering alternatives, always assess your target market and location.

A takeaway-only format might work in one area, while a full sit-down café could be more
appropriate in another. Flexibility is key.

*Conclusion*

Starting a chips business in Kenya is a promising venture with a lot of potential.

Avoid common mistakes like mismanagement or compromising on quality, and you’ll be well on
your way to a thriving chips café.

If you’re passionate about providing great food and can navigate the competitive fast-food
landscape, there’s no reason why your chips business can’t succeed.

So, get started today—Kenya’s love for chips isn’t slowing down anytime soon.

*Written By:* Timothy Angwenyi

Business Consultant
+254701711058/+254742849098

559
*149. MUSHROOM FARMING IN KENYA: HOW PROFITABLE IS IT? COST AND MARKET
ANALYSIS*

Not so many Kenyans have realized how lucrative mushroom farming is yet. It is a pretty
impressive investment only a handful of the informed farmers in Kenya are getting into.

The demand for the delicious and healthy fungi is soaring, which means that the current supply
does not come close to being at par with the demand. This is actually the strongest factor
causing the high prices of mushrooms in Kenya.

In Supermarkets a Kilo of button mushroom is sold at almost Ksh.1,000.

The current prices are at an all-time high, simply because the mushroom market in Kenya is
seriously undersupplied. So if you are looking for a side hustle that is probably going to pay
more than your day job, mushroom farming is the way to go.

Most people ask why mushrooms are expensive, being a fungus. One of the reasons is that
mushrooms, also known as the “fruit” of the fungi family, are rich in antioxidants, lean proteins
and essential vitamins.

The other reason is that mushroom farming is quite technical. The challenging manner of its
growth, being that they don’t grow in soil, inhibits people from taking it on as a viable
investment.

This could be easily solved by a farmer getting the technical knowhow from the experts at
Richfarm Kenya 0724698357/072321602.

*Investment and returns of mushroom farming in Kenya*

560
The initial investment is on a basic minimum. Let us take oyster mushroom farming as an
example, for this is the easiest variety to produce in Kenya.

With 1 square foot of space, they could easily produce 10kgs in a year’s time. With the current
wholesale price of Ksh.400 per kilo, one is expected to make Ksh.400,000 in turnover from a 10’
by 10’ space.

A small space is needed for the mushroom growth. A garage will do just fine, and for those
without one, a grass thatched mud house will do.

All this talk may give you a notion that mushroom farming is a walk in the park that you would
start now and boom! Reap the benefits tomorrow.

This couldn’t be farther from the truth, since the investment could be quite bumpy. For
example, the substrate needed ought to have been sterilized in the right conditions, failure to
which, the seeds wither.

After harvesting, mushrooms become highly perishable, one therefore needs a ready market
post-harvest.

The fresh mushrooms usually contain around 90% water content. Drying them has proven to
preserve their nutrients and flavor hence one could invest in some drying equipment so as to
extend their shelf-life.

*Mushroom Farming Requires only a small space*

Another fact that will excite you about mushroom farming is that you do not need several acres
of land to make a good income.

In Kenya, some farmers are actually turning their backyards and even garages into mushroom
farms, and confess that they make way more than what they did from their large scale farming
of other crops.

But well, it’s not all easy money and overnight success as the foregoing statements might make
it sound. To start a solid business in mushroom farming, one needs to invest in a number of
things.

Let’s take you through these things;

561
*Mushroom Growing House Design and Requirements*

So the first investment you need to make is building a mushroom growing house. It’s not really
costly: in fact, all you need is a simple mud-house with a grass thatched roof.

This can be done the very traditional way of using posts and sticks to build the wall structure
then fill it up with mud.

Once the house is complete, you need to make shelves. Use wood and off-cuts since these are
readily available and cheap materials. These shelves are used to hold the mushroom growing
bags.

Now that’s where the science starts - the bags!

*You Can Prepare or Buy Ready Mushroom Growing Bags*

Mushroom growing bags are simply plastic bags filled with a material called a substrate. The
substrate is specially prepared using agricultural remains.

Basically, anything grown on land is a potential substrate for mushroom cultivation. One may
use rice husks, dry banana leaves or coconut waste.

Anything from the legume family, such as bean waste, is great because of the nitrogen content.
Most commercial mushroom farmers in Kenya use hay, wheat straw or rice husks.

Its preparation process is a bit detailed; I cannot cover it in this article but you can always reach
experts at Richfarm Kenya on 0724698357/072321602.

*Buy Spawns - The Mushroom Seeds*

Next are the spawns, or the mushroom seeds. These seeds can only be bought from a
professional propagator so as to be sure you get clean, non-contaminated material.

On average, 1 kg of spawn will cost ksh.600 and would be enough for approximately 40
standard size bags.

562
These seeds are introduced in the bags filled with the substrate and all a farmer does from
there on is simply maintain the recommended moisture levels in the bags and the growing
house, and wait to start harvesting: no weeding, no spraying pesticides and fungicides and no
working under a scorching sun!

*The best mushroom variety to grow in Kenya*

Button mushrooms are quite popular and readily available. The downside is that they are prone
to diseases and infections.

Oyster mushrooms on the other hand, are hardier and more resistant to infections.

Besides, substrates for button mushrooms are prepared and cultured a month ahead. For
oyster mushrooms, you can pasteurize your substrate today and introduce the spawns the
following day.

*Mushroom Market in Kenya*

Once ready, mushrooms are harvested consistently twice or thrice a week.

There are many individual buyers of mushrooms in Nairobi and other big towns. Most of them
buy in wholesale prices and resell the products to hotels or supermarkets.

So we suggest that you carry out a market survey as you start your mushroom production. Visit
the local vegetable market and talk to a few wholesalers whether they would be willing to buy
the mushrooms from you, once they are harvested.

Inquire on the price they would be willing to buy for.

Invest in good packages, since the packaging system goes a long way in maintaining the
mushrooms’ freshness.

One should indicate the contact details, as well as the farm’s location, so as to attract future
customers. Make sure to only package the good quality produce.

Place placards in the local vegetable shops and around your neighborhood. Ask your customers
to spread a good word about your mushroom business to their family and friends. Make sure to
always emphasize all the nutritional benefits of the mushrooms.

563
Farmers’ market provides a great way for the farmers since they get to sell a large part of the
harvest all at once. This is because market days attract large crowds who are looking to buy
from the locals. You only need to set up a booth and you are ready to go.

On large scale farming, farmers should look for companies that are producing dietary
supplements from plant extracts. As discussed earlier, mushrooms are great immune boosters.
Email them on their respective websites with your information.

Now days, WhatsApp groups offer a reliable platform for marketing your produce. Create a
WhatsApp group with your neighbors and update them when the produce is ready for sale.

Share delicious mushroom recipes so as to entice people into cooking the mushrooms.

*150. HOW PEOPLE ARE MAKING MONEY IN THE T-SHIRT & OTHER MATERIALS PRINTING
BUSINESS*

The campaign season is upon us once again which means politicians will be spending big money
on posters, t-shirts, caps and umbrellas.

And beyond the campaign season; companies, governments and institutions always have
projects to run and they need….you guessed it…lot’s of promotional materials.

So how can you start a business that fulfills this exact need? Is there a lot of money involved?

let’s take a look.

564
*How To Get Started*

You need to invest in a digital heat press machine (you can always upgrade to a more advanced
machine as your business grows), a computer and a few sample materials (e.g. sample t-shirts,
umbrellas etc).

Also, you need some graphic design skills which you can acquire through local trainings
(consider interning at a busy printing shop to learn the best practices of this hustle). Lastly, you
need good marketing and networking skills.

A big office is not even necessary for this kind of business. We have seen companies that were
started and run from verandahs and even bedrooms. The key thing is to keep marketing and get
as many clients as possible.

You can particularly approach corporate clients, politicians, schools and even large public
gatherings e.g. graduation, wedding and funeral ceremonies.

Most importantly, you need to approach suppliers of blank apparels. Whether blank, white,
orange e.t.c t-shirts or blank umbrellas depending on what your clients want.

*T-Shirt Printing Business*

You simply import plain t-shirts from China or buy locally. Then you do some design work on
your computer and send it to the digital heat press machine and place your t-shirts for printing.

You can charge as much as Ksh.500 per printed t-shirt depending on the quality of the shirt and
it’s design.

*Umbrella Printing*

You acquire umbrellas on wholesale then customize them according to your client’s
requirements.

I guess you have seen those campaign umbrellas that mama mboga use at their kibanda,
depending on nature of the job, you can charge as much as Ksh.2,000 per umbrella.

*Branding of Gift Items*

565
We are talking about metallic business cardholders, cups, mugs, biropens, diaries and so forth.
You buy them on wholesale, brand them and price them in a manner that gives you some good
profit margins.

One mistake people make with this kind of business is they buy the machines, open an office
and then sit there hoping for customers walk in.

Wise businessmen however, operate by going to where their customers are. Keep knocking
doors and keep doing a good job for your clients. This way you will get so many referrals and
your small factory will always be busy.

Most importantly do a great job and customers will keep giving you additional referrals.

*Taking Advantage of a Trend to Print and Sell T-Shirts*

Kenyans love moving with the times, and the current hottest trends can make a significant
impact if you want to make it in the t-shirt printing business.

In this case, make social media your buddy. Check the topics, people, and circumstances that
are trending and can help you label your t-shirts and penetrate the market.

Twitter and Instagram streets are the perfect places to know what is in style. It might be about
art, culture, celebrity, food, politics, music, or health and fitness. It could be a soccer league or
the latest car that trends. You can create a theme for any of them to design something that
appeals to people and make sales.

*Capitalizing on the Demand in Schools and Colleges*

Other than school uniforms, what other clothing would be broadly popular and accepted at
schools and colleges? It is a t-shirt in high demand due to numerous school activities
throughout the school year.

Think of school music events, drama festivals, and sports activities. Even a regular weekend at
high school or college has students donning colorful t-shirts. There are various reasons why t-
shirts are hot cakes in learning institutions:

566
They are relatively affordable: T-shirts are some of the most affordable clothing items that
students can easily purchase.

T-shirts provide identity: custom-made t-shirts, like the regular school uniform, make learners
locatable in huge crowds, especially during school events. They can also help distinguish one
performing team from the other.

In general, educational institutions might be a terrific selling point for your t-shirts if you market
yourself in schools to gain that tender and are familiar with the school calendar.

Inquire, for example, about the actual t-shirt requirements of the institution for which you wish
to design. Use the most appropriate material for the school logo, motto, and color suggestions.

With thousands of schools at your disposal, you will never be out of work.

*How Much To Invest*

*Heat press machine – Ksh.50,000

*Refurbished computer – Ksh.35,000

*Samples & Marketing budget – Ksh.15,000

*Miscellaneous - Ksh.10,000

*TOTAL BUDGET* (Minimum Possible) – Ksh.110,000

*How Much To Expect*

Returns may vary depending on factors such as number of years one has been in this business,
quality of work, quality of clients and nature of pricing.

On average, small-scale printers look forward to half a Million in sales per month – with a net
profit of 40%. But once again the figures can be higher or lower than that depending on the
skills of the businessman involved.

*Extra Tips*

567
You can combine this business with others like printing of posters, fliers and calendars. Also,
you can capitalize on student leadership politics in Universities campaigns to drive even more
sales.

*Finally,*

Sound and diverse methods are essential for breaking into the t-shirt printing industry. The key
is to reach out to your target audience.

They could be standing right next to you on the estate. They could be on social media, or at an
event. So, create a terrific t-shirt, conduct extensive market research, and start making money
from them.

All the best!

*151. HERE ARE THE 9 FASTEST MOVING CONSUMER GOODS IN AFRICA AND SOME BUSINESS
IDEAS YOU CAN EXPLORE*

As a businessman the most important thing you need to do is understand your market.

You cannot purport to be preparing for a great future if you are not familiar with the wants and
needs of your target customers.

That being said, today we would like to give you a bit of market intelligence regarding the top 9
fastest moving consumer goods in Africa (FMCGs).

Why is this kind of information important?

568
By knowing what goods consumers are looking for it will be easier to tailor your business to
meet these needs as you deepen your market reach.

So now without further ado we sample out the 9 kinds of goods that top the list of local
consumer’s needs.

*9. Alcoholic Beverages*

According to a past study by the World Bank alcohol takes up 1.6% of household consumption
expenditure in Africa. Perhaps you might want to consider venturing into wines & spirit, club,
pub and entertainment industry to take a slice of this billion-dollar industry.

*8. Tobacco*

Despite growing health concerns related to smoking, tobacco is one of the most demanded
goods by African consumers taking up about 1.8% of household budgets.

Opening a smoke shop or adding cigarettes to your line of products can be a profitable
endeavor if recent trends are anything to go by.

*7. Personal Care*

From cosmetics, fragrances, oral care, bath and shower products to child care items, the
personal care industry in Africa takes up a significant 2.8% of the average African household
consumption budget.

If you’re looking to capitalize on this think about baby diapers, hair care products, beauty
products, barber shops and salons.

*6. Dairy Products*

Demand for dairy products in developing countries, Kenya included, is growing with rising
incomes, changes in diets, urbanization and population growth.

According to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), this offers a
great opportunity for potential entrepreneurs to enhance their livelihood through increased
production.

569
Dairy products gobble up 3% of household consumption expenditure.

*5. Non-Alcoholic Beverages*

This industry broadly comprises soft drinks and hot drinks. Soft drinks include sodas, juice,
packaged fruit blends, mineral water and carbonated water.

Hot drinks on the other hand include coffee and tea. According to World Bank these beverages
take up 7% of the average African consumer’s budget.

*4. Other Edibles*

11.5% of local consumer budget is spent on other edibles like margarine, chocolates, sugar and
spices. Consumption of these items is higher among the middle class than the high-end and
low-end consumer markets.

*3. Meat & Fish*

Meat and fish have been part and parcel of the African menu since time immemorial. And
despite a significant diet change, appetite for animal and fish protein seems to be at an all time
high with majority of consumers spending at least 20% of their budgets on them.

Behind this industry lies massive opportunities ranging from agri-business, aquaculture and
value addition (e.g. converting meat into sausages).

*2. Vegetables & Fruits*

You can never go wrong if you invest in the food business in Africa. A bulging population and
increased rural to urban migration means demand for basic food items is going to grow moving
forward.

It’s therefore not a surprise to see that veggies and fruits take up 25% of the average African
consumer’s budget.

*1. Cereals, Grains & Wheat*

570
The World Bank data suggests that cereals, grains and wheat take up the largest share of
household spending on FMCG products.

Gross household expenditure on cereals, grains and wheat surpassed $84.5 Billion in 2023
representing a whopping 27% of the overall consumption budget.

Some business opportunities around this include: cereals supplies, milling, agri-business and
value addition.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the ideas discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

*152. DO YOU KNOW HOW PROFITABLE LIMOUSINE HIRE BUSINESS IS? READ ON TO FIND
OUT…*

People nowadays like to spice up their weddings, graduations, political campaigns and even
vacations with a limousine ride.

It is a craze that is taking over the middle-class segment of our society which, Kenyan
economists predict will keep growing onwards to year 2030.

When we visited Executive Limousines & Car Hire Services Limited, the managing director, Mr
Thomas Mwangi was on phone. A client had called to book a limo for his wedding

571
Hiring a limousine is based on the number of hours not days.

“Who does not want to be seen in an expensive and state-of-the-art car? At weddings it is a
show of who treats their woman best and that sets the demand for the limousine services,”
said Mr Mwangi.

During peak wedding seasons, he hires out up to 15 limousines on a single Saturday, a common
day for weddings. Demand goes down to averagely 4 limousines on a single Saturday during off-
peak seasons.

The fact that Limousines are costly to acquire and maintain both in regard to fuel costs and
routine replacement of spare parts, most people have kept off purchasing them for their
personal use meaning less competition to those who have dared venture into the limousine
business.

For example, a stretch Chrysler limousine has an engine capacity of 6,000cc while the stretch
Lincoln limousine’s capacity is 5,000cc. These are among the popular models of limousines
locally.

The Chrysler stretch Limo costs about Sh.10 million and is imported from the United Kingdom.

To hire this machine, you will need to pay Sh.25,000 per hour and you are only allowed to
engage it a minimum of four hours.

This is what justifies the cost for hiring this limousine; the interior can seat eight people, and is
fitted with flat screens and pipe music for ambience as well as a refrigerator and two bottles of
champagne for glitterati.

To crown it all, the limo comes with a red carpet, security detail and has a low chassis for
comfort and its use is restricted to locations with well maintained roads.

If this is too pricey, you may want to settle for a cheaper make but that means that you forego
some comfort. The level of comfort dictates the price tag.

The stretch Lincoln Limo goes for Sh.15,000 per hour but excludes champagne and bodyguard
and only has a single screen. However, the seating capacity is similar to the Chrysler’s and it is
also fitted with a refrigerator.

572
A Mercedes Limo is the cheapest among the class of limousines that are charged on hourly
basis. This model is stretched and assembled in Kenya thus making it completely different and
less prestigious from the models imported from the manufacturer.

Every hour spent in a Mercedes limousine will cost at least Sh.12,000, while an Opel convertible
limo attracts an hourly charge of Sh.10,000.

*Starting Limousine Hire Business*

There are three major things required to run a successful limo hire business. That is (1) A fleet
of limos (2) Good management (3) Good staff.

*Fleet of Limos*

You may not be in a position to cough out millions as a beginner, but that should not discourage
you as there is a cheaper way of doing things. For instance, you can consider leasing – whereby
you link up with an established Auto company and negotiate a deal.

Companies like Mash Auto can offer you some of their limousines with as little as Ksh.10,000
per hour and you can in turn hire them out at Ksh.15,000 per hour. That way you get to reap a
decent profit margin without necessarily investing heavily.

If leasing does not sound like a good idea to you, then you can take vehicle fabrication or soup-
up route.

For instance, you can get a used Toyota VX and get it converted into a limousine. This is done by
cutting the vehicle into two pieces and stretching it out to mimic the features of limousines.
The whole process will cost you about Ksh.5 Million per limo.

The third and most expensive option is to import a ready-made limousine from abroad: brands
like Lincoln, Chrysler and Cadillac are quite popular.

A slightly used limo from any of these brands will cost you to the tune of Ksh.15 Million and a
new one well over Ksh.20 Million.

*Good Management*

573
Because of the sensitive & seasonal nature of limousine business, it is important to cultivate
customer loyalty. Since not many people can afford to hire limos, you will require to invest in a
good reputation so as to get some referrals.

Of course, aside from good management, you will need to invest in good marketing practices. A
functioning website, search engine optimization and excellent networking skills will definitely
be a bonus.

*Good Staff*

Hire rude ex-matatu drivers and your business will go to the dogs. Look, we don’t have issues
with matatu drivers but as much as you want to run a successful business, then you need to
invest in good chauffeurs and service staff.

Look for people with training and experience in hospitality. Only hire people with a certificate
of good conduct. Remember, limo transport is more than just transport – it’s a luxury and your
customers will expect to be treated well.

*How Profitable Is Limousine Hire Business in Kenya?*

On average a single limo can rake in a net profit of Ksh.3.5 Million per year. The business tends
to be seasonal with months of April and December providing the best returns.

What you need to do is price your services proportionately and indicate the minimum number
of hours per hire.

Remember, the price you charge should be based on the extent of luxuries packed within. An
Audi Q7 with consumer delights such as a fridge, mini-bar, flatscreens and neon lights can go
for as much as Ksh.35,000 per hour while a souped-up Toyota VX attracts as much as
Ksh.15,000 per hour.

*To Invest Or Not To Invest?*

Limo hire has its ups and downs. While there is good money to be made, you can only count on
a loyal customer base to survive.

Currently, most limo companies operate around Nairobi…it would be a good idea to focus on
other upcountry towns like Nakuru, Eldoret and Kisumu as well.

574
Beyond the boundaries of Kenya, there are many untapped opportunities in Uganda and
Rwanda. So – go ahead and invest. But do so with a good strategy!

*153. IS STARTING A VIDEO GAME PARLOR A GOOD BUSINESS IDEA NOWADAYS?*

Gaming is fast becoming a popular pass-time activity in Kenya; and since most people cannot
afford to buy and maintain private gaming consoles at home then you can capitalize on this
opportunity to launch a great business.

One good thing about setting up a gaming lounge is that you don’t need to a lot of pre-training
to get the wheels of the business rolling.

A strategic location and ability to keep up with trends are the two most important qualities
required in order to conquer the market.

Your choice of location can either make or break your business. Previously, a location in the
Nairobi CBD would have been highly recommended but nowadays there are too many outlets
there and competition is cut-throat. Consider looking for a cheaper location, preferably near a
college/university.

Gabriel Waweru recently finished a degree in Business Information Technology at the Jomo
Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology in Juja.

Unlike most students awaiting graduation, he is busy at the Nuru Shopping Complex, a few
metres from the institution’s main gate, where he runs a gaming business. The complex,
popularly known as “containers” is where most university students come to pass time.

575
The gaming culture has created a booming business niche here. There are about 15 gaming
shops at the complex, Waweru’s shop among them.

His shop has eight gaming consoles, with different video games available for play. Popular
games include FIFA, Call of Duty, NBA, Grand Theft Auto and Need For Speed. Most of his
customers are students who not only play during the day, but also hire the consoles and
screens at night, especially during weekends.

“The cost of running this business is about Sh.3,000 every week. With the eight consoles, I make
at least Sh.6,000 on a good day. The returns cover rent and electricity quite well.”

When the business is low, the gaming shops organize gaming competitions with a cash prize to
attract more customers.

Fadhil Manyasi, 20, frequently signs up for such tournaments. A Geo Informatics student at the
Technical University of Kenya, Fadhil has participated in many tournaments.

“In December, I participated in the Kings Gamers Cup at home in Webuye where I won
Sh.4,000. I have many friends in Juja courtesy of gaming tournaments. Gaming is a form of
entertainment, but I hope to go pro one day,” he said.

A few metres from the containers is Kutana Gaming Café, the largest gaming lounge in Juja.
Evans Mwiti, the sole proprietor, has been in the gaming business for five years now.

He started with two gaming consoles and two screens back in 2017. Today, the business has 32
high definition screens and gaming consoles, with five being the latest models of PlayStation.

Mwiti attributes the growth of his business to the student population in and around Juja. While
the cost of setting up the business is huge, Mwiti says the returns are lucrative.

“The entire structure cost about Sh.700,000 to set up. On a good day, I can make up to
Sh.20,000. Such peak times include the first month of the semester or when a new version of a
popular game enters the market. For example, when FIFA is transitioning after a year.”

He hopes to put up a large scale gaming and entertainment centre that will incorporate
different games such as board games, bowling alleys, pool tables and PlayStations, all under
one roof.

576
*Final Word*

The main advantage of starting this business is that you can start small and grow big in a short
period so long as you are prepared to sacrifice for some time. You can even expand your
business to further accommodate things like: movie shop, DJ classes & lessons, event
management, audio and video production and so forth.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*154. HOW TO START A SMALL MABATI FACTORY*

Starting a small mabati factory is a brilliant way to capitalize on Africa’s booming construction
industry. Instead of tying up all your wealth in idle plots of land or rental apartments, why not
take a different approach and venture into value-addition?

This way, you end up meeting consumers’ immediate needs and in so doing you also create
employment. And of course there are better financial returns in taking this route.

Mabati, or iron sheets in English, are a basic requirement for every construction project. Being a
fast moving consumer good, you can hardly go wrong with this venture provided you invest in
the right technology combined with creative marketing.

577
There are very few local companies providing quality iron sheets, given that this industry has
been dominated by foreign multinationals since time immemorial.

*Getting Started*

A mabati factory is typically made up of three things (1) Land (2) Machinery and (3) Labor.

*Land*

You can lease land in a fast growing area near a major highway. Think of places like Salgaa near
Nakuru, Naivasha or even Sultan Hamud area along Mombasa road.

You can buy or lease a minimum of 1/8 th acre plot where you will construct a warehouse-kind
of structure (or you can rent a ready-made building).

*Machinery*

Invest in a roll forming machine. This can be obtained from countries like China, India or even
Belgium. The cost may vary from one machine to another but typically you can acquire an
average one for Ksh.3 million shillings.

This is an all in one machine, with everything needed to form and cut mabatis ready for the
market.

Besides the machine you will require some Iron sheet coils. A coil can cost you anywhere
between Ksh.50,000 and Ksh.100,000 depending on its length and gauge.

*Tip:* Since this is huge investment you might want to first travel abroad to build connections
with suppliers. You can for instance travel for the annual Canton Fair which happens in China
every year. There are some local companies which organize logistics for this and you only pay
Ksh.300,000 for a whole week’s visit.

*Labor*

You can start the factory with as few as 3 employees. You can handle the
marketing/management/HR/CEO/accountant work yourself until your company is big enough
to hire more guys.

578
All you want to make sure is that you only hire honest individuals who can be entrusted with
running the factory even while you are away.

*Others*

You need to register your company name (cost: Ksh.3,000 approx) or register a limited
company (cost: approx: Ksh.30,000).

You also need a KEBS license once you start making your products (cost: Ksh.40,000 approx).

Your county will also require you to pay a single business permit (cost: varies from one county
to another).

*The Business*

To begin producing mabatis, you simply feed the iron sheet coil into the machine. You can
program the machine to cut and shape the sheets according to your needs.

The size of the coil varies in terms of length and gauge. Generally, a 30 gauge unit with about
1000 metres of sheet would be a good bet to start with.

That means you can produce as much as 400 iron sheets per coil (with each sheet measuring
2.5 meters). Each meter of mabati goes for Ksh.330 on average meaning you can make as much
as Ksh.268,000 per coil.

*How Much To Invest*

Ksh.5 million would be adequate to set up a small facility, which can supply up to 100 orders
per month.

*How Much To Expect*

This largely depends on your sales abilities. You can reach out to more customers by offering
perks such as free countrywide delivery services.

Sticking with the conservative figure of 100 customers per month then we can project an
average revenue of Ksh.4 million per month.

579
*Challenges*

*High startup cost

*Leasing premises in a strategic location may be expensive

*Finding skilled and competent workforce

*Most raw materials have to be imported

*Final Word*

Starting a small mabati factory offers you two extremes. On one extreme, there are numerous
challenges to be overcome along the way especially when starting.

On the other extreme, there is limitless potential once you start operating. It is upon you to
decide whether you are ready for the rumble in the jungle or you just want to sit there and be a
spectator.

*155. HOW DID THAT FOOL OVERTAKE ME?*

How did that fool overtake me? That’s the question that lingers in the minds of most people
when they turn 55.

They know very well that they studied hard, worked hard and lived a generally organized life.
What they really can’t figure out is how that rugged looking, unschooled tout in the street
managed to build an economy 100 times better than theirs.

580
How did that D- (Minus) material manage to own acres and acres of real estate? Or how did
that mtumba seller manage to build a bungalow while I am still struggling to pay for a
mortgaged two bedroom apartment?

Well, that’s the sad reality of life. Sometimes those from whom not much is expected are the
ones who pull a couple of surprise moves in life.

This article brings this into perspective. It’s a life-journey comparison of two people. One is a
matatu tout the other one is a banker.

One is in a blue-collar worker in a field that is otherwise reserved for those who seem
unambitious in life. The other one is an educated, neatly dressed white-collar professional who
spends most of his time in some corner office.

The only disclaimer I would like to make is that this story is not meant to demean any career. Its
sole aim is to educate you on good and bad choices in life and how they influence who we
become.

*The Matatu Tout vs. The Banker*

A matatu tout is a career despised by many owing to the fact that it is seen as a preserve for the
academically weak and unintelligent people.

You only need basic cash-handling skills to venture into this career which means one can get
started immediately they finish form four.

On the other hand, a career in banking is coveted by many across the globe. In order to become
a banking clerk, you need a Bachelors Degree or at least advanced training in accounts which
obviously means spending at least 3 years in post-secondary school.

According to independent research by the SDE Kenya and Mediamax, on a good day, a tout in a
Nairobi matatu takes home Sh.3,000. On a bad day, he takes Sh.1,500.

On the other hand, a spot check on banking clerks salaries in Kenya show that most banks offer
a basic salary of Ksh.30,000 – Ksh.50,000 to their employees.

Remember that a matatu tout can start working almost immediately after form four and so by
the time the banker finds a job, the tout already has 3 years of experience.

581
The tout will have already completed his driving classes and just waiting for 2 more years to
become a fully-fledged PSV driver. He has by default been “hardened” by rubbing shoulders
with the traffic police, city council askaris and NTSA officers.

So let us see how the two manage their life and money differently.

*Starting Life*

The matatu tout, owing to his perceived “low class” standards is comfortable renting out a
house in some dark corner of Githurai 45. That costs him a paltry Ksh.3,000 per month. Thanks
to the nature of his job, he does not require to pay fare to and from town.

The graduate banker on the other hand due to his perceived “high class” status in society will
rent a bed-sitter in Roysambu or any other middle-income estate. That will cost him
approximately Ksh.10,000 per month. Unlike the tout, he has to pay for matatu fare to and
from work everyday.

Fare from Roysambu to town (one-way) is usually Ksh.100 during peak hours. Don’t forget the
late-night Uber trips the banker has to take after a night out with his fellow educated friends.

*How They Save*

The matatu tout is naturally able to save more because of his low expenses. If he is wise and
disciplined, he will join a SACCO where he will start saving with the dream of purchasing his
own matatu. You will find him comfortably taking food in vibandas (temporary sheds) to save
an extra coin he can find.

His street survival instincts will have taught him that he can actually take advantage of free
transport of his employer’s matatu to be collecting second-hand clothes in Gikomba. So he
starts up a small market stall in the busy Githurai market.

On the other hand, the banker will be busy trying to fit into a certain lifestyle. His biggest worry
will be how to upgrade from the bed-sitter in Roysambu to a one-bedroom house in Garden
Estate or Ruaka. He will also be working very hard to get a loan so that he can buy a car.

582
His goal is to particularly fit into a lifestyle worthy of a white collar job employee. You will
therefore find him busy on social media updating his growing number of online fans on his daily
escapades.

As the matatu tout builds his savings and expands his streams of income, the banking clerk gets
busy financing a lifestyle.

*Five Years Later*

Five years down the line, the matatu tout has already become a PSV matatu driver which
means his daily take-home has risen to not less than Ksh.3,000. He only needs to wait for a few
more months and he will be having his own matatu on the road.

Even luckier for him, he already has the hard skills of managing this tricky business. His mtumba
business has also blossomed and he has left it to his wife to manage full-time. This brings an
extra Ksh.1,000 a day to the family’s kitty.

The story of the banker is not all too gloom and doom either. He has already managed to clock
in a few more years of experience and has been promoted to a better position. He now takes
home Ksh.60,000 basic salary per month.

He is already finishing up on repaying the car loan he took during the early years of
employment. Next on his plan is to take up another loan to finance his upcoming wedding. His
target budget is Ksh.1,000,000 wedding.

Note that due to his promotion at work he now has to deal with more workload…meaning his
mind is fully occupied and he cannot even think of running a side-hustle.

*At 55 Years of Age*

The matatu tout has managed to grow his matatu business from one matatu to a fleet
comprising 14 seaters and 33 seater HINO buses. And thanks to his experience on the road, he
has been appointed as the head of his matatu sacco.

His mtumba business has also grown into a fully-fledged boutique with branches in Ruai and
Ongata Rongai. His wife frequently travels abroad to shop for new supplies.

583
They have also constructed a bungalow in the outskirts of the capital. In just a few more years,
they will be constructing some rental apartments in Juja.

The good banker on the other hand will have reached a senior managerial position. Good for
him. But that’s the end of the story. He will be stuck in debt. He has a mortgage loan for the
apartment he bought in mlolongo – the mortgage loan has a repayment of 30 years meaning he
will repay it until he turns 85.

His kids are going to expensive schools and he is already feeling the strain of paying for tuition
and boarding fee. To make matters worse, the bank he works for is not doing so well owing to
factors like capped interest loan rates and entry of digital banking.

A memo is circulated in the office that some people will be retrenched. He becomes a worried
man. His health deteriorates. He is on the verge of having his apartment repossessed if he loses
that job.

He tries to secure a loan to start a business (remember he has no hands-on experience in

managing his own business), it fails. You can now join the dots and figure out what happens to
him in his sunset years.

*Final Word*

Once again, the goal of this story is not to encourage you to despise some jobs. We cannot all
become touts. But there is a lesson in it for all of us to learn.

The banker in this case is you – the smartly dressed chap who spends his time on Facebook,
Whatsapp, Twitter etc. The banker is also you – who despises humble beginnings.

That mkokoteni drawing fool you splash water on with your ex-Japan car bought on loan might
soon give you a run for your money.

Wake up, stop financing a lifestyle. Don’t be a robot. Don’t take a nap in your comfort zone.
Wake up and start working on your dreams.

584
*156. IS SWEET POTATO FARMING PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

Jael Ochanji is one of the few youths who have made an unpopular decision among the young
people- to leave her job and move from the city to a rural home just to grow sweet potato, a
step she never regrets.

The 39 years old mother of two was working for milk powerhouse, Brookside Dairy Limited as a
sales representative in Nairobi, a job which earned her Sh.50,000 a month.

After working for about 10 years, she decided to resign and got involved in sweet potato
brokerage in Nairobi’s Wakulima Market.

She would work in connection with her mother who arranged for the tubers from their rural
home in Kabondo, Homa Bay County and sent them to her in the city.

“Sweet potatoes do well in our rural home but farmers just rely on open-air markets in the
village which do not have enough buyers. My work in the city, therefore, involved looking for
the market as mum collects the produce from growers and we arranged for transport,” said
Jael.

For two years, the young lady was able to connect with many buyers including supermarkets
where she had won supply tenders.

Unfortunately, when her mother got ill in 2017 and could not do much work, she decided to go
back to the village and get involved in serious production of both white and the much-cherished
orange-fleshed sweet potatoes.

“As much as I had to source the produce from other farmers, producing it myself seemed more
reliable and profitable so that I do not disappoint my customers in the city,” she said.

585
She used some of her savings to lease more farms and today she has 20 acres of family land and
35 other acres that are leased for crop production.

Jael has mastered crop production saying that since the white variety takes three months to
mature while the orange-fleshed takes five months, she has to spread her planting schedule to
ensure steady harvesting throughout the year.

Before planting the vines, she makes ridges or mounds which helps in conserving soil moisture,
reducing soil erosion, making harvesting easier and improving yields.

As most farms in the area are still fertile, she only uses manure to grow the potatoes since most
consumers today prefer organically produced foods.

“Kabondo is well known for fertile soil as the area is at the foot of Kisii highlands and besides
we receive rainfall almost throughout the year making our products all year round,” said Jael.

Sweet potatoes have a short maturity period of 3-7 months and because of their short duration,
it is very strategic for addressing food insecurity.

However, according to Jael, most of the crops consumed locally are imported from either
Uganda or Tanzania as local farmers who are majorly smallholders cannot produce enough
especially during dry seasons.

“Fortunately, Kenyan consumers love our home-grown yellow and white sweet potatoes for
food because they are tasty, rich in nutrients and they do not become soggy when cooked like
other varieties,” said Jael.

Today, she transports over 80 sacks of 80kgs of sweet potato every week to Wakulima Market
which is her main selling point.

She sells a bag at Sh.3,500 (minimum price) but during high demand, the price can shoot up to
Sh.7,000 a bag against Sh.1,500 in rural markets since almost every home has some sweet
potato farm.

This translates to Sh.280,000 during low demand and Sh.560,000 in high demand selling in
Nairobi.

586
She spends a total of Sh.18,000 in planting, weeding and harvesting. Hiring casual labourers for
packing the produce in tracks costs her Sh.5,000 while transporting a sack costs her Sh.500.

The agro-entrepreneur who has since come up with her company also sells an average of seven
bags of sweet potato vines at Sh.1,500 each per week to farmers and livestock feed processors
from every part of the country.

“I can now cater for my family needs besides running other projects as part of future
investments,” said Jael.

She plans to put up a sweet potato processing plant to process different products and enable
her and other farmers from the region to access direct market to their produce.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*157. HOW TO START A SHYLOCK BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Maybe you must have found yourself in a situation where you urgently needed money in the
form of a loan.

At that moment, you could not go to your bank because maybe you have an existing loan, had
defaulted on a loan, and on an extreme case, had been listed on CRB.

Having been listed on CRB meant that you could also not contact any other financial institution,
leave alone your bank, for any loan.

Mobile lenders and Apps could also not assist because you are still listed on CRB.
587
That is a situation most Kenyans find themselves in when they need loans.

Interestingly, the only way you can overcome this financial need is to have someone willing to
lend you money without considering your credit history.

Because let’s face it, if no financial institution is willing to lend you money in Kenya, who can?

Of course a shylock!

You will however need collateral like maybe your TV, fridge, or microwave… anything that has
monetary value to get these loans.

This is what is called Private Lending Business.

This business has thrived in Kenya that it is now among the most profitable businesses in Kenya.

If you have a large sum of money lying in your bank as deposits, you can start a Private Lending
Business and gain interest from it.

*How to Start a Private Lending Business in Kenya (Location).*

The most pressing financial needs which may require the intervention of Private Lenders are
not back at the rural areas but in urban areas. Your Private Lending Business will thrive better in
the city or an urban setting than the rural areas.

*Private Lending Business (Requirements).*

Here comes things that are mandatory for success in the Private Lending Business:-

*Identify the need for private lending*

Don’t just go ahead lending money to people who might as well not have needed your
intervention. This is business and you need to first identify an exploitable gap. People will
always have financial needs anyway.

*Register your Business*

You will need to register your micro-lending company with the appropriate agency. You will
also need to obtain all the necessary licenses and permits. And most importantly, you must
fulfil legal obligations required by your county government to avoid falling into problems.

*Draft contract forms*

588
Signed contracts are very recognizable by the law. You only need the person you are lending
money to sign a contract form and you can sue them in a court of law incase of anything (which
rarely happens if you have collateral) and you will still be safe, not unless it is found out that
you forged a document for fraud.

Do not forge signatures – let your clients sign the contract forms themselves. Contract forms
are the only thing that makes the agreement between you and the borrower binding and legal.

*Determine interest rates and the maximum amount you can lend*

You need to determine how much you will charge on your borrowed money in terms of what
duration. Most people doing private lending offer loans at 10% to 15% daily.

Depending on your unique circumstances and the market conditions also, determine the rate at
which you will charge interest. You also need to determine how much your limit is, depending
on how much you have to offer.

*Determine valid collaterals*

Any client you lend money is a potential defaulter, no matter how much you trust them. You
will need collateral when they borrow money, which you will retain or sell if they default, or
return to them after they pay back the loan and interest.

You need to determine which collaterals you will take, which may as well be in line with your
existing business like electronics if you are running an electronics shop. The collateral you take
must be of much more worth than the amount the client is seeking to borrow, to ensure you
are protected in case they default.

*Market your private lending business*

You had already identified a market gap and known that most people would need your private
lending services. By word of mouth, social media, or any other local means, spread the word
that you are offering such services. Let potential clients know that they can come to you when
they need the service.

*Recap:*

Let clients know that they will need collateral of much more worth than the amount they are
seeking.

Ensure clients sign the contract forms themselves.

Ensure clients understand the terms of your service.

589
Test all collaterals to ensure they are in good working condition and not faulty before handing
in the cash to the client.

Let all clients prove ownership of the item they bring as collateral (can provide receipts) to
avoid the possibility of having been stolen.
As you start, remain local to avoid much drama.

*How much capital do you need to start a private lending business in Kenya?*

If you have about Ksh.250,000 to Ksh.500,000 or more lying in your bank deposit accounts, you
have enough to venture into private lending.

*How profitable is a private lending business in Kenya?*

If you lend out your Ksh.250,000 to Ksh.500,000, that is in small quantities to various people for
30 days with 15% daily interest, then at the end of the month you expect Ksh.1,125,000 to
Ksh.2,250,000. Your money grew by a whole 450%.

Even if you don’t lend out the whole amount, whatever amount you lend will grow by 450% at
the end of the month. Where else do you earn 450% on your money, if not in private lending?

If you feel the interest rate is high, you can lower it and still make money.

*Final Word.*

Private lending is one of the most lucrative ventures in Kenya today.

If you do it right, you will smile all the way to the bank. If you got extra money to spare, join the
club, pay the price, and make your millions.

590
*158. SOME INTERNET-BASED BUSINESSES YOU CAN START WITH LITTLE OR NO CAPITAL*

Starting a business is generally a leap of faith as there is no guarantee that customers or clients
will come for your goods or services but, again, it is a step worth taking. After all, no one is born
with business acumen, most of the things are learnt on the go.

The absence of capital should never stop you from dreaming, there are so many businesses that
can be started with practically no money.

And the following online businesses ideas can be your best bet:

*Social media management*

Many companies get overwhelmed by the amount of work required to keep their social media
pages active and if you have some experience in running social media pages, you can approach
such firms and have a deal.

Some tasks of a social media manager include posting regularly, increasing the number of page
followers, engaging with users, etc.

You can find clients by simply reaching out to various companies to see if they would be
interested in your services.

*Ghost-writing*

A ghostwriter is a person who is hired to write a book, speech, article, song and many other
forms of written content on behalf of a company or another person who takes credit as the
author.

591
Ghost-writing is a fantastic business opportunity for people who are good with words. A short
book that would take about 6 weeks to write can earn you up to around Sh1,000,000.

*Data entry*

Data entry is another fantastic business opportunity you can start with no capital whatsoever.

You can find work by either reaching out to small businesses to pitch your services or by
advertising on online freelancing platforms.

*Tax preparation and bookkeeping*

If you’re good with numbers, you can offer your services to small businesses as a tax preparer
or a bookkeeper.

The great thing about such a business is that clients will be paying you on an ongoing basis, it’s
not a one-off service (particularly bookkeeping).

*Editing, proofreading and beta reading*

If you are great at catching typos and grammatical errors, editing or proofreading other
people’s work can be a great side hustle for you.

Similar to editors, beta readers are people whose job is to read and critique other people’s
unpublished writings. Fiction writers use them a lot before publishing new books.

A great place to find work as an editor, proofreader or beta reader is on freelancing platforms
like Upwork, Guru and Freelancer.

*Virtual assistance*

Virtual assistants are self-employed people who provide technical and administrative assistance
to busy individuals through the internet.

It is such an in-demand service, and the advantage is that you get to decide who to work with
and how much to charge for your time.

592
Some common virtual assistant tasks include bookkeeping, editing reports, data entry,
responding to emails, etc. You can find clients on freelancing platforms.

*Affiliate marketing*

Affiliate marketing is one of the most common ways to make money online. You simply refer
customers to the affiliate companies, and they send you a check for the referral.

The earning potential is limitless as you keep getting paid as long as you keep referring
customers. Some high paying affiliate programs include Bluehost, Shopify and ClickFunnels –
some paying as high as $100 per referral.

*159. RISE IN COOKING OIL PRICES IN KENYA CREATES LUCRATIVE BUSINESS FOR PORK LARD
SELLER*

Since the beginning of this year, cooking oil has become a luxury for many broke and struggling
Kenyans as the price of the commodity continues to go up as a result of a rally in edible oil cost
globally.

Customers now opt for salad oil that comes in barrels and is sub-divided into smaller quantities
in many shops. The customers carry their containers for the quarter, half or a full litre of
cooking oil they wish to buy.

But even this is no longer affordable for many given most shops at the moment sell a litre of the
salad oil at Sh.250 averagely from Sh.150 it used to be.

Most hit with the prices are those who run businesses that need much of this oil such as potato
chips, fish frying, mandazi, bajia and samosa among others.

593
However, creating a fortune out of this hike and helping some of these businesses continue
running at lower cost by giving an equal alternative is Michael Oketch, a pork lard seller along
the busy Jogoo Road.

“I started by opening a pork butchery early last year and selling meat to customers but with
time, I began receiving inquiries for pork oil from some buyers something which triggered my
thoughts into how this could also be some source of income,” said Michael.

From there, he could go to his usual abattoir in the outskirts of Nairobi and after buying his
usual pork meat, he would ask for oily parts which to his surprise were sold at very lower prices
compared to the ordinary parts.

“I found that a kilo of the fatty parts was sold at Sh.50 while a kilo of normal pork meat cost
Sh.300. So, for the first time I bought 10 kilos of the fatty parts at Sh.500 which gave me about
seven litres of oil selling at Sh.130 per litre to earn Sh.910,” said Michael.

From there he has never looked back. Today, he buys up to about 30kgs a day of the fatty parts
which gives him around 26 litres of pork lard after extraction which he does by heating the
parts.

In a day, he can sell up to 20 litres of the oil to wholesale buyers raking him Sh.2,600 while if he
sells to retailers he makes Sh.3,000 selling at Sh.150 a litre.

His main buyers are fish frying business people along Jogoo Road, in Burma Market while some
in Gekomba Market. Others include samosa and bajia frying businesses along the busy
Eastlands road.

“I did not know that this business will peak this fast because as it is, it is now outdoing pork
meat selling and I believe that as long as cooking oil prices will continue to stay up, more
customers will come,” said Michael.

He says many customers are now not only buying pork lard because of the high prices of
cooking oil but also due to its nutritious value.

Experts assert that oil is one of the best sources of vitamin D, a nutrient most people are
deficient in today.

594
Research conducted in 2011 by Weston A. Price Foundation, a global nutrition and health
platform found that lard from pasture-raised pigs contains 1100 IU of vitamin D per tablespoon.

Lard is a good source of fats that support a healthy heart. In fact, after olive oil, which consists
of 77 per cent monounsaturated fatty acids, lard has the most monounsaturated fats at 48 per
cent.

These fats help to lower blood cholesterol levels and maintain healthy cells.

Also, unlike most vegetable oils, which shouldn’t be used for high-heat cooking, lard won’t
oxidize at high temperatures hence it has a high smoke point.

Lard contains choline whose low levels is connected with everything from a greater risk of heart
disease and Alzheimer’s to problems with the liver.

And finally, food cooked using lard have an amazing taste hence generally enhancing the
flavour of roasted vegetables, grilled meats, and even baked goods.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*160. INVESTING IN THE “FUNERAL” INDUSTRY IN KENYA*

First, when I heard this talk, I thought it was disrespectful when the cash involved was
mentioned, I realized it is a multi-million industry that a few are making lots of cash from. It is a
business that anyone can take part in and make some money.
595
Stats show that Kenyans spend at least 50 billion shillings annually on funerals with the western
Kenya counties and Nyanza leading in “expensive funeral ceremonies.” The 50 billion shillings is
just an estimate with the real amount expected to be beyond.

I was on a family WhatsApp group to contribute to a cousin who was in the hospital. The bill
that was needed to have him get surgery was Ksh.200,000. A week later, the family had only
managed to “milk” Ksh.99,000. People said they didn’t have money.

He died. Now here is where the “miracle” happened. Immediately he died, the WhatsApp group
was reconverted into a “funeral” one and within 2 days, people had contributed Ksh.455,000.
Does it mean that they love the living more than the dead?

I raised the question and I was told that the dead has to be given a “respectable and big” send-
off so that they “go in peace.” The cash was, of course, used to purchase branded T-shirts with
the picture of the dead, food for the living, alcohol, tents, and music enhancers.

That incident made me realize that there are two lucrative businesses in Kenya; the “sick”
business (pharmacies, hospitals) and the “dead” industry (morgues, events), etc. These are the
businesses that few people know about and will always have “customers.”

There are four ways that you can make money from the “dead” industry in Kenya. You just
need to have cash and you will smile all the way to the bank as others mourn for their loved
ones.

First, you can decide to set up an affordable morgue. This is where dead bodies are kept, taken
care of as they await their “owners” to finalize plans to bury them. Make your morgue
affordable. The majority charge Ksh.4,000 on “admission” and thereafter, Ksh.1,500 daily.

Second, you can choose to invest in transport. It is called the “Hearse” business. Your work will
be transporting bodies, families, and relatives of the dead from the morgue to wherever they
want.

If your target is Western Kenya, say Bungoma, Kakamega, you will have to make your services
affordable. If your target is Nyanza, you just have to make your services “premium” and wait for
the money to look for you.

596
Hire out tents. This is one of the easiest ways to make money from the “dead industry”.
Families will always hire tents during funerals for people to sit in to keep away from the
scorching sun or rain. White tents are mostly preferred.

Catering services. Many people go to funerals to mourn, yes. But almost all of them go there to
eat. And not just eat but a lot of food. Sometimes it is overwhelming for the families to make
such a lot of food hence outsourcing the services from event planners and caterers.

There are three things that will determine your success in this business. Observe them and you
will have money.

The first one is cleanliness. If you are running a morgue, make it stand out. Let it not be a place
that scares people. It should be a place that comforts the bereaved and gives hope. It should be
smart, clean, and “welcoming.”

The second one is trust. Let people trust you with their loved ones. Remember they are giving
you their loved one that they will see for the last time as they are laid to rest. Let them not ever
doubt that.

The third is timelines. You must honor deadlines. This applies to caterers and those dealing with
transport. If you agree with the family that you will be on the site before them, be on the site
before them. Do not make them wait. Do not make them regret it.

*Finally,*

Funeral services is a growing field that can be rewarding for those with compassion to those
who have lost their loved ones. The average funeral costs in Kenya is between Ksh.60,000 and
Ksh.500,000, which means venturing into the funeral services business can be a profitable
venture.

597
*161. TOP 7 BUSINESS IDEAS FOR ARTISTS IN KENYA*

Are artists made or born? That is a question you may have asked yourself at some point. This
amazing talent that some people have, is it innate or something they worked hard to achieve?

The athletes, the footballers, the artists etc. Can anyone do all these things if they put their
mind to it?

Well one artist by the name Sylvenus Semo believes that artists are made.

“To be able to be good at what you do, you have to practice and work hard at it,” he says.

Growing up Sylvenus always liked to draw. He would scribble on the floor and his book covers.
He made sure to join a high school that offered art and design to better his talent.

Becoming better with each year it was only natural that he would join an institution of higher
learning and continue with a course in art. This is when things changed. Sylvenus had a light
bulb moment and realized he didn’t want a career in arts and so after 3 years into it he finally
dropped out.

“I loved drawing and was good at it but I just realized I had been doing this my whole life i
needed to do something else. I needed to learn something new to sustain me and if it didn’t
work out then art could be my back up plan, so I took up Media studies”

A content man at this point completed his course in media studies and started looking for a job.
This is a part that is all too familiar with the Kenyan youth, the jobs were just not forthcoming.

598
He ended up working in real estate something he had not studied. The hours were not flexible
and as a creative person he found that to be confining and he just couldn’t do it anymore so he
quit. It was time to go back to what he did best.

“I started drawing again mainly focusing on portraits. Getting my footing was a bit of a struggle.
It is very hard to convince people that you are good at something without proof. I needed a
better strategy. I started drawing my friends for free and they would refer me to their friends
who referred me to their friends and that is how KymKym arts picked up. Besides referrals I also
use social media to market my work and it has been equally good at bringing in clients.

“Am just glad I get to do something am good at and enjoy. The hours are flexible and am able to
manage my own time. Am also able to pay my bills from this work and this motivates me every
time to pick up my pencil and get to work.”

Lastly I ask if the young artist has a favourite artwork, “I have done more than a thousand
pieces as we speak and I believe that i’m defined by my latest work, art work gets better with
time so my next portrait is my favourite.”

Most artists are ignorant of the numerous opportunities in this field that can earn them an
extra income. As an artist, you may venture into any of the following business ideas:

*1. Make-up artist*

A more practical (and far less permanent) way to use people as canvases is becoming a makeup
artist. Beauty school isn’t a prerequisite for launching a successful makeup business: All you
need is a good reputation and a great knowledge of cosmetics.

Since beauty professionals often build their business through client referrals, work on friends
and family for free or at a discounted rate at first. Once you have a solid customer base, you
can offer competitive rates for up-dos and makeup for weddings, proms and other special
events.

*2. Tattoo Artist*

Some artists use paper as their canvas. Why not use the human body as yours? Working in a
tattoo studio can be a lucrative career path for talented artists, but it will require some time
and education.. Once you are certified, referrals from satisfied customers will be your biggest
source of business.

599
*3. Arts Studio*

If you have always had a rich knack for drawing and paintings, then you may want to take that
likeness for arts some notches higher by starting a trade around that business. More than ever
before in the history of man, the love for arts have continued to be on the rise.

In starting this trade, you have got to be armed with all the necessary skills needed. As such,
you may want to look towards getting trained in this line.

This is a kind of business that fetches you great returns for your time and money when you
have all your art works displayed in your arts studio. Your clients cuts across the middle and the
upper class people.

*4. Custom airbrushing*

Many gallery artists do airbrushing. If you are very good at it, you can make a lot of money.
There is big business in custom airbrushing of cars, motorcycles, etc. Even if you don’t have the
required skills, why not learn from a fellow artist and break into the business? It rocks!

*5. Bead Making*

All over the world the beads making trade has continued to gain more grounds. Each passing
day, more and more people have continued to throng the industry. This is because of the
creativity level, as well as the very fine products that can be produced. It is true that the women
folk are more disposed to wearing beads; however, truth is that the men folks are embracing
bead wearing too.

*6. Tutoring*

If you have been working as an artist for some years, then you are qualified to teach art. You
can help aspiring artists to hone skills and become better artists. Organize training course for
artists and come up with an outline of skills to be taught. You can even attract more students
by offering the course online.

*7. Graphic Designer*

600
Graphic design runs the gamut, and you can especially succeed as a small business or a
freelancer. According to the American Institute of Graphic Arts, graphic artists create images for
posters, advertisements, packages, and other printed matter, as well as information
visualizations; graphics for newspapers and magazines.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, about one-third of graphic designers are self-
employed, so you can work from home on eye-catching visual projects for brands and
individuals.

*Finally,*

My philosophy for building a long-term, successful art business combines three things—a little
business planning, a whole lot of marketing, and most importantly, the ability to create work
that resonates with people.

Being a professional artist is a never-ending cycle.

Always create good work, continually review your market and marketplace to see where you
want to be in the coming months, write down a business plan that will allow you to meet your
goals for the year, and never stop making opportunities that will bring people to see your work.

Eventually, the opportunities you create will turn into connections, and then into sales, and
then into repeat customers. It’s not always simple or easy, but it works!

601
*162. HOW TO GROW AND EARN KSH.1 MILLION NET INCOME FROM HALF AN ACRE OF
TURMERIC IN NINE MONTHS*

Did you know that with between Sh.175,000 to Sh.200,000 for seeds, water, manure, and
labour, an half an acre can yield up to 7,500 kilos of wet turmeric rhizomes or 5,000 kilos when
dry and going with Sh.250 to Sh.400 price per kilo, this will translate to Sh.1,875,000 sold dry or
Sh.1,250,000 when wet in just 8 to 9 months?

Agriculture has been touted as the next frontier in Africa and choosing to grow a high value but
the less cultivated crop in Kenya like turmeric makes it a very profitable venture for farmers.

Known as the golden spice of life, turmeric is slowly spreading its roots in East Africa, with
Uganda taking the lead in cultivation.

According to Mr Oliver M. Ndegwa, the CEO of Madvisory Africa and lead Technical Engineer at
Agrotunnel International, there has been little uptake of the crop by farmers due to an
information gap.

“We import most of the turmeric consumed in the country because many farmers lack
information and quality seeds, despite the huge local and international market,” said Ndegwa.

Due to its high economic value, Ndegwa has since founded Turmeric Kenya Ltd to mobilize
farmers to grow the spice.

“We have started with the latest CIM PITAMBER turmeric variety from India which is at the
multiplication stage,” said Ndegwa

602
The variety also has curcumin (the highly needed anti-inflammatory compound) of 12.5 per
cent, the highest yield also of 2.5MT per half an acre, early maturity of 180-190 days and has
wet to dry conversion rate of 22 per cent.

Other varieties include Swarna, Sudarshana, Suguna, BSR 1, Krishna, Rajendra Sonia, BSR 2,
Allepy finger turmeric, Ranga and Waigaon among others.

*Growing turmeric*

For successful production and marketing, the following conditions and requirements should be
met.

*Climatic requirements*

Generally, the crop requires a tropical climate with a heavy rain period, which is followed by a
hot dry spell. It requires 1,000mm-2,000mm of rainfall annually and an altitude of 1,500m
above sea level making it an ideal crop for many regions in Kenya and extensively, East Africa.

It is a warm-season crop that thrives in humid climatic conditions and can be grown in a shade.
Ideal temperatures are between 20°C -35°C. It does well in organically rich, well-drained loamy
soils with a pH of 4.5-7.5

Farmers whose soils have a high pH can lower it by applying compost manure, while low PH can
be increased be applying calcium carbonate.

*Selecting turmeric planting materials*

This is a very critical part and a farmer can go wrong just by picking the wrong planting
materials.

“Farmers must avoid walking into the market to buy fresh turmeric rhizomes splits for direct
planting as this can lead to a long wait before sprouting. This is because the dormancy period of
the seed materials lasts for three months,” advises Ndegwa.

Instead, they should source clean planting materials from certified individual nurseries or
government seed merchants like KALRO.

603
The seed material from mother or finger rhizomes should be cut into pieces 4-5cm long with 1-
2 buds. However, mother rhizomes are most preferred as they give over 50 per cent more
yields compared to finger rhizomes.

*Land preparation*

Requires about 8 tonnes farmyard or compost manure per half an acre. The manure should be
broadcasted and then dug into 35-40cm depth during ploughing.

This is followed by harrowing and just before planting, beds of 1.0-1.5m wide, 15cm height
should be made at a space of 50cm from each other in readiness for planting.

*Planting*

Just like ginger, turmeric is planted whole or split either as mother or finger rhizomes of 40-50g
in weight.

For a farmer who wants to use finger rhizomes, mature and healthy ones are preferred though
according to experts, mother rhizomes are the best-placed planting materials for good
production.

Before planting, make ridges and furrows of 45-50cm on the beds.

When planting, seed rate depends on a variety of factors such as soil type, planting system and
weight of rhizomes and turmeric variety

It’s recommended to plant sets on ridges of 25-30cm apart, 15-30cm within rows and at a
depth of 5-10 cm. With sufficient water, the shoot starts appearing after 10-15 days and will
continue over a period of four to eight weeks.

About 1,000kg mother or finger rhizomes are required for planting an acre while a seed rate of
2,500kg and 2000kg of mother and finger rhizomes respectively are required to plant 1ha of
land.

In case of intercropping which can be done with crops such as chilli, onions, French beans,
coconut, eggplant and maize, 400-500kg of rhizomes are required.

*Irrigation*

604
the crop requires a litre of water per crop per week during dry season but this can be reduced
by half if vertical farming is done.

*Manure and fertilizer application*

Apply 16 tonnes of well-decomposed farmyard manure during land preparation. For fertilizer,
apply NPK at a ratio of 30:12:12 kilos per half an acre Top-dress a month later with UREA at
12.2kg per ½ acre. Weeding should be done when needed. However, four to five weeding
sessions are recommended.

*Pests and diseases*

Turmeric is affected by pests such as thrips, rhizome scales, nematode pests, and shoot. Borers
and diseases such as leaf blotch, leaf spot, leaf blight, root not and rhizome rot. Root-knot
nematodes can wipe out the entire crop population if not prevented or controlled in time,”
reveals Ndegwa. Seek professional assistance on seeing any sign of disease or pests.

*Harvest and post-harvest handling*

Happens in seven to eight months for early maturing, and eight to nine months for medium
maturing varieties. Harvest when leaves begin turning yellow and drying up.

Cut leaves close to the ground and gather the rhizomes by hand or use a spade to carefully lift
clumps to avoid damaging the rhizomes. Rhizomes are cured by leaving them for a day to wilt.

Ensure this is done within two to three days of harvesting. Just before curing, separate the
mother from the finger rhizomes and clean them up. Remember, you can realize an average
yield of 10 to 15 tonnes per acre of green turmeric.

*Post-harvest preservation*

This involves boiling in a covered pot filled with three-quarters of water for 45 to 60 minutes,
drying, and then polishing of the rhizomes by manual or mechanical rubbing to make them
smooth and appealing. Remember to leave your boiled rhizomes indoors for about a day before
sun drying for 10 to 15 days. You can preserve some rhizomes for seeds for at least 15 days by
storing them in pits and covering them with sawdust or sand.

605
*Marketing*

After polishing, your turmeric is ready for the market. A finger of a rhizome of about 11cm
retails at Ksh.20 in Nairobi and the price is higher in the international markets.

*Investment and production*

Though the costs of raising half an acre can be regarded as quite high at between Sh.175,000 to
Sh.200,000 for seeds, water, manure, and labour the returns are sweet

Currently, a kilo fetches Sh.200 to Sh.400, depending on variety and demand.

A half an acre can yield up to 7,500 kilos of wet turmeric rhizomes, 5,000 kilos when dry and
going with Sh.250 average price per kilo, this will translate to Sh.1,875,000 sold dry or
Sh.1,250,000 when wet.

*Finally,*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

*163. HOW LUCRATIVE IS THE PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICES BUSINESS?*

Most people don’t want to spend their time doing boring work. It’s an interesting trend that’s
catching on across Africa, especially with people who have busy lives in the urban areas.

606
Nowadays, fewer people want to do their laundry, wash their cars or clean their own homes. In
fact, they are willing to pay somebody else to do all these work.

It’s not only households that are outsourcing their ‘boring’ work. Organizations like schools,
offices, factories, shopping malls, hotels etc. are willing to pay for professional cleaning services
too!

This article reveals why professional cleaning services is really taking off in Africa and how you
too can start an interesting business in this industry.

*Why Is The Professional Cleaning Services Business Booming Across Africa?*

Every business opportunity exists for a reason. In this section, we will look at the factors that
are responsible for the growing demand for professional cleaning services in Africa. The
information here will help you to better target potential customers and convince partners and
investors of the viability of this business opportunity.

So, why is the professional cleaning business booming across Africa?

Here are the reasons…

*1. People will pay to outsource boring and time-consuming chores*

Most working-class people who live very busy lives in the cities have little time and patience to
do boring and time consuming work.

Fewer people nowadays want to do their laundry or wash their cars by themselves. They would
rather pay somebody else to do these chores. People in the city are very happy to pay for these
services so that they can use the time to rest, relax and do more valuable tasks.

At an urban migration rate of 3.5 percent over the last 20 years, over 800 million Africans will
live in cities and urban areas by 2050. Up to 40 percent of this population will belong to the
middle class, an economic group that can afford to pay for professional cleaning services for
their homes, rather than do it themselves. That’s quite a huge market.

607
Most people will require professional cleaning services about once a week or month, depending
on the level of cleaning required; basic or thorough. This makes private homes and residential
estates a prime target if you want to enter this business.

*2. Special Cleaning needs*

Most times, people don’t just hire professional cleaning or janitorial services because they are
lazy. Some situations require special and trained attention.

One good example is the kind of cleaning that is required after a big party, festival or
conference. It’s not the kind of mess a few ‘ordinary’ people can handle alone. You will need to
hire a professional cleaning service if you want a good job of cleaning out all the mess.

There are other times when people and even companies need specialized professional cleaning
services. If you are moving to a new house or just finished renovating one, it’s likely that you
will need a professional cleaning service that will use specialized equipment to clean the floors,
carpets, walls, ceilings, bathrooms and toilets.

With the current boom in the construction of residential and office buildings across African
cities, the demand for cleaning services is surely rising as more people and organizations move
into new houses/offices and renovate old ones. As the construction crews leave, professional
cleaning services move in!

*3. More organizations now prefer to outsource their cleaning needs*

It’s not just people who are paying to get their cleaning chores done. Factories, offices, schools,
banks, hospitals, hotels, restaurants and all kinds of private and government-run organizations
are outsourcing their cleaning needs too.

But why are they doing this? Why don’t they just hire cleaners as employees?

Well, outsourcing their cleaning needs to professional service companies is cheaper, easier to
deal with and more flexible for these organizations. They only pay for cleaning services when
they need it. That’s why many organizations now pay a monthly or annual fee to professional
cleaning companies to satisfy all their cleaning needs.

Cleaning is an essential task for all organizations, because cleanliness and hygiene is always
good for any business. But unfortunately, cleaning is not a ‘core’ task for them. For example, a

608
business will prefer to focus on tasks that make money and would rather outsource its cleaning
needs to another company to take care of.

*4. It’s more flexible and convenient for people and businesses*

Like I already mentioned above, people and businesses prefer to pay for professional cleaning
services because of the flexibility and convenience that it provides. After a busy day or week,
nobody wants to spend hours cleaning the house when they could be resting, relaxing or doing
other interesting stuff.

For businesses of all sizes and corporate organizations, professional cleaning services provide
value in terms of cost savings, greater efficiency, professional service, flexibility and
convenience. These are the main reasons why more businesses are willing to hire professional
cleaning services to handle their cleaning needs.

*7 Things You Should Know To Succeed In The Professional Cleaning Business*

Are you ready to build a remarkable business in the professional cleaning services industry? Are
you hardworking, versatile and willing to provide valuable service to people and make a healthy
profit? If you meet these criteria, then you are a good match for the cleaning business.

In this section, you will learn a few important basics about the professional cleaning business
that should help you get started as soon as you are ready. Here we go…

*1. Before you start, choose your target customer*

There are basically two main types of customers in the professional cleaning business:
Consumer (Residential) and Commercial (Office buildings etc.)

Why is this classification important? Well, the type of clients you choose to serve will determine
what type of equipment you will need, how much you will charge, and the nature of the
cleaning services you will be expected to perform.

Here’s a quick breakdown of the two main customer types:

Commercial clients, such as office buildings, hotels, hospitals, schools, airports etc., usually
require nightly or weekend-only janitorial-style cleaning. Washing the floors, cleaning the
bathrooms, emptying trash cans, cleaning kitchen areas, and washing doors and windows are

609
typical tasks that are often included in this type of service. This type of work is steady and pays
well.

Consumer or Residential clients usually require ‘maid services’. This includes general cleaning
and tasks that are specific to the clients’ needs. You may usually have to work while the client is
at home, and when you build trust, you could be given the keys.

Providing Residential cleaning services will mean having a diversity of clients, since most homes
only need to be cleaned once a week or so. This type of work doesn’t often pay as well as
Commercial clients but you could become successful by serving a lot of residential clients.

*2. You will need materials and equipment. You can buy some and lease others…*

Depending on the services you are offering and the kind of clients you get, you will need to
have a range of materials and equipment to help you do a very good job. Brooms, buckets, rags,
stain removers, trash bags and safety gear (rubber gloves, aprons, coveralls and dust masks) are
just a few of the basic and affordable materials you will need. Don’t forget, gloves and masks
are a very important if you are going to be handling toxic cleaning chemicals.

At the start of your business, you can rent equipment (like vacuum cleaners) so that you will
have the chance to make sure it’s up to your standards before making a purchase. Make sure
that you only invest in heavy-duty equipment that will be able to endure a lot of wear and tear
and last for many years.

You should also ensure that your equipment are always clean and in good working condition at
all times. It projects a professional image for your business.

*3. Employees – Hire carefully!*

Hire only qualified workers. The people who do the actual cleaning work (your employees) are
the face of your business. Anything they do poorly or wrongly could potentially damage the
reputation of your business.

That’s why you should only hire hardworking, committed, honest and customer-friendly people.
Apart from these qualities, they should always appear clean, neat, and wearing attractive
uniforms. This helps to create a good image for your business. You should also do background
checks on the people you hire to be sure they don’t have a criminal history.

610
Another important thing you should know is that you can easily lose employees in this business.
The employee turnover in the professional cleaning and janitorial services industry is high. So,
to attract and keep the best and loyal employees, you will have to pay competitive wages and
offer good perks.

Another good idea is to consider working with a hiring agency on a job-by-job basis if your
projects will vary in size and length. This will prevent employees from being idle and quitting
during slow times.

*4. Marketing – How to find and keep customers.*

The great thing about this business is that you can build a very successful cleaning business on
referrals from satisfied customers. If you do a good cleaning job, your happy customers will
gladly recommend and refer you to their friends, family, neighbors and colleagues. But you
need those first customers to get started, right?

Finding your first few customers isn’t always easy but you can start with your friends and
relatives, neigbours, former co-workers and employers, social groups and clubs, church or
religious acquaintances.

Another great marketing strategy is to design marketing materials (like fliers, brochures,
business cards etc.) that clearly lay out your services and communicate the uniqueness of your
business. Drop off fliers, door hangers and business cards to new businesses in your area as
well as other businesses within your target market. Introduce yourself to managers of these
businesses in person or by phone and ask if you can provide professional cleaning services.

*5. Your reputation matters a lot in this business. Guard it!*

As you begin working for clients, it’s very important to do your job well and respect your clients’
space. Any sign that personal property has been tampered with, damage has been caused and
gone unreported, or something has been stolen, can ruin your reputation as a cleaning
business.

Here are a few things you and your employees must always keep in mind:

If something gets broken while you are on the job, let your client know and either replace the
item or reimburse your client right away.

611
Put items back where you found them after cleaning them. Don’t touch people’s personal items
unless you have been instructed to do so.

Stay out of rooms you haven’t been instructed to clean. You don’t want to be accused of
something you didn’t do.

You and your employees must always operate and behave in such a way that your clients,
whether residential or commercial, will be comfortable trusting you and your employees with
unsupervised access to their homes, offices and facilities.

*6. Office versus Vehicle: which is more important?*

The truth is, you can start a professional cleaning business from your home. It’s unlikely that
your clients will visit your office, unless you are serving really large organizations that may want
to confirm your existence. Otherwise, all you really need is a good space to safely store all your
equipment and materials.

However, you may need a vehicle to function properly in the cleaning business. Because most
of your work will be done at your client’s location, a vehicle is actually more important than an
office space for your business.

An economy car should be perfect for small jobs while a truck or van will be most suited for
heavy-duty cleaning and janitorial services.

Whichever you choose, your vehicles should always be clean, running properly and neatly
marked with your company name, logo, contact information (telephone number and email) and
the services you provide. Don’t forget, a dirty, dented truck that belches smoke won’t impress
your clients.

*7. Pricing is important. Whatever you do, don’t lose money!*

Before you give your price for any cleaning jobs, you need to take into account the cost of
labour, materials, and overhead. You need to consider all these costs so that you can figure out
how much to charge for your services and make a profit. You are free to negotiate prices with
each new client, but it’s good to have a baseline in mind so that you will be able to stay in
business.

612
Remember, in many cleaning situations, you may be competing against the customer himself. If
your price is high, he or she may think, “For that much money, I can just do this myself.”

Do some research to find out how much other cleaning businesses charge for services like floor
cleaning and janitorial services so that you can remain competitive.

*Ready To Get Started?*

Over the next few decades, professional cleaning services will remain one of the most
interesting and lucrative business opportunities across Africa. In many parts of the continent,
it’s still a new concept that will eventually spread.

You don’t need a lot of capital to start this business. It’s one of those businesses you can start
from home before you grow and expand into a standalone business. With commitment,
hardwork and a good reputation, you are very likely to succeed in this line of business.

To your success!

*164. SMART AGRIPRENUERS ARE REAPING BIG WITH BLACK SOLDIER FLIES*

For years, the cost of commercial feeds has made poultry farming erratic and less profitable.
But farmers in Nyamira are shifting to more sustainable sources of protein for their chicken,
slashing feed costs substantially, and ensuring their chunkier poultry fetches better prices.

They are converting organic waste, picked from food markets, into fast-growing, protein-rich
larvae of black soldier flies, which are happily eaten by the chicken. The larvae contain 35 to 45
percent of protein, which is crucial in the growth of the birds.

613
We paid a visit to an insect-breeding farm in Kemera, Nyamira where farmers rearing 3,000
broilers for sale were learning the production of black soldier flies, with the help of experts
from Powerhive, a company connecting electricity to rural areas and a runs a poultry processing
plant in Kisii.

A structure that measures about 20 by 40 metres is full of stacks of black crates. Adjacent to the
crates is four cages covered with transparent polythene papers. In these cages, wasp-like
insects can be seen. They are the black soldier flies.

Annah Mong’ina, 53, was using the structure for poultry rearing but the high cost of feeds
edged her out of business. She opted to lease it to the farmers. The production of black soldier
flies is simple, that any farmer can do it with basic training, says Abigael Kitheka from
Powerhive.

The eggs are placed in tent-like structures together with organic waste where they incubate for
three days and then hatch. These organic wastes may include potato peels, kitchen waste, over-
ripe avocados, tomatoes, or mangoes.

The farmers collect the waste from nearby food markets. After the eggs hatch, they form
larvae, which begin to feed on the waste. Seven days later, the larvae have grown enough and
are ready for harvesting. All the larvae except 20 percent are harvested into feed. The
remaining black soldier flies perpetuate the colony.

Within 10 days, the larvae pass to the pupae stage before becoming flies. The flies live for
about five days on a diet of water only, and during that time they lay the eggs that begin the
process again. They are only alive six weeks but during that time, they reproduce generously,
laying 500-plus eggs in a single batch.

During harvesting, the larvae is washed and fed on chicken either alive or dried. Ms Kitheka says
she prefers drying it because it reduces the chances of infections in the flock. Drying the flies
involves putting them first in hot water before heating.

Ms Kitheka refers to them as brown live gold. The waste from the flies is used to make
composite manure that another expert Jared Nyangaresi says can be used in farms for
increased crop productivity.

He notes that apart from feeding the larvae on broiler chicken, they can also be a good meal for
pigs and fish.

614
Insect protein is a good way to go. Before they started feeding the chicken the larvae, the
farmers would spend Sh.672,480 to rear 3,000 broilers to maturity. Now the cost of production
has reduced by Sh.201,704.

Taking waste and turning it into a high-value product while avoiding the use of chemicals, Mr
Nyangaresi says, contributes to global sustainability and climate-smart agriculture.

“The larvae as feed supplements can improve the income of smallholder farmers,” he says.
Some of the gains the farmers say they have seen is faster weight gain in the chicken,
translating to an increase in earnings by 20 percent. For broiler chicken to be ready for market,
they take up to six weeks when fed on commercial feeds. However, when they are fed on
larvae, they reach maturity within four weeks and attain more weight compared to those fed
on commercial feeds only.

Chicken fed on the larvae weigh around five kilos on maturity compared to those reared on
commercial feeds that weigh 3.5 kilos on average, the experts said.

Off the busy Eldoret-Kitale Road in Uasin Gishu, one finds Senior Estate, a fast-growing middle-
income residential area.

The estate is dotted with bungalows and maisonettes as well as apartments.

It is here that Evelyn Nekesa runs Fair and Sustainable Insect Farm, from where she rears black
soldier flies.

We find Nekesa supervising her two workers, who are loading wet organic waste onto a
machine inside a store that stands next to a greenhouse.

The quarter-acre farm hosts three greenhouses measuring 15 by 3 metres, where production of
the flies at various stages takes place. She has named them larvarian, love-cage and hatchery.

“Larvarian is where we feed the insects, in love cage mating happens and at the hatchery, they
lay the eggs,” says the 30 years old farmer.

She started the project in April last year to cash in on the shortage of animal feeds.

615
“I went for free training at the International Centre of Insect Physiology and Ecology (Icipe) in
Nairobi and, thereafter, was given a free black soldier flies kit to start my project.”

During the training, Nekesa says she learnt about crickets but chose black soldier flies because
she needed to use their waste as fertilizer for her organic farm.

She feeds the insects fresh market produce that she sources from Eldoret town.

“I get 2.4 tonnes that cost me Sh.2,000 daily. This includes transportation and collection costs. I
use a hot air dryer to grind and break them into smaller portions so that the flies can consume
with ease to grow uniformly. We allow them to ferment for three days before feeding the
insects,” says Nekesa, an accountant.

The love section consists of 70 cages where male and female flies mate and lay eggs in a
wooden structure. A single fly hatches 300 to 1,000 eggs in seven days. After that they die. The
eggs hatch into larvae in about four days.

“I dry in the sun and sell the larvae at Sh.100 per kilo to small-scale livestock farmers in Eldoret.
We produce up to 130 kilos of larvae on a good day and 50 kilos on a bad day.”

On the other hand, she dries the waste that comes from the production process and mills to
make organic fertilizer.

“Sometimes we, however, mix the waste with the black soldier flies themselves, grind and sell
to farmers. We make up 150 kilos of organic fertilizer in a day, selling a 90kg bag at Sh.2,500,”
explains Nekesa.

The fertilizer is rich in nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium. According to agriculture experts, it
enhances soil fertility and contains an element called chitin to boost plant immunity.

Nekesa notes that to run such a business, one does not need to start big.

“Some Sh.10,000 is enough. What one needs is black soldier flies and organic waste,” says the
agriprenuer.

According to her, the business is good because the insects are rarely attacked by diseases or
pests save for mites but they don’t kill them.

616
Dr Nicholas Syano, a lecturer at Machakos University, observes that use of insects to produce
rich protein for livestock and organic fertilizer is a part of climate-smart farming.

“Feeds contribute up to 86 per cent of the costs on the farm. And this is because of expensive
protein sources. Using black soldier flies or earthworms helps to lower costs at the farm level,”
notes the expert.

*165. DEMAND FOR KENYAN AVOCADO CONTINUES TO CLIMB: THE ISSUE RIGHT NOW IS
PROVIDING A CONTINUOUS SUPPLY*

The avocado market has been thriving over the past few years as the fruit’s popularity soared
worldwide, and the Kenyan avocado has a special niche in the global market. According to Juan
Escorcia, from Avocados Aguirre the demand is almost impossible to satiate.

“Right now the issue with avocados is not selling them – they sell themselves. The issue we
have right now is providing a continuous supply because the demand is so high. The demand
has been climbing exponentially this past decade which has brought a lot of new production
around the world.

Ten years ago, Mexico produced around 90% of the world’s avocados, but today new markets
are arising in other Latin American countries, in Africa - Kenya topping the list, New Zealand and
Australia. There has even been production in China. From our experience, however, there is still
not enough production to meet the demand.” Juan says.

In the next three years, China could pass the United States and become the number one
avocado consumer country in the world, according to major retail company Pagoda. This

617
expanding market is great news to hass avocado farmers in Kenya as the country has started
exporting frozen avocado to China.

Mr Wang estimates that China is importing 70 container loads of avocadoes per week, and
believes there is potential to grow that number to 700 loads per week in 15 years’ time, making
the country the largest importer in the world.

Fredrick Chege walks inside his 10-acre avocado farm in Elburgon, Nakuru County, with great
satisfaction.

With him is his wife, Mary Njeri, who helps him scout for pests and diseases on the trees that
are fruiting.

Their farm, named Nyakiambi, hosts some 1,500 avocado trees that are at various stages of
growth.

“I started the farm in 2019 after buying 1,200 certified Hass avocado seedlings from a nursery.
From these seedlings, only 300 of them survived since water was a big challenge for me then,”
recalls Chege, noting that he added 900 more to replace those that died.

Later, some of the seedlings were also eaten by moles, says Chege, noting he spent Sh.630,000
in the venture.

But this did not dampen his spirit. He spaces the trees at 15ft by 15ft to ensure good growth
and this enables him to intercrop the fruit trees with leguminous crops like beans since they
contain nitrogen that boost the growth of avocado trees.

“The good thing with avocado is that once planted, the trees do not need greater maintenance
especially when it comes to inputs like fertilizer,” says Chege.

During his first harvest two months ago, the couple got 20,000 fruits, with each tree producing
some 250 fruits.

They sold each for between Sh.10 and Sh.20 depending on the size to traders.

“This was a good beginning and I am optimistic that in the second harvest in December, one
tree may produce up to 400 fruits. Farmers can harvest two to three times per year depending

618
on the season especially when rainfall is sufficient,” he says. According to him, the avocado
market is good as he deals with buyers directly on the farm.

To make the fruits healthier, the couple manures, waters and top dresses the trees with
Calcium Ammonium Nitrogen.

“Our plan is to sell our fruits to companies that make products like butter and create jobs for
the youths. I call on farmers to embrace avocado farming since it has little expenses and
second, the returns are good,” says Njeri, adding that they employ four workers and are
working on drilling a borehole and erecting water tanks on the farm as they move to using drip
irrigation to water their trees as dryspells become frequent.

Chege sees a bright future in avocado farming as in 2020 when Covid-19 struck, demand rose
significantly as consumers embraced fruits to boost their immunity.

Molo sub county agricultural officer, Emma Mwangi, notes that certified seedlings are key to
good avocado yields.

“Buy the seedlings from reliable sources that have been approved by the ministry to increase
the quality of production. One can also visit our offices for direction on taking care of the
seedlings, the fruits and the trees in general.”

Kenya is one of the leading exporters of avocado in Africa, in 2020 shipping 70 million kilos to
the international market. Last year, the country exported 85 million kilos worth Sh.14.4 billion.

*166. HERBS FARMING BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The increasing trend for a healthy lifestyle and the need to boost immunity due to the Covid-19
pandemic has raised demand for herbs and spices.

619
The number of farmers growing herbs and spices as their main economic crop has also
increased.

A quarter an acre can produce up to 300 kilos of herbs and spices with a farmer earning about
Sh.60,000 monthly. Main market is people suffering from lifestyle diseases.

A rich and sweet cocktail of scents greets you at Sarah Nyambura’s herbal farm in Njoro Sub
County in Nakuru. A range of herbal crops on a quarter acre farm in Mukunguru location, are
arranged in orderly rows.

Initially, Nyambura says that she had tried their luck in cabbages and tomato farming, but as
she would soon discover, the crops were not only labour-intensive, but also had low income
particularly when they were hit by a glut in markets.

From a quarter an acre of cabbages, she would make around Sh.20,000 in three months, while
she makes more than double the amount from mint on a similar size of land in two weeks.

Her farm teems with medicinal and culinary herbs which include thyme, Chia, Rosemary, Basil,
mints, Sage, Marjoram, Gooseberry and Oregano.

She states most of the herbs are used to dress fish, meat and poultry in fresh or dry form in
tourist hotels. According to her, prices of herbs vary from Sh.220 to Sh.800 a kilo.

But Nyambura, who is rather new in the herbs farming agribusiness, says she wishes to learn
more about this venture and concentrate on the export market alone.

This way, she says, she will not only earn more but also employ more than the current three
people who work in her farm.

“Initially, I grew the herbs for home consumption. I used to sell them to my neighbours who
would use them to spice and dress foodstuffs such as rice, fish, stews, chicken and tea,” she
says. It was not until 2018 that she started commercial farming.

That time, she met officials from Virtuous Women and Youth Horticulture Campaign (VWYHC),
an organization that empowers women and youth on commercial herb farming.

On the day of the interview, the farmer was in the company of Irene Muchimba and Sheila Khai,
founder and Director Virtuous Women and Youth Horticulture Campaign respectively.

620
Whenever one needs help with planting, harvesting, marketing among other activities in farms,
the organization steps in.

Nyambura says herbs are easy to manage. Most of them mature between three to five months,
and thereafter continuous harvesting after one or two weeks.

Ms Muchimba, a nutritionist observes that herb farming is a venture that is yet to be exploited,
yet it can create employment and income, especially for young people.

She says that the farming is simple, less capital and labour intensive and lucrative as long as the
farmer is well prepared.

“In the wake of the Covid-19 outbreak across the world, demand for herbs, especially thyme,
has been on the rise. Herbs are increasingly becoming popular as they provide natural
ingredients needed in formulation of medication for diseases such as diabetes, cancer,
hypertension among others.”

She states that currently, thyme is fetching about Sh.800 per kilogramme in the international
market, with the main market being within the European Union (EU) while a kilogramme of the
other herbs fetches some 3.4 Euros (Sh.394) in the export market.

Kenya’s herbal crops she says have a huge unmet demand in Russia, Italy, United Kingdom and
Netherlands.

“Demand for our herbal crops peaks up in the European market from October to March during
winter. We advise our farmers to increase their volumes during this period,” explains Ms
Muchimba.

Ms Khai says their next big move will be investing in value addition. She adds that in value
addition, the herbs can be used to manufacture juices and other final products. “Those who do
value addition are raking in more money than those who sell in raw form,” She states.

Fred Odhiambo, a youth from Rongo town in Migori County has been practicing herb farming in
his forty-square meters organic farm for medicinal values.

Odhiambo, a teacher by profession and the Director of Organic Green System whose herb
business initiative is my farm, my food, my health and my wealth. He said that he was

621
motivated to start herb farming in 2018 to tap on the underdeveloped business and help
Kenyans live a healthier life.

He says that he started planted the herbs when he realized the returns were much better than
his previous vegetable business.

Odhiambo says that his forty-square meter farm has 43 different herb crops that takes between
two and half to seven months to mature. The farm has herb crops like Moringa aloe vera,
ginger plant, peppermint, beetroot, yellow dock and Artemisia plant (malaria plant).

He says that some of these herbal plants help to normalize blood pressure improve wound
healing and eliminate constipation. He also notes that the herbs help in blood circulation,
prevent colds and coughs, and relief heartburn.

Odhiambo notes that he has also planted vegetables like spinach as a herb because of its
medicinal value. He is encouraging Kenyans to always include spinach in their diet as it aids in
weight loss, promotes eye health, and healthy bones. The excess spinach is sold to vegetable
vendors in Rongo town.

He explains that these herbs prevent a lot of diseases that are chronic like diabetes and
hypertension that have become a problem to our health and which has drained a lot of Kenyans
financial resources during the treatment process.

He acknowledges that organic farming can solve a lot of health problems because the crops
grown are natural and free from toxic chemicals and fertilizers that are usually used. He notes
that the nutrition obtained from his herbs will help a lot of people live a healthier lifestyle.

Odhiambo blends and packages herb juice which he sells in Migori, Nairobi and other
neighboring Nyanza Counties. One liter of blended herb juice costs Sh.150. His daily income
ranges between Ksh.2,000 to Ksh.3,500 which he says is good return.

“I do sell seedlings to local farmers, adding to my profits. I also train farmers on how to do
organic farming and herb planting because of the passion and the self-satisfaction I get from
enterprise,” said Odhiambo.

The farmer notes that he has gone for various training sessions to enhance his agribusiness
skills. He says that the skills acquired will help improve his herb enterprise as well as be able to
train other farmers on the same.

622
*167. IS FISH BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

I recently had an interesting conversation with a friend on how the job market is flooded
because of the qualifications required for a particular role. The answer he gave was considered
absurd by many. He said, ‘uzuri kuuza samaki hautaulizwa mambo mingi.’

As weird as it may sound fish business brings in a lot of profit.

For a long time Kenyans have always thought that starting fish business belongs to people of
Kisumu only, they shunned the business completely. It has reached a time where every business
oriented human being in Kenya is shifting his energy to operating food business, especially fish
business.

There are a number of Nairobi residents who have Doctors’ instructions restricting them from
eating red meat. They have resorted to eating fish and chicken because there are not
associated with cancer and related ailments. The large number of this class of people has
pushed the demand for fish to the ceiling.

Fish business is booming in Nairobi and whoever started the business earlier is cashing in
enough money to finance his projects. It’s not a secret anymore Kisumu has literary migrated to
Nairobi. There are a number of business people who have joined the veterans in Nairobi in
conducting the business.

In Nairobi, the fish market is readily available. Fish is expensive. However, that does not hinder
people from buying fish. Setting up a stall at City Market is advisable. The unavailability of a
stall should not scare you because you can opt to rent a place.

623
There are areas in Nairobi where people generally don’t like eating fish but most estates are
ideal for the business. According to our research, the areas which are ideal for fish business
include Kayole, Kibera, Langata, Embakasi, Westlands, Rongai, Ruiru, Donholm, Kawangware
and Ngara.

The business is also ideal in Nairobi city Centre, especially city market and Muthurwa market

The capital required to start fish business is not as high as most people think. Once you get a
fridge of say Ksh.20,000, you only require Ksh.10,000 to start operating your business, but if
you need a room/stall in Nairobi, you would require Ksh.50,000 to start the business besides a
fridge.

You don’t need to travel to Kisumu to source for fish because they are readily available in
Muthurwa market or City Market.

If you keep a clear track of your sales, you will notice that you can make Ksh.3,000 per day. This
amount doubles during weekends and holidays.

Most business persons we have spoken with indicate that in a good day they make up to
Ksh.3,000 but the profit goes up significantly during holidays and weekends.

Those who operate in Nairobi town centre make up to Ksh.7,000 per day, which guarantees one
comfortable life in Nairobi.

Compared to other businesses like hawking and general shop, this is surely a good business to
do in Nairobi that could guarantee you decent profit

The fish business might seem inferior. It is your creativity that will help you maneuver
depending on the location you choose. You are not bounded to sell raw fish only. You will note
that other sellers are cutting the fish into pieces, frying the pieces, and selling the pieces. In this
situation, it means that the seller knows what his/her market desires.

When I first read the story of the fishmonger who has managed to build a 3 million home from
that business, I was hooked.

Not every day, you read stories of people who have risen above the shackles of poverty to claim
a seat in the millionaires club.

624
Born in Siaya County, from a humble background and a family of four, Cynthia Adhiambo Juma
had no other option but to drop out of school in form two.

“My family was not well-off. So we always struggled. At form two, we could not sustain it. I
then dropped out to think of how to get out of that kind of poverty. I’m the first born in a family
of two girls and two boys. You can now imagine of the responsibilities which surround some
first borns,” said Cynthia Adhiambo.

Without a good education, she had no choice but to accept an invitation to work in Nairobi
even if it meant doing casual jobs.

She says that she could not afford to be choosy and took up any job that came by. This saw her
work at several mjengo businesses in 2010 for about a year.

“It’s never an easy job for any woman, being pushed on and lifting concretes,” she narrates.

In 2011, knowing how she was struggling, her mother referred her to someone she knew in
Mombasa who owned a fish business.

Cynthia packed her bags and moved to Mombasa. Her job was to fry and sell fish earning 200
shillings a day.

Though her pay was little, she was determined to make it in life and set a good example for her
siblings and it saw her start saving the little she was getting.

“I worked hard while studying how things are done with a view of opening my small shop-for
the same business,” she says, adding that, “I saved some coins and opened my own shop-
though small in size, in 2012.”

Fast forward to today, after moving to Mombasa, her life has transformed and she is now an
inspiration to many that you don’t have to have a big job to make it in life. She is a school
dropout but her life has transformed in a major way.

She has expanded that small shop she opened with the little savings to a fish business that
supplies major hotels in the coastal region.

“I’m now happy to be my own boss. I have successfully expanded the business in all fronts. I
supply fish to various hotels and clubs in the city,” she said.

625
Some of the big hotels that she supplies fish to in Mombasa include, Masai Resort and Kenya
Ports Authority.

“At one point, I was a mtu wa mkono at construction sites, but because of my fish business, I
have built my parents a Sh.3 million home in Busia,” she said. “Technically, I’m a millionaire,”
she quips.

Cynthia is a true definition of what hard work and determination can do. Are you still looking
for a job or a purpose in life? You can learn a thing or two about success from her.

*168. IS THE EGGS DISTRIBUTION BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

Eggs are largely consumed by a wide range of people and organizations in Kenya ranging from
hotels, restaurants, events, families, and individuals. It is even more interesting to know that in
the production of most baked snacks, eggs are used in the manufacturing process, and as such,
their demand and usage in Kenya remains astronomical.

Eggs have a large market and all you need to do is proper marketing. In this article, I will take
you through the process of how you can start a profitable eggs wholesale business in Kenya.

*Facts and Benefits of the Egg Distribution Business*

*Easy to startup and operate

*It can be a low-cost business idea

*The egg supply business does not require advanced tooling or special skills

*Eggs are a great source of protein

626
*Eggs have a wide variety

*It can create a weekly recurring income stream

*The colour of the shell depends on the breed of the hen that laid it.

*The colour of the yolk depends on the hen’s diet.

*The age of a hen affects the size of an egg.

*For the best hard boiled eggs, use eggs that are at least 10 days old.

*How To Start Eggs Distribution Business*

*1). Identify A Reliable Farm That Produces Eggs in Large Volumes*

The first step to starting an egg distribution business in Kenya or Africa is to locate a farm you
can constantly get a large volume supply of eggs from. While one farm may appear to be good
enough, it’s key you have two to three poultry farms you purchase eggs from at very affordable
and reasonable prices, so that you can never default on a supply to your end clients.

*2). Raise Adequate Startup Capital*

After taking care of your supply point, the next step is to raise adequate startup capital to run
your business so that once you reach out to prospective clients to supply them eggs, you would
be able to handle the supplies on time every time.

The cost of starting the egg wholesale business depends on the size of your business. You can
start a small egg supply business with around 200 trays of eggs and grow your stock with time.

Some of the requirements you need to start an egg supply business include egg trays, a room to
store the eggs and a means of transport. You can start supplying eggs using a Tuk-tuk and with
time, you can buy a probox, pick up or canter.

You can start a small egg wholesale business with Ksh.260,000. The amount will cater for:

*Egg stock – Ksh.50,000

627
*Tuk-tuk – Ksh.200,000 (optional if you have other means of transport)

*Business license – Ksh.5,000

*Trays and miscellaneous – Ksh.5,000

*3). Reach Out To Several Prospective Customers:*

The next step is to build your supply chain by reaching out to prospective clients who have a
high chance of making a weekly recurrent purchase from your business. These can be
restaurants, hotels, boarding schools, and much more.

When they buy from you on a recurring basis, you will have a steady weekly income and would
easily grow your business from there.

You can also market your business online on social media and also make use of classified
websites like jiji.co.ke to market your business.

You can do so by visiting potential customers and give them your business cards and
pamphlets. Print business cards which you can leave with those you visit to contact you later.

Finally, offer your customers excellent customer service so that they can tell their friends about
your business.

*4). Setup A Storage Facility and Acquire the Required Equipment*

Once you have established a strong supply chain and may be ready to start the egg distribution
business, you will need to set up the required infrastructure you need to make your business a
successful one by renting a space to act as a storage facility and by either purchasing a delivery
van or finding one you can lease at a very affordable cost.

The amount of money you spend on equipment and transportation can greatly affect your
profit margins negatively or positively. So paying extra attention to this is key to success.

*Challenges in the Egg Wholesale Business*

628
You need to prepare for eventualities that may arise. As such, you need to familiarize yourself
with challenges facing the egg whole business.

These challenges include:

1. While in transit, some eggs may break and you need to account for them.

2. If eggs stay for too long, they spoil. As such, always sell the old stock first.

3. The egg supply keeps on fluctuating. During the cold weather, chicken do not lay many eggs
and in such times, the supply may go down.

*Is Egg Business Profitable in Kenya?*

Since agriculture is the backbone of Kenya’s economy, the egg supply business is a profitable
venture. Eggs being a good source of proteins, they are preferred by many and their demand is
usually high.

Assuming that you are buying a tray of eggs from a farmer at Ksh.250, Ksh.280, Ksh.300 or
Ksh.320 depending on your location and the size of eggs and you sell it at Ksh,300, Ksh,330,
Ksh,350 or Ksh,400 you will have made Ksh.50 profit per tray.

Assuming that every day you sell 50 trays of eggs, you will be making Ksh.2,500 profit daily.

I was with a friend of mine who is into poultry business and as we were talking he told me
about some of his middlemen (or you call them middlewomen because they are women) who
usually buy like 50 trays of eggs from him and other poultry farmers every day.

According to him, these women make as much as Ksh.5,000 every day just by being eggs
distributors.

Ksh.5,000 in 25 working days (not to talk about some of them who work every day) means
Ksh.125,000 a month.

My friend confessed to me, “Even we who are working tirelessly on the poultry farm are not
making as much as they are making”.

*Conclusion*

629
Egg distribution business in Kenya can be a Lucrative and profitable venture, due partly to its
vast market demands and largely on your own ability to build a wide supply chain network.

You can target institutions like boarding schools, hotels and hospitals where you can sell eggs in
large quantities.

Finally, market your business and work to maintain your existing customers.

If you are looking for a part time or full time agribusiness to venture into, the egg supply
business in Kenya is an option to explore.

*169. JUST HOW PROFITABLE IS LPG COOKING GAS RETAIL BUSINESS?*

With rapid urbanization taking place in most parts of Kenya, more and more people are
switching to using LPG Gas for cooking.

Cooking gas is cleaner and more convenient as compared to using charcoal or kerosene. That’s
why the idea of starting an LPG retail business is not only a timely one; but also an
environmentally conscious one.

Cooking gas business is a very profitable business in Kenya, in a good month you can get profits
of between Ksh.90,000 and Ksh.180,000. What determines cooking gas retail business profits is
your ability to retain customers and how you gain new customers.

Cooking gas in major towns is refilled at a wholesale price of Ksh.93 per kg, the wholesale price
to refill a 6kgs gas cylinder is Ksh.558, the retail selling price of 6kgs gas cylinder is Ksh.900 to
Ksh.1,000.

630
Refilling a 13kgs gas cylinder in wholesale costs Ksh.1,209, the retail price of 13kgs gas cylinder
ranges between Ksh.1,800 to Ksh.2,000. That means you can make a profit ranging between
Ksh.750 – Ksh.950.

In a day a cooking gas retail business can sell 10 gas cylinders of 6kgs, that means you can make
a profit of Ksh.4,000 daily.

But keep in mind that this only accounts for 6kgs gas cylinders, so selling a few 13kg gas
cylinders throughout the day could earn you even more money on top.

At most on a monthly basis your LPG Cooking gas business can generally generate profits
between Ksh.90,000 and Ksh.180,000.

Let’s dive into the details on how you can start this business.

*Step One*

Like with any other business the best approach to setting up a cooking gas retail business is by
first conducting research. You are probably here to do just that – but it is even wiser to carry
out some on-ground research to get the finer details. Some points you need to pay close
attention to during your research include:

*Ideal location for the business

*Rules and regulations of the industry

*Challenges

*Safety measures

*How to manage the business

*Step Two*

If you are satisfied with your research and are sure that you have spotted a gap in the market,
the next step is to draw-up a budget. Your budget should include the cost of premises, licensing
costs, equipment and miscellaneous expenses.

631
Here is a sample budget.

*Premises (Rent & Deposit) – Ksh.10,000

*Metal grill for storage & security – Ksh.20,000

*County Government License – Ksh.10,000

*Acquire a license from ERC – Ksh.3,000

*Certified weighing scale – Ksh.2,000

*First supply of gas stock – Ksh.30,000

*Marketing and advertisement – Ksh.1,000

*Miscellaneous Cost – Ksh.10,000

TOTAL - Starting capital of Ksh.100,000 will be a good start.

*We recommend you invest more in making the premises more secure especially if you are
operating in an area where theft of gas cylinders is rampant.

*The wholesale cost of gas differs per kilo from place to place. When doing your calculations,
do research of the prices in your area.

*Step Three*

Once you are comfortable with the budget and have raised the funds required, you can go
ahead and set up the premises. Then as the fundi’s finish their job, you can approach a few
distributors serving in your area and draw a sales agreement with them.

You can then proceed make your first order so that you can stock your outlet.

*DOs*

632
• Ideally, you should locate your business in a relatively busy or growing residential area. Think
of those upcoming estates like Joska, Kantaffu, Kiserian, Isinya and so forth. Most established
estates are quite competitive although you can still find some gaps to fill.

• Be sure to market your business through good branding and distribution of posters in the
estate

• You can offer free delivery to your clients as a way to win over their loyalty

• Security is a very important aspect of this business, make sure you put in place proper
security measures and don’t compromise

• Keep good books and be sure to issue all your customers with receipts on each transaction

*DON`Ts*

• Don’t buy gas from shady distributors – it may be cheaper but it can land you in trouble

*Just How Profitable Is Cooking Gas Business?*

The profitability of this business depends entirely on your customer acquisition and retention
efforts. This is how the LPG gas business works.

You purchase gas from wholesalers at between Ksh.93 to Ksh.100 per kilo of gas (price may vary
depending on your location) and sell for as much as Ksh.154 per kilo.

Thus 13KG gas will cost you Ksh.1,300 and you will re-sell it at Ksh.2,000 thus making Ksh.700
profit. The 6KG one will cost you Ksh.600 and you will in turn retail it at Ksh.1,000 making profit
of Ksh.400.

*Final Word*

Cooking gas business is a good retail business in Kenya provided you find a market where prices
are stable and quality of gas is not compromised.

Unlike other business where you need to be involved on a day-to-day basis, this one can be
operated remotely as long as you hire a good shop attendant.

633
*170. IS NYAMA CHOMA A PROFITABLE BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

Nyama choma is one of the favorite dishes for many Kenyans. Many Kenyan men love nyama
choma, and it is one of the most ordered food during festivities and weekends.

Businesses dealing with nyama choma and beer thrive due to their high demand.

You can start a nyama choma business in almost any part of the country and start making a
good income.

It is estimated that only 1% of businesses which sell nyama choma make losses. The remaining
99 percent are swimming in profits.

In this article, we are going to show you how you can start a nyama choma business in Kenya.

*Find a Good Business Location*

For you to succeed in the nyama choma business in Kenya, you need to set up your business in
a reliable location.

Some of the best locations to set up your nyama choma business include near or outside a pub,
hotel, or a club.

You can also start one near universities and colleges, or social places, market centers.

Some of the best towns to start nyama choma business include Nakuru, Gilgil, Mombasa,
Kiambu, Nairobi, Busia, Kisii, Nairobi, Murang’a, and Mtwapa.

*Decide on the Type of Nyama Choma to Sell*

634
The first thing you need to do before starting a nyama choma business is to decide the kind of
nyama choma you want to sell.

You can sell a wide variety of nyama choma like goat, beef, chicken, pork, and even rabbit.

Identify which kind of meat people in your locality love most. Most Kenyans prefer goat meat
over beef.

*Find Reliable Meat Suppliers*

The next thing you need to do to start nyama choma business is to identify reliable suppliers.

For instance, if you are around Nairobi, you can source meet from slaughter houses in Dagoretti
or Kitengela.

If you are around Thika or Murang’a, you can get meat supply from Kabati.

If you are around Mombasa, you can get meat from town market opposite A One Supermarket.

*Cost of Starting a Nyama Choma Business*

The cost of starting nyama choma business in Kenya depends on the size of your business and
business location.

Starting a nyama choma business outside a building would cost you less than inside a building.
You will need at least Ksh.20,000 to start a nyama choma business in Kenya.

Grill meat roaster – Ksh.7,000

Meat stock – Ksh.5,000

Business licenses – Ksh.5,000

Space rent – Ksh.8,000

*Is Nyama Choma Business Profitable in Kenya?*

635
Most people I have talked with indicate that they make Sh.2,000 to Sh.10,000 per day in
Nairobi.

In Mombasa, especially Mtwapa, they make Sh.1,000 to Sh.7,000 per day.

The profit in Kisumu and Kisii is between Sh.500 to Sh.4,000 per day.

The best towns to start nyama choma business are Thika, Nairobi, Kiambu, Mombasa, Mtwapa,
Kisumu, Kisii, Nakuru, Naivasha and Busia.

Kenyans love goat meat more than beef. They also love chicken meat, especially those in
Nairobi.

Nyama choma business is one of the most profitable meat businesses you can start in Kenya.

The high demand for meat and nyama choma makes it a good venture.

To make it in the business, start one near areas with a high population like market centers.

*Tips on How to Make it in the Nyama Choma Business in Kenya*

To make it in the nyama choma business in Kenya, do the following:

*Sell some extras like mutura and soup

*Ensure that your business premise is always clean

*Hire someone who knows how to roast meat

*Look for soft meat

*Identify fast moving nyama choma; goat, beef etc

*In Conclusion*

Starting nyama choma business is a profitable venture in Kenya. Its demand is high and it is one
of the most preferred food.

636
You can sell a wide variety of nyama choma like goat, beef, pork and chicken.

Identify which one is fast moving and then sell more of it. You can also sell extras like mutura
and soup to generate more profits.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it… then don’t wait
to start… just do it.

*171. IS ORNAMENTAL FISH BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

Ornamental fish business in Kenya is estimated to grow at a steady pace over the next 15 years.

However, despite the growing domestic demand, very few of our local entrepreneurs seem to
have taken up this idea.

As such, the niche-specific market has had to contend with an under-supply for many years. In
fact, the vast majority of ornamental fish sold in Kenya and Africa in general are imported
mostly from Israel, Eastern Europe and Far East.

And as we found out during our research, breeding of tropical ornamentals is usually a small-
scale business, and there is nothing really complicated or high-tech about it.

You can therefore start your own smallholding today, and begin supplying nearby retail shops
with cheaper and high-quality fish without the costs of international transport, customs
clearance and the stress to the fish associated with being transported for many hours.

637
Here’s a step-by-step guide on how you can produce better fish quality than the imported stock
and how you can make money out of it.

*Step 1: Getting Started*

First you will need to find a suitable location for your venture. An ideal ground is one that has
adequate supply of water, preferably located in an environment that is neither too hot nor too
cold (23 degrees to 28 degrees temperature is recommended).

As such most of Nairobi, Central Kenya, Central Rift, Western, Nyanza and Coast would be ideal
places to begin your search for land.

*Step 2: Build a Pond*

A typical liner pond costs about Ksh.30,000 to construct. The size of the pond will depend on
the number of fish you want to keep. For instance, a 250ft X 250ft pond is adequate for 3000
ornamental fish.

You can seek help from the National Aquaculture Research Development and Training Centre in
Sagana Kirinyaga County for additional advice on best practices of ornamental fish farming.

*Step 3: Buy Fingerlings*

You can start with as few as 60 ornamental fish fingerlings. Small gold fish fingerlings cost
Ksh.150 (estimate) each, Black Molly cost Ksh.400 each and Orandas Ksh.500 each.

You can mix these three species to provide diversity to your customers.

*Step 4: Manage The Farm*

Ornamental fish are best fed using flakes and pellets. The water in the pond also needs to be
changed at least once every month.

The fish normally reach maturity in 1 to 2 years, and although they can live up to 20 or more
years, as a commercial farmer, you will want to begin exploring the option of selling them as
early as possible.

638
*Step 5: Build Aquarium Tanks (Optional)*

You can choose to sell your fish directly to people who make aquariums or you can learn the art
(of making aquarium boxes) yourself so that you can tap in even more profit.

For instance, an empty aquarium box measuring one-and-half square feet currently goes for
Ksh.10,000.

*Step 6: How To Market Your Fish*

Ornamental fish are priced per inch. Hence, the longer the fish, the bigger the price tag on it.
For instance, a 6 inch gold fish (priced at Ksh.150/- per inch) will attract Ksh.1,000.

And since an aquarium is a lovely sight to behold that uses minimal electricity power in the
house, you can market your product directly to homeowners, commercial offices or even
schools.

You can also look up some high-end malls in the city (such as Yaya Center and Sarit Center) for
potential market.

So, in other words, the market is readily available…you only need to be good at prospecting and
pricing.

*The Dos*

*Visit the National Aquaculture Research Development and Training Centre or their agents for
training and mentorship.

*Consult with farmers who are already in this business to get an idea of the challenges they
encounter.

*Consult a few buyers in your area or region to get an idea of the kind of quality they are
looking for.

*The Don’ts*

*Don’t overcrowd your fish in the pond (1 inch of fish per 4 litres of water is recommended).

639
*Don’t add too many new fish into your pond at one time, get a few first and see how they
adjust to their new home.

*Don’t use pesticides near your pond, generally maintain high hygiene standards around the
fish.

*How Much To Invest*

Building the pond will cost you about Ksh.30,000 and buying new fingerlings will cost you about
Ksh.20,000.

You can start with 60 fish, which if well fed and maintained, can multiply to over 10,000 in a
year.

*How Much To Expect*

If you sell half of the fish (5,000) per year with each fish priced at Ksh.500 then you can expect a
sale volume of Ksh.2.5 million.

And since the cost of maintaining a pond isn’t that high, then you can look forward to a pretty
decent profit margin of around 80%.

*Final Word*

There’s an old saying that goes, “opportunities are missed because they come dressed in
overalls and look like work.”

So today, you can make a choice whether to spot an opportunity or to fear work and continue
blaming others for your misfortunes.

Ornamental fish farming in Kenya presents a wonderful opportunity for anyone, young or old,
to explore.

640
*172. HOW TO START A JEWELRY BUSINESS IN KENYA WITH KSH.2,000*

Are you in between jobs, seeking self-employment or simply want to start a side hustle to
supplement your income?

There are numerous businesses you can start, but you may be limited by the amount of money
needed for capital. Don’t be discouraged, there are some business ideas that you can start with
as little as Ksh.2,000.

One such business is selling jewelry.

Women love looking pretty and will spend cash to ensure they stay that way. You can never go
wrong with selling things like earrings, rings, necklaces, body chains, hair jewelry, watches,
bangles etc.

*Where to get them*

The best street to purchase jewelry in wholesale is Dubois Street which is off Accra Road. Both
sides of Dubois road are lined with shops selling jewelry, makeup, inner wear and hair
extensions.

Avoid purchasing items from the stores that are near the entrance to any building, as they tend
to be expensive. Choose a day when you can visit Dubois road and walk around without a hurry.
For every shop that you visit, ask for prices so that you can compare them later on.

*What can you buy?*

So you have Ksh.2,000 and you are wondering what to purchase. Watches range from Ksh.150 –
Ksh.300 depending on the design, so at that price you can expect between 6 to 13 watches.

641
If you sell them at Ksh.250 or Ksh.500 for both, then you can expect to make a profit of either
Ksh.100 or Ksh.200 per watch.

Earrings go for Ksh.50 a pair, meaning you will get 20 pairs. Sell them at either Ksh.100 or
Ksh.150 and make a profit of either Ksh.2,000 or Ksh.3,000.

Rings go for Ksh.100 each and can be sold for Ksh.150

*Where to sell?*

So now you have your items and are wondering where to sell them. Start with colleagues and
friends. Then move on to family as well. Utilize WhatsApp to share pictures of the items you
have. You can also share them on your Instagram or Facebook page.

Decide on the percentage of the profits you will pay yourself, and how much you will use to
inject back into the business in order to increase your stock. As your business grows, so will
your profit.

*Some Inspiration For Our Youth*

Martha Kirobi Waceke, a graduate of Dedan Kimathi University, has been doing this kind of
business for a couple of years. She started her Facebook Page (Adore Jewelry).

In her own words “This is like my small shop where the world comes to see and buy my jewelry,
I have no regret choosing social media to market my merchandise.”

Martha started selling jewelry while still in campus and to date, she candidly adds that there is
no need for one to tarmac looking for a white collar job. “There are many opportunities that lie
unused out there, it is upon (the youth) to identify and make good use of them,” adds Martha.

*Finally,*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

642
*173. HOW GOAT AND COW MILK GIVE ME SH.192,000 PER MONTH*

For decades, Johnson Maringa watched from the sidelines as farmers turned their agricultural
ventures into profitable businesses.

As an accountant with the Agricultural Development Corporation (ADC) he admired the zeal
and success of farmers whom he constantly interacted with, and hoped that after retirement
he too would try his hand at agribusiness.

Years later after his retirement, Maringa sits at the helm of Mountain Dairy Farm Company
which processes and sells yogurt made from goat milk. He supplies this unique but highly
sought after product to major supermarkets in five counties.

“After my retirement from the ADC, I moved back to my rural home in Kiawairigi village in
Mathira Constituency, Nyeri County, and began dairy farming on my five-acre farm,” Maringa
says.

He had high hopes that selling milk from his four cows would comfortably support him and his
wife in retirement, but he was disappointed.

“I soon realised dairy farmers are at the mercy of brokers who often buy a litre of milk at a
paltry Sh.20 which is inadequate to cover the costs of production,” he says.

The former accountant vowed to find an alternative way to increase his earnings from dairy
farming.

He embarked on increasing his milk production from 10 to 25 litres per day by focusing on zero
grazing and preparing his own feeds.

643
“The meagre pay from my milk left me disillusioned. That is when I started to inquire about the
value of various milk products in the market,” Maringa says.

His market research led him to discover that while raw milk was retailing at Sh.20 per litre, one
litre of yogurt was retailing at more than Sh.100.

“I decided to start making yogurt production line in my home in 2010 by registering Mountain
Dairy Farm. I got the necessary Kenya Bureau of Statistics certification the same year,” he says.

With little marketing experience, Maringa chose to sell his yogurt to his neighbours and the
local church Sunday school.

Soon, more people started knocking on his door to buy his yogurt. Realising that the drink was
becoming popular, he decided to deliver it to local shops at neighbouring shopping centres and
eventually expanded his niche to major towns in Nyeri, Kirinyaga, Embu and Laikipia counties.

Now a confident dairy farmer, Maringa decided to try out dairy goat farming. After conducting
a market research on dairy goat farming two years ago, he realised it had huge potential.

“While cow milk is readily available, the scarcity of goat milk in the market makes it a lucrative
business. I visited several shops in Nairobi and discovered that half a litre of goat yogurt costs
Sh.300,” he says.

With the newfound zeal, he decided to diversify his yogurt making business by buying pedigree
goats. He also joined the Dairy Goats Association of Kenya whose headquarters are in
Wambugu Agricultural training centre in Nyeri town.

“Currently, I have six goats which produce two and a half litres of milk each daily. I have had to
contract local farmers to deliver more goat milk in order to meet demand for the goat yogurt,”
Maringa says.

Every day, he and his six employees wake up at 3.am to process 30 litres of goat milk and 150
litres of cow milk into yoghurt.

Each litre of milk produces a litre of yogurt, which he then packs into 250ml, 500ml and one
litre bottles.

644
“I earn Sh.120,000 per month from goat yogurt and Sh.72,000 from cow yogurt. The work is
exhausting but its rewards have been worthwhile,” he says.

The nutritional value of goat milk and yogurt makes it ideal for those who are health conscious.

“I believe the future of my business lies in dairy goat farming, the cost of production is low and
it has high returns. The demand for unique, local and more nutritious products is high in the
Kenyan market. In the next five years, I will have to dedicate all my efforts to dairy goat farming
in an attempt to fill the gap,” he says.

Maringa hopes more dairy farmers will embrace value addition which he says will change their
fortunes.

*174. HOW PROFITABLE IS SUKUMA WIKI FARMING BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

1 acre of Sukuma wiki can yield between 8,000 – 24,000 kilos of leaf during a growth period of 9
months.”

Now suppose you sell a kilo of Sukuma-wiki at Ksh.30 at the farm gate you earn a gross income
of Kenya shillings Ksh.240,000 to Ksh.720,000.

The above yield projections sound Too Good to be True?

They are not.

Just ask Angote.

The daily Nation ran his story of how he earns thousands of shillings from Kale farming.

Here below is his story.

645
The green leafy sukuma wiki (collard greens) plants stand about half a metre high and sway as
the wind blows in Munango village, Vihiga County.

Christopher Angote, the owner of the farm, grows about 30,000 plants on his two acres. He
spaces them 30cm from one crop to another and 60cm from one row to another.

A section of the farm hosts various traditional vegetables plants such as black nightshade
(managu) and cowpeas (kunde).

“I have tasted the fruits of sukuma wiki and I can say only those who don’t know can despise it
as a money-maker. I grow this crop that is widely consumed round-the-year,” says the former
teacher, who has partitioned his farm into nine portions.

Angote, who used to teach biology and agriculture at Holy Cross Emalindi Girls Secondary
School, is yet to transplant another 20,000 sukuma wiki seedlings of the Southern Georgia
variety.

Vendors pick the vegetables packed in 70 and 90kg bags every Tuesdays and Thursdays for sale.

“I sell a sack at between Sh.2,000 and Sh.4,000, depending on the season, to traders who come
to pick them from the farm for sale in Luanda, Ilungu, Chavakali, Mbale, Majengo and
Kakamega markets.”

He says in a week, he collects between Sh.20,000 and Sh.36,000 from the about nine sacks he
harvests.

“Sukuma wiki is profitable because one harvests for up to five months every week as long as
you control pests and apply manure. The crop is easy to grow and manage,” offers Angote, who
quit teaching to concentrate on farming.

“I start my planting by buying 1kg of seedlings for Sh.2,000. I then prepare the nursery bed by
adding manure in the soil, which I do a month before buying the seeds and planting.”

The crop takes a month in the nursery after which he transplants them and top dresses with
DAP fertiliser. They mature in another one month.

When you choose the right variety, you have already succeeded by 50%.

646
So how do you choose the right Kale variety?

First, you have to know the sukuma wiki varieties in Kenya.

And that is pretty easy because:

There are three popular varieties of Sukuma wiki/kale in Kenya.

1. The “A thousand-headed Sukuma wiki variety”

2. Collards Southern Georgia
3. Collards Mfalme F1.

I have grown ALL the three varieties and can state without blinking, “Collards southern Georgia
is the best variety for Kenya.

The collards southern variety yields slightly less yield per acre compared to the “A Thousand
Headed Variety” and the Mfalme F1 variety.

However, when you consider a combination of other factors of Collards Southern Georgia
Sukuma Wiki, it trumps all the other kale varieties.

For example, Collards Southern Georgia variety produces pleasant dark green leaves.

Its leaves are tough yet tender when cooked—which is an important quality when transporting
it over long distances.

The kale variety is also resistant to hot weather and it’s an all zone performer, unlike the
others.

Should you maintain your farm well, you can harvest cash from this variety for over 1 year!

From that experience of growing the Collards Southern Georgia variety, I strongly recommend it
to any prospective or even experienced farmer.

*Use the correct spacing to maximize yield Sukuma wiki/Kale per acre.*

This is where I have a problem with many academia.

647
They often recommend that you space Sukuma wiki at 60 cm X 60 cm.

The problem of adopting this spacing is that you get a plant population of 11,200 plants for 1
acre.

That plant population is too low to get high yields from Sukuma wiki.

Let me tell you why…

When you transplant Sukuma wiki at that spacing, as the growing season progresses, some
plants die.

They may die due to pest attack, rotting, or injury as you do your farming operations.

When that happens you will end up having even wider spacing within the plants.

I know you are asking can I replant the spaces with new kale plants?

You could do it, but it’s not worth it.

The older plants tend to suppress the younger plants to the extent they won’t give any
economic advantage.

On the other hand, if you adopt a spacing of 15 cm X 40 cm, you get a plant population of
59,000 plants.

The close spacing has several yields boosting advantages

1. You get more plants per acre than the spacing of 60 cmX60 cm.

2. Should any plants die during the growth period, you will still have an economical plant
population left behind—you won’t have big spaces in-between plants.

3. The close spacing helps the plants to form a thick canopy that suppresses weeds and
prevents excessive evaporation thus increasing your yield threefold.

648
*Ensure that Organic matter in your Sukuma wiki farm is high to Increase Your Yield per acre
of Sukuma wiki.*

Sukuma wiki loves well drained soil, rich in organic matter.

Proper drainage is absolutely vital because excessive water leads to:

*Yellowing of leaves

*Development of phosphorus deficiencies

*Thriving of the black rot disease that can exterminate a Sukuma wiki farm in days!

Besides increasing your yield per acre of Sukuma wiki, soil rich in high organic matter well-
rotted farmyard manure, compost, and other plants vegetative matter, will make your kale
tender, sweet when cooked, and resistant to how weather.

You will see the outcome in the way people will be rushing to place orders.

Once they taste your kale, they will never want to go anywhere else.

Sukuma wiki responds well to fertilizers and foliar feeds thus increase yields significantly.

However, the extended use of such fertilizers is detrimental to your kale farm.

Continuous use of fertilizers will make your kale bitter and highly perishable—especially when
used in the dry weather.

If possible, use organic matter such as manure and compost in kale production while
supplementing them with inorganic fertilizers.

Never make inorganic fertilizers the foundation of your kale production especially in the dry
season as that is the recipe for producing bitter kale.

*Never Ever Overharvest Your Sukuma Wiki*

Never overharvest your sukuma wiki if you want your Sukuma wiki to Produce High yields
consistently.

649
Let me explain:

During the dry season, kale is often in short supply.

What is available is usually bitter and tough when cooked.

For that reason, sukuma wiki buyers wander to and fro looking for good sources of sweet kale.
These buyers are OFTEN ready to buy GOOD, SWEET Sukuma wiki at Top prices.

Farmers, therefore, are tempted to overharvest their kale farm in a bid to make an extra coin.

Never do that. Don’t do it even if you are offered money.

If you do it, your earnings will be short-lived.

Why?

You will over-stress the plants.

The plants are already overstressed due to the heat and drought. When you add
overharvesting, the plant will be truly stressed to regenerate new growth faster.

The recommended harvest rate is 3-5 leaves per plant starting with the bigger bottom leaves.

If the plant exhibits luxurious growth, (during the rainy season) you can harvest more than 5
leaves.

When it’s too dry you may have to harvest 3 leaves per plant.

One last precaution about harvesting…

Never harvest the young tender leaves that are near the top.

Start with the mature lower leaves.

If you harvest the young top leaves, you will be harvesting tomorrow’s harvest today while
leaving today’s harvest to go to waste.

650
*Don’t harvest the same portion daily otherwise you will get poor yields of Sukuma wiki.*

If possible, harvest the entire farm once.

After doing that, irrigate it and let it stay for a whole week before you harvest again.

The advantage of doing this is, “You allow the plants time to recover from the stress of
harvest.”

If the farm needs weeding, pest control, and other activities, you can do that after you have
done the harvesting.

Should you be unable to harvest the whole farm, divide it into blocks.

Harvest each block each day of the week. Once you harvest a block, don’t harvest it again until
one week is over.

*Irrigate your kale farm regularly. Sukuma wiki loves a Lot of water*

To maximize your Sukuma wiki yields, ensure that you irrigate your farm regularly. Without
regular irrigation, the vegetables will grow slowly and will be bitter.

The yields that I have mentioned at the beginning of this article will be a pipe dream.

The most preferable time to irrigate is in the evening.

Irrigating at this time is advantages as evaporation is lower, thus you save on water.

The best type of irrigation system for Kale is overhead irrigation.

Though it uses a lot of water, overhead irrigation creates a micro-climate for kale during the hot
weather.

The good news about it is that Kale will respond in kind by growing luxuriously.

*Finally,*

651
Here is The Secret to Making a Good Return from Kale/sukuma wiki Farming…

Truth be told.

Depending on the weather, prices of agricultural commodities (including sukuma wiki)

plummet, or steeply rise.

In Kenya, the price of Sukuma wiki tends to drop in the rainy season, and rise in the dry season.

The secret therefore, for profiting from Sukuma wiki is targeting dry weather when it is in short
supply.

There are times when the price of kale UNBELIEVABLY skyrockets to Ksh.2,000 shillings or more
for a 50 kilo bag.

Can you imagine what sukuma wiki farmers earn during those times?

You have the answer!

*175. 10 WAYS YOUR SKILLS CAN EARN YOU MONEY FROM THE COMFORT OF YOUR HOME.*

Until 2 years ago, Grace Wangari worked as an accountant for a well-known company based in
Nairobi. “I was convinced that my job was safe, I worked hard and all my superiors were happy
with me, I was even on course to get a promotion soon,” she says. What she did not know was
that things were about to take a drastic turn.

In 2019, she was laid off from work as a result of the biting effects of the Covid-19 pandemic. “I
was confused,” she says, “I did not know how to do anything else, accounting was my life,” she

652
adds. Finding employment became as difficult as grasping a shadow, in her words, she was lost
with no hope for the future, but was that really the case?

One day as she was taking a walk, just to clear her mind, an idea hit her, an idea that would
change her life, for the better, forever.

You see, Grace loves candles, scented ones to be exact; her house is full of them. She thought,
why not turn my love for scented candles into a business? And that is how her online store was
born. K-Lux House Decor on Instagram specializes in the sale of quality imported household
items, such as cutlery, mats, house plants and many more. “This is one of the best decisions I
have ever made,” Grace says. We will come back to Grace later.

For one reason or another, many people have found themselves unemployed or looking for
employment, especially during this period of the pandemic. Others are just looking for a way
they can work from home.

Running a business from home has become very simple in Kenya and there are endless
examples of businesses you can run from the comfort of your home that will not only bring you
good returns but will also give you the opportunity to become your own boss.

Let us just look at 10 of them for now.

*1. Selling Items on Social Media*

From clothes to electronics to cars and even property, you can sell anything on social media.
Platforms such as Facebook and Instagram have made starting businesses very easy.

Grace, who we mentioned earlier, never thought that she could make a living from social
media. “I sought the advice of a few friends who were conversant with it and I decided to take
the plunge. With my minimal social media knowledge and my savings, I did my research and
ordered household items from the United Kingdom.”

Starting a social media account is simple; just settle on what you would like to sell, do your
research and you’re good to go. Grace says that she learnt a lot of what she knows now along
the way.

653
All you need is a plan. A plan on how to source whatever you want to sell, which social media
sites to use, how to reach your customers and the payment method you will adopt and you’re
good to go.

For logistics, just make sure you get a trusted motorbike guy who will charge you reasonably for
your deliveries.

Take advantage of the power of social media commerce and you might just be laughing all the
way to the bank.

*2. Social Media Management*

Many businesses in Kenya have realized the power of social media and are moving there en
masse. With that, there is a growing need for expert social media managers.

A social media manager can comfortably handle his duties from home. All they need is a
computer, an internet connection, curiosity and a special set of skills.

What skills, you ask? Skills such as simple graphic design, copywriting and ad management.
These skills can be learned for free on Youtube.

Leverage the power of social media and you might just become the next big social media guru
in demand.

*3. Filing Other’s Tax Returns*

Okay, let’s be honest, how many people can actually file their tax returns flawlessly?

Many people and businesses in Kenya find it hard to understand how to file their tax returns
because of how hard the process can be.

If you have a background in finance and accounting, why not use your skills to offer this service
to people at a cost.

You will be surprised at all the work that comes your way.

*4. Catering*

654
Many Kenyans love a good home-cooked meal, I know I do too. The issue is that most are either
too busy to cook their own food or just can’t cook. If you are an excellent cook and enjoy
cooking, this is where you come in if you love feeding people.

I recently read about Amina, who makes home-cooked meals and distributes them to offices
around the CBD and even some homes in Nairobi. She said, “I love cooking, so I decided to try
this out and it turned out to be one heaven-sent”.

Amina prepares food, and at lunchtime distributes food by herself to her clients around town.
She works with a daily menu that can change according to a client's request. “My clients love
my food and can never get enough of it,” she adds.

All you need is your skills, a source of heat like a jiko or cooker and a way to get your food to
your clients on time and you are set to feed the city.

You can never go wrong with a delectable home-cooked meal. People will be flocking to get
food from you.

*5. Baking*

I get very excited when I hear about anything to do with baking. Well, I can’t bake to save my
life, but don’t we all just love baked treats.

From cupcakes to cakes to biscuits, baked goods can translate to good money in your pocket.
There will always be weddings, birthday parties and anniversary parties, always! And these
occasions require a cake or two.

All you need is an oven and your knowledge of baking. Well made baked goods easily sell
themselves; word of mouth and even social media may be your channels of sale.

If you need a way to get your bread and butter, try baking.

*6. Making custom clothing*

We all have a fundi we trust; if you don’t, you need one. The demand for well-tailored,
fashionable clothing in Kenya is at an all-time high, we all need to slay for the gram right?.

655
Every girl loves her fashionable Ankara dress, skirt or blouse. Guys love their Kitenge infused
hoodies and t-shirts. Mothers still need matching attire to attend their children’s weddings.

If you have sewing or dress-making skills, this might just be a cash-cow for you. You might also
use social media to market your trade and watch the orders flood your DM.

*7. CV and Cover Letter writing*

Everyone knows how tough searching for your dream job in Kenya can be. Most times,
revamping your CV might just be the answer to this problem.

Helping other people get their dream jobs will always make you money. Before you get into
writing for others, try and learn by writing your own and then graduate from there. You can
also take up short CV writing courses online.

CV writing services anywhere in the world are always very sought after. A chance to make
money and to help people achieve their goals is waiting for you in CV and Cover letter writing.

*8. Podcasting*

If you have a good voice and people are willing to listen to you speak, podcasting might just be
the way to go.

By the year 2024, podcasting will be a $1.7 billion global industry. If you have content to share
with the world, consider taking up podcasting, there is a lot of money to be made.

It is also a rapidly growing industry in Kenya, with podcasts such as Legally Clueless, The Mics
are Open and many others have set the stage for more to come. Yours might just be next.

The main way people get money through podcasting is through brand endorsements. If you are
able to create a community of people who constantly listen to you, brands will pay you to
advertise their products. It is up to you to build a loyal audience.

All you need is audio recording equipment such as a mic and mixer or audio interface or just
simply your phone and a platform such as Spotify or Google Podcasts to host your podcast.
With these, you can make quality content from the comfort of home.

*9. Blogging*

656
Good online content, either to inform or entertain will always be in demand. Do you have an
interesting life that you would like to share with the world? Or maybe you love films and you
enjoy reviewing your favourite movies.

There are plenty of free website hosting sites such as WordPress and Wix and as you grow, you
can consider getting a website built from scratch. You also need to learn ways on how to
monetize your blog so that you can make money from it.

Just come up with a content plan and a cool design for your blog and build a community. Your
blog might just be how you make a living.

*10. Online Writing*

This is probably one of the most popular ways to make money online from home, especially in
Kenya. It is quite common with broke college students and early career professionals who have
struggled to land jobs. Online writing has allowed people to build homes, buy cars and fend for
their families.

With websites such as Upwork and Flexjobs, online writing jobs have been made more
accessible for anyone looking to get into it.

If you are passionate about writing, any kind of writing, online writing allows you to make
money as you improve your writing skills.

Most of these sites allow you to choose the jobs you like and place bids on the kinds of writing
gigs you prefer. They also make it possible for you to make more money as you take up more
jobs.

For students or anyone else looking to make money from home, online writing is the way to go
for you.

*Finally,*

Like Grace, mentioned earlier, you can make any unfavourable circumstances work for you in
the end. Her example just proves that working and making money from home is possible; you
just need to find your passion and you will be better placed to take advantage of this
opportunity.

657
*176. HOW TO MAKE MONEY IN REAL ESTATE IN KENYA*

Sometimes you don’t even need money to make money in real estate in Kenya. You need to be
smart, determined and focused.

Real estate is a good investment opportunity. You may not be aware but there are people
making money in real estate with zero investment.

It depends on what role you play in this lucrative property sector. This article discusses some
ways of making money with real estate.

*1. PROPERTY APPRECIATION*

Property appreciation remains the prime way of making money in real estate in Kenya. The
value of property always appreciates and if it depreciates it comes back up sooner.

*a) Land*

The good thing about property is that it keeps on appreciating as the years go by. Take land for
example. A piece of land bought for Ksh.10,000 in 1990 is worth 3 million in 2020.

That is the reason many people buy land and don’t develop it. They wait for 10 years and sell.
The profit margin is huge.

The land index by Hassconsult says that an acre of land at Upper Hill was selling at 30 million in
1990. In the year 2020, the same piece of land is worth 170 million. That is a 535% price
increase.

658
That is how property makes you money. HassConsult Real Estate is a Nairobi based property
dealership firm.

Nairobi land dealers go to the outskirts counties of Machakos, Kajiando, and Kiambu. They buy
land cheap and sell the same later to private developers, SACCOs, and Housing Societies.

*b) Homes*

Those who choose to build houses for sale do make money too. If the cost of building a house is
is 3 million the developer sells it at 4 to 6 million.

Those are new homes. Old homes do appreciate in value too. A house built in 1990 in Nairobi
will have appreciated by more than 150% because of its location.

*2. BUY AND SELL LAND*

There is one profitable way of making money via land dealing. Buy a large track of land and sub-
divide it into small portions.

This makes you a land dealer because you buy land in acres. Sub-divide it into smaller plots and
sell to willing buyers.

Some buyers could buy to build homes or rental properties. Others might buyer to hold and sell
at a higher price in the future.

*a) Selling plots*

After you sub-divided the land you will have to sell the smaller portions of land. These smaller
portions are known as plots.

If one acre of land cost you 2 million, you could end-up making 6 million in gross sales. All you
need is to sub-divide the land into one eighth (1/8) pieces (or plots of size 50 x 100 square feet.)

Sell a single plot at Ksh.750,000. After expenses, you should make at least 3 million in net profit.

*b) You earn transaction fees when a buyer wants to sell their plot*

There are some transaction fees that buyers are going to pay you. These fees are;

659
• Surveyors fee
• Title Deed processing fee
• Plot transfer fee

If you have little money and you want to get into the property business here is how you start.

Buy one plot with the aim of selling it at a profit. Say you buy it at Ksh.750,000. You can always
sell it at 1 million or more later.

Put the money made into a new plot and save the balance. Find a buyer and sell it at a profit.
Continue that way. Soon you will find yourself with enough money to buy 2 plots. And then
three.

There are places outside but near Nairobi where you can buy a plot for less than Ksh.200,000. If
you are under fifty years, you have the time to wait for 5 years.

The price will have appreciated in that period.

*3. BUILD OR BUY RENTAL PROPERTIES*

Want to create a passive income stream? You should invest in rental properties. Here you earn
an income throughout the year. It is almost a guaranteed income but not a 100% assured
income.

How do you get into the rental business?

a) Buy land and build rental units

b) Buy new rental properties from property developers

c) Buy old buildings, renovate and rent them

Make sure you have the right location because you will need tenants. Choose a bad location
and you won’t get good tenants.

You can get rental properties in Kenya in a cheap way. Property developers ask for 20% or less
down payment.

660
Say the developer is selling a house at 4 million Shillings. He wants a 20% deposit which is
Ksh.800,000. If you can pay the deposit and rent the house, the tenant will be paying the
remaining amount for you.

That’s an easy way of acquiring real estate. That’s being smart. That’s working smart not
working hard.

Gakuyu Real Estate started with a single plot. Mr. Gakuyu didn’t even buy the plot, he
exchanged his car for a plot with a retiring civil servant. The civil servant man wanted a car, Mr.
Gakuyu wanted a plot.

That’s how the multi-billion Gakuyu real Estate started. Like that!

*4. LEASE OPTIONS – LEASE PROPERTY*

If you can’t afford to buy you can lease a property for some years. All you need is a lease
agreement (or contract.) Then use the leased property to make money.

You could lease land for agriculture purposes or you could use the land for any other profitable
commercial undertaking.

*Advantage of property leasing to Make Money in Real Estate*

Property leasing affords you the use of a property. A property you get without requiring
significant capital investment.

Leasing comes with the option to buy the leased property. This is important because you will
have used the property to generate income that buys it.

Example:

Business people lease buildings. They run colleges, schools, hotels, etc., in these buildings. In
the end, they make so much money that they buy the building from the owner.

*5. CONTRACT FLIPPING – BECOME A REAL ESTATE BROKER*

661
You don’t need money to make money in real estate. All you need is to be smart and work
smart. People in Kenya are crazy about land. Everybody wants to have a piece of land. The
demand is so high.

*What do you do to Make Money in Real Estate?*

Find plot owners who want to sell. Tell them you will find a buyer for their property. Find how
much they want for the property.

If the owner wants 2 million Kenya Shillings, find a buyer who will buy the property for 2.5
million. When the buyer pays, the Ksh.500,000 on top is your commission. That’s how it works.

Work to bring two parties looking for each other together and make money in the process. Your
job will be to find a distressed seller and a motivated buyer.

*6. PROPERTY SHORT SALES*

This involves working with banks. People take home loans (mortgage) and then they fall short in
payments. Property short sales occur.

This happens when the current owner of their home is behind in mortgage payment. But the
property hasn’t yet entered into auction stage (or foreclosure.)

The bank wants to unload (sell) the property as soon as possible. Because they want to recover
the balance on the mortgage.

Properties on short sales are very cheap. Because the bank’s interest here is the mortgage
shortfall. If you can clear the balance on the mortgage the bank is happy.

This entails working with the bank’s lending department. It involves the homeowner, the bank,
and you. Parties have to agree on the sale price agreeable to all parties involved. But it is always
a bargain for the buyer (you) because the other parties are desperate.

*7. DEVELOP VACATION RENTALS TO MAKE MONEY IN REAL ESTATE*

These are short-term rentals. And they are popular with tourists, celebrities, the rich, playboys,
and slay queens.

662
This is a very profitable area of real estate. Vacation rentals are like hideout spaces for those
who can afford them. In a hotel, you are in public but in a vacation rental, you get the privacy
you deserve.

Those who want to relax live in these sort after rentals around the world. The best places to
develop vacation rentals are Mombasa, Nairobi, Naivasha, and Nakuru. All tourist hotbeds in
Kenya are good places to develop vacation rentals.

You need to get clients for only seven days in a month. And you are already in profit because
vacation rentals are not cheap. People pay top Dollar for privacy, comfort, and luxury.

*8. Commercial real estate developer*

People need offices to run their businesses in prime locations. They also need a home to live in.
It’s the business of commercial real estate developers to provide homes and office space.

Commercial real estate is lucrative. Done well, commercial real estate is a profitable venture.
And many investors have become filthy rich through commercial real estate.

*How do you start:*

Start small and grow your business. Get prime locations and you have your golden bread and
butter. Many billionaires have built their wealth via commercial real estate.

*F.A.Q*

*Is real estate a good investment in Kenya?*

Yes. Real estate is a good investment in Kenya because the returns are very high. There is a high
demand for land and homes. The supply is deficient, and the demand for property is
skyrocketing in Kenya.

The value of the property appreciates in a relatively short period. A good example is the land
value at the Upper Hill section of Nairobi.

In 1990 one acre of land was going for 30 million Kenya shillings. In 2020 the same piece of land
is selling at Kenya shillings 170 million.

663
That is a 535% rise in prices in a span of 30 years. That is a huge profit margin. That is the
general trend in Kenya’s real estate.

*177. PROFITING FROM CRIPS MAKING BUSINESS*

Twenty years ago, Alex Otieno Ombuto paid his aunt a visit in Mombasa in search of a business
idea.

With determination to venture into any business, Mr Ombuto, an ex-casual labourer settled for
adding value to cassava which he saw as a new venture fetching more money to the
entrepreneurs at the Coast.

‘‘I had no idea that the cassava root I always perceived as food for people living in abject
poverty could be used for making affordable crisps, doughnuts, chips, snacks, nutritional
porridge and even ugali’’, says Mr Ombuto.

Since he introduced the idea to Kisumu residents, commercialization of cassava has been
tremendously gaining popularity and many entrepreneurs and farmers are embracing the root
and its products.

The trend has picked up around the upmarket Kilimani in Kisumu town where the business is
booming due to the high demand from Asians and Indians living in the region.

‘‘Indians love home-made cassava crisps and doughnuts so much that they often flock my
business premises in the evening to take some home’’, says the 42 year-old entrepreneur and a
resident of Kilimani estate.

His business targets schools, local hotels, offices, supermarkets and small retail shops.

664
‘‘More often, industrial buyers are attracted by my homemade-level value addition that simply
involves cleaning, chipping and drying which greatly reduces their production costs at their
plants’’.

From his modest savings of Ksh.3,000, Mr Ombuto and his wife Florence Ombuto are now
running a business with an annual turnover of Sh.2 million.

They have also employed six workers whom they pay Sh.250 per day.

The father of six now plans to diversify his business by renting 10 hectares of land to plant
cassavas so as to reduce costs.

The price of his home-made cassava crisps ranges between Sh.20, Sh.50, Sh.100 and Sh.300,
depending on the quantity and size of the crisps.

However, for his clients running supermarkets and hotels, the crisps are purchased in bulk at a
cost of Sh.20,000 depending on quantity.

Given the location of their business, the couple enjoys monopoly since the potential
competitors are some of his customers who buy their products in bulk and sell instead of
making the product.

Ms Ombuto says their business is slowly gaining popularity with international presence through
the Asians who buy the products and importing them to their home countries.

The cassava root is peeled and then washed before it is dried and sliced using a chipper.

The slices are deep fried to light golden brown colour. The crisps are allowed to cool for 30
minutes, packed, and branded in various sizes in translucent polythene bags.

‘‘Cassava crisps have a different texture as compared to normal crisps; they are slightly drier
and crunchier’’, says 23 year old Punjab Mishkm, a regular customer at Mr Ombuto’s.

Mr Ombuto and his wife, Florence, says the business has transformed their lives in many ways
including schooling their children and construction in the region.

‘‘This kind of business translates into more money, better health for us, our children and a
better standard of living,’’ quips Florence Ombuto.

665
Their piece of advice to young men and women who are jobless is to look forward and start
small businesses in the villages as the commercialization of cassava takes off.

‘‘Cassava offers smallholder farmers and business people a measure of flexibility because it can
be cultivated as cash crop and as buffer for household food security and nutrition’’, he says.

Long favoured by African peasant farmers for its resistance to harsh weather and as an
insurance against famine, Mr Ombuto says cassava is receiving renewed attention for
commercialisation in different parts of Nyanza.

With renewed interest in the commercial potential, Mr Ombuto says cassava is set to
revolutionise many entrepreneurs’ economic and social landscape.

Globally, cassava ranks fourth among staple foods with about 160 million tonnes per year.

In Kenya, it is grown on more than 90,000 hectares with an annual production of about 540,000
tonnes, according to Kenya Agricultural Research Institute (Kari).

The cultivation of the crop is concentrated mainly in Western Kenya at 60 per cent, 30 per cent
in coastal region and 10 per cent in Eastern.

The crop is drought-resistant and grows well in poor soil. It has also been identified as one of
Africa’s subsistence crops that hold the key to poverty alleviation.

In addition to animal feeds, cassava is chipped and the juice extracted from the root and used
to produce ethanol, a fuel substitute for petroleum, sugar syrups and adhesives among many
other uses.

Also meet Mkala Chimako who has been selling cassava and potato crisps at Mama Ngina Drive
for the past seven years, he has maintained the same enthusiasm he had on the first day.

“Karibuni kuna zile za muhogo na zile za waru,” he calls. (Welcome, both cassava and potato
crisps are in plenty).

The 30-year-old says he spends Sh.3,000 to buy cassava, oil, ground chilly and charcoal out of
which he makes a profit of Sh.7,000. He sells his Kachiri (crisps) in sealed packets starting from
Sh.50, Sh.100 and Sh.200.

666
“During the weekend and during holidays, it is easy to make sales of up to Sh.10,000 before
deducting expenses. Sales are, however, lower during weekdays since fewer people visit the
park,” he says.

Chimako says getting a good cassava that ensures sweet and crunchy crisps is a big challenge.

“Bitter cassava is not good for crisps. It is the grainy and soft cassava that produces crunchy
mouth watering crisps,” says Chimako who gets his supply of cassavas from Lunga Lunga,
Msambweni and Vanga, Shimba Hills area of South Coast.

Experience has also made it easy for him to identify good quality cassava which does not go bad
quickly.

“Whenever I go to buy cassava, I cut and taste it at the farm which enables me to tell the
quality of crisps it will give me and how long they will remain perishable. There are many of us
who sell the same product and it is, therefore, important to ensure you have a quality product,”
Chimako says as he drops raw cassava crisps into the hot cooking oil.

The father of three is always at his open air stand by 8am and ends his working day at 11pm. He
credits the business for helping him take care of his family.

“With such flexible working hours and good returns, I do not think I can fit into formal
employment,” he says adding that he also gets orders to supply weddings.

Chimako also does nduma (arrow roots) and matoke (plantains) crisps on order.

*Finally,*

I hope Alex Otieno Ombuto and Mkala Chimako success stories on crips business have been an
inspiration and enlightenment to you.

The ball is in your court. Remember, even those big companies you see today were once small
ideas.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…psyche yourself up and go for it.

667
*178. MAKE KSH.250,000 PER MONTH DOING BRIQUETTES BUSINESS WITH KSH.20,000
CAPITAL*

Did you know that over 82% of Kenyans living in urban centres use charcoal fuel to cook? Or
that Nairobi residents consume over 700 tonnes of charcoal per day?

According to ICRAF, over 88 tonnes of charcoal dust is produced in Nairobi alone every
day…and guess where all this waste ends up?

Some is dumped in the drainage pipes where it ends up blocking sewerage systems. Some is
simply left by the roadside in nylon sacks in the middle of the night when no one is watching.

But did you know that this disgusting waste can actually make you a millionaire? Well, if you are
looking for a business idea that makes both economic and social sense then you might want to
start converting this waste into briquettes.

Generally, the business of briquettes is performing quite well nowadays as many restaurants
and institutions are looking for new ways to save on cost.

And this craze is not just a “Nairobi thing”, you can actually take up this idea and replicate it in
Kigali (Rwanda) or Juba (South Sudan) where the market is still green and competition is low.

Does this sound like something you would like to try? If Yes, then read carefully through the
next steps.

*Step One: Understand What This Business Is All About*

668
It does not make sense to start a business you know nothing about. So it is important to
understand what briquettes are, what they look like and why the market needs them.

To put it simply, briquettes are blocks that are made from combustible biomass such as
charcoal dust, sawdust, rice husks or paper used for cooking in a jiko.

The main benefit of briquettes is that they don’t produce smoke and are cheaper than other
sources of energy. For instance, if you spend Ksh.2,000 on charcoal per month you can spend
about Ksh.1,000 on briquettes and save the extra Ksh.1,000…while protecting our environment
at the same time.

In a nutshell, this business is all about making good use of waste items which are in abundant
supply in our urban centres. And by doing that, you get to conserve the environment and make
a decent living from small amounts of capital.

*Step Two: Get Trained How To Make Briquettes*

Link up with a trainer near you and learn how to make briquettes. Most of the time, training is
offered free of charge by NGOs and briquette machine suppliers. Through my research I was
able to identify organizations that can train you and even supply you with a machine so that
you can get started.

*Briquettes Machine Kenya – Located in Kiserian

*Lean Solutions Limited – Located in Nairobi.

*Kencoco Limited – Located in Mombasa.

*Practical Action NGO – Located in Nairobi, Nakuru, Kajiado, Kisumu, Mandera Turkana

*FRB Kenya (NGO) – Located in Limuru Area

In addition, you can use Google or Facebook groups to spot trainers near you.

*Step Three: Get Started*

Just like that – you are ready to start your own briquette-making plant. One good thing about it
is that you can even start on the veranda of your house to save on cost. Note that you don’t

669
need a license to start this kind of business except if you are starting an outlet where you will
be required to pay for the county single business permit.

*How Much To Invest*

*Option 1*

Start with a manual machine with a capacity of producing 3 sacks of briquettes per day.

*Cost of Machine – Ksh.20,000

*Miscellaneous – Ksh.5,000

TOTAL BUDGET – Ksh.25,000

*Option 2*

Start with an electric machine with a capacity of producing 20 sacks of briquettes per day

*Cost of Machine – Ksh.150,000

*Miscellaneous – Ksh.10,000

TOTAL BUDGET – Ksh.150,000

It costs roughly about Ksh.300 to produce 1 bag of briquettes. So depending on your financial
strength and market-base you can choose to go for the option that suits you best.

You can inquire from Kafum Engineering Services http://kafumengineering.co.ke (0727131184)

on availability of electric briquette making machines here in Kenya.

*How Much Profit*

A bag of briquettes goes for Ksh.1,000 and above on the marketplaces. Particularly, hotels,
restaurants and schools tend to buy in bulk hence offering wider fortunes for you. Your profit
margin will depend on production and sales capacity.

*Option 1*

670
Using a manual machine you can make about Ksh.2,000 per day or Ksh.50,000 per month.

*Option 2*

Using an electric machine you can make about Ksh.10,000 per day or Ksh.250,000 per month.

*Final Word*

You can do this alone or as a chama. In fact, it does not matter how small you start. What really
counts is your ability to nurture the business and market to the right clientele.

As the world seeks to minimize on pollution and wastage, and as our tree cover diminishes by
the minute, the future is bright for anyone who choose to engage in briquettes business.

*179. LITTLE SECRETS OF RUNNING A SUCCESSFUL HARDWARE STORE BUSINESS*

80% of those who venture into hardware business close shop in less than 2 years due to losses
and cash-flow problems.

The good news however, is that there are those few lucky ones who survive against all odds and
live to share the cake as cut-throat competition fades away. But what really separates the
wheat from the chaff?

As a potential hardware owner, it is important that you are up to speed with some trade
secrets…In other words you need to be armed with some market survival tactics that an
ordinary business classroom doesn't offer.

671
In this brief article, I will give you some street smarts of starting a successful general hardware
and construction equipment supplies shop in Kenya.

*1. Know Your Market*

As a rule of the thumb you need to understand your market thoroughly before you commit
your money to the business. First, you need to identify places with ready (and growing) market
potential for hardware products.

Secondly, you need to be in sync with the trends and ruling prices of the industry. You also need
to do a strength, weakness, opportunities and threats analysis (S.W.O.T) with particular focus
on what your potential competitors are up to.

To guide you in your research work, here are some 5 questions that you need to find answers
to:

(1) Which is the best place to start a hardware business in terms of market potential?

(2) How many competitors are already on the market?

(3) How much money I'm I willing to spend to penetrate the market?

(4) What is the greatest weakness with my potential competitors and how can I use it as a
launching pad for my business?

(5) Given past, and recent past trends, what does the future for the business look like?

*2. Which is the Best Place To Start a Hardware Shop?*

The best place to start a hardware is where there is an upcoming community of people who are
building their first homes.

Look for possible future satellite towns and start small. As the estate grows, your business will
most likely grow as it benefits from customer loyalty which can be earned by operating in the
market over a long period of time.

For those in Nairobi and its environs, the best places to set up shop would be along Kangundo
road, Eastern Bypass and Magadi Road.

672
It is however important to ascertain that you’re choosing a market that has enough purchasing
power i.e. customers who can potentially spend at least Ksh.20,000 per month and pay on time.

*3. What about Competition?*

Hardware business has minimal barriers of entry and for this reason cut throat competition is
quite a common feature.

The first step in dealing with competition is to avoid it in the first place. Ideally, you should set-
up shop in upcoming estates and grow slowly as the market expands.

It's also important to create strong relationships with the market – this can be achieved by
doing the following.

(1) Creating a low price image e.g. by offering price discounts on basic products such as cement,
steel bars and iron-sheets and recovering the profit margin through minor products such as
door locks, hinges, sand paper and trowels.

(2) By encouraging convenient shopping e.g. by allowing your trusted clients to place orders via
phone, delivering to the site for free and allowing them to pay you later in the evening.

(3) By providing a one stop shop for your clients such that they don’t have to go shop for
anything else in any of your competitors’ shops. You may want to talk to your suppliers so that
they avail any items that may be on demand but are missing from your shop as quickly as
possible as you strive to achieve the status of a one-stop-shop.

*4. Which Products “Move” Off The Shelves Quick?*

Because hardware business is quite capital intensive – i.e. huwa inafunga pesa sana – you will
want to invest mostly in fast moving products. These are:-

*Cement:
*Steel bars and rods
*Nails
*White cement
*Door hinges
*Roofing nails

673
*Flooring tiles
*Welding rods
*Plumbing material

Please note that although products such as cement and steel bars sell quite fast, they have very
slim profit margins.

You can start your hardware with these basic items and then expand your inventory by adding
other new products based on what your customers are frequently requesting for.

*5. Marketing*

Don’t make the mistake of sitting in your shop the whole day waiting for customers to walk in.
With the kind of competition that’s there nowadays, you are better off getting the word out
there yourself.

You can hire a salesman to be going around you area scouting for any new upcoming
construction sites. Field trips such as these will help you initiate fruitful relationships with site
owners and foremen.

Tip: When you go marketing to different customers, the first question you’re most likely to get
is, “How much do you price cement and steel bars?”

At that point, you’re better off giving a price discount for these two crucial commodities even if
it means recovering the cost through other products which the customer might require later.

Most potential customers use the price of cement and steel bars to judge how friendly your
deals are – so don't make the mistake of overcharging them on these two.

*6. Managing The Hardware*

Hardware business requires a hands-on approach. And although it is quite possible to run it
alongside an 8am to 5am job, you will surely need to burn the mid-night oil in order to keep
track of its performance.

Ideally, you should have a stock taking exercise done after every two weeks – this will help you
understand which products are “moving” fast off the shelves and which ones need immediate
restocking.

674
Stock taking can also help you control possible theft by your employees; which has often been
cited as one of the biggest challenges in running a hardware shop.

*7. Minimum Cost Breakdown*

*Starting stock – Ksh.500,000 (200 bags of cement, 100 pieces of steel bars among others)

*Rent & Deposit – Ksh.50,000 (May vary)

*Single Business Permit

*KRA ETR Machine

*Other Minor Requirements

The minimum starting budget for this SME would be Ksh.700,000.

*8. Profitability*

On average a good performing hardware makes a net profit of 10% its daily sales. Therefore if
you make a daily sale of Ksh.100,000 you can look forward to making Ksh.10,000 net profit per
day.

Please note that this figure may vary depending on your pricing policy and list of expenses.

*180. HOW TO USE DEBT TO MAKE MONEY IN REAL ESTATE*

Most successful people are no strangers to debt. The difference between them and the average
person is that they have learned how to leverage debt to build wealth.

675
You too can use debt to build wealth. Many people fear debt. Debt can be good or bad
depending on some factors like interest rates and the amount of time it will take you to pay off
the debt.

Good debt can help you build long-term wealth while bad debt can make you fall into a debt
trap. Bad debts are liabilities while good debts are loans that can be used to generate income.

You can borrow money to invest in real estate, stock and shares, etc. Before borrowing, you
need to compare the interest rates of the loan and the rate of return on investments. By rule of
thumb, the rate of return on investments should be higher than the interest rate of the loan.

If your investments increase in value over time, you can use the proceeds to repay the loan and
also build more wealth. Rich people use debt to build wealth and avoid taxes since interest
charged on debt is tax deductible.

While many people perceive debt negatively, you can use debt to make money in real estate.
Investing in real estate is a great deal since the value of the real estate is always appreciating.

Real estate assets like rental houses can also be a good source of passive income. You can
leverage other people’s money to build your own portfolio of real estate properties.

In this article, you are going to learn ways of using debt to buy real estate and make money.

The following are some of the ways on how can you use debt to buy real estate and make
money from it.

*1. Flipping Houses*

Flipping houses is one of the ways to use debt to make money in real estate. All you need to do
is to borrow money, then use it to buy and renovate real estate properties. After renovating
them, you can sell the property at a higher price.

House flippers borrow money to buy and renovate a house. The lender normally provides
between 70% and 80% of the purchase price and 100% of the total cost of renovation. The
flipper puts down between 20% and 30%.

676
The flippers can then sell the property after the renovation at a profit and pay off debt and
repeat the process with other properties.

*2. BRRR Strategy*

You can use debt to make money using the BRRR strategy. BRRR is an acronym for Buy,
Renovate, Rent, Refinance. This strategy works almost the same way as flipping houses.

Once you have bought a house and renovated it, you then rent it out. You can get money to buy
and renovate a house through borrowing.

Once you have renovated the house, you can refinance the property with a long-term
mortgage. This way, you are able to pay off your high-interest loan. The refinance loan is valued
based on renovation value and not the original purchase price.

This means that you can withdraw your original down payment after refinancing. You can keep
on buying real estate properties with no cash tied up on any of these real estate properties.

*3. Buy Rental Properties*

The other way of how to use debt to buy real estate is to borrow a mortgage to buy rental
properties. You can easily get a mortgage of between 15 to 30 years and then repay it from the
rental income you will be getting from the rental properties.

To get a mortgage, the lender provides between 70% and 80% of the property price while the
investor has to pay a down payment of between 20% and 30% of the property price.

Once you have bought the house, you can rent it out to tenants or start an Airbnb business.

*4. Land*

Land is another real estate property you can buy with a loan and make money out of it. Buying
raw land has lots of advantages in that it does not require any maintenance costs or renovation
costs. Besides, you don’t have to worry about investors damaging your property.

You can buy land using a loan, subdivide it and then sell it at a profit. It is easier to find raw land
buyers compared to house property buyers. As such, this is an excellent way to leverage debt to
make money in real estate.

677
*5. Commercial Properties*

Commercial properties tend to cost more than residential properties. You can acquire them
through a loan. The only downside is that loans for commercial properties come with shorter
loan terms of between 5 and 20 years while personal loan terms range between 15 to 30 years.

Commercial properties can generate more revenue compared to residential properties. Once
you buy commercial properties using a loan, you can then start renting them out and collect
rents that you can use to pay off your debt.

*Finally,*

Above are some of the ways to use debt to make money in real estate. While debt is perceived
negatively, when used well, it can have positive results.

Getting into debt isn’t always a bad idea. You can borrow to build wealth. But before you can
borrow, it is important that you shop around and get effective loans that can help you build
wealth.

Avoid loans with high-interest rates like credit card debts. Also, using debt to create wealth
involves investing in assets that appreciate over time. Avoid using debts to acquire items that
depreciate over time.

Many wealthy people have known how to leverage debt to create wealth. You can invest using
debt and avoid draining your savings.

But even so, you need to have a clear plan of how you to repay that loan. So, don’t get into
debt just for the sake of it if you don’t have a clear investment plan.

678
*181. SWEET MELONS ARE BECOMING MORE POPULAR FOR THEIR HEALTH BENEFITS*

“Sweet melons are giving me sweet returns. One fruit weighing around two kilos retails at an
average of Sh.130, and in a month I can sell up to five tonnes of the fruit,” says Mr Steven Ithau.

Mr Ithau, the proprietor behind Ithau Farm along Nairobi’s Ngong Road, started off as a
watermelon and mango farmer and only started growing sweet melon following his customers’
demand for the fruit.

Sweet melons have gained quite a following as more people become aware of their health
benefits.

The fruit has cancer-preventive elements, reduces oxidative stress and kidney cell damage,
which is particularly helpful for diabetes patients, has antioxidant and anti-inflammatory
properties, and is rich in potassium, a nutrient that helps control blood pressure.

*Benefits*

Sweet melons, despite their name, have lower fruit sugar (fructose) than most other fruits,
making them kinder to your waistline. Their collagen content also helps keep your skin radiant
and firm, and helps in healing wounds.

For customers purchasing sweet melons wholesale, Ithau’s prices range from Sh.80 to Sh.100.

Before he started farming the fruit, he says he visited a company in Nairobi offering crop
nutrition services to have his soil sampled to determine if it was suitable for sweet melon
farming and get insights on the use of fertilisers.

“To ensure proper growth of the sweet melon plant, you have to provide the plant with organic
fertilisers, which can be achieved by using cow manure or chicken waste,” he says.

679
Ithau’s main sweet melon customers reside in the leafy suburbs of Lavington, Kileleshwa and
Kitisuru, and business is good, he says.
Unlike the more common watermelons, sweet melons are light brown or yellow on the outside,
have a faintly sweet smell and their flesh is soft and green.

Mr Maina Kigutha, a grocer at Ngara Market just outside the Nairobi Business District, says that
the fruit has high demand but is in low supply.

“I sell all my sweet melons by the end of the day, with each going for Sh.200. The Asian
community located in Parklands and Ngara areas are my biggest clients. In a day, I sell up to 50
fruits,’ he says.

Mr Kigutha has also started slicing sweet melons and selling them in smaller pieces at lower
prices to appeal to more customers.

“I sell a slice at Sh.30 to Sh.40. This has increased the customer base for the fruit and boosted
my sales.”

This is more than the Sh.10 he charges for watermelon, and explains the price difference by
saying that since sweet melon uptake is still relatively low, most people think the fruit is exotic
and are willing to pay more for it.

So how do you go about growing sweet melons?

*Planting and care*

The fruit requires rich soil. The melon vine also requires plenty of sunlight and heat for at least
two to three months.

Dig two-square-foot holes and put in four to six inches of manure or rich compost, add the
sweet melon seeds and cover with soil.

“Purchasing the seeds is quite expensive. I purchased 500 grammes of sweet melons seeds for
about Sh.14,000, which is part of the reason the fruits fetch such a high price,” Ithau says.

Space each hole about 36 to 42 inches apart.

680
Sweet melons require at least one inch of water a week as they grow, so keep the soil moist,
but not waterlogged.

You may stop watering them a week before you harvest as too much water in the final stages
can reduce the fruits’ sweetness.

Also, avoid walking between melon vines lest you destroy the leaves, which provide the sugars
that sweeten the fruit. The more leaves on the vine, the better.

Note that if too many melons ripen on the same vine at the same time, their sweetness will be
compromised.

“I prefer pruning some younger fruits to ensure that my melons have maximum sugar
concentration,” says Ithau.

*Harvesting*

And how does he tell if his fruits are ready for harvest?

“When a sweet melon ripens, it changes colour from gray to green to yellow. It also separates
easily from the vine. Since the melon stops ripening when it is picked, you have to be careful
you do not pick it too soon.”

Once you have picked the ripe melons, keep them refrigerated until they are ready for
consumption. They can keep for up to two weeks.

“Make sure you do not wash them until they are ready for consumption to prevent them
rotting or getting mildew,” he says.

Ithau adds that insecticides and fungicides will be required to protect the crop from pests like
cutworms and fungal diseases.

*Final Word*

The ball is in your court. This idea is still a soft target that you can take on provided you are
willing to put a little more effort than everyone else.

681
Remember, nothing good comes on a silver platter. So psyche yourself up and go for it. Start
small and dream big.

*182. WITH ONLY KSH.10,000 OR LESS YOU CAN START THE BUSINESS OF SELLING LADIES
AND WOMEN HANDBAGS*

Doing ladies handbag business is profitable, cheap to run and ideal in the modern world.

To start the venture in Kenya, requires at least Ksh.10,000.

It’s not a secret anymore that business of selling ladies handbags in Kenya is a booming
venture. It becomes juicier when those engaged in full time employment engage in this
business as a side hustle.

The best places to source for women handbags is Eastleigh Nairobi. And the best towns to start
the business include Nairobi, Mombasa, Kisumu and Nakuru.

I have interacted with many women engaging in this business, either in part time or full time,
and they have intimated to me that starting is hard but once you gain referrals and enough
customer base, becoming rich will not be a theory but part of you. What you need to know is
where to buy cheap and maximize profits by setting wide profit margin.

To be on the safer side, ensure you have a good Facebook Page and a vibrant Instagram
account. You can promote your page or tell your friends to like it and share with their friends.
Facebook and Instagram have become the largest single source of customers for handbag
sellers in the country.

The capital required for women handbag business vary depending on the location and where
you intend to conduct the business.

682
If you have Ksh.10,000, you can comfortably start the business. However, you will be moving
around selling to your friends since a physical location might be expensive. I encourage anyone
to start the business from home and monitor its performance before deciding to operate from
a stall.

A careful selection of physical location is important. In order to operate from a stall be prepared
to have at least Ksh.150,000 if you are in Nairobi and Ksh.100,000 if you will be operating in
Mombasa, Nakuru, Kisii or Kisumu. This amount will cater for three months’ rent, a license and
the cost of buying your first stock.

The best place to buy women handbags is either Gikomba or Eastleigh, Nairobi. If you are
outside Nairobi, please don’t allow those brokers in your town to make extra ordinary profits
from you. What they normally do is to buy from Gikomba or Eastleigh and come to sell for you
at exorbitant prices.

Buying in bulk at Eastleigh will enable those guys to reduce the price significantly for you, thus
allowing you to make good cash from sales.

A single bag normally ranges from Sh.500 to Sh.1,800 and you can sell it between Sh.2,000 to
Sh.3,500. This will make you double profit.

Once you have purchased your bags, take clear photos and post on your Facebook Page and
Instagram account together with price tag but indicate NEGOTIABLE.

Alternatively, you can take some to your friends or family members to have a look at them and
eventually buy if it’s their taste.

*Finally,*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

683
*183. HOW TO MAKE MONEY WITH A GARBAGE COLLECTION BUSINESS IN KENYA*

Garbage Collection stopped being a thing of the government once the service was devolved in
Kenya.

Since then, private entities have come in to offer the service to towns and estates all alike.

With those changes, many Kenyans have stepped forward to take up the opportunity and to
exploit the market gap.

Do you know what all that has resulted in?

The Garbage Collection Business has grown into a very popular venture and is now, among the
most profitable businesses in Kenya.

Remember, the garbage collection business is still not that overcrowded and so many market
gaps are still available to exploit.

I know you are now dying to have your own Garbage Collection Company launched tomorrow.

But give that thought a break.

Let’s first discuss what really is required of you, how much capital is required, where best to
locate your business, and just how profitable the venture can be, among other important issues
in the business.

*What’s the best location for a garbage collection business in Kenya?*

684
For your garbage collection business, of course, you need to base your operations in places
where there is so much garbage to collect.

Rural areas are most of the time so clean and green that you can almost find nothing to call
garbage to collect. Urban areas and major towns, however, have the garbage collection burden
and that is where to thrive.

Identify certain estates around town, which are well populated and occupied so that there will
be reasonable garbage to collect every week, month, or even for years.

Once you have done this you then have your location right. Keep expanding and covering more
estates and homes.

Need an office?

Maybe as you grow, for bookings and any other ways in which you may be of help to your
existing and new clients. This can be located in a strategic place in town like along a busy street
or close to estates and homes.

*Requirements.*

What really is expected of you if you will make a dime out of this lucrative Garbage Collection
Business? Below are some of the requirements:-

*Carry out market research* – go around and see where your services will be of much help.
Estates and homes where county government garbage collectors never reach or are
inconsistent are the best for you.

*Agree with each house on collection fee* – in the areas you have identified, then if really they
need your services, agree with them on the fee they will be paying say monthly and that will be
your first milestone in success. Do not overcharge because of competition or undercharge to a
level where you won’t be making anything.

*Identify a truck you can hire* – you may not need to buy your own truck but if you got the
cash then why not. So if there is a truck you can hire only for the days you need it as you grow
your business then that will cut on initial costs.

685
*Identify reliable people you can hire* – you may not need permanent employees. Identify
some people you can mobilize when you need them on the particular day of work and that will
be okay.

*Acquire the relevant licenses as follows:*

*County Council Single Business Permit* – this costs about Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.10,000 per year
depending on your county. Enquire there as you get the permit from the town zoning
department the practicality and how you can go about garbage collection in the area you intent
to.

*NEMA License* – National Environmental Management Authority will need to issue you a
Garbage Collector’s License and to do so, you may be required to show the logbook to the truck
you will be using which should be enclosed.

*Approval by authorities* – you can’t just invade the area to begin collecting garbage when the
community leaders like the chief, assistant chief, nyumba Kumi leaders are not aware. You need
to inform them and get their approval and support. This is all for security purposes in case of
anything.

*Approval by landlords* – meet the landlord or caretaker of every estate or residential area
you identified during your market research and talk to them about your services. They will help
mobilize tenants to put their garbage in a particular place on the scheduled days and collect the
fees from the tenants as they collect rent.

The success of this type of business hinges largely on creating good working relationships with
landlords. Your first step will be to identify a residential house in need of your services and then
meet the landlord or agent and convince them on the need to engage you for garbage
collection, especially where the county government’s similar services are erratic.

The landlord instructs tenants to put their garbage at a particular spot in the compound on
specific days. They will then collect the fee from each tenant alongside the rent and remit it to
your account.

The fee can range from Sh.100 upwards per tenant monthly. Set the fee after ascertaining that
you will meet the overhead costs and make a profit while at the same time beating
competition.

686
*Garbage collectors* - If you will not do the actual job of garbage collection, you will have to
hire a responsible employee who will carry out the work meticulously. Littering the place while
you are meant to leave it clean will certainly rob you of clients.

The worker also needs to have good customer relations skills as they will have to engage the
tenants while working and should also know the estate well.

*Ensure every house has Garbage bins and bags* – you can provide these to the tenants who
do not have them to put their garbage, at a retail price. This will make your collection easy on
the day of work.

*Identify a dumping site or Recycling site* – talk to the county government so that you can be
dumping your garbage in one of their recycling sites. If you can make your own recycling site
then why not.

Start your business and adhere to your agreements with your clients. Offer services as agreed
and be reliable as you expand your business.

*How much capital do you need to start a garbage collection business in Kenya?*

You must be wondering just how much is enough to begin this business.

*Licensing – Ksh.10,000

*Truck hire – Ksh.15,000

*Employees – Ksh.5,000

You can see that with as low as Ksh.30,000 you are already in business. If you have enough
money you can do it on a large scale and you will need much more though.

*How profitable is this kind of business?*

In an estate that is so populous and occupied, let’s say it has 100 tenants and each contributes
Ksh.150.

That makes Ksh.15,000 per estate.

687
Go to 10 estates of such nature and you already have Ksh.150,000. Pay your employees and the
truck and you have the difference all to yourself.

*Finally,*

Every human being desires to reside in a clean environment. Yet in many estates in urban
centres, mounds of garbage remain strewn around and uncollected for days, creating an
eyesore and posing health hazards.

But on that foul-emitting rubbish rests a business opportunity that you can exploit. You can run
a garbage collection service that would earn you money while keeping the environment clean.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*184. HOW TO START A MINI SUPERMARKET*

While the supermarket as a concept is not new to Kenya, their rapid growth is a very recent
phenomenon. Many supermarkets have popped up all over the country. Around the residential
areas, smaller format stores and smaller chains have emerged.

Supermarkets in Kenya are no longer the niche players catering exclusively to the high income
consumers in the capital they once were. They have moved into residential areas and now
almost every other area has a supermarket or a mini supermarket.

Starting a mini supermarket can be a good business idea if you have the required capital to fully
stock it up. You will need adequate funding because a supermarket is a large scale project and
requires regular stocking.

688
Here we are not talking about those big supermarkets such as Nakumatt, Tuskys or Naivas.
Those are beyond the scope of this analysis. What we will discuss in this article are the mini
supermarkets you see in your local shopping centres.

*Location*

To set up a successful supermarket, you will need to choose a very convenient location. A
location with high foot traffic will be the best. Aim to pull in as many walk-ins as possible.

Choose a location which gives them no choice but to walk into your supermarket. Do not select
upper floors of a building, you will be out of reach and many shoppers will not come up there.

As a small or mini supermarket, shoppers will not look for you, they need to spot your shop and
just walk in easily and that is why most small supermarkets in and round Nairobi are located on
the ground floor, within easy reach.

Premises big enough to hold your supermarket will cost about Ksh.40,000 to Ksh.150,000 in
rent depending on location, building, floor space and other amenities in the building.

*Permits/Licenses/Certificates*

A mini supermarket requires several authorizations before you can fully and legally operate.
Apart from the usual annual business permit, you will be required to have a health certificate at
a cost of about Ksh.5,000.

The cost of your business permit will vary but may cost up to Ksh.25,000 depending on the size
of your business and the number of employees.

Your employees will be required to undergo health examination and be issued with certificates
renewable after six months at a cost of Ksh.500 or Ksh.1,000 per year. However, many
employees in supermarkets in Nairobi do not have this certificate.

The county government will require your supermarket to comply with fire safety rules by
installing fire extinguishers and be issued with a fire certificate. The fire certificate will cost
about Ksh.4,500.

If you will be playing music in your supermarket to entertain shoppers, which is optional, you
must obtain a license from the Music Copyright Society of Kenya (MCSK) at about Ksh.10,000.

689
*Supplies*

Unlike the bigger supermarkets who get their supplies from manufacturers, the mini
supermarkets depend on distributors for their supplies. These distributors bring supplies to the
shop without charging for transport.

Some common distributors who serve these mini supermarkets include Mesora in Buru Buru
who supply mostly toiletries and food, Rweru located in Industrial Area who supply mostly
snacks such as House of Manji biscuits, flour, soaps such as Menengai and Panga and Kabras
Sugar.

Rasan Distributors, also located in industrial area, supply mainly toothpaste, dettol soaps and
detergents. PM distributors, specializing in soda distribution, also supply the supermarkets.

These are the common distributors but there are many others who supply stuff to these mini
supermarkets around Nairobi and in other counties. You should research and get in touch with
other distributors and consider those that will meet your needs as you plan to set up your
supermarket.

Many mini shops stock after a fortnight while a few stock monthly. Sodas are mostly stocked
weekly while perishables such as bread and milk are taken daily. Depending on your location,
size and sales, you can settle on a suitable schedule to stock your shelves.

These mini supermarkets prefer stocking, toiletries, food stuffs and baby stuff in plenty. A
number of them have discovered that these are the things that sell in large numbers.

*Prices*

Common items such as 400g bread will cost around Ksh.50 while milk varies between Ksh.48 –
Ksh.50 for 500ml packet depending on location and shop.

Baby stuff such as diapers, glycerine, powder and petroleum jelly amongst many others are
frequently bought. Many people buy the big pack of with 36 diapers going for about Ksh.800.

Johnson’s Powder is preferred by many shoppers, especially the small one going for about
Ksh.75 and the 50ml glycerine going for Ksh.35.

690
Other popular items are cooking oil, tissue paper, and detergents such as Toss, Sunlight and
Arial. The prices of these items will vary depending on the location.

Stocking a small supermarket to start you off may cost you as much as Ksh.500,000 while a
bigger one may need Ksh.1 million and above.

*Profits*

It is fairly obvious that the profits you will make in supermarket business will depend on your
prices and the volumes moved. To calculate their profits, some mini supermarkets engage the
services of external auditors/accountants to work out monthly or weekly profits while others
do it themselves in-house.

Smaller supermarkets reported profits ranging from Ksh.100,000 to Ksh.150,000 every month.
Bigger ones collect approximately Ksh.1 Million to Ksh.1.5 Million per month.

End month is a very busy time for many supermarkets, big and small. This is the time that
shoppers throng the shops and a big portion of the profits are collected at this time.

*Salaries*

Workers in supermarkets have different salaries depending on the job, experience, shop and
location. Bigger supermarkets pay much more than the local mini ones.

Many mini supermarkets have between 6 to 12 workers, shop attendants and cashiers. Shop
attendants earn about Ksh.10,000 – Ksh.15,000 per month while cashiers are paid about
Ksh.14,000 – Ksh.20,000.

The number of workers you can start with depends on the size of the business. You can start
with a smaller number and increase with time as work increases.

*Challenges*

The nature of a mini supermarket presents many challenges that will be faced in the course of
the business. The arrangement where shoppers serve themselves from the shelves increases
cases of shoplifting, which many supermarket owners grapple with all the time.

691
Some goods will most likely expire on the shelves before they are bought. The challenge you
may face is that distributors may delay to change these items, leaving you with expired goods.
This can hurt your reputation and affect your sales and profits.

Whenever you stock new products, don’t be surprised when they don’t sell. This is a challenge
faced by many small supermarket owners. At the same time, shoppers may need products and
items that you do not have, making you lose the opportunity to make sales.

*Finally,*

We have seen that a supermarket is a very profitable business but also requires heavy capital
investment and management to remain profitable. If you have the time to manage and have
access to a large capital outlay, why not consider starting a mini supermarket?

*185. HOW TO START A CHIPS & CHICKEN CAFE BUSINESS*

Potato chips (fries) is a favorite meal for many people and especially women and children. This
makes the chips business in Kenya a lucrative venture. The business is viable in most parts of
the country, both rural and urban areas.

This article covers on chips and chicken cafes in Nairobi CBD and surrounding areas. You can
use it as a guide only. Prices and other factors will automatically change depending on the area
and location.

The areas covered are Odeon area, Mfangano, Moi Avenue, Tom Mboya Street and Roast
House area.

*Chips*

692
Many of these cafes get their supply of potatoes for making chips from Wakulima Market
(popularly called “marikiti’) in Nairobi. A sack goes for around Ksh.3,000 – Ksh.4,000 on normal
days.

During times of scarcity, be ready to spend Ksh.5,000 or even Ksh.6,000 per a sack.

These cafes commonly sell a plate of chips at Ksh.100. If you decide to set up this business, you
should set your price in this range, don’t price yourself out of the market.

Some places even lower their prices to Ksh.70 per plate to attract even more crowds. When
there is a shortage of potatoes in the market, prices can shoot up to Ksh.120 per plate, to
maintain profitability.

You can also make and sell bhajia, which has also become very popular. A plate of bhajia sells at
an average price of between Ksh.130 to Ksh.150 depending on location.

In busy places, the cafes consume almost 3 bags of potatoes in a day, making a profit of
between Ksh.6,000 and Ksh.7,000 from chips alone.

You can notice how this can be profitable, especially if you are located in a busy location.

*Chicken*

In addition to chips, fried chicken is also a very popular delicacy in these cafes. Chicken is
readily available from City Market. Many of these cafes in town actually rely on City Market for
their supply of chicken.

At City Market, raw chicken goes for between Ksh.350 and Ksh.500 each depending on type,
size and seller, although the common price is Ksh.350 but it is advisable to work with slightly
higher prices in your budget.

During times of scarcity, be prepared for a hike in prices.

You will sell fried chicken in parts such as ¼, ½ or even full. You will sell one ¼ of chicken at
between Ksh.150 and Ksh.200 while a full chicken goes for Ksh.500 to Ksh.600.

693
Selling quarter pieces will bring you more cash than selling full fried chicken. If you sell four
quarters, which make a full chicken, you will end up with between Ksh.600 and Ksh.800,
compared to a full chicken sold once at Ksh.500.

Now compare this with your price from City Market of Ksh.350. Busy cafes sell 100 chickens in a
day although one reported moving about 200 in a day.

Assuming that you can crack it to sell even 50 of the birds a day, when doing badly, you will
rake in about Ksh.7,500 net profit before you consider other costs such as electricity, oil, labour
etc. This is just from chicken alone. If you sell 100 or more, you can work out how much net
profit that will be.

*Other Foods*

Apart from chicken and chips, you can also include other items such as soft drinks, juices,
smokies, samosas and sausages in your menu.

Many people will ask for a combination of foods such as chips/ sausage, chips/chicken,
chips/burger, chips/samosa and others.

Many of these can be made in your café. You can get beef and pork from City Market for
making your sausages, samosas, etc. For about Ksh.390 and Ksh.450, you will get a kilo of beef
and pork respectively, just like many of these cafes are doing.

Your sausages should sell at between Ksh.30 and Sh.40 to be within market price but can also
be higher depending on location. If you don’t want to go through the process of making
sausages, you can still buy from the many supermarkets around and just fry.

In addition to the good profits from chips and chicken, you can greatly increase your income by
addition of other foods. In fact many of your customers will expect to take their chips or
chicken with other foods once in a while.

*Salaries*

The salaries that are paid to the workers in a chips and chicken café will depend on location,
size, experience, training and also whether they are casuals or in full employment.

*Finally,*

694
Starting a chips & chicken business in Kenya is a profitable venture. It is a trending business due
to the high demand for chips and chicken in Kenya especially in Nairobi.

People working in offices need fast food like chips. You can look for orders to deliver chips to
offices. Alternatively, you can start a small chips & chicken business and grow your business to
a large business.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*186. HOW I MAKE KSH.200,000 PER MONTH FROM SNAIL FARMING*

Wangui Waweru is the owner of the Gold Dust Snail Farm located in Nakuru. She has been
rearing snails for the past six years.

Her fascination with mollusks started in 2017 when she consumed snail meat unknowingly.
Despite feeling squeamish at first, Wangui loved the delicacy. She decided to learn about snails
and how they are reared.

Consequently, she traveled to Uganda, where she found a farmer who reared snails for a living.
She later traveled to Kigali for additional knowledge on snail farming.

Wangui says that the value of snails as pets, food, and a source of income is mostly unknown in
Kenya.

695
Needless to say, when she started her snail farm in Nakuru, she became a pariah in her
community and was even accused of witchcraft. Most people had never heard that snails could
be consumed, let alone reared.

According to Waweru, snails are a common delicacy in Asia, West Africa, and South Africa. In
Kenya, snails are consumed mainly by foreigners from these countries. However, she says that
Kenyans are slowly accepting snails as food.

Snails are a major source of white meat. Additionally, they are rich in vitamins B12, B16, and
B18. On her farm, the animals are organically reared.

As a source of income, Wangui says snails are very valuable. Firstly, she earns from selling snail
meat, which can sell for up to Ksh.7,000 a kilo. Secondly, she says that snail bi-products are very
much in demand, especially snail slime.

“The slime is used to make beauty products, and it’s very expensive,” says Wangui.

Snail cavalier is even more expensive, and a kilogram can sell for as much as 2,000 dollars in
Europe and Asia. The farmer advises those complaining about unemployment in the country to
try snail farming.

“If you sell a kilo of snail cavalier, you will be well off than most employed people,” says
Wangui.

She says snail shells are crushed as a source of calcium for animal feed. Additionally, they can
be used for decoration.

Wangui says that snail slime is used to make face masks, scrubbers, and beauty soaps. The
farmer makes her own beauty products, including laundry soap from snail slime. She tried
giving her products for free in her community, and she says the response was 100% positive.

She is currently waiting for a certification from KEBS before launching her products in the
market.

“You don’t have to be a farmer of snails to earn from them. You can buy the slime, make your
products and sell them to the community,” she says.

*Expenses*

696
The farmer says that snails consume little food. Their diet consists of kale, carrots, calcium, and
water. Overfeeding them can cause them to die of too much protein in their bodies, so you
have to skip a day after feeding them.

“The income from snails is very substantial compared to what I spend feeding them. You can
grow the food from a small kitchen garden,” says Waweru.

*Startup Capital*

The farmer says she invested Ksh.250,000 in starting her snail farm. However, she says that
Ksh.40,000 is enough to launch a snail farming business. You will first need to purchase breeder
snails, which cost Ksh.1,600 a kilo. Wangui says you can start with 20 kg of breeders as they are
manageable.

Structures will cost you approximately Ksh.5,000. Finally, you can set aside Ksh.5,000 for
training to rear the snails.

To become a snail farmer, Wambui says you’ll need to be passionate about the business. You’ll
also need to have the proper knowledge, which you can get from attending training.

Finally, you’ll need a permit from Kenya Wildlife Services. “Snail farming is lucrative, but there
are very strict requirement from Kenya Wildlife Service. This is not just something you jump in;
you have to read extensively to know snails in and out,” she says.

*Final Word*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race.

If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait
to start…just do it.

697
*187. HOW TO MAKE MONEY MAKING BEATS IN KENYA*

Wondering how you can start making money making beats?

In this article, I will walk you through eight strategies you can implement immediately to earn
your first buck online as a beat producer.

I agree, a ton of people are actively looking for a way to escape the 9-5. Do what you love.
Spend the better part of your day making beats.

It is a dream of all of us to make money while sleeping.

Can you imagine getting paid while chilling with friends?

It is the best feeling. And you can have it only if you implement the strategies I am about to
show you on this post.

I know these strategies will help you because they have already been proven to work.

In fact, several producers who have already implemented these strategies are making money
doing what they love.

Let me get you an example.

There is this well-known beatsmith from New York, Jair. He has worked with prolific musicians
like Lil B, Soulja Boy, and Adam Hignell.

How did he land such deals?

698
By implementing some of the strategies you are about to learn.

What do you need to make money making beats?

Before we get started, there are some things you need to gets to start selling your beats.

*You Need Beats*

Yes, I know that sounds obvious but you will be surprised to see how many people ignore this.

We have a lot of dreamers and wannabes always fantasizing about making money selling beats.
But in reality, they have nothing.

Here is a little something for you:

You don’t have a business if you don’t have a product, a service, or whatever you want to
exchange for money. Starting a business without a product or service is how you will end up not
making money..

*A plan*

If you do not have a plan, you are planning to fail.

It is the same old advice we hear over and over again. But how many of you actually heed to it?

When was the last time you set a goal and devised a plan? Wait, it doesn’t matter whether it
worked out or not, but just having the plan brings in more focus.

You need a plan on how to move from making your first beat to getting the first customer. The
truth is, getting that first sale is the hardest part.

That doubles when you don’t have a plan of action.

For example:

Your plan can be to first have a catalog of beats under at least three genres before you start
looking for customers.

699
If you ask me, that is a good plan, and it is enough to keep you focused as well as to gear you in
the right direction.

At the back of your mind, you know that there will be no customers before you have at least
three catalogs of beats.

See how that gave you a reason to work?

With these two (having beats and a plan), you are ready to start looking for customers.

I am not saying these are the only two things you need to start making money making beats.
But they build the foundation of starting a beat selling business.

That said, let’s look at the strategies I promised you.

How to make money making beats (proven strategies that work like magic)

*#1. Have a website*

Forget the regular websites you see on the internet. I am talking about an online store.

Instead of working the traditional way where nothing can be sold in your business without your
presence; opt to work online.

Have a system.

Instead of doing everything manually, automate everything.

Here is how to automate beats selling business.

*Create a website

*Add a shop section and install a store plugin like Woo-commerce. Alternatively, use store
builders like Shopify

*Set everything up. Unlike normal stores where you upload product images, here the product is
your beats. Display a sample of it and the price.

700
*Drive traffic to the store.

With the store up and ready, whenever someone wants the beat, he or she pays and
downloads the beat automatically. You aren’t involved in any way.

Talking of driving traffic to your beats store, you will love the next way of how to make money
making beats.

*#2. Have a YouTube channel*

YouTube is really huge right now.

With over 2 billion unique users using it every month, it opens up a lucrative opportunity for
you as the beat-maker to make money.

Making money off YouTube as a beat producer is two-folds.

The first way is to display your creativity and skills of creating great beats.

Think of it as a way of building an audience of raving fans who adore your beats. Also, in the
process, you are building authority. When someone thinks of buying beats, he or she will think
of you.

Why?

Because they have seen and experienced what you can do.

With that in mind, here is how to make money selling beats on YouTube.

*Record yourself while in Studio doing your thing.

*Upload the footage on your channel and ask your viewers for their opinions

*Ask them to subscribe to your channel so they can always be the first ones to listen to your
work

*Put the links to your website on the description. Encourage your viewers to visit the link and
purchase the beat if they like it

701
Use YouTube to generate interest and drive interested customers back to the store where they
can easily order the beat.

The second way of making money making beats on YouTube is through monetization.

Here is how it works:

YouTube has a very popular advertising program where they pay you to show ads before, in
between, or after your video.

All you have to do is sign up for the program and you can start making money selling beats on
YouTube.

*#3. Licensing*

You can license other people to use your beats. For example, companies that deal with TV
commercials, films, and movies among other video content producers.

Such companies are always looking for good music to accompany their video content. And not
just any music, relevant beats.

With this method, you are getting paid every time someone uses your beats. It is automated
and perfectly fits your dream of making money while you sleep.

Here are two ways to make money by licensing your beats.

*Register with a Performance Rights Organization (PRO). These guys will make your music
public, keep track of the users, and send you cheques every time someone uses your beats. This
is basically copyrighting your beats.

*License your beats through music marketplaces or libraries. Some libraries specialize with
aggregating good beats so customers (artists or marketers) can find and buy them to use in
their work. You make money when someone buys a license or gets permission to use your
beats, as simple as that.

Here are marketplaces already popular with beat producers:

702
*Splice - https://splice.com

*Songtradr - https://www.songtradr.com

*Bandcamp - https://bandcamp.com

Join these sites now and make money making beats.

*#4. Get on SoundCloud*

Another way to get your beats in front of thousands of potential customers is through
SoundCloud - https://soundcloud.com/

Why?

This is where most artists hangout, making it the best marketplace for music beats.

But there is one problem.

Unlike YouTube, SoundCloud is like a social community. There is no easier way to get your beats
noticed by artists.

At least on YouTube, you have things like Search Engine Optimization where you rig your
content with search terms used by your target customer. This makes it easy for your content to
be discovered, but not on SoundCloud.

Solution – to get noticed on SoundCloud and sell your beats, look for artists you like and who
would love your beats.

Genuinely engage with their content on SoundCloud. Hit that like-button, reshare a song, and
post genuine comments.

*#5. Social media marketing*

Here, you are leveraging social media platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok to
promote your beats.

The objective here is to showcase your work and hopefully a potential customer will reach out.

703
There are two ways to use social media marketing to make money making beats.

*a. Organic way*

This is a free way of marketing on social media.

If you choose to go this direction, simply create an account for your beats business, say a
Facebook page.

Build a fan base by looking for likes.

Start updating posts trying to get your audience excited about your beats, and hopefully, to
buy.

For example:

You can post a video of you creating the beats. Post a link to your website and ask your
Facebook fans to go buy the beat if they like.

*b. Using social media ads*

I should warn you, this is not free. Requires at least $10 (Ksh.1,000) to advertise on Facebook,
but it is worth it.

For example:

Using Facebook advertising, you can reach thousands of potential customers with a small
budget.

Here is how to use Facebook ads to sell beats.

*Create a Facebook page using your name or business name if you have a registered business

*Create ads targeting specific people based on their interests. For instance, you can target
people who have liked music pages or visited websites dealing with beats

*Use a video of you creating beats as media

704
*Add a link to your online store and a Buy Now as the call to action.

With such an ad, you can set the budget to at least a dollar per day. Stop the campaign at
anytime you want.

*#6. Build an email list*

Email marketing is the oldest, yet most effective way of marketing any kind of business.

Why?

Here is what you don’t know.

Do you see those people who have liked your Facebook page, your Instagram followers, or
YouTube subscribers?

You don’t own them!

Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube own them because the platform is theirs. As such, they
make rules and control what you can do with it. They do not care about how that affects you.

Here is a good example of this:

Recently, Facebook made an update to counter the spread of fake news. This affected the reach
of page posts, in such a way that if you have 1K likes, only 1 percent of them will see your post.

This alone toppled so many businesses that relied on Facebook to make sales.

What is the solution?

Build an email list.

This is an asset to your business. You own it and no one will dictate how you use it. Even when
it comes to changing tools, you migrate with your list.

More importantly, an email list is a group of people who have shown interest in your beats
business.

705
Here is how to use email marketing to sell beats:

*Collect email addresses. To make it easier, offer something for free in exchange for their
email, say, a coupon code

*Get email marketing tool such as MailChimp to help collect the emails

*Send the latest updates to your list and occasionally ask them to buy your beats

To make this successful, consider building a relationship first with your list before asking them
to buy your products.

*#7. Create courses*

I know you are looking for how to make money making beats. And this may sound inapplicable,
but hear me out.

Other people are interested in making and selling beats like you. Why not dedicate your time to
teaching them how to do that and make money in the process?

How?

Document how you started the beats business, strategies you used to succeed, mistakes, and
challenges you faced and how you overcame them.

Package the whole thing into a consumable chunk, say chapters (for ebooks), or modules for
videos.

Upload the course somewhere like Udemy.com, and put a price, say $35 for someone to access
the course.

You do not need to be there face to face to deliver the content, enabling you to make money
while you sleep.

*Wrapping up music beats business*

706
Today, music streaming and downloading are at their peak. If you have the will and talent, join
the industry. Use these strategies to earn a living.

*188. UNDERSTANDING HOW COSMETICS BUSINESS WORKS*

Demand for beauty and cosmetic products in Kenya has grown steadily over the last one
decade. Within those few years, some of the small retailers in this line of business have grown
into “supermarket” status and they have opened branches across the region.

Clearly, you don’t need rocket science to understand just how promising this industry is.

Remember the rule is: start small, grow with it. Start your small cosmetics shop using the least
possible capital.

To succeed in any business, you need to know how it works and how you can win the
competition. You can start by researching online and talking to people buying beauty products.
Understand what potential customers want and the figure out how best you can deliver.

Also, talk to those in the business, find out what they are selling and at what price. Also,
understand the market gap. Then find ways you can address the problems in the cosmetics
industry.

You can succeed in the cosmetics business if you know the tricks and risks involved. It becomes
easy to navigate your way and grow your business.

The first step to starting any business is to understand how it works. Fortunately, there are a
few ways to do that.

707
You can start by studying everything you can online. Look up for cosmetics sellers and dealers
online, and learn everything you can about them.

Where are they from? Where do their products come from? How many employees do they
have? What does their distribution channel look like?

Next, look for the most popular beauty stores in your area and study them, too. Get familiar
with their marketing, their staffing, their product selection… basically, your goal is to learn
literally everything you can about the most successful cosmetics businesses in your area!

Then – and here’s the fun part – go buy some products from them! Experiment. Play. Have fun
and see what kind of magic you can pull off by giving your friends makeovers.

But the absolute best way to learn about the industry is to work in it.

Remember those stores you were studying? Go get a job at one of them! Learn their sales
tactics, how they target customers, how they establish their sales projections, how they handle
their ordering.

Know who their suppliers are, and what kind of prices they pay.

And learn as much as you can!

If you want to start a cosmetics business from home, then start researching which company you
want to work under e.g Forever Living

This is a GREAT option for those with limited budgets but huge social networks and people
skills!

Once you have decided on which model you are interested in pursuing, whether you want to
open a brick and mortar cosmetics store, start a home based cosmetics business, or even create
one online, then it’s time to create a plan.

*What Legal Fees Are Required To Set Up A Cosmetic Business?*

Running a cosmetic business does not require special licenses.

708
The only mandatory license is a single business permit. The license can be obtained from the
relevant county government offices.

The fee charged depends on the size of the business, the county government at stake and
location within the county. Generally, the annual fee ranges from Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.15,000.

Otherwise you can start an online shop and be selling your cosmetics items on Facebook or an
ecommerce website to avoid these overheads.

*Select a Suitable Location*

Location determines the success of any business. It is best to get a stall where you can display
beauty products and has a high influx of people.

Get a storefront where there is high foot traffic. You can also start your business inside a mall,
plaza, or in a kiosk. Look what works best for you and ensure that your option is within your
budget.

Essentially, look for a visible place from the street, has a parking area, easy to access, and has
high foot traffic.

Also you can start this business as a freelancer until you build a reliable client base. Later on,
you can look for a stall in town (by town I mean any town not just Nairobi) – a permanent
location or office is quite good because it boosts your credibility to customers and even
financiers.

A good 10ft by 5ft stall in a busy street goes for Ksh.20,000 in Nairobi. Some landlords ask for a
goodwill payment but some don’t.

*What Are Some of the Fastest Moving Goods?*

Generally, the fastest moving goods out of a cosmetics shop are the items people use on a day-
to-day basis.

To get your invested capital back in a short time, here’s what to sell in your cosmetics store.
They move like wild-fire.

709
• Makeup and Skin Care Products – Stock brands that are loved. You can get this info from your
suppliers

• Quality Hair extensions

• Haircare Products

• Beauty Accessories

• Body lotion

• Conditioners

• Relaxers

• Deo sprays

• Hair lotions, food and sprays

• Srub

• Soap

• Beads

• Artificial Nails

• Removers

• Perfumes

Did I miss anything? You need to stock that too.

*Where to Source for Cosmetic Products at Wholesale Prices*

There are many wholesalers in the country. The best prices are however to be found in Nairobi
mostly in the downtown side of the CBD along Dubois Road, River Road or Munyu Road.

710
You can visit the city and take a window shopping walk particularly in shopping centres like The
Perida Business Centre, Kamukunji Trading Centre or Best Lady Ronald Ngala.

Take your time until you find the best prices.

If you don’t have so much time to window shop for the best prices then you can just make a
direct order from this recommendation list.

*Best-lady Cosmetics*
Address: Ronald Ngala
Phone: 0740470002

*Beauty Wholesale Kenya Limited*

Address: Jubilee House, Ground Floor, Mama Ngina St, Starehe
Phone: 020 2224441

*Reones Beauty & Cosmetic Supplies*

Address: Shop # B1 & B2, Beaver House, Tom Mboya Street, Opp. Eureka Highrise Hotel
Basement Floor after Troy Chemist (Same building with Beauty Point College Nairobi)
Phone: 020 2185076

*Mega Wholesalers*
Address: Fourteenth St, Nairobi
Phone: 0720 667958

*Mac Cosmetics*
Junction Mall Parking Hall, Ngong Rd, Nairobi
Located in: City Walk - The Junction
0714 949251

*Beauty Options*
Address: Old Mutual Building, Ground, Kimathi St, Starehe
Phone: 0717 451141

However, the best way to go around the beauty business & to actually make profits would be to
source for the cheapest merchandise.

If you have time, Visit Uganda to compare prices.

711
*Products in the market.*

There are different types of products in the market.

1. Original – genuine products from the original manufacturer distributed via official channels.

2. ‘Backdoor’ original– genuine original products from the manufacturer but distributed
through unofficial channels.

3. Original but independently distributed – it occurs mainly with international brands that are
not officially represented in the country.

4. Generics – cosmetic products with the same ingredients as the original one but with different
brand names.

5. Fakes – it refers to counterfeit products. Most of these products are common e.g perfumes.

*How to Stock Your Beauty Shop without Spending So Much Money*

Because there is so much demand for beauty products, there is a certainty that your beauty
shop will scale so fast that you may not meet some of your orders.

But remind me again, what’s the reason why you wanted to start the cosmetics business?

Is it to make money?

Then you must make sure that all orders are met.

One of the easiest ways to ensure that you have enough stock to serve your demand is by
partnering with cosmetics manufacturers & wholesalers.

Show them that you can move their products fast and they may send to you free consignment
to pay when you sell.

Some companies allow monthly payments. Others insist on weekly payments.

712
The best part about this deal is, you only pay when you sell. But you too have to move products
faster & build an empire.

So, be enthusiastic, sell the most products & make prompt payments.

*189. DOG BREEDING AND TRAINING BUSINESS IN KENYA*

The dog business is slowly gaining popularity. I have got many inquiries on dog breeds, breeding
and making money from the business.

So what does it take to run the business?

For the real business-minded people, the idea of starting a dog breeding and training business
in Kenya will sound like a heaven-sent gift. First, the business does not have seasonal
fluctuations. Secondly, if you are really passionate about it you can even start with NO
monetary capital. Thirdly, no formal training is required which means you can start as soon as
you are ready to get going.

“I was lonely and poor. I noticed that our dog called Tusker followed me wherever I went. As
insecurity was high in the village and people reared dogs to guard their homesteads, I started
training Tusker and he shocked me with his intelligence,” says Wainaina.

Six years down the line, Wainaina has now relocated to Thika, where he owns a dog-training
firm called ‘Wainaina’s Redemption’. He trains dogs and sells them to security firms, schools
and companies. Each carnivore goes for as much as Sh.120,000.

In a month, he sell at least 10 dogs. With the average cost of one trained mature dog going for
Sh.50,000, he can pocket Sh.500,000 a month. While starting a dog breeding business requires
less capital than other ventures, there are some key pointers one should take note of.

713
You ought have interest in the project and love dogs. There is also need to do proper research
of the breed that suits your needs and to build a well-structured kennel.

Dog breeds can be large, medium and small breeds.

*Dog breeds*

The most popular breeds in Kenya are the German Shepherd, Rottweiler, English Springer
Spaniel and Labrador Retriever. Lately the little ‘toy dogs’ such as the Maltese, Chihuaha and
Pomeranian are coming into the market.

When starting a dog-breeding venture; don’t just judge a dog by its looks.

Be updated on breed trends and conduct a feasibility study on the environment, location,
lifestyle of your target market and importantly, the legal requirements for a dog breeding
business.

There is also the need to ensure you have a file of the veterinary records of your dogs,
especially the shots its already had and the dog’s registration paper.

Have all the dog’s documents, which include medical history, proof of registration, and other
items up-to-date at all times. This is required for customers who expect proof of pedigree and
some even ask for a picture and records of the mother.

Getting a rare colour like white and silver-grey or a champion breed sets you apart from the
rest of the sellers.

*Get Dog Trainers Training*

Dog trainers training is offered on an apprentice basis and NO FORMAL TRAINING is required.
Past experience in a dog training facility and the disciplined service e.g. ex-NYS or local security
companies can be a big boost.

*Do This Simple Market Survey*

The reality of the market is that you need to go where the demand is high. Population density
and dog-ownership percentages go hand-in-hand. A related consideration is that the demand

714
for dog training services is high in urban areas than rural areas with Nairobi, Mombasa, Kisumu,
Embu, Nakuru and Thika towns topping the list.

*Identify a Market Gap*

It‘s very easy to see if your market has a gap to be filled. If you notice most trainers in the area
are usually busy for weeks or even months ahead, it means demand for services currently
exceeds supply and hence you can join in.

Remember, even if there is no gap in a market, you can still join in by adding a differentiating
factor to your services. For instance, door-to-door services, boarding facilities or even free blog
tips on dog care can significantly make you stand out.

*Start With Few Puppies*

If you want to become a breeder cum trainer, it goes without saying you will need to keep a
few dogs. You can talk to other local breeders (the East Africa Kennel Club is a good reference
point) so that you can book puppies with them. Good dog breeds include:

• Boxer
• Great Dane
• Labrador Retriever
• Rottweiler
• German Shepherd
• Golden Retriever
• Chihuahua
• Japanese Spitz

*Build Kennels*

As you wait for the puppies to be delivered, build a few kennels. For instance, you can start
with 5 boarding kennels and 1 warm maternity kennel.

*Get the Word Out*

Print out a few brochures and drop a few batches at busy shops and agro-vets in your target
area. Put your contacts up in one of the many free classified ads websites e.g jiji.co.ke.

715
Also do a bit of social media sensitization. Create for you dogs a Facebook page, Instagram
account and a TikTok account. Post some videos and pictures of your dogs and tell people on
how they can reach you.

*Services You Can Offer*

Some of the services you can offer include:

Dog training services – obedience and aggressive training, potty training, guard dog training
(Average Price: Ksh.30,000)

Dog breeding services – breed puppies and sell them after training (Average Price: Ksh.10,000 –
Ksh.50,000)

Dog boarding services – when dog owners want to travel they can leave their dogs with you
(Average Price: Ksh.500 per dog, per day).

*How Much To Invest*

If you are short of starting capital, you can start off as purely a freelance dog trainer and in that
case you will not require any monetary capital, just sweat capital and a hustler‘s attitude.

You can however consider widening your opportunities by venturing into the more lucrative
dog breeding business.

*Kennels – Ksh.20,000

*Puppies – Ksh.100,000 (Pure breed)

Dog food – Ksh.10,000

Marketing – Ksh.10,000

City Council Dog License – Ksh.1,000 (Rate applicable in Nairobi City Only)

Miscellaneous – Ksh.20,000

Ideal Budget – Ksh.150,000 to Ksh.200,000.

716
*How Much To Expect*

On average, an established trainer and breeder makes between Ksh.100,000 to Ksh.500,000 per
month.

*Final Word*

Contrary to popular opinion, starting a dog breeding and training business in Kenya isn’t that
complicated. You only need to be passionate about the hustle and ready to do what it takes to
get going. What’s stopping you?

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*190. IS TILES RETAIL BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

You may wonder why this business is the best business idea currently, this is because many
people nowadays prefer tiled floors and tiled walls since tiles give a house a wonderful and
attractive look.

This is obvious even if you conduct a small research tour, you will realize that out of 5
permanent houses you visit 3 to 4 of them are tiled.

This is a clear evidence that if you open a tiles selling business you have market for you goods.

717
Leave alone individual houses, tiles are used to decorate church flours, administration offices In
schools, government offices among many other important buildings.

Tiles business can do well in any place in Kenya be it in growing towns and big cities in Kenya.
The only thing you have to make sure is that the place you have chosen for your business is a
competition free zone.

Tiles are expensive and therefore to start the business you need to have at least half a million
shillings, this is just an average amount, you may need more than that if you have a high
customer traffic which may force you to expand your business.

You will be buying per carton from those big enterprises in the city and therefore you will have
at least 5% discount on the total cartons of tiles you buy.

The price of tiles varies depending with the texture, the originality, size among many other
factors.

The retail prices of tiles in Kenya are between Ksh.900 to Ksh.4,500 per square meter on
average. The price of 1 piece of tile in Kenya is not certain since tiles are usually sold per pack of
boxes in Kenya.

1 box of tiles contains 4 to 9 pieces of tiles depending on the type and size of tiles. Smaller tiles
usually have more pieces per carton, a box of small-sized floor tiles has 9 to 25 pieces of tiles.
The price of a box of tiles in Kenya ranges between Ksh.800 and Ksh.2,500 on average.

With this business you can make a profit of roughly Ksh.100 to Ksh.300 per box and therefore
the total profit you make will be determined by how many boxes you sell in a day or a month.

With proper pricing and aggressive marketing, the sky is the limit.

Floor tiles have become common in recent years in Kenya. Kenyans prefer floor tiles to other
traditional floor types due to their advantages such as resistance to stains, ease to clean, and
their clean and shiny finish that improves the aesthetic look of both the interior and exterior of
a house.

*Final Word*

718
Remember that every big company you see out there started just as a small dream. Coca cola
for instance only sold 25 bottles of soda during its first year of operation. KFC was started by an
old retiree who was surviving on pension – but when he cooked a special chicken for his friends
a global company was born.

Even those big hardware and tiles selling businesses you see out there once started as small
and hopeless entities. It’s continuous marketing, persistence and consistence that keeps them
going.

So don’t let anybody tell you that you can’t do it. There is nothing that can stop you from
starting your own hardware or tiles retail/wholesale business in Kenya.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*191. IF YOU HAVE GOT A WAY WITH MAKEUP, WHY NOT START A MAKEUP ARTISTRY
BUSINESS?*

If you have got a way with makeup -- you know how to create magic with powders, lipsticks and
shadows -- then this could be the business for you.

A makeup artist is someone who uses cosmetic techniques and processes to create beauty
upon the human body. In its simplest form, it enhances a person’s appearance, bringing out
color and features and hiding or smoothing out flaws, using cosmetic products.

As a makeup artist, you will help clients look their best for weddings or other special events,
give makeovers to people who want to update their everyday looks and more.

719
Some advantages to this business are that you can start part-time and on a shoestring. If you
live in an area with a viable film industry, you can also become a makeup artist to the stars (or
star-hopefuls) by working on TV or movie projects.

Target those planning a wedding by establishing relationships (be sure to leave brochures and
business cards) with wedding-oriented businesses like wedding consultants, bridal shops and
caterers.

Work up referral networks with event and party planners, too, along with public relations
agents.

Reach out to hair salons as well for potential partnerships.

Primarily, a makeup artist makes money by charging fixed prices for a variety of different
makeup services. You may also make money by selling makeup and makeup supplies.

How much you can charge customers varies significantly because of the variety of services that
makeup artists offer. For instance, you may offer basic makeovers for Ksh.1,500 to Ksh.4,000,
more specialized makeovers for Ksh.3,000 to Ksh.6,000, and more extravagant makeovers (such
as for a wedding) for Ksh.10,000 to Ksh.30,000.

For all of your prices, be sure you have researched your local competition and are not over (or
under) selling yourself.

The amount of profit you can make depends on the exact number of customers you have and
the exact services they request. A makeup artist performing 20 or more makeovers a week, for
instance, will make a six-figure profit, though realistically, it will take time to set up a regular
stream of new and returning customers.

As your business and your own experience grows, don't be afraid to increases your prices. If it is
within your skill set, try to diversify your business: being able to do both hair, nails and face
makeup, for instance, makes you twice as marketable.

*Perfect Your Skills*

Any well-established artist will tell you that practice and continuous learning is what
differentiates between an average make-up artist and an exceptional one. As a make-up artist,
your profession is one where you need to know your art inside out.

720
You are working on people’s faces, bodies and your clients put their absolute trust in you. As a
result, you can never practice enough. By practice, we mean use yourself, use your friends, your
family members, even dolls and if possible volunteer your services as much as you can.

We can’t stress enough just how transformative practice is for an artist.

Moreover, although beauty school is definitely not a must for success, if you can afford it, don’t
miss the chance. There are several things you can learn in school that you can’t pick up on
YouTube, blogs or books.

In addition, school teaches you more than make-up and beauty, it teaches you professionalism,
marketing, ethics among others.

It’s false to assume that being a make-up artist is inborn and school is a waste of time. On the
other hand, never underestimate the power of passion and what YouTube or the Internet can
teach you about beauty and the make-up industry.

*Find your style*

What do you envision yourself doing ten years from now? This is an imperative question for any
make-up artist, seasoned or beginner; it helps shape your style and approach.

While it is possible to specialize in everything, having one or two specialties is more

advantageous. Moreover, as you determine your specialty, study your surroundings and your
market, like any other business it is beneficial to know your competitors or what is needed in a
market.

For example, in Kenya, you need to ask yourself where make-up artists are needed or in high
demand. Fields such as Special FX and fashion make-up are skills that are still unexplored but
that have a growing need. As the local film industry grows for example, you want to be that one
artist who can transform a beautiful girl into a monster, or whatever else would be required for
the movie or show.

However, the market shouldn’t be your only determinant of specialty, your passion should also
play a part. Thus, if you love weddings and know you can excel as a make-up artist for
weddings, then by all means, do it.

721
In fact, there are so many more fields from makeovers, magazines, photography, salon, theatre,
you really just need to research and find your niche.

Moreover, you can also decide to think outside the box and create an unknown style.

Eventually, as you find your niche, it will also help you build up your make-up kit, a kit that will
include all the tools you will need to provide your services.

*Market yourself*

Once you have developed your skills, created your portfolio and found your style, you don’t
need to wait for an agent to market you, you can market yourself.

In fact, thanks to the internet, self-marketing has become extremely easy and efficient.
Basically, all you need is a social media account and some online connections and you are set to
go.

The make-up industry world has changed drastically with the presence of social media, with a
blog, an Instagram account and a YouTube page; you can accomplish wonders and get your
name out there faster than ever before.

Still, it is not as easy, you need to have an established network to create traffic and buzz about
your work.

Furthermore, what is often ignored but is important is acquisition of business cards. Although,
it might cost you some money, print out business cards. Business cards make you easier to
contact and give you a look of professionalism, so hand them out to whomever you can.

*Finally*

Ultimately, it takes time and patience to build up your reputation but the make-up industry is
growing, especially in Kenya, so don’t be afraid to follow your dreams.

722
*192. WHAT BUSINESS CAN I START WITH KSH.1,000?*

A lot of people, especially youths, ask me this question in my WhatsApp inbox.

In these hard economic times that we are facing, finding something to sustain your livelihood is
paramount on your life’s tasks. As is commonly said here in Kenya Kazi ni kazi, usichague kazi.

The saying stands true. There are many people who started small and have made it in life. Some
started without a capital but now invest millions in other people’s businesses.

One of the small businesses you can start is selling mitumba clothes. It can be a lucrative
business if you are a determined person who is also creative at making sales.

Here is how with a minimum of Ksh.1,000, you can head down to Gikomba market and pick
second hand clothes which you can sell at a profit.

This business does not require one to be an expert in fashion in order to start. Anyone can do it.

*Financing*

Nearly every Kenyan can afford Ksh.1,000 in their pockets so this should not be a problem. If
you lack such an amount consider borrowing from close friends and family with a promise of
repaying them back within a reasonable time frame. If you can get more money the better.

*Where to start*

First, you should identify your target market. It will enable you to make a decision on which
kind of clothes to go for. Not everything sells out there and having a clear vision of your
intended customers is a wise thing.

723
*Children clothing:* parents can’t resist buying clothes for their children. Every mother out
there wishes their children to dress smartly and look presentable at all times.

Women will not mind spending a couple hundreds of their money on their children’s clothing
which makes it one of the best categories you can go for.

Children T-shirts sell fast. You can buy them at Gikomba market at around Ksh.50 each and sell
them between Ksh.100 to Ksh.200 per T-shirt.

Try finding unisex T-shirts so that you don’t end up narrowing your market to one gender.

Apart from T-shirts, there are also shirts, shorts, trousers, skirts, dresses, inner wear and jackets
that you can sell to mothers.

Do not go for infant clothing since they have low returns and it will prove hard finding new
mothers to sell the baby wear to.

*Women clothing:* If there is any group that loves buying clothes its women. They are always
looking forward to stock their wardrobes with new clothes and this makes them the perfect
market to target.

Women are easy to part with their money as long as what you are selling them is appealing
regardless of the quality. If they like what they see, they will buy it. Unlike men, ladies can buy
things for their brand name and not quality.

You can sell ladies tops which go faster than skirts and jeans. They are also easy to pick and
cheap too. With Ksh.1,000, you can find between 7 to 15 tops which you can sell and get profit
twice or thrice the invested amount.

Other clothes you can sell include official skirts, Jeans, jackets and sweaters which require you
to have more capital.

Keep off vending of ladies’ innerwear at such an early stage. Fetching customers in an estate for
innerwear is hard since many women will feel embarrassed buying them in public around their
neighbourhoods.

Go for outwears which sell fast.

724
*Men’s wear:* When it comes to men, go for shirts and T-shirts. You can make good money
selling t-shirts to youths in your area as long as they appear appealing in design.

Look for T-shirts that contain attractive graphics or catchy words and customers will come
running your way.

T-shirts with collars are also in demand therefore look out for them too.

If you have good capital to spare, buy official shirts and sell them to boutiques and those who
work in offices. You can buy a shirt between Ksh.100 – Ksh.200 and sell it between Ksh.500 –
Ksh.700 leaving you with good profits to smile about.

Apart from shirts and t-shirts, jackets and coats are also a good type of wear that men love
buying.

Make sure that whatever you offer to your customers is the best you can get in the market.

Those who have big capital can consider selling jeans and trousers. You can as well start by
buying one or two jeans and re-invest the profits into the business until you have enough
capital.

The best place to sell your clothes is in estates. You can start selling in your neighbourhood to
friends and neighbours who can become returning customers that buy from you repeatedly.

Once you have made good profits after some time in the business, consider setting up a place
where you can sell from.

Another option you can consider is hawking the clothes around.

*Secret to success*

If you want to make it in this business then you have to know a secret that will propel you
there. Waking up early every day and making your way to Gikomba or any nearby market is the
secret.

Why?

725
Because that’s when new bales are opened up and clothes are in plenty. If you manage to find
yourself in the market between 6:30am and 7:30am every day, you will surely end up picking
good clothes (camera) at a low price that will fetch good money out there.

Go late and you will find leftovers which will fetch very little profit or worse, not sell at all.

*Finally;*

There are many business ideas you can explore without having lots of cash. Fortunately,
businesses that you can start with Ksh.1,000 do not require training. It only requires positive
attitude, hard work and commitment to excel in these businesses.

Did you know that most successful business people started by investing in small business ideas?

You too can start a small business, give it time to grow and it will give you capital to start a
bigger business.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

*193. KAMANDE FARMING IN KENYA: HOW TO SUCCESSFULLY GROW LENTILS FOR SALE*

Have you ever wondered why Kamande is so expensive in Kenya?

Well, there’s just one reason: Kamande farming is not done anywhere in Kenya. Honestly, I
don’t know why this is so because this country has the best climate and soil for growing these
high value legumes. Let me explain this.

726
Kamande, which are called lentils in English, grow best in hot areas with sandy or sandy loam
soils that drain water fast. Lentils are grown under large tracts of land in Australia and India.

India consumes almost everything it produces and even imports some more. Australia exports
to many countries of the world. In Africa, this crop is grown commercially in Ethiopia, Sudan
and South Sudan.

*Best climatic conditions for growing kamande*

Looking at these countries that produce lentils in large quantities, you will realize that their
climate and soils are very similar to what we have in Eastern and North eastern Kenya, parts of
Rift Valley and Nyanza.

Kamande requires at least 6 hours of sunshine daily, of which we have more than 10 hours
every day of the year in Kenya. It grows best in hot areas and is very tolerant to drought
conditions, so areas of Ukambani, Garisa, Wajir, Siaya, Kisumu, Narok South, Kajiado and the
entire coastal region would be ideal for lentil farming.

*How long do Kamande take to mature?*

Lentils are very fast growing taking only 80 days in hot areas and at most 110 in cooler areas to
harvest from the day you put down your seeds.

Yes, I know that is crazy because most of the crops people run to for fast money take as long as
5 months. It definitely would be a faster money maker compared to onions and tomatoes, and
much easier to handle.

*What do you need to produce Lentils?*

*Seeds, land preparation and planting*

The kamande you buy at the supermarket or at the cereals shop are the seeds you need for
planting. Your land will need to be ploughed well to have fine soils since the seeds are small.

Drill lines of about 1 to 2 inches deep with a spacing of 45cm from one line to the next. Drop
the seeds in these lines at a spacing of approximately 1 inch from one seed to the next – well
that is more like sprinkling the seeds inside the small furrow.

727
Just ensure that the seeds are not too close to each other. Cover the seeds with about 1 inch of
soil. You will need 12 – 15 kilos of seeds to plant 1 acre.

*Best time for planting Kamande*

The best time to sow your lentil seeds is during the onset of the rains. Since this crop doesn’t
require a lot of water, it can grow very well over the long or the short rainy season.

The seeds will germinate from the 10th day. Contrary to what most people think, you do not
need to support this crop. The plant grows to slightly higher than 1 foot (30cm) and thus is able
to stand by itself.

*Taking care of lentil plants*

Any serious farmer will always start with a soil test. This will help you know if you need to add
fertilizers, the type and in what quantities. Kamande is a short term crop hence you may need
to have the soil nutrient balance and pH levels right before starting.

Weeding between the rows will definitely be necessary. This will not only help to reduce
competition for nutrients but will also help to keep pests away. You also don’t want to harvest
other wild seeds together with your lentils.

*Pests and diseases that affect lentils*

The kamande plants are also susceptible to common beans pests such as worms, thrips and
aphids. The good thing is that there are many safe pesticides you can get from agro-vet shops
to control these pests.

However, the most important thing is to closely observe your farm and scout regularly for signs
of these pests. Pests are best dealt with before spreading too much in your farm.

You can always talk to Richfarm agronomist on 0724698357 if you need any help with
pesticides.

*Harvesting lentils*

The lentils are ready for harvesting when the plants turn brown and dry. At this stage, the
plants and ponds will produce a dry matter rattling sound if shaken.

728
You need to be very careful when plucking the plants off the soil to avoid cracking the ponds
and losing some of the seeds. For small scale farmers, kamande can be harvested in the same
way beans, cow peas or green grams are harvested – placing the dry plants on a drying mat and
shredding the seeds out with long sticks.

For large scale farming, combined harvesters are the best for harvesting the seeds. These
harvesters will cut off the plants, shred the seeds out and clean off the chaff. The expected
yield of lentils per acre in Kenya is about 600 to 800 kgs.

*Profitability of kamande farming in Kenya*

Let us take the very conservative figures: assuming you achieve a yield of 600kgs and sell each
at a wholesale price of 150 per kilo, you will have a turnover of 90,000 from an acre in about 3
months.

This is much better than ordinary beans or maize and you are assured of a ready market even
from the grocery shop next to your home.

*Finally;*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

729
*194. IS CHARCOAL RETAIL BUSINESS PROFITABLE IN KENYA?*

The high cost of energy sources such as gas and electricity has made many Kenyans resort to
charcoal as their main source of energy for cooking. In Kenya, many urban households still use
charcoal as their main source of energy.

Other places where charcoal is still used for cooking and heating are hotels and restaurants,
schools, hospitals and other institutions.

The continued use of charcoal presents a business opportunity for aspiring entrepreneurs who
are looking for a simple business idea which does not need advanced skills to set up and
operate.

Let us look at some of the requirements for a successful set up and operation of a simple
charcoal retail business.

*Location*

Any charcoal business will obviously thrive in an area where charcoal is predominantly used.
Such areas are in or near urban slums, low income areas, some rural areas and some lower
middle income areas.

Such areas have high population densities and this increases the chances of selling high
volumes.

A good location will enhance visibility and accessibility to your charcoal business, therefore look
for a premises which has a clear view of the street front.

730
A medium sized room will require monthly rent of about Ksh.7,500 – Ksh.10,000 in a good area
for charcoal business.

A bigger double room should attract rent of about Ksh.15,000 – Ksh.20,000 for this business.

If you opt to display your charcoal in the open, ensure that you have a secure room for safe
keeping during bad weather or at the close of business for the night.

*Licenses*

Just like any other business, your charcoal business will require a business permit from the
county government. The cost of the license will depend on your location and size of the
business. Ensure that you confirm legal requirements and cost of business permit from your
county government.

Typically, costs range from Ksh.5,000 – Ksh.10,000 per year for medium and bigger shops.

Those who operate from the roadside or temporary structures may pay about Ksh.50 – Ksh.200
per week. A receipt will be issued and you need to keep this receipt safely as proof of payment.

*Supplies*

Most of the charcoal sold in Kenya is sourced from different areas such as Meru, Narok,
Kajiado, Ukambani, North Eastern, Coast and other areas along Nairobi-Mombasa road.

Producers of charcoal transport bags of charcoal from the above areas to different towns and
areas where they are sold.

As a retailer, your supplies will be from such transporters or middlemen. These dealers will sell
to you a bag of charcoal at between Ksh.1,300 and Ksh.1,500 depending on quality and origin.

Your market research before set up should include getting contacts of these suppliers and
learning about different qualities of charcoal in the market. Some regions produce lower quality
charcoal and you should learn to detect poor quality charcoal.

Those already in charcoal business have supplier contacts and this would be the place to start
as you plan to set up your charcoal business.

731
If you are a smaller seller, you can still buy bags from other bigger dealers at wholesale price
and sell in smaller quantities.

*Sales*

As indicated above, some of the buyers of your charcoal will be individuals and other bulk
buyers such as hotels, restaurants, schools, hospitals and others.

You will sell each bag at about Ksh.1,600 – ksh.1,700 depending on quality and your location. To
each bag of charcoal, you can always add Ksh.200 – Ksh.300 to the buying price for those who
buy in bulk.

For smaller buyers for use in the households, you can sell to them in small 4kg tins. These tins
are available from construction sites at about Ksh.15 each.

The price of charcoal ranges from Ksh.70 – Ksh.100 per tin depending on quality and location.

Each bag of charcoal will give you about 35 of these tins and many of these sellers move up to 8
bags in a day.

On good days, such as end month, rainy and cold seasons, small roadside shops sell up to 4
bags a day while bigger stores sell about 11 bags a day.

Nothing goes to waste as the remnants are collected and sold at Ksh.150 – Ksh.200 per bag for
recycling.

The small shops reported profits of about Ksh.1,500 per day while bigger ones Ksh.4,700 on
average. This is a good return and can be better with more sales.

*Finally;*

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

732
*195. STUDENT ACCOMMODATION IS AFRICA’S NEXT BIG BUSINESS AND INVESTMENT
OPPORTUNITY*

Demand for new purpose-built student accommodation across sub-Saharan Africa is

anticipated to exceed 500,000 beds over the next five years.

University authorities are not building new hostels, and public sector budget constraints leave
the private sector with an opportunity to bridge the gap in student housing.

Unlike other types of real estate assets, student accommodation is less affected by economic
downturns. While other property values drop in a recession, student housing has been proven
to be remarkably resilient to economic turmoil because when it’s time to go to university you
don’t put it off 10 years.

So it’s a very steady market and high occupancy and demand massively outstrips supply.

Developers of Purpose-built Student Accommodation (PBSA) are enjoying higher returns

compared to those specializing in prime residential homes, driven by high demand for hostel
space in the city.

Realtor Knight Frank said in its half-year 2022 report that the rental returns for student housing
stood at eight percent in the period, while that of residential properties is at four percent.

While Kenyan developers have been setting up student hostels for years, the concept of
building high-quality units for university students with specialized facilities like shared kitchens,
common study areas and recreation facilities has only started to take root.

It is being driven mainly by Acorn Holdings Limited, which has set up units under its Qwetu and
Qejani brands close to major universities both private and public institutions.

733
“In Kenya, PBSA is proving to have higher yield (eight percent) than prime residential properties
(four percent). Indeed, worldwide, it has been observed that PBSA is associated with slightly
higher returns than primary real estate,” said Knight Frank.

“PBSA is also more resilient to shocks as it was observed during COVID-19 pandemic. However,
it is soon expected that as investors strive to meet the demand, the yields will slightly fall to a
level very near, if not similar, to traditional real estate yield.”

The student housing deficit in Kenya is over 200,000 units, according to the Ministry of
Education. The pricing gap between on-campus accommodation and private hostels is also
growing.

“With a steady gradual increase in university enrolments adding to the existing demand for
student hostels in Nairobi, it is unsurprising that purpose-built student accommodation (PBSA)
is becoming popular among investors,” the report read in part.

This type of investment has been resilient especially against economic headwinds compared to
other types of property investments. Most student housing facilities range from studios to flats
with a cluster of up to eight rooms sharing living quarters.

It also comprises shared social spaces which provide amenities such as cable TV, laundry
facilities and even organized social events, with others also offering gym facilities.

Public universities, which have had to contend with falling capitation from the government
amid rising student numbers, have been unable to put in resources towards building hostels.

Universities have thus welcomed the developers in some cases offering them land for the
facilities through investment partnerships to ease their accommodation burden and at the
same time free up their limited resources to fund academic and research programmes which
are at the core of their charters.

The higher returns are driven by the undersupply of housing for students in the country,
coupled with high demand because of the growth in student numbers over the years in line
with the expansion of tertiary education.

If you have been thinking of investing in real estate and you like the idea discussed above and
you have what it takes to actualize it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

734
*196. BOOKKEEPING SERVICES FOR SMALL BUSINESSES, A GREAT OPPORTUNITY FOR YOUNG
PROFESSIONALS*

If you are an accounting graduate or have skills in bookkeeping and you want to get serious
about starting a business then this is for you.

According to a report published by (Institute of Certified Public Accountants of Kenya (ICPAK)

and Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) on Drivers of Change and Future
Skills in Kenya, accountancy profession and skills are and will be the most needed by businesses
and institutions in the future.

Indeed, Kenya has the largest economy in East Africa, and the accountancy profession in the
country has played a key role in supporting the country’s economic growth.

However, of concern are small businesses which are held back by a failure to exploit fully the
skills of accountants.

Here is where a business opportunity lies for you because some of these small businesses are
side hustles mostly managed by entrepreneurs who are engaged in some full-time employment
and do not have enough time to record their financial status.

At the same time, they are shy of sourcing a well-established audit firms to do bookkeeping for
them as the business is still small and hiring an audit firm can even be more expensive.

In fact, they consider hiring bookkeeping freelancers in Kenya as they are quite affordable
compared to a full-time employee as they believe they can save up to 50 per cent in business
cost by hiring bookkeeping freelancer.

This has made bookkeeping and accounting perhaps one of the most in-demand services in
town that small businesses will farm out to part-time freelancers and you can be one.

735
All you need is your skills in bookkeeping and the ability to work with various softwares.
Sometimes these skills might not be found in school but career experience where you get to
learn on the job can serve better.

And because these days getting an internship, whether paid or unpaid, is not easy, this is why
you need to start with the small businesses where you can gather the experience and get some
income to improve your skills in future maybe by registering for computerized accounting
classes where you can learn the use sophisticated softwares such as Sun, Oracle, MC,
Turnquest, Sage-Pastel and QuickBooks that bigger companies are now using.

While the best and cheapest way of making yourself known by those who need bookkeeping
services is via social media where you may use some little cash to place an ad and also through
friends, registering with some online space such as Truelancer.com can be of great help.

Though, in Kenya audit firms charge Sh.430 per hour for their bookkeepers, you can charge
Sh.200 per hour since most of these small businesses do not have much data to work on other
than daily sales and stock.

At this rate, you only need about 10 individuals or businesses in town and you will be sure of
Sh.2,000 to Sh.5,000 per day.

Bryan Kwena, is one of the renown bookkeepers in Nairobi. He says he has been, for over 10
years worked with small business entrepreneurs just for bookkeeping services.

“Most of these guys do not know how to keep their financial records and to make matters
worse a good number of them are not in touch with their businesses on a daily basis, making
bookkeeping a selling service in town,” said Bryan.

He has about five permamnet clients whom he services on a daily basis for about three hours
each and he chargers Sh.200 to Ksh.400 per hour depending on the scale of the business.

You can be like him, just be a go-getter.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

736
*197. HOW PROFITABLE IS GLASS MAKING BUSINESS IN KENYA?*

The glass industry is big, lucrative, controlled quite by only three Multinational companies.

Glass is widely used in construction industry, with office buildings consuming the largest
volume. It is closely followed by the catering industry, where cutlery (drink vessels, plates, etc)
takes the second position. The canning and soft drinks industry follow respectively, however,
the decorative industry is the most robust of all.

One big disconnect with the juice and canning industry is that they recycle bottles and again
they have their unique preferences for the supplier. Being a competitive industry, the canners
and beverage producers prefer importing their glassware to cut costs of production.

Making glass locally has its own merits, for example, a small scale manufacturer of glass can sell
his ware to individual home owners and contractors. And the construction being the biggest
consumer of the glass, a small scale maker has a big choice market. The cutlery industry is very
diverse and robust, much to the advantage of a local cottage industry.

The manufacturing of the glass is not labor intensive, nor does it need sofistcated equipment.
Just Molds and furnaces, which can be locally constructed, are needed.

It is a green area for investment which many people are not aware of.

Raw Materials are locally available with many stockists. Some, like silica sand can be harvested
for free from our beaches. Therefore, the cost of production for glassware is quite low

One great advantage of starting a business as an individual or small scaler is the low operational
costs. Big companies, who for years have been in the business, eventually expand thus the high

737
cost of running the business. Small managerial errors can drive the big companies into big
debts, unlike the small companies.

Therefore, it comes as no surprise when news breakout that company A or B is on the verge of
closing shop (collapse). A good example is the collapse of Nakumatt and Uchumi Supermarkets
while small family shops expand into supermarkets themselves.

Capital requirements to run a small glass making company ranges from Ksh.30,000 to
Ksh.80,000.

A starter would kick off the business by producing 1000 window panes which he/she can vend
to home developers.

A batch of 1000 Water Glass can find their way to Muthurwa Market and within days, sales are
over.

The local craze with decorative ceiling lights is enough to give the Egyptian imports a run for
their money.

As we always tell you, there’s no marathon race that has ever been won by those who did not
start the race. If you like the idea discussed above and you have what it takes to actualize
it…then don’t wait to start…just do it.

738
*198. HOW TO START BUSINESS OF SELLING LADIES AND WOMEN HANDBAGS IN KENYA*

It is a well known fact that one’s appearance can tell quite a lot about the person. This is not
just limited to their attire but also includes their accessories such as a handbag.

Most ladies never leave the house without a handbag. They have so many things to carry
ranging from phone, notebook, makeup kit, umbrella, snacks, keys, toiletries etc.

A lady’s handbag has to match her outfit and most ladies have a variety of bags to go with their
different outfits.

It’s not a secret anymore that business of selling ladies handbags in Kenya is a booming
venture. It becomes juicier when those engaged in full time jobs engage in this business as a
side hustle.

The best places to source for women handbags is Eastleigh Nairobi and Gikomba.

I have interacted with many women engaging in this business, either in part time or full time,
and have intimated to me that starting is hard but once you gain referrals and enough customer
base, becoming rich will not be a theory but part of you. What you need to know is where to
buy cheap and maximize profits by setting wide profit margin.

To be on the safer side, ensure you have a good social media page with at least 3,000 followers.
You can promote your page or tell your friends to like it and share with their friends. Facebook
and Instagram have become the largest single source of customers for handbag sellers in the
country.

739
The capital required for women handbag business varies depending on the location and where
you intend to conduct the business.

If you have Ksh.15,000, you can comfortably start the business. However, you will be moving
around selling to your friend since a physical location might be expensive. I encourage anyone
to start the business from home and monitor its performance before deciding to operate from
a stall.

A careful selection of physical location is important. In order to operate from a stall be prepared
to have at least Ksh.150,000 if you are in Nairobi and Ksh.100,000 if you will be operating in
Mombasa, Nakuru, Kisii or Kisumu. This amount will cater for three months’ rent, a license and
the cost of buying your first stock.

The best place to buy women handbags is either Gikomba or Eastleigh, Nairobi. If you are
outside Nairobi, please don’t allow those brokers in your town to make extra ordinary profits
from you. What they normally do is to buy from Gikomba or Eastleigh and come to sell for you
at exorbitant prices.

Buying in bulk at Eastleigh will enable those guys to reduce the price significantly for you, thus
allowing you to make good cash from sales.

A single bag normally ranges from Ksh.500 to Ksh.1,800 and you can sell between Ksh.2,000
and Ksh.3,500.This will make you double profit.

Once you have purchased your bags, take clear photos and post on your Instagram and
Facebook Page together with price tag but indicate NEGOTIABLE.

Alternatively, you can take some to your friends or family members to have a look at them and
eventually buy if it’s their taste.

It is a well known fact that one’s appearance can tell quite a lot about the person. This is not
just limited to their attire but also includes their accessories such as a handbag.

Most ladies never leave the house without a handbag. They have so many things to carry
ranging from phone, notebook, makeup kit, umbrella, snacks, keys, toiletries etc.

A lady’s handbag has to match her outfit and most ladies have a variety of bags to go with their
different outfits.

740
Drucilla Msinga is one such lady. The type of bags she carries can tell you she is a true African at
heart as she carries Viondos – an African bag made out of sisal. She loves African bags and
wherever she goes people seem to be in love with them so she decided to exploit this venture.
At some point, she realized that she was getting multiple enquiries about her bags and an idea
came to her,

“Why not buy these bags and sell them instead?”

That was the genesis of Drix Classic Viondos.

First, she had to figure out where she would get her merchandise from. African bags are quite
expensive and if she bought them from the market, she would not be able to make substantial
profit.

She had to go to the source and that meant traveling to the rural parts of Kenya to find the
women who specialize in making these bags. She did not want middlemen. Lucky for her, she
found an older woman who made beautiful Viondos and a partnership developed.

“This lady makes the bags and I pick them once they are done. The bags come in different
designs depending on the client’s preference.”

The partnership has been working well despite a few challenges that she faced at the
beginning. For one, the lady who made the bags didn’t own a phone and so getting in touch
with her used to be tricky.

Drucilla would just visit her hoping the orders are ready but sometimes she would get there and
the orders would not be ready and it became a waste of time and transport money.

The woman, also being elderly didn’t understand the current trends and Drucilla did her best to
explain the kind of designs she required her to make but sometimes it would get lost in
translation. There has been improvement though and there is better communication in their
partnership.

“I have come a long way even with the lady who makes the bags for me. I started with two bags
but now as we speak I have sold so many. My greatest support is my friends and family. My
sisters have all bought bags from me with one sister having bought up to eight bags! They have

741
also done some marketing for me. I tell them for each bag they buy they should tell people
about Drix classic viondos.’

Drucilla is very passionate about African bags among other artifacts. She says it fills her heart
with pride to see ladies carrying them and that is what motivates her everyday to keep on doing
what she does. “I thank God for my clients and the doors He has opened for me and for the
other entrepreneurs out there, keep pressing on.”

*Final Word*

Handbag selling business in Kenya ranks top among the business ventures with the highest
possible returns. However, the business requires a great deal of patience in order to reap all
these benefits.

Remember that every big business you see out there started just as a small dream. It’s
continuous marketing, persistence and consistence that keeps them going.

So don’t let anybody tell you that you can’t do it. There is nothing that can stop you from
starting your own business in Kenya.

*199. TRANSCRIPTION: A GREAT WAY TO EARN MONEY ONLINE!*

Nowadays, thanks to the internet, you don’t have to spend 4 agonizing hours in traffic just to
get to your place of work. You catch up with your clients even when enjoying a well-deserved
holiday in Mombasa.

Or you can even hold a conference from the comfort of your bedroom with your pajamas on.
Moreover, you can spend more time with your family and get the freedom to spend the day as
you wish.

742
Does this story sound too good to be true? Well, don’t take our word for it. We recently caught
up with Sheeroh Kiarie who works as an online video transcriptionist on odesk.com and
elance.com.

We asked her all the crucial questions about her line of work. We hope you will pick up
something useful from this conversation and if possible turn it into a money-making concept in
the future.

“I’m sitting on my desk, listening to an audio file as I type it out. The psychologist is talking
about the importance of praising your children. He’s talking about personal praise versus effort
based praise.

I’m really enjoying this. I got myself a few tips I can practice on my five year old.

Within five hours I’m through. I go over my work, proofread it, and send it out to my client. He
loves the work and sends me a message.

“Love the transcript. The audio was difficult but you managed to get every word in. Thanks!”

When my client is happy, I’m happy. Three hours later I check my email.

“Escrow funds released”

I’m 40 dollars richer.

Yippee!

I can’t wait for the next audio file from this client.

So, what is that all about?

Transcription!

I must say I enjoy it! I get to be my own boss, learn a lot of things and I don’t have anyone
looking over my shoulder. If I fail, if I succeed, it’s solely by own efforts.

743
Transcription simply means the conversion of audio information into written word (text).
Clients will send you a video or audio file which you will then type out. Clients might require
you to transcribe podcasts, webinars, sermons etc.

When I started off, I did not have any professional training to work as a transcriptionist. I had to
train myself through materials that I would come across on the internet especially YouTube.

I bought my first computer at Ksh.8,000 (it was a third-hand computer) and my first pair
headphones for Ksh.500. I would buy Ksh.250 worth of internet to last me for one week.

I faced many challenges. In fact, I was tempted to give up, but something inside me kept me
going strong. First, I did not have reliable internet connection. Secondly, I was not used to
typing at a fast speed, which is a basic ingredient to succeeding in this industry.

I learnt to love my job. I embraced the challenges, sought advice from experts and got the right
tools for the job. Most importantly I kept working hard, I made a decision never to look back.

So, what do you need to start earning money online in Kenya as a transcriptionist?

*Relevant Skills for Transcription*

*1. Typing skills*

You need a fast typing speed. That would be a reasonable typing speed of at least 35 words per
minute.

Excellent spelling and punctuation are important too. It takes me about five hours to transcribe
a good quality one hour audio. That’s why you need to be fast.

You definitely need to be accurate. I have noticed that for some clients, speed isn’t an issue as
much as accuracy. Why send a client work right on time with 50% errors? It will set you back
when it comes to feedback.

*2. Research skills*

In addition to being fast and accurate, you need excellent research skills.

744
It’s often necessary to search for unfamiliar or technical names, towns, etc. Google becomes
your best friend and helps you produce very good quality work.

*3. Listening Skills*

An enhanced ability to hear is very important. You will come across different accents and some
audios will not be of such good quality.

You need superb listening skills because you will come across different accents of English – such
as South African, Japanese, British. Sometimes the work can be tedious but practice makes
perfect.

Therefore you need the uncanny ability to hear words and phrases which not everyone can
hear. This will build your reputation as it is a necessary skill as a transcriptionist.

*4. Transcription Tools*

Apart from the usual, a good computer and internet connection, you will also need good quality
headphones. This will go a long way in enabling you to get every word in.

Also, you will require Express Scribe which is free software that you can download and use. It’s
a great tool that allows you to play, forward and rewind without using the mouse.

You will only use keyboard keys and type away. A foot pedal is sometimes required but I have
found that it makes little difference to me since I use Express Scribe. Therefore, it really isn’t
strictly necessary.

*How Much Does Transcription Pay and which are the best transcription sites?*

I really love Upwork.com when it comes to transcription jobs as I have discovered the clients
pay very well. You can also sign up to other transcription websites like:

*TranscribeMe.com

*CastingWords.com

*SpeechPad.com

745
*TranscriptionStar.com

*GoTranscript.com

*TranscribeTeam.com

*Scribie.com

Another expert method is pitching directly to podcasting companies. This can give you great
direct clients who pay very well.

A one hour audio will pay you anything from $25 dollars to over $100. Once the jobs start
coming in, the money is good.

*An audio a day keeps poverty away*

My suggestion: The more difficult the audio file, the higher the price you charge. The client may
also need you to do the transcript relatively fast which is more expensive than when they give
you more time, say, 24+ hours to deliver.

Sites like Upwork have different payment methods such as PayPal, M-Pesa and Payoneer. If you
work directly with clients, you can also consider Wise (formerly TransferWise) and Paxful.

Like any other home business, it will take time to build up your income. However, for the short
time I have been doing transcription, I do not consider my earnings to be insignificant at all.

Working from home is really convenient for me, I am a mother of two and I really need to
spend time with my family – this would not have been possible if I was doing any other type of
work.

On the downside though, you need to be extra disciplined to ensure you don’t mix work issues
with family matters.

I would say this job pays especially if you are a good worker who retains good clients. On
average you can make over Ksh.100,000 per month working for 5 to 6 hours per day. You can
actually earn more than that if you devote more time and effort to work.

*The ball is in your court…*

746
So, what’s the call to action? Get those headphones, begin applying and start earning your
money online right now with transcription!

*200. BUTCHERY IS A PROFITABLE BUSINESS BUT YOU NEED TO HAVE THESE FACTS*

Kenyans love meat and thus a butchery can be a lucrative business. Butchery business is often
seen to be done by people who did not make it in school, yet it is very profitable.

Only entrepreneurs with keen eye try this business but because most Kenyans love clean
businesses they often miss out on opportunities that could earn them good money. Butchery
business is extremely easy to operate.

The cost of starting a butchery in Kenya depends with location and size of the shop. It is
advisable to have your butchery located in a place with high human traffic, e.g. near a bus
terminus or a busy street.

Low Income Areas – Ksh.100,000

Middle Income Areas – Ksh.200,000 – Ksh.500,000

High Income Areas – Ksh.500,000 – Ksh.1,000,000

*Start a butchery business*

Meat Supply: Butcheries within and around Nairobi area get their meat supply from Dagoretti,
Njiru, Kajiado and other smaller slaughterhouses.

Others in Nairobi get their meat supply from City Market. Those outside Nairobi depend on
slaughterhouses near where they operate from.

747
A kilo of beef in these slaughterhouses ranges between Ksh.250 and Ksh.320. The price will
depend on the location of slaughterhouse, type of meat and season. Goat meat will be supplied
at about Ksh.320.

On average, bigger butcheries which sell ready to eat meat such as boiled, roast or fried beef or
goat meat with ugali, rice, matoke etc sell more meat than those who only sell raw meat.

Such butcheries move as much as 300kgs of meat per day. Smaller ones which only sell raw
meat take about 50–100Kgs.

*Prices*

You should determine your selling price depending on where you are located by visiting other
butcheries around the area where you are interested in setting up and comparing prices. This
will ensure that you set your prices within the market rate.

In many areas of Nairobi, a kilo of beef sells for between Ksh.400 and Ksh.460 depending on
type and location while goat may sell for up to Ksh.500 per kilo.

If you decide to boil, choma or fry the meat, you have a chance of making more profit for every
kilo of meat. You will sell ¼, ½ or any other portion with either ugali, rice, roast potatoes,
matoke or any other accompaniments.

*Waste*

An interesting point to note as you budget for your first supply of meat from the
slaughterhouse is that you should be ready for some waste from the meat which will reduce
your net kilos that you can put up for sale. As you wash the meat to remove the waste, you may
end up with several kilos of waste daily.

As wetness and blood in the meat reduce, you will lose more weight during the day. As you cut
to sell, the breaking of bones and falling pieces further reduce your net kilos that will be
available for sale. Therefore, work with higher kilos because of these losses as the day goes by.

A supply of about 300kgs in a day may lose between 5–10Kg of waste from washing, breaking
bones when cutting, loss of water and blood and falling pieces in a day. It is therefore important
to handle the meat very carefully to control this wastage and minimize it as much as possible.

748
*Profits*

To look at the possible profit margins that you should expect, let us assume that your butchery
is medium and you get a supply of about 200Kg from the slaughterhouse every day at an
average price of Ksh.300.

Let us also assume that business is low and you are only able to sell 150Kgs out of the 200kg of
the supply at a lower price of Ksh.400 per kg.

Your net profit per kilo of meat sold will be Ksh.400 – Ksh.300 = Ksh.100.

By selling only 150Kg of meat, your total profit will now be Ksh.100 X 150 = Ksh.15,000.

If you sell the meat after cooking and with accompaniments, you are likely to sell many more
kilos. That is a good profit in a day, even before factoring in other expenses such as charcoal,
oil, water and labour.

*Salaries*

Always remember that you will need staff in your butchery to help you with cutting, cooking if
you sell cooked meat and a cleaner to take care of the cleanliness inside and around the
business.

In a butchery business, cleanliness plays a very important role in your success.

On average, a number of butcheries around Nairobi area prefer to pay their workers daily. Daily
wages for a cook is about Ksh.700, cleaner Ksh.500 and those who cut meat take home about
Ksh.350. You can budget for higher salaries depending on experience and location of your
butchery.

*Tips for Success*

For you to succeed in your butchery business, start by keeping it clean, neat and organised.
Provide all your workers with clean uniform, as clean as a doctor’s dust coat. Their uniforms
don’t have to be dirty and stained just because they work in a butchery.

749
Always develop a good network and talk to people and other businesses such as hotels and
restaurants around your butchery and ask if you can supply them with raw meat. You can also
extend this network to those far away and open air markets and supply cooked meals to those
in these markets. Such special orders can contribute a good portion of your daily profits if well
managed.

Finally, to retain and keep your customers coming back, always get good quality meat, even if it
means paying a little more for the supplies. Don’t just sell hard meat, especially to those buying
raw to cook for themselves. Mix with some soft ones too. Competition is very stiff and if you
give your customers a reason to go elsewhere, they will happily troop to your competitors
without notice.

A Big idea is the ultimate goal of every aspiring entrepreneur. We all want to get that great idea
that will lead to great product and make us much money.

Everyone who has the big idea keeps it close to his chest while the aspiring entrepreneurs who
have not gotten the big idea keep on searching for it.

After the big idea, what next?

Simple (but actually complex)

After you’ve discovered that big idea, you need one million more ideas to succeed in the
business world.

750
Really?

Yes. To succeed in the business world, you need daily, constantly flowing ideas to remain
relevant in whatever market you are playing (or fighting) in.

Let me give you some examples.

Yahoo! was a big idea. It was once the most valuable internet company in the world. Where are
they today?

In the grave. But why?

They started with a big idea but were not able to cope with daily, constantly flowing ideas.
Google killed them!

You know My Space and their likes who started social media before Facebook? They were big
ideas who could not generate daily, small but significant ideas to remain relevant.

You know Nokia, don’t you? Nokia was a great idea. Where is Nokia today?

On the history books.

You got my point, don’t you?

As an entrepreneur (or aspiring one), you’ll not succeed simply by discovering a mighty business
idea. You will only succeed by discovering DAILY, constant ideas to keep on being relevant.

Tecno comes to mind here. I love Tecno.

751
Tecno started with not too big idea. In fact, they were known as “China phones”, meaning
substandard, when they just started.

By discovering daily, constantly flowing ideas, they have successfully created a thriving market
for themselves in the continent of Africa.

What is my message here?

You already got it.

Stop thinking there is a miracle in a big idea. You’ll have to be alive, active and fighting every
day. (Note the words “every day”)

You’ll have to wake up every day with an open mind. As an entrepreneur, you’ll have to
improve your game, daily, or die.

If you want to keep on improving your business mind, continue reading my business training
eBooks. Remember, “Knowledge is power no matter how much it costs you to find it.”

I hope you have learnt a lot from this eBook. We have now come to the end of this eBook,
please do WhatsApp us on our numbers, Timothy Angwenyi +254742849098/+254701711058
and Justine Nyachieo +254750507591/+254754839228 and give us your feedback about this
eBook. We will greatly appreciate.

Oh! Wait a minute… I wanted to tell you something before I finish this eBook...

On the 28th day of July, 2008 when I was going fully into the business world (after spending
couples of years as “part-time entrepreneur”), I knew the road was not clear and the map was
not obvious.

752
But, anyway (as Steve Job said), I believed the dots would connect themselves somewhere
along the line.

I was having about Ksh.22,500 and it was very stupid to think of starting a business (In fact a
company) with that meager cash. Anyway, I believed the dots would connect themselves.

Today, by the grace of God, the dots have connected themselves.

Your ability to dare prison is what will lead you to palace.

The secret of greatness (in all generation) is to start planting, even when the weather is not
favorable.

So many of you (dear friends and elders) who are reading this have a dream of starting a
business but you are waiting for a perfect time, perfect idea and enough capital.

That’s why you’ll never start.

What then is my message today?

If you don’t have courage to start stupidly, you will never start. If you don’t start, you’ll get to
nowhere.

If you keep on waiting for the perfect time, perfect idea, needed resources, you’ll still be where
you are now, in the next 7 years.

Go out and start that business, small and stupidly. Keep on learning along the way and one day,
the dots will connect themselves.

Bye!
753